Aone nets estate, * 9) meaty atquiyet i? rg ent ot canth aatl eit rie nits — ronan te ae + AA re te warerere cas 49 4 a i wy) waar aye! ait 4 pees thet ony s bi rm bet i . > ly cor tilates fat é aad etgt rele or nee nh 2 cite if ribs ieee hate TIT ye et sharte a rete FAs gett ohetal hate'ty’ “ 3 Ss gsheardage lt” . 1 nie atonete” + r\ Latete nisi Sat ; i ; hee a4) ’ Ht ibketeleteitiy mi gi rice 2) Sti aie ” i bi beep} tt wilt i rit tks ) ry tity: y 4 silat i Suede ten hale titaieet " ie 7 t tA ' Oh ; iF eee 4 " 4 Hsin i ih aneda etait a )/ Fameaetmionets es it | ‘ Hitt ' $ wt ita? yw of oh y * sany 7, (fag 3 >) ibeatd » { stat atthe ' tf wll Hide ane tat ical ‘Nel tui ’ " eae 4 thw ta ate , eens: 4 it ais Maas tadacet t AS stale Ht party “« gait) Me Paditad he bate at? +h i aeiigtet » its jet Anyie eaidiele —_ Livh oho a ViseP ihe ¢ Piet Wasettle Ihe laevis +) : sf, ‘ Mii a Ratti Bas neat Hits ih ’ if 4 , ? } tS tit Sain ath) iitel aa) Naha at ce neta! yt \ ; } ie! een ae } ' er everns Pratt ! hl He 25098» 1 495 atte Syrhaded i eit id tainted : * % ls 4) Bite Hatta ct tT vs aT ‘ Dt bid om aie , ] iat r sit ie Mass at yi rie: sere! tt ey ron dayy dele 4 whi te H a ria) Meets Bt Erte eer ent Ch 24\4 Spit ti flees Yy. ° 1: ie int dehede Ashi i¢ 4 ry M aie) ee ie < ry i ; Attarotyaalee | tier dabeis Y Nag. rte se SA ret is Table diritiriya ra pry heey He 45 ead 495 ESHA ’ Co . ines \siblengeaag! ee 4 Moeites Ht alae a8 ‘ SRE H ia M4 atte: ae He fons tied. " sharia / " 7 Ah it ye wake ry 40< * 4 ‘nd 4 aut 4) opiate wens ve ; rail at yt iade vaicie ay ave . rp tis ny i ry 1! a iat ated Lejahatied ont heanaiiy Ais eeatig | dg Coad Ah erevgre | pipe peat ares ae Spier ad tars Bs he |s 1 hip weaning fo Pant | Avdant4! Wietedsis Hh i qietes’ piri alee rf ry hparetere te} ‘ } ? Pert aaectet bee yt any titel pare yet} eee a piesa ate att Vidal of rea ype dnee bet ey) ¢ x6 spt sedated wtieeie ee its mised tents tial rine Piso iinde steaieiiaa shel uiirisuy Sati Thia aie it Seth ili mPenipetner tt tates t4 a ati agyaetsiit i Sirtytenga tastes ‘ aS inva a0 att ni ne Ney edeaqere te tty aigtis daleiise eaten pitt rs si H vi vkedal Beet iar t: SOS MM HET sb4 a yay cieratt : stabs aud ise qiedisbag ane tea a) abe diet ) Rpt i sit Hatt nS a tiats atviciebesete tat) T1e shetany + 440 he ee yy qeaanedias bry sees We peseher ers hag iri ote fateh wi ‘4 ves oss pate 4 irs ote tows sas gansereet a TN ate Catt) ih feaidelad Te Niamaniienstlt spas dea ae Ps Maivigare a aaron sie) st +); 4 ata avy yt ah ey Wiibittenese) : } in te Aes 4 ee ee Sjeiaeariy eat tr rat eee r pereriny i) bby yh fl ae wer ve mig ated eave’ ” a bh 4) be fe 4 ah 4a Satsl chen eyenienmseperestees S12) ny roan yee hee he & ray ab if carey ‘¥ ye Bod we “4 iat, a Pury Pia : ‘Mare BAe val % We if se i pit yh ape : Z es ae wv ue ie bat iff Oe : Rg AA St el ; hi yin} uy “i uo at a i Nore yt aM At on caheons Haase ae Ly THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUBING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLO ( BEING A CONTINUATION OF TIE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITIL LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’) CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RB.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.B.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.US. . eee LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CoO., LD.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLINRE, PARIS: MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH ? HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN, 1900. “Omnes res create sunt divinse sapientiz et potentix testes, divitiz felicitatis human :—ex harum usu onitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ; ex ceconomia in conseryatione, proportione, renoyatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ; a veré erudigs et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit — -Linnaus. “Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. eee ee ee eo es. Lhesylvan powers Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, AUl, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818, AUERE J rpAMMAM, » ~ SS | Sy 5 2 CONTENTS OF VOL, VI. [SEVENTH SERIES. ] NUMBER XXXI. Page I. On some Fish-remains from the Parana Formation, Argentine Republic. By A. Smirn Woopwarp, LL.D. F.L.S. (Plate L).. II. The New Mexico Bees of the Genus Megachile and a new Andrena. By T.D, A. CockExE.L, Professor of Entomology, New Blexico-Aenicultural College... Meas tied oe on su cunccscvesaeusde. II. On the West-Indian Species of Madrepora. By J. W. GreGory, D.Sc., F.G.S., Professor of Geology in the University of PRL OEIO oor cece) rac ee vs Soey tice le stele Riasaid, ni ialol eo sina eha oy eaeM aes IV. British Amphipoda.—lV. Families Stegocephalide and Cidi- ceride (part.). By Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., eee abe N DEL 2 ters) daar a sean betatehtec i were ee hw ad Sole Sek ee oe V. Description of a new Sea-Horse (Hippocampus) from Muscat. Pyphraits MOTION LE Seth amelie aes ak'scs 0 Ste AIR eke wae © VI. A List of the Fishes collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin in the Falkland Islands. By G. A. BouLenesr, F.R.S. With Notes ema tiess © le hOT rn 2 aes cis cave Way tarehe ac ol beepic = ico RTH Ns choke abe nee VII. Rhynchotal Notes—V. Heteroptera: Asopine and Tes- Hae tant OILUGOLC RTE Tory NY Ae Arie PIER RONG! © Pate c veg sclape Sis oah aro ue en, « chee ak VIII. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from Tro- pical South America. By Hrrsertr Drucr, F.LS. &c........6.. IX. Report on the Neuroptera Odonata collected by Mr. E. E. Austen at Sierra Leone during August and September 1899. By Week) Krnpy,, W035.) FbaS. | (Plate TE.)) v5. ad alee Cas vale « X. Notes on the Forficularia.—V. Descriptions of new Species and anew Genus. By Matcotm Burr, F.Z.5., F.E.S. (Plate IV. Ue hy gl Oey as win coche ah oso Be ae Marea eta iel seein int bic phe oie ad oases 8 > XI. Notes on the Forficularia.—VI. On a Collection of Forficu- laria from Sarawak. By Matcoitm Burr, F.ZS8., F.E.S. (Plate Ae eI) Oc nn Wig ater onc v are Nats a(n sy o@iweNe. 4 ass XII. The Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. By F. A. EW AMMAR NN oR RE. kay 'g cots aN we gc TIO Mee AO Ee kto De XIII. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp WatsincHaM, VPM Oro Re PE adn: 7a)'5.9 Sais al naavs 9 wieke Sy is eis nry se eg Pier XIV. On Giant Squirrels from the Amazonian Region. By OLp- MEE A LOMAS OS crea ats aks cielo 9p h.a,84shh tals doe UR etd sv Hlele wala aie Se a ik 20 32 iv CONTENTS. Page XV. Plankton Studies.—II. On Pleodorina ilinoisensis, 1 new Species from the Plankton of the Illinois River. By C. A. Kororp, Ph.D. (Plates V8 VIL) os coe. as see apes ieee eee 139 New Book :—Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phaleenze in the British Museum. Volume II. Catalogue of the Arctiade (Noline, Lithosiane) in the Collection of the British Museum. By Sir Grong FE: ELAMPSON, JBarty ance doicticrecen ears cc oe suseres oer 157 On the ‘Ankiindung eines systematischen Werkes yon dem Schmet- terlingen der Wienergegend’ of Schiffermiiller and Denis, by Louis B. Prout, F.E.S.; Abundance of the Greater Siil-Smelt (Argentina silus, Ascan) on the Market of Boston, Lincoln- shire, by2G. A. poulenger HOR Sn aac s jes oicn oe eae ene 158, 160 NUMBER XXXII. XVI. Note on Diptera from South Africa (Tabanide and Asilide). By Miss GERTRUDE RicaRpo nha dhe want Goede eae en aeaete aie asa tk nee 161 XVII. Note on a Hermaphrodite Frog. By R. C. Punnett, BAG CE BEOER A), hoc awa. poe shen eee treme ERNE 179 XVIII. Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles collected by Mr. P. O. Simons in Peru. By G. A. Bouteneer, F.R.S......... 18h XIX, Descriptions of new Batrachiins and Reptiles from the Larut Hills. Perak By .G.A. BovimNnenn, FURS). ota. teehee 186 XX. Description of a new Lizard from Jamaica, By G. A. IBOULENGER, HEuiSe! Gross ate v's «ies Fh ae eee e atiaiiogs oeata Mere 193 XXIJ. Description of a new Lizard from British East Africa. By GA. BOpUENGER, PURIS. “ity. sists ts sient es ue aepeperes Ocoee 194 XXII. On a new Species of the Genus Alepas (A. Lankestert), from the Collection of the British Museum. By A. Gruven, Chargé de Cours a la Faculté des Sciences de Bordeaux. (Plate VIII.) .. 195 XXIII. Two Spiders new to the British Fauna. By Groner H. CarPEntTER, B.Sc, Lond., of the Science and Art Museum, Dublin. 199 XXIV. An undescribed Type of Rusine Deer. By R. Lyprxxrr. 204 XXV. On Two English Millipedes (Zuius londinensis, Leach, and dulus' teutonicus, sp. 0.) 5. by, be. es ROCOCK exit a. tcp oie ae 206 XXVI. Descriptions of Two Species of Cyprea, both of the Sub- genus Trivia, Gray. By James Cosmo Metviut, M.A.,F.L.S. .. 207 XXVIT. Description of a new Species of Papilio from Bwool, North Celebes. By H. Grosr-Smita, F.ES., F.Z.S., &e. ......., 210 XXVHI. Notes on the Collection of African Phasgonuride formed by Mr. W. LL. Distant in the ‘lransvaal &c., with Descriptions of Two new Species.. By W. F. Kinpy, F.LS., FES. &. ...0.... 210 CONTENTS. Vv I. Page XXIX. Note on a Variation in the Number of the Genital Pouches in Thalussema neptuni, Gaertner. By F. Hl. Stewart, M.A., Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews XXX. Description of a new Species of Buprestide. By Cuas. O. DEPP STISIURITO UHee Wek on ne atau ints, ayeu ike a ofan dyes Ghapaiaaine wins, eats oS XXXII. Rhynchotal Notes.— VI. Heteroptera: Dinidorine, Phyllocephalineg, Urolabidine, and tee 419 New Books:—In Bird-land with Field-glass and Camera. By Oniver G, Prxr.—The Birds of Eastern North America. Parts I., 11. By Cuarres Cory.—A Natural History of the British Lepidoptera. A Textbook for Students and Collectors. By J. W; Torr; FOES. Wola. cies vie pee ee 426, 426 NUMBER XXXV. LVI. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon, Lorp WatsineHam, NSA LD ERS. ies... pics ae een ese eet he peer kc i neice 429 LVII. Descriptions of some .Species of Cvccide collected by Mr. James Lidgett in Victoria, Australia, By EK. Ernest GREEN, F.E.S., Government Entomologist, Ceylon. (Plate XI.).......... 448 LVIII. Descriptions of new S;ecies of Japanese Land-Shells. By AeA UDG, ZI. « pro a-hole hatene abet ebayeta stat atlo’a Sela c's Ste ea deeds ar 453 CONTENTS. Vil LIX. Notes on the Neuropterous Family Nemopterrde. By Metre, FLS:, Fite ties sete ews rads lee eta wee ene ss 456 LX. On Eyuus Penricei, a Representative of the Mountain Zebra (Equus zebra, L.) discovered by Mr. W. Penrice in Angola. By Pe CID "TOMEAGS | seat atretelscet ead «nyu d dais sw bln wy ole oa se bt aun letphe. aie 465 LXI. New Peruvian Species of Conepatus, Phyllotis, and Akodon. Aig PE By MEE VEY PL EEOBEA 5 eyafe st New Sponges from Funafuti. XY. XVI. Diatoms from Chincha guano. ERRATUM. Page 71, lines 18 and 27, for sectors of the arculus read sectors of the triangle. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES. ] Cpeeoccrerecnacce ... per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes: Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: Floribus et pictum, dives, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo. N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Bel. No. 31. JULY 1900. I.—On some Fish-remains from the Parana Formation, Argentine Republic. By A. Smita Woopwarp, LL.D., BPS. [ Plate I.] THERE is an interesting marine deposit exposed in the banks of the River Parana near the city of Parana, in the province of Entrerios, Argentine Republic. It has been known since the explorations of d’Orbigny and Darwin, and is of special importance not only as containing the remains of land- mammals itself, but also as being intimately associated with other deposits which yield abundant evidence of extinct mammalian faunas. Since marine fossils are of much more value in determining the age of a formation than the remains of land animals, this small Parana deposit may therefore be expected to afford a clue to the geological age of some of the South-American terrestrial faunas, concerning which various opinions have been expressed. Its interest in this connexion has already been recognized by several observers, including Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. wy: 2 _ Dr. A. S. Woodward on some Bravard *, Doering +, Ameghino}, Burmeister §, and Stelz- ner ||, of whom the first three consider that its marine fossils indicate an Eocene or Oligocene age, while the two latter place the formation in the Upper Tertiary. The latest examination of its fish-remains is supposed to have proved its equivalence or homotaxy with the Eocene formations of the northern hemisphere §. Fortunately a considerable number of the Parana fish- remains are the teeth of sharks, which may be supposed to have had a very wide distribution in the oceans at the time when they flourished. ‘The evidence of geological age which they afford may thus be regarded as of considerable value. I therefore propose to record a few observations on the Hlas- mobranch fossils from the Parana collections in the National Museum of Buenos Aires, the La“ Plata Museum, and the San Paulo Museum, which have been kindly lent to me by Dr. Carlos Berg, Dr. F. P. Moreno, and Dr. H. von Jhering. The loan of these fossils has also enabled me to identify a small series of Parana fish-remains labelled by Bravard in the British Museum. 1. Raja Agassiz’, Larrazet. 1886. Raja Agassiz, Larrazet, Bull. Soc, Géol. France, [3] vol. xiv. p- 259, pl. xiii. figs. 1-6. The large dermal tubercles of an extinct skate thus described are still known only from the Parana formation. One typical specimen in the La Plata Museum measures no less than 0°088 m. by 0°075 m. across, by 0°03 m. in maximum thickness. 2. Dynatobatis paranensis, Larrazet. 1886. Dynatobatis paranensis, Larrazet, loc. cit. p. 268, pl. xiv. figs. 1-4. These dermal tubercles evidently belong to a member of * A. Bravard, ‘ Monografia de los Terrenos Marinos Terciarios de las Cercanias del Parana’ (Parana, 1858). + A. Doering, in Roca, ‘Informe Oficial Com. Cient. Exped. al Rio Negro,’ pt. 111, (1882) p. 429. { F. Ameghino, ‘Contribucion al Conocimiento de los Mamiferos Fosiles de la Republica Argentina’ (1889) p. 14. § H. Burmeister, ‘ Description Physique de la République Argentina,’ vol. ii. (1876) p. 219. || A. Stelzner, ‘ Beitrage zur Geologie und Paleontologie der Argentin- ischen Republik,’ pt. i. (1885) p. 189. q G. de Alessandri, “ Ricerche sui Pesci Fossili di Parana (Repubblica Argentina),” Atti R. Accad. Sci. Torino, yol. xxxi. (1896) pp. 715-750, with plate. Fish-remains from the Parana Formation. 3 the family Trygonide, as already observed by Jackel *. There are two typical examples in the National Museum, Buenos Aires. 3. Myliobatis americanus, Bravard. 1858. Myliobates americanus, A. Bravard, Monogr. Terr. Marinos Tere. Parana, p. 53. 1896. Mylhobates americanus, G. de Alessandri, Atti R. Accad. Sci. Torino, vol. xxxi. p. 724, pl. i. fig. 6. The best-known specimen is described and figured by Alessandri, but this is too imperfect for specific determination. It seems probable that some of the detached teeth labelled as belonging to this species are truly referable to RAc‘noptera. 4. Cestracion paranensis (Alessandri). 1896. Acrodus paranensis, G. de Alessandzri, loc. cit. p. 723, pl.i. fig. 5. There are two teeth of this species in the San Paulo Museum. On careful comparison with Cestracion they are found to agree exactly with the larger grinding-teeth in this existing genus. There is therefore no justification for referring them to the extinct Mesozoic genus Acrodus. 5. Odontaspis elegans (Agassiz). (PI. I. figs. 1-5.) 1843. Lamna elegans, LL. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. iii. p. 3869, pl. xl. 8, fic. 24 (non p. 289, pl. xxxv. figs. 1-7, pl. xxvii. a, figs. 58, 59), 1858. Lamna elegans, A. Bravard, op, eit. p. 52. 1858. Lamna unicuspidens, A. Bravard, op. cit. p. 52. 1885, Lamna eleyans, F. Noetling, Abh. Geol. Specialk. Preussen u. Thiiring. Staaten, vol. vi. pt. 3, p. 61, pl. iv. 1896. Odontaspis elegans, G. de Alessandri, loc. cit. p. 720, pl. i. fig. 1. 1896, Odontaspis Hopet, G. de Alessandri, loc. cit. p. 720, pl. i. fig. 2. 1899. Odontaspis elegans, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc. vol. xvi. p. 8, pl. i. figs. 15-18. All the teeth from Parana referred to this species are rather small, and five well-preserved specimens are represented in Pl. I. figs. 1-5. It seems impossible to distinguish them from the typical teeth of O. elegans from the European Eocene, but the striation of their inner face is perhaps more feebly marked than in the latter. Most of the specimens are much rolled and abraded. When their inner face is worn quite smooth they are of the form referred to O. Hopet, Ag., by Alessandri; when they have lost their lateral denticles they are the Lamna unicuspidens of Bravard, as shown by his label in the British Museum. * O. Jaekel, ‘ Die Mocaenen Selachier yom Monte Bolea ’ (1894), p. 140, 1* 4 Dr. A. S. Woodward on some 6. Oxyrhina hastalis, Agassiz. (PI. I. figs. 6-8.) 1838-43. Oxyrhina hastalis, L. Agassiz, op. cit. vol. iii. p. 277, pl. xxxiv. figs. 3-18, 15-17. (?) 1858. Squalus eocenus, A. Bravard, op. cit. p. 51. 1881. Oxyrhina Agassizi, R. Lawley, Studi Comp. Pesci foss. coi viv. generi Carcharodon, Oxyrhina, e Galeocerdo, p. 93, pls. v.-ix. (Oxy- rhina). {The species renamed by Lawley. 1889. Oxyrhina hastalis, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M. pt. i. p. 385. Several teeth in the National Museum, Buenos Aires, agree both in size and shape with the European Miocene and Pliocene teeth ascribed to this species by Lawley. A well- preserved anterior mandibular tooth is shown from the outer face and in side view in Pl. I. figs. 6, 6a, while two characteristic upper teeth, the first with imperfect base, are seen, outer aspect, in figs. 7, 8. 7. Carcharodon megalodon, Agassiz. (PI. I. fig. 9.) 1885-43. Carcharodon megalodon, L. Agassiz, op. cit, vol. ili. p. 247, 1. xxix, 188. Carcharodon gigas, R. A. Philippi, Zeitschr. f. gesammt. Naturw, vol, li. p. 685, pl. xix. 1881. Carcharodon megalodon, R. Lawley, op. cit. p. 35, pls. vi—xi. (Carcharodon). 1889. Carcharodon meyalodon, A. 8. Woodward, Catal. Foss, Fishes B. M. pt. i. p. 416. There are two upper teeth of this species from Parana in the National Museum, Buenos Aires, one being in the Lelong collection, the other presented by Sefior Don Marcos Sastre. The first is considerably the larger, and is shown of two thirds the natural size in Pl. 1. fig. 9. It evidently belongs to the middle of the side of the upper jaw, and is quite unabraded. Another upper lateral tooth, from a Tertiary formation at Coquimbo, Chili, has been described by Philippi under the name of C. gigas, and teeth either of the same or a closely related species occur in the Patagonian formation of Chubut. The Chilian specimen was found in a deposit which has yielded teeth indistinguishable from those of the existing Carcharodon Rondeleti (A. S. Woodward, loc. cit. 1889, p. 421). 8. Carcharias (Prionodon) obliquidens (Bravard). 1858, Squalus obliquidens, A. Bravard, op. cit. p. 51, 1858. Lamna amplibasidens, A. Bravard, op. cit. p. 53. 1858, Lamna serridens, A, Bravard, op. ert. p. 68, Fish-remains from the Parana Formation. 5 1896. Curcharias (Aprionodon) Gibbesii, G. de Alessandri, loc, ett. p. 721, pl. i. fig. 3. 1896. Coraz: aff. falcatus, G. de Alessandri, loc. cit. p. 722, pl. i. fig. 4. The meaning of Bravard’s specific names quoted above is indicated by his labels in the British Museum and in the National Museum, Buenos Aires. Two teeth in the British Museum marked Lamna obliquidens are upper lateral teeth of Carcharias (Prionodon); numerous specimens in the National Museum labelled Zamna serridens are obviously upper teeth of the same species, while other specimens labelled Lamna amplibasidens in both museums are for the most part, if not all, lower teeth of the same fish. ‘he majority of the lower teeth are distinctly serrated, like the specimen erro- neously referred to C. (Aprionodon) Gibbesi by Alessandri ; but many of the smaller specimens exhibit quite smooth edges—possibly a character of immaturity *. Some of the upper teeth have been referred to Corax by Alessandri; but I have made sections of several examples identical in shape with that represented in his fig. 4, and found all to have a central cavity. I therefore regard his determination of Corax from the Parana formation as a mistake, 9. Galeocerdo aduncus, Agassiz. (Pl. I. figs. 10, L0 a.) 1835-43. Galeocerdo aduncus, L. Agassiz, op. cit. vol. iii. p. 231, pl. xxvi. figs. 24-28, 1889. Galeocerdo aduncus, A. 8. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M. pt. i. p. 444. Like those of Carcharias the species of Galeocerdo are difficult to determine, but the tooth from Parana represented in Pl. I. figs. 10, 10a, seems to belong to the side of the jaw of the European and North-American Miocene species G. aduncus. It is readily distinguished from the Kocene G. latidens by its deeper crown and finer serrations. 10. Hemipristis serra, Agassiz. (PI. I. figs. 11, lla.) 1835-43. Hemipristis serra, L. Agassiz, op. eit. vol, iii. p, 237, pl. xxvii. figs, 18-30, 3 1889, Hemipristis serra, A.S. Woodward, Catal. Foss, Fishes B, M, pt. i. p. 449. This species is rare in the Parana formation, but a few well-preserved upper teeth are unmistakable. ‘The best specimen, not in the least abraded, is shown in Pl. I, figs. 11, 11a. It is in all respects a typical upper tooth. * A, Giinther, Catal. Fishes B, M. vol. viii. (1870) p. 357, 6 On some Fish-remains from the Parana Formation. 11. Undetermined Stluroids cc. Remains of Siluroid fishes are very abundant in the Parana formation, but all the known specimens are too fragmentary for exact determination. They evidently represent Arius, Pimelodus, Platystoma, and other genera which still live in the fresh waters of South America. Fragments of Characinoids also occur and are easily recog- nized; but other remains, such as those which have been referred to Sparoids and Labroids by Bravard and Alessandri, are not satisfactorily determinable. The so-called tooth of Lepidosteus described by Alessandri (loc. cit. p. 726, pl. i. fig. 8) is not sufficient to indicate the presence of this genus. If the foregoing determinations of the fish-remains from the Parana formation be accepted, it is evident that Alessandri’s argument for the Hocene age of this deposit has no founda- tion in fact. The so-called teeth of Acrodus and OCorax (which are typically Mesozoic genera) become, on renewed examination, evidence of Cestracion and Carcharias, which range throughout the Tertiary formations and survive at the present day. It is by no means certain that the teeth deter- mined as Odontaspis elegans in the Parana collection belong to the same fish as those originally thus named in European Kocene collections; and even if Carcharias (Aprionodon) Gibbest were correctly identified, the Phosphates of South Carolina, from which the type specimens of that species were obtained, seem to include fossils of all Tertiary ages from the Eocene to the Pleistocene. In fact, the only species in the Parana collection which seem to be of real importance for stratigraphical purposes are Oayrhina hastalis, Carcharodon megalodon, and Hemipristis serra. All these in Europe are exclusively Miocene and Pliocene fossils, while the only teeth from the undoubted Hocene of North America (Alabama) commonly referred to the same species are comparatively small, not of typical size like those from Parana. Moreover, it is to be noted that several teeth of Oayrhina hastalis and Carcharodon megalodon were dredged from the bed of the South Pacific Ocean by the ‘Challenger’ expedition *, this discovery probably implying that these great sharks did not become extinct until quite the latest geological times. I therefore conclude, with Burmeister and Stelzner, that the * J. Muwray and A. Renard, ‘‘ Deep-sea Deposits” (‘Challenger’ teports, 1891), pls. v., vi. On Bees from New Me.xico. 7 Parana formation is truly of late Tertiary age, and may probably be correlated with the Pliocene of the northern hemisphere. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Teeth of Elasmobranch fishes from the Parana formation, Province of Entrerios, Argentine Republic. Figs. 1, 1a. Odontaspis elegans, Ag. ; outer and lateral aspects. Fig. 2. Ditto; inner face. Figs. 3, 3a. Ditto; inner and lateral aspects. Figs. 4, 5. Ditto ; inner face. Figs. 6, 6a. Oxyrhina hastalis, Ag.; outer and lateral aspects. Figs. 7, 8. Ditto; outer face. Fig. 9. Carcharodon megalodon, Ag.; outer face, two thirds nat. size. Figs. 10, 10 a. Galeocerdo aduncus, Ag. ; outer and inner faces. Figs. 11, lla. Hemipristis serra, Ag.; outer and inner faces. The original specimens are in the National Museum, Buenos Aires, and all the figures except no. 9 are of the natural size. Il.—The New Mexico Bees of the Genus Megachile and a new Andrena. By T. D. A. CocKkERELL, Professor of Entomology, New Mexico Agricultural College. Megachile Wootoni, Ckll., 1898. The type was a male. I have before me two females from the Rio Ruidoso, about 6900 feet, at flowers of Verdascum thapsus, July 23 (C. H. T. Townsend). They differ at once trom the female of WM. calogaster by having little or no black hair on the vertex and mesothorax; one has the orange scopa as in calogaster, but the other has the scopa orange in the middle and black at the sides, thus approaching M. melanophea. This belongs to the subgenus Megachile s. str., as restricted by Friese. Megachile sapellonis, sp. n. ? .—Length 17-22 millim., the shorter examples having the abdominal segments retracted. Black, with rather thin pubescence, white on sides of face, cheeks, pleura, metathorax, femora, sides of first seg- ment of abdomen, and hind margins of second and following segments, more or less interrupted in the middle, at least on 8 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on the second segment ; vertex, mesothorax, and scutellum with erect black hair; basal portions of second and following abdominal segments with short black hair ; labrum with erect pale orange hair; hair on inner side of tarsi more or less orange or reddish, on hind tarsi deep orange-ferruginous ; ventral scopa entirely very pale yellowish to yellowish white, never quite a pure white ; spurs bright ferruginous ; antenne wholly black, reaching about to tegule; clypeus shining, with strong punctures, sparse in the middle, its anterior margin with four short teeth; head large, subquadrate ; cheeks simple ; vertex broad, with strong punctures, dense in the middle, where they are of two sizes; mandibles broad, 4-dentate, not counting the inner angle; mesothorax densely punctured at the sides, more sparsely in the middle ; tegule black, microscopically sculptured, punctured anteriorly ; wings smoky ; claws with a ferruginous denticle at the base. Allied to M. bucephala, Smith, but considerably larger. Hab. Beulah, Sapello Cafion, N. M., July 26,2 2, one at flowers of thistle (W. Porter); Beulah, Aug. 18, 2 9 (Ckll.) ; hill west of Beulah, Aug. 23, 1 9 (W. Porter) ; Haivey’s Ranch, 9600 feet, Aug. 22,4 9 (Porter & Chili.) ; South Fork, Hagle Creek, White Mts., about 8100 feet, at flowers of Senecio Bigelovii, Aug. 18,1 2 (Townsend). Greene, ‘ Pittonia,’ iv. p. 118, announces that the plant of the White Mts., distributed as Senecio Rusbyt, is really S. Bigelovit. It is visited also by Bombus improbus and Andrena apacheorum. Megachile pugnata, Say, 1837. Santa Fé,5 g,2 9; Las Vegas, July 22, at flowers of Rtudbeckia laciniata,1 9 (W. Porter); Beulah, July 26,3 3 (W. Porter) ; hill near Beulah, Aug. 19,2 9 (W. Porter). The female is easily distinguished from the last by its smaller size (not over 15 millim.) and the large tooth at the lower hind angles of the cheeks. The abdominal bands are entire. The Santa Fé males were at flowers of Lactuca pulchella and udbeckia, the females at Lactuca pulchella and Grindelia. Megachile fidelis, Cress., 1878. Las Vegas Hot Springs, at flowers of Senecio Douglasit, Aug. 10,3 9 (W. Forter) ; Burnt Cafton, Aug. 14, at flowers of Cleome,1 9 (Sarah L. Mize); Las Vegas, July 6 and Bees from New Mexico. 9 19, at flowers of Verbena, 2 g (Porter & Chil.) ; July 7, at flowers of Senecio Douglasti, 1 9 (W. H. Rishel) ; Aug. 10, at flowers of Grindelia squarrosa, 1 9 (S. L. Mize) ; San Ignacio, Sept. 1, 1 2 (Lorter & Ckil.); Beulah, July 26, 1 9 (W. Porter); west fork of Gila River, July 16, g (Townsend); Rio Ruidoso, about 6500 feet, July 31 and Aug. 1, at flowers of Heliopsis scabra, 2 3 (Townsend). The female differs at once from that of pugnata by the yellow abdominal bands and the large tooth or lamina on each side of the anterior margin of the clypeus. Megachile exilis, Cress., 1872. The male has the first three joints of the anterior tarsi flattened at the side. The female resembles the male; the ventral scopa is white, sometimes with a few black hairs at the extreme tip ; in one specimen from the Rio Ruidoso the scopa on the last three segments is greyish brown; the ante- rior margin of the clypeus has two little teeth in the middle and a broad tooth or lamina at each side. West fork of Gila River, July 12 to 16, many males (Townsend) ; Santa Fé, at flowers of Pentstemon Torrey? in a garden, crawling on the outside of the flower, July 11,1 ¢ (Ckll.) ; Las Vegas Hot Springs, July 11, 1 g; Las Vegas, July 18, at flowers of Lyctum vulgare, 1 9 (W. Porter) ; Gallinas River at La Cueva, at flowers of Psoralea tenuiflora, 2 2 (Porter & Ckil.) ; Rio Ruidoso, about 6700 feet, at flowers of Vicia near pulchella, July 29, 2 2, 6 @ ( Townsend). This species differs from most of its genus in not being addicted to the Compositee. Megachile occidentalis, Fox, 1894. A narrow species, much like the last, but rather larger, and both sexes with two spots of white hair on the anterior part of the mesothorax. The female has the anterior margin of the clypeus with a broad but shallow median excavation, in the middle of which is a tooth ; the ventral scopa is white, wholly black on the last segment. Riley’s Ranch, at base of Organ Mts., Aug. 26, 1 2 (Ckll.) ; Las Cruces, June 8,1 ¢ (Ckll.) ; Mesilla, May 10, at flowers of Prosopis glandulosa, 1 $ (Jessie Casad) ; April 22, at flowers of Phacelia, 1 g (Chll.). This is a species of the Middle and doubtless Lower Sonoran, whereas M. exilis belongs to the Upper Sonoran and transition zones, 10 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on Megachile latimanus, Say, 1823. The female is easily distinguished by its rather large size (13-15 millim.), shovel-shaped abdomen, ventral scopa whitish at base, becoming ferruginous at apex, broad face, and the greyish-white pubescence of the vertex and mesothorax hardly at all mixed with black. Santa Fé, July and August (Ckil.); Las Vegas, June 1, 3, June 9, ? (&. Devine); July 6, at flowers of Verbena Macdougali, 1 2 (W. Porter) ; July 11, at flowers of Cleome serrulata, 2 9 (M. Winters & Chil.) ; June 19, at flowers of Medicago sativa, 1 9 (Ckll.) ; Aug. 11, at flowers of Petalo- stemon candidus, 1 2? (W. Porter); Aug. 9, at flowers of Grindelia squarrosa, 1 9 (W. Porter); San Ignacio, Sept. 1, 9 (Porter. & Ckll.). This is a species of the transition zone, and it is remarkable that it was neither found at Beulah nor in the White Mountains. Megachile fortis, Cress., 1872. This species in the male exhibits a dichroism like that of Anthophora occidentalis; the pale torm is the M. comata, Cress., 1872, but in a long series it becomes impossible to recognize it as aseparate species. The female has never been described as such, but from analogy with M. latémanus and the facts of distribution I feel certain that it is the insect described by Cresson in 1878 as M. texana. The male assigned to tevana by Cresson is a different species. This species inhabits higher altitudes than M. latimanus, though it also occurs in the transition zone. Las Vegas Hot Springs, Aug. 10, at flowers of Senecio Douglasti and Verbena Macdougali, 3 8 (W. Porter) ; Gallinas River, at La Cueva, Aug. 6, 1 ¢ (W. Porter); San Ignacio, Sept. 1, g 9 (Porter & Ckll.); Beulah, end of August, 1 ¢ (Céil.) ; Mesca- lero Indian Reservation below the Agency, at flowers of Bigelovia graveolens, var. glabrata, Oct. 1 and 2,7 3 (Ckil.) ; Rociada, Aug. 20,1 2? (W. Porter) ; South Fork of Eagle Creek, 8000-8200 feet, Aug. 18-20, g at flowers of Heliopsis scabra, at flowers of Erigeron macranthus and Senecio Bigelovit (Townsend) ; Rio Ruidoso, July 8, at flowers of Pentstemon, ¢ (Wooton); July 21—Aug. 3, 6500-7600 feet, males at flowers of Verbena Macdougali (some of these var. comata), Vicia near pulchella, Monarda stricta, Heliopsis scabra, Astragalus humistratus, and Potentilla Thurber, but only single specimens on the last two; females at flowers of Bees from New Mexico. 11 Verbascum thapsus (very many), Rhus glabra, and Verbena Macdougali. Megachile relativa, Cress., 1878. This and the next form a little group distinguished in the female by the ferruginous scopa, punctures of mesothorax relatively sparse in the middle, abdomen with hair-bands mostly interrupted, and the clypeus normal. MM. relativa is rather small (about 11 millim.) and has the hair-bands of the abdomen white, overlapped with orange hairs, so as usually to appear yellowish or orange. In monardarum there are no overlapping hairs, unless it may be some black ones. Rio Ruidoso, July 30, 1 9 (C. M. Barber); Rociada, Aug. 20, 1 9 (W. Porter); Harvey’s Ranch, Aug. 22 (W. Porter); Beulah, July 26, Aug. 18, Aug. 25, many females, one at flowers of Polemonium filicinum (W. Porter). The species evidently extends right across the northern part of the continent, as I have a female from Olympia, Washington State, at flowers of Potentilla, June 30 (T. Kincaid). Megachile monardarum, sp. n. ? .—Length 13-16 millim. Similar to redat’va, but differing in its larger size; the abdominal hair-bands (very broadly interrupted on the second and third segments, narrowly interrupted or entire on the fourth and fifth) white instead of orange; the black hairs on the dark parts of the abdomen longer, conspicuous at the sides when the abdomen is viewed from above; the vertex more sparsely punctured at the sides, and the two apical teeth of the 4-dentate mandibles perhaps not so long. Hab. Hill near Beulah, Aug. 19 (W. Porter); Rio Ruidoso, 6500-6700 feet, at flowers of Monarda stricta and Astragalus humistratus, July 27-31 (Townsend). Megachile pruina, Smith, 1853. Our insect is M. facunda, Cress., now considered to be identical with pruzna. The following records are based on the male, which is distinguished from the allied males flying in the same region by the simple anterior tarsi and the large teeth at the apex of the abdominal venter. It is a larger insect than M. Townsendiana, though variable in size (11-14 millim.), and does not have the emarginate apical 12 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on portion of the abdomen curved downwards as in that species ; but the two are closely allied. Las Vegas Hot Springs, Aug. 10, at flowers of Senecio Douglast’, two (W. Porter); Las Vegas, July 22, at flowers of Rudbeckia laciniata (W. Porter); Aug. 9, at flowers of Melilotus alba (W. Porter); Aug. 12 (A. Garlick). Megachile Townsendiana, Ckll., 1898. Las Cruces, Aug. 23, 4 ¢ (Chil. & Townsend) ; Rincon, July 6, at flowers of Actenella, 2 g (Ckll.). A species of the Middle Sonoran zone. Megachile pollicaris, Say, var. pereximia nov. 6 —Length 13 millim. Anterior and middle femora and tibie ferruginous ; hind femora and tibie black; middle tibie with a black basal streak behind; anterior tibiz yellow in front at apex; second joint of anterior tarsus white, with a long linear apical process; apex of flagellum somewhat dilated. Hab. Beulah, May 30, at flowers of wild plum (W. Porter). Megachile Casade, Ckll., 1898. Found as yet only in the Mesilla Valley. The female has the scopa entirely white; clypeus and mandibles normal; punctures of mesothorax large, the intervals between them shining, and presenting some ex- tremely minute punctures. Megachile soledadensis, sp. n. o.—Length 10 millim. Agreeing with the description of M. legalis, Cress., but possessing the following peculiarities:—Hyes pale green ; apical joint of flagellum broad and flattened ; anterior coxa with a bright ferruginous hair-patch, their spines short, oblique, pointed, and slightly curved ; anterior femora with the basal two fifths above pale ferruginous, beneath with a large yellowish keel, subtriangular in shape, like that of a racing-yacht ; anterior tibie three-sided, ferruginous, except on the outer side ; anterior tarsi yellow, moderately dilated, with a long white fringe, which is brownish within, second joint with a conspicuous black spot within ; hind tibiz stout, their tarsi broadened ; hair of vertex and thoracic dorsum Bees from New Mexico, le slightly greyish, not at all mixed with black; tegule clear testaceous ; wings nearly clear, costal nervure ferruginous ; abdomen rather broad, but parallel-sided, clothed with greyish-white hair, hind margins of the segments with con- spicuous entire white hair-bands ; apex rounded, irregularly serrulate, not emarginate; apex of venter with a rather large tooth on each side and a small one in the middle. Has the general aspect of 1. Townsendiana, from which its front legs and abdominal structures at once separate it. The non-emarginate apex of abdomen allies it with M. manifesta, but it has not the long median ventral apical tooth of that insect. ?.—Similar to the male, except for the usual sexual differences. Hind border of scutellum and sides of meso- thorax conspicuously bounded by white pubescence; apical teeth of mandibles very little developed ; ventral scopa white, black on the last segment. Hab. Soledad Cafion, Organ Mts., Aug. 15, 2 g, 1 9 (C. H. T. Townsend); Mesilla Valley, at flowers of Baileya multiradiata, 1 g (Townsend). Megachile manifesta, Cress., 1878. 3 .—The abdominal bands, described as white by Cresson, are often ochraceous. ?.—Similar to the male, except in the usual sexual characters, the broader more shovel-shaped abdomen, and the vertex and disk of mesothorax (but not the scutellum) being clothed with black hair. ‘The abdominal hair-bands are entire and very distinct, and the second and following segments have their dark portions clothed with black hair. Ventral scopa white, black on the apical segment and apex of penulti- mate one, white, however, at extreme base of apical segment. Las Vegas Hot Springs, Aug. 10, at flowers of Senecio Douglasi, 1 § (W. Porter); Las Vegas, Aug. 9-14, at flowers of Grindelia squarrosa, 14 g, 3 2? (S. L. Mize & W. Porter); Aug. 11, at flowers of Petalostemon candidus, 1 ¢ (W. Porter). Apparently absent from the White Mountain region. Megachile cleomis, sp. n. ? .—Length 11-13 millim. Pubescence mostly dull white, on vertex black, on meso- thorax and scutellum thin, greyish white at the sides, black in the middle; on the middle of the second and following 14 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on abdominal segments black, very conspicuous at the sides when the abdomen is viewed from above; white pubescence dense on sides of face, pleura, tubercles, sides of metathorax, sides of first abdominal segment, and on hind margins of segments 1 to 5, forming conspicuous entire white bands; ventral scopa white or with a yellowish tinge, black on last segment; pubescence on inner side of tarsi dull ferruginous ; clypeus ordinary, with strong punctures, well separated in the middle; antenne short; vertex with large punctures; mesothorax microscopically tessellate, with large punctures, well separated on the disk ; abdomen inversely mitre-shaped, strongly punctured ; tegule black, punctured all over; wings dusky. This agrees almost exactly with Cresson’s description of the female M. grandis, but that is the female of M. pollicaris, which our insect certainly is not. Among the females found in New Mexico it is known by the white scopa, black on the last segment, normal clypeus, rather broad form, and the absence of any spots of white pubescence on the mesothorax or white band between the mesothorax and scutellum. The absence of the last-mentioned marks at once separates it from the superficially similar M. sidalcee. 3 .—Length 11 millim. Abdomen rather parallel-sided; antenne long, last joint not modified; punctures of mesothorax closer; mesothorax and scutellum with scarcely any dark hairs; face densely covered with silky white hair; black hair on abdomen incon- spicuous ; cheeks simple; anterior coxee armed with black spines of moderate length; anterior femora ferruginous beneath and with a ferruginous patch above; anterior tarsi simple, but fringed with white hair ; margins of tegulee more or less ferruginous ; apex of abdomen emarginate, irregularly denticulate on each side of the emargination ; apex of venter with three very short teeth. This appears to be the male which Cresson supposed (erro- neously, as I hold) to belong to his M. terana. It differs from that of M. rufimanus by the armed anterior coxe. Hab. Santa Fé, July 5-25, many males, one at flowers of Cleome serrulata, 1 ? (Ckll.); Las Vegas, June 28-July 20, both sexes numerous at flowers of Cleome serrulata, 1 9? at flowers of Medicago sativa (alfalfa), one of each sex at flowers of Verbena Macdougali (M. Holzman, N. Stern, H. K. Rishel, A. Garlick, W. Porter, M. Winters, Ckil.) ; Albuquerque. 1 ¢, June 30 (CkIl.). Bees from New Mexico. 15 Megachile cleomis, var. lippice nov. @ .—Always has two transverse white hair-marks at the front of the scutellum, but lacks the two marks at the front of the mesothorax, which are present in M. sidalceew ; scopa yellowish white, black on apical segment; mesothorax between the punctures dull; tegulze more or less edged with ferruginous; flagellum sometimes a little ferruginous beneath ; abdomen with less black hair at the sides. 6 .—Usually with more black hair on the thorax, espe- cially on the scutellum. This is the Middle Sonoran race of the species. La Cueva, Organ Mts., about 5300 feet, at flowers of Lippia Wrightir, Sept. 3-5, 2 ¢,2 9 (C0. H. T. Townsend) ; West Fork of Gila River, July 12-16, ? (Townsend); Las Cruces, ?, Sept. 7 (Ck/l.), and males as follows:—June 16, at flowers of Aster spinosus (Ckll.); Aug. 11 (Townsend); Sept. 4, at flowers of Solidago canadensis, var. arizonica (Ckll.). The following males have no black hair on the scutellum, and offer no satisfactory differences from those of typical cleomis :—Las Cruces, Aug. 24, at flowers of Solidago cana- densis, var. arizonica; Mesilla, July 4 (C. M. Barber) ; Mesilla Park, April 24, at flowers of Onobrychis (Jessie - Casad); Fillmore Cafion, Organ Mts., Aug. 29 (Ckll.) ; Lone Mountain, July 7 (Ckl/.). The species is recognized in the male by the ferruginous patch on the upperside of the anterior femora. Megachile sidalcew, Ckll., 1897. Described originally from the male. The subjoined records are based on the female, which is very similar to that of M. cleomis and is distinguished by the following combination of characters:—Ventral scopa pure white, black at extreme tip; a conspicuous white hair-band in the scutello-meso- thoracic suture; two white hair-marks, converging poste- riorly, on mesothorax in front; mesothorax microscopically tessellate between the punctures ; borders of tegule more or less ferruginous ; pubescence of face white, of vertex often mixed with black; clypeus and mandibles normal, anterior edge of clypeus smooth, often with a small median tubercle ; abdomen mitriform. Mesilla, May 13, two at flowers of Prosopis glandulosa (Jessie Casad) ; June 24, one at flowers of Helianthus ciliaris (Ckll.) ; Mesilla Park, two at flowers of Lsocoma Wrightii, Sept. 11 (Ckll. & Porter) ; Las Cruces, Aug. 23 (Ckll.) ; ~ 16 Prof, T. D. A. Cockerell on east of Las Cruces, about 4000 feet, two at flowers of Senecio filifolius, Sept. 10 (Townsend) ; Soledad Cafion, Organ Mts., one at flowers of Pectis papposa, Aug. 15 (Townsend). The abdomen, viewed from above, does not show the black hair at the sides, which is so conspicuous in MV. cleomis, except on the last two segments. This separates it at a glance from the typical female cleomis, but cleomis var. lippice has conspicuous lateral black hair only on the last two segments, as in sidalcee. It would be easy to regard lippie and sidalcee in the female as forms of one species, but the males are quite different in the structure of their anterior legs. There is a bare possibility that the female here assigned to stdalcee does not belong to it, but is really a form of lippie, in which case one of the next two species should probably be mated with s¢dalcee ; but in the absence of absolute proof I have followed the apparent probabilities. Megachile prosopidis, sp. n. @ .—Length 124-154 millim. Resembling 1. stdalcee in the pubescence, but abdomen subcylindrical and parallel-sided ; pubescence white, not hiding the surface except in particular places; the vertex and mesothorax have some very scanty and short dark hair, scarcely visible; pubescence dense, forming conspicuous white marks at sides of face, below tegule, two white marks on mesothorax in front converging posteriorly, a spot at lateral hind angles of mesothorax and on hind margins of abdominal segments, forming narrow entire bands; pubes- cence also dense on pleura and sides of mesothorax, but no well-defined band at the scutello-mesothoracic suture; band on first abdominal segment produced at each side into a triangular patch ; scopa white, black on last segment; legs black ; margins of tegule dull ferruginous ; wings hyaline, slightly smoky on margins; antenne black, flagellum faintly ferruginous beneath ; mesothorax with large very close punctures, not at all sparse on disk; clypeus deeply and broadly emarginate, the sides of the emargination directed inwards, the middle occupied by a large lobe, so that the opening, if closed by an imaginary line connecting the oppo- site lower corners, would have a reniform outline; labrum with the apical lateral angles pointed, the apical middle thickened but not produced, bearing a brush of brown hairs directed somewhat backwards; mandibles broad, 5-dentate counting the inner angle, only the apical tooth large. Bees from New Mexico. 17 Allied to M. rufimanus. Male unknown. Hab. Mesilla, May 10, two at flowers of Prosopis glandu- losa (Jessie Casad) ; Las Cruces, one (Townsend) ; Rincon, July 5, at flowers of Chilopsis linearis, one (Ckll.). The maxillary palpi are covered with bristles. Megachile chilopsidis, sp. n. ? .—Length 14 millim. In form, size, and pubescence just like MW. prosopidis, so that, without looking at the face, one would take it for the same species, but clypeus and mandibles entirely different. Clypeus extremely short, produced in the middle into a very broad truncate lobe, more than twice as broad as long, pro- jecting, shining and punctured above ; labrum broadly trun- cate and thickened at end, the lateral corners pointed, the middle with a narrow brush of brown hairs directed obliquely backwards; mandibles long and narrow, somewhat broadened at apex, with three small teeth; a large open space between the mandibles and the clypeus. First joint of labial palpi shorter than in M. prosopidis, being not greatly longer than the second. Male unknown. Allied to M. rufimanus, which resembles this species in the mandibles, and the last more in the clypeus. Hab. Mesilla, one at flowers of Prosopis glandulosa, May 13 (Jessie Casad) ; Rincon, one at flowers of Chilopsis linearis, July 5 (Ckil.). Megachile popult, sp. n. ? .—Length about 13 millim. Black, with white pubescence ; black on disk of mesothorax, middle of scutellum, and vertex, but in these places thin, wholly exposing the surface; hair of cheeks and sides of face long, dense, and pure white; antenne short, hardly reaching to tegule, flagellum faintly ferruginous beneath; vertex strongly punctured, but the punctures separate; clypeus shining, strongly punctured at the sides, the punctures evanes- cent on the disk, anterior edge straight and normal; man- dibles normal, 4-dentate counting the inner angle; first joint of labial palpi very broad, shorter than the second; meso- thorax shining, though microscopically tessellate, densely punctured at the sides, sparsely in the middle; tegule Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 2 18 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on piceous, punctured all over; wings hyaline, faintly smoky ; tarsi with ferruginous hair on the inner side; abdomen long- mitriform, the segments with entire white hair-bands ; ventral scopa white, black on the last segment and sometimes the | hind margin of the penultimate one. There are no white hair-marks on the front of the meso- thorax nor at the scutello-mesothoracic suture. Superficially resembles I. cleomis, var. lippic, but easily distinguished by the character of the mesothoracic punctuation and the much longer second joint of the labial palpus. Hab. Mesilla Park, campus of New Mexico Agricultural College, April 16, cutting the leaves of Populus, to use in preparing their nests. Megachile vallorum, sp. n. ? .—Length 14-15 millim. Much like MZ. populi, with the same kind of pubescence and entire white abdominal bands, but differing in many details. Black pubescence arranged on vertex, mesothorax, and scutellum as in MZ. populi’; flagellum wholly dark or faintly reddish beneath; mandibles with prominent sharp teeth ; second joint of labial palpus a little longer than first ; clypeus with large punctures, dense all over; anterior border of clypeus with a broad shallow emargination, beneath which is a conspicuous fringe of orange hair; mesothorax densely punctured all over, the areas between the punctures wholly dull; no white hair-marks on anterior part of mesothorax nor at scutello-mesothoracic suture ; tegule dark, punctured all over; wings hyaline, broadly smoky on outer margin, and especially at apex; basal joint of hind tarsi long and flat, considerably longer than the other joints together, covered on inner side with orange-ferruginous hair; spines at apices of first four tibize quite long, dark ferruginous ; abdomen, viewed from above, showing abundant black hair at the sides of the last two segments, but not the others; ventral scopa white, varying to quite yellowish, black on last segment and apex of penultimate one. By the clypeal structure allied to M. montivaga, but other- wise different. Hab. Las Cruces (Agnes Williams); Mesilla, June 24, entering burrow in an adobe wall (Ckl/.) ; Socorro, June 29, two at flowers of a species of Composite (Ckil.). Megachile heterodonta, sp. n. ? .—Superficially, in size, form, and colour, even to the Bees from New Mexico, 19 tint of the abdominal bands and dark shading of the wings, exactly like I. pugnata, but differing as follows :—-Cheeks not toothed; head not so large behind the eyes; middle of vertex with the punctures large and well-separated, the space between them shining, though microscopically tessellate ; first joint of flagellum shorter; clypeus ordinary, densely punctured all over, with very large punctures, its anterior margin inconspicuously tridentate and fringed beneath with long orange hairs; mandibles stout, shorter than in pugnata, 4-dentate, the apical tooth long and pointed, the next tran- cate, the next quadrate, broader than long, with its inner corner somewhat produced, the innermost tooth short and pointed ; mesothorax dull and as densely punctured as possible all over; ventral scopa white, black on last segment. The second joint of the labial palpus is conspicuously longer than the first. The abdominal bands are very distinct. Hab. Las Vegas, Aug. 1 (Porter & Ckll.) ; Fillmore Cajion, Organ Mts., about 5700 feet, Sept. 1 (C. H. 7. Townsend). Megachile brevis, Say, 1837. Hab. Gallinas River, at La Cueva, Aug. 6,1 2 (Porter & Ckil.). This agrees with I. brevis, received from Mr. Charles Robertson, and is the only genuine brevis in the New Mexico collections. The insect is recognized by its rather small size (11-12 millim.), wholly white ventral scopa, mesothorax dull and densely punctured, abdomen mitriform, mandibles _curved at the apex, the two apical teeth close together. I have the species also from Baldwin, Kansas, July (J. C. Bridwell). Andrena sapellonis, sp. n. 9 —Length 94-11 millim.; g about 8 millim. With a wholly dark face and very long antenna, the flagellum entirely black. In Robertson’s table in Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xviii. p. 50, this runs to A. salicis, but it is a little larger, and differs from the description of the female by having the basal process of labrum narrow but quite large, produced, and rounded at the end instead of truncate; the well-developed hair-bands on the second, third, and fourth abdominal segments are white instead of fulvous. ‘The clypeus, as in salicts, has a well-developed median impunc- tate ridge, and the long rather dense hair of the thoracic dorsum is ochreous, though that of the cheeks and pleura is white. The mesothorax is dull, microscopically tessellate, 2 20 Prof. J. W. Gregory on the with sparse punctures; the abdomen is impunctate. The anal fimbria is greyish brown. ‘The enclosure of the meta- thorax is granular and ill-defined. Tarsi dark in both sexes, I had thought it possible that this might be Andrena tri- zonata (Ashmead, as Ciulissa), so I sent a specimen to Mr. Ashmead, who kindly compared it with his type, and reported as follows:—‘'The Andrena sent is not my ¢ri- zonata, although it superficially resembles it. Your specimen is slightly larger, differently sculptured, and has quite a different pygidial plate. The hind legs and tarsi are also differently coloured. It is quite a different insect.” These remarks relate to the female; the male of trizonata is said to have a banded abdomen; that of sapellonis @ is shining, without bands, though the first segment, lateral hind margins of the two following, and whole hind margins of the rest are clothed with rather pale brown hair, which is only conspicuous under a lens. The female sapellonis must resemble Robertson’s recently described A. salicacea, but it differs from the description of the latter as follows :—Pubescence of thorax above ochraceous ; facial grooves white, their width about as great as length of first flagellar joint; enclosure and sides of metathorax rugose-reticulate, but sculptured alike; anal fimbria pale brown. A. sapellonis agrees with salicacea in the process of labrum, proportions of the first three flagellar joints, fuscous pubescence on tibiz, and third submarginal cell at least twice as long as the second. ‘The two doubtless are closely allied. Hab. Beulah, 4 9,1 ¢ at flowers of Salix, 2 ? at flowers of wild plum, May 380, 1899 (W. Porter). Mesilla Park, New Mexico, U.S.A., March 28, 1900. Il].—On the West-Indian Species of Madrepora*. By J. W. Grecory, D.Sc., F.G.S., Professor of Geology -in the University of Melbourne. Tue term muricatum was first applied to West-Indian corals * [This paper was read before one of the London Societies in June last year after a visit to the West Indies to study, amongst other questions, the Madrepore of that region, The paper was withdrawn by request of the Society. I delayed publication in order to reconsider the matter after a few months’ interval. A recent letter from Mr, J. HK, Duerden, of Jamaica, West-Indian Species of Madrepora. 21 by Sloane * in 1707. Sloane used the word in describing the three forms of Madrepora which are now generally known as M. palmata, M. cervicornis, and M. prolifera. Linneus accepted the term as the name of a species which he called Millepora muricata in 1754 and Madrepora muricata in 1767 f. Linneus founded the species to include all the Madrepore with an arborescent branching corallum. It was adopted in the sense of either Sloane or Linneus by subsequent zoologists until 1816, when Lamarck { broke up the IZ. muricata, L. et auct., into five species and abandoned Linneeus’s specific name. For the West-Indian Madrepore he founded the species M. palmata, M. cervicornis, and M. prolifera. Lamarck’s course of action was adopted by all students of corals until 1890 ; in that year Prof. Heilprin suggested that the West- Indian branched and palmate forms of Madrepora are members of the same species. “I feel doubtful,” says Prof. Heilprin §, “if the palmate form of the corallum, as seen in IZ. palmata, M. flabellum, and M. alces (Kast Indies), is in itself a character sufficient to distinguish the species from those forms, agreeing with the palmate types in other respects, in which the corallum is strictly digitate. My associate, Mr. J. E. Ives, has called my attention to the tendency in the direction of digitation which many individuals of the palmate species exhibit. This is carried so far in some of the specimens contained in the col- lections of the Academy of Natural Sciences that it becomes difficult, if not really impossible, to class the individuals.” By the digitate types Prof. Heilprin presumably means M. cervicornis, for M. prolifera he kept quite distinct. The same conclusion was reached and extended in 1893 by Brook ||, who is making a detailed study of the polypes of the West-Indian corals, shows that, like myself, he had been misled by deference to Brook’s opinion, It therefore seems to me advisable to publish the paper, and it is issued exactly as written last June. My. Duerden says :—“ Relying upon Brook’s statement that he had met with intermediate specimens of cervicornis and palmata, 1 was inclined to regard them all {including alc7- formis| asone species. I have examined acres of Madrepora growth with the object of finding such intermediate forms, but without any success, although such would be expected considering that prolifera and palmata grow together.”’} : * Hans Sloane, ‘A Voyage to the Islands Madera... Jamaica,’ vol. i. (1707) pp. 51-58, pl. xviii. figs. 3, 4, pl. xvii. figs. 2, 3. + Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 792, ed. xii. p. 1279. t Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert. vol. ii. 278, 281. § A. Heilprin, “The Corals and Coral-reefs of the Western Waters of the Gulf of Mexico,” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1890, p. 304. || Geo. Brook, ‘The Genus Madrepora,’ Cat. Madrep. Brit. Museum, yol. i. 1893, pp. 25-380. 22 Prof. J. W. Gregory on the whose opinion was no doubt formed independently, as he does not refer to Prof. Heilprin’s paper. In Brook’s great mono- graph of the genus Madrepora he not only merged Lamarck’s three West-Indian species, but adopted for them Linneus’s name of muricata. During a recent visit to the West Indies I have had the opportunity of studying the three forms of Madrepora on the reefs, and have been led to revert to the Lamarckian arrange- ment. As in 1895* I accepted Brook’s proposals, it may be advisable to state the reasons for my change of opinion. It will be convenient first to consider whether the West- Indian Madrepore are all to be included in a single species. Brook supported this idea by two lines of evidence :—Ist, the distribution of the corals on the reefs ; 2nd, the existence of a series of specimens having characters intermediate between those of Lamarck’s species. HABIT AND ENVIRONMENT. The first argument was based on statements that Brook attributed to Pourtalés. Thus he sayst that Pourtalés has “hinted that the three species of Lamarck may prove to be variations of one species, dependent on environment for their precise habit.” But this is not quite a correct account of Pourtalés’s opinion. The only reference to Pourtalés which Brook includes in his synonymy is to the memoir on the * Deep-sea Corals.” Therein Pourtalés } does hint that possibly M. cervicornis and M. prolifera may be specifically identical ; but he makes no suggestion that Jl. palmata should be united with them. He even comes finally to the conclusion that MM. cervicornis and M. prolifera may be conveniently kept apart. The passage referred to is as follows :—‘‘ Some specimens partake so much of the characters of both this fi. e. MW. prolifera] and the preceding species [ JZ. cervicornis| as to shake the belief in their specific difference. Still the greater number of specimens examined are readily distin- guished, more perhaps by their habitus than by the more minute characters of the calicles.” Pourtalés’s conclusion seems to me sound. Specimens of M. prolifera and M. cervicornis are distinguishable without * J. W. Gregory, “ Contributions to the Paleontology and Physical Geography of the West Indies,” Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. li. (1895) p. 282. t+ Brook, op. cit. p. 18. } L. F. de Pourtalés, “ Deep-sea Corals,” Hl. Cat. Mus. Comp, Zool. no. iv. 1871, p. 84. West-Indian Species of Madrepora. 23 difficulty, though fragments may sometimes be indeterminable. But the two forms are sufficiently allied for their separation to be a mere matter of convenience. The difference between M. palmata and M. cervicornis is, however, far more definite, and Pourtalés had no hesitation in keeping them distinct. Brook *, however, unites them ou the ground that “ Pourtalés has pointed out, with regard to the West-Indian specimens of palmata, cervicornis, and pro- lifera, that the proper habit and robustness of each form is associated -with a different position on the reef. MM. palmata grows in situations exposed to the force of the sea; J. cervi- cornis in less exposed localities ; while for its full develop- ment I/. prolifera appears to require sheltered spots on the inner side of the reef.’ This passage involves another unfortunate misrepresentation of Pourtalés, for, according to that author, the species which ‘requires a rather sheltered position for its full development ” f 1s MZ. cervicornis, and not M. prolifera. In respect to the position of growth of the latter, Pourtalés gives no information ; and, so far as my own observations go, M. prolifera does not flourish in sheltered spots inside the reef, but in deeper water than M. cervicornis, and often outside the main reef. Thus the typical species in the quiet coves of Parham Sound, Antigua, are M. palmata and WM. cervicornis. The best specimens of MW. prolifera that I obtained from Antigua came from the depth of 3 fathoms from an exposed position on the slopes of Sandy Island. Pourtalés did say that M/. palmata is characteristic of the exposed positions on the outside reefs, a statement, however, which is only true with one important limitation. The particular form of JZ, palmata known as “‘ the car of Neptune,” which has a massive corallum formed of thick lamellar ex- pansions, is no doubt the typical form of Madrepora found in exposed positions in the West-Indian reefs. The fragile ‘branched coralla of M. cervicornis and M. prolifera would be shattered if struck by the full force of a breaker ; they accord- ingly grow in protected situations or at a depth below the limit of the surf. It is possible that it was the “‘ Neptune’s car” form of palmata which Pourtalés had in mind when writing the previously quoted remark. His statement, so far as my observations go, is not correct for M. palmata as a whole. ‘The alciform variety of palmata, which both Pourtalés and Brook include in that form, grows under identically the same conditions as AZ, cervi- cornis. For example, I collected specimens of both forms * Brook, op. cit. p. 28. + Pourtalés, op. cit. p. 84. 24 Prof. J. W. Gregory on the which were growing side by side, not 18 inches apart, on precisely the same sea-floor, rising to exactly the same level, and equally exposed to wave and current. The position was sheltered in the extreme, for it was on the shore of a small land-locked bay in Parham Sound on the lee side of Bird Island; and the bay was further protected by a shoal across its mouth. In an adjacent patch of reef MM. palmata and M. cervicornis were growing interlocked, but each species was perfectly distinct. In another bay in deeper water there were circular patches of MZ. palmata and M. cervicornis, forming flat-topped tabular masses from 10 to 15 feet in diameter. They were growing under identical conditions. The statements therefore that M. palmata and M. cervi- cornis are dimorphic forms of one species and that they have acquired different habits owing to their occurrence at different situations on a reef are not in accordance with their distri- bution on the coasts of Antigua. Indeed, the fact that where M. palmata grows in association with MM. cervicornis the former is represented by a digitate or branched variety is fatal to the assumption of their specific identity ; for the J. alces of Dana, and not the J. cervicornis of Lamarck, is the branched variety of I. palmata. THE EVIDENCE OF INTERMEDIATE SPECIMENS. Brook supported his argument by the existence of corals intermediate between I/. palmata and M. cervicornis. I care- fully looked out for such in all the reefs I had the chance of examining, but the search was unsuccessful. Brook stated that the ‘ intermediate forms occur chiefly in the collection of the British Museum.” He enumerates them on p. 29 of his monograph. ‘The specimens are four in number, and, thanks to the kindness of Prof. Bell, I have had the opportunity of examining them. The first specimen was collected by the ‘ Challenger’ expe- dition at St. Thomas. Its registration number is 86. 12. 9. 274. The specimen is 200 millim. long, and consists of a central stem which gives off a series of cylindrical branches. On one side there is, a little above the base, an imperfectly separated branch which subdivides into two and shows the proximal ends of six cylindrical branches. On the other side there are eighteen branches or branchlets. I fail to see any approach to M. palmata in this specimen. If the specimen were palmate we should expect it to be so at the base. But at the bottom the central stem measures 30 millim. wide and 20 millim. thick. There is nothing palmate in that. The West-Indian Species of Madrepora. 25 specimen appears to me only a M. cervicornis in which the branches are numerous and mainly in one plane. In regard to the three other intermediate forms, my diffi- culty is to understand why Brook assigned them to the palmata-cervicornis group. I had the privilege of examining them in conjunction with Mr. H. M. Bernard, who agreed as to the improbability of their specific identification. There is no evidence that the corals came from the West Indies, and from the characters of the specimens this source seems unlikely. The second specimen is 93. 4. 7. 22, and its locality is unknown. It is apparently the young basal portion of a corallum, and is, perhaps, too immature for specific identifica- tion. It is 120 millim. long by 100 millim. wide, and its surface bears three rows of subconical elevations. On the middle row one process has grown upwards into a branch 30 millim. wide by 25 millim. thick, rising 55 millim. from the bottom of the furrow between the rows and rising 35 millim. above the slit which separates the branch from the adjacent subconical elevation. In one of the outside rows there is a lower branch, 45 millim. long by 30 millim. thick by 32 millim. high. In these characters I fail to see anything to ally the specimen to either J/. palmata or M. cervicornis. The coral- lum agrees more nearly with Brook’s description of that of M. conigera*. The third specimen is no. 93. 4. 7. 23, and its locality is also unknown. It is divided almost to the bottom into branches which if broken into fragments would be indistin- guishable from those of JZ. cervicornis, as they would be from several Pacific species. But the corallum is reticular and its general aspect is not that of cervicornis, much less of palmata. It appears to me to be more like MV. dbrevicollis t, though I do not care to venture an attempt at a specific identification of any Indo-Pacific Madrepore. The fourth specimen (93. 4. 7. 85, locality unknown) is labelled in Mr. Brook’s handwriting “ I, muricata?”’ The note of interrogation seems amply justified, unless that species be accepted in its original Linnean sense for Indian Ocean muricated Madrepore. ‘The specimen consists of thick, flat, basal lobes, whence arise short thick branches, which divide into a crowded and irregular series of branchlets. If I had to give the specimen a name I should feel tempted to call it a short-branched form of the corals which Brook has iden- tified as MW. Hhrenbergi t. * Brook, op. cit. p. 34. + Brook, op. ct. p. 159, pl. xxvii. figs. A, B. * i eens & Haime, Hist. nat. Cor. vol. iii, p. 143; Brook, op. cit. p- . 26 Prof. J. W. Gregory on the Hence the specimens which Mr. Brook quoted as linking M. palmata and M. cervicornis do not seem to me to give any support to the belief in the specific unity of these corals. To dismiss such differences in the form of the corallum as not worthy ‘of specific value appears to me inconsistent with Mr. Brook’s practice in later pages of his monograph. Thus he founded a species, J. attenuata, for a form which appears to be based on a series of fragments of slender branches of M. cervicornis, and he accepted Dana’s M. cyclopea, which appears to be only an alciform variety of MZ. palmata. In the case of A/. attenuata it may be objected that the terminal axial corallites are shorter than in J/. cervicornis; but they are not shorter than in Agassiz’s * figures of that species, which show that the character is inconstant. A more serious inconsistency is that Brook divided his subgenus Conocyathus, Brk., non d’Orb.f, into four sections, characterized solely by the form of the corallum. The following are his diagnoses of those sections :— A. Corallum corymbose, with or without confluent branches. If the central branches are long the habit is bushy. (2.161, B. Corallum forming a subcomplanate reticulum, with short twigs on the upper surface. (P. 166.) C. Corallum cespitose. (P. 166.) D. Corallum subarborescent or bushy, usually with nume- rous short proliferations. (P. 169.) If the difference between a cespitose ¢ corallum and a bushy corallum is of more than specific value in “ Cono- cyathus,”” why is the well-marked difference between the palmate and arborescent coralla of less than specific value in Eumadrepora ? * L. Agassiz, “ Report on the Florida Reefs,” Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. vii. no. 1, 1880, pl. xviii. figs. 1, 4, & 8, + This name was preoccupied for a genus of corals which has living Australian representatives. Another of Brook’s subgeneric names, Odonto- cyathus, is preoccupied for a deep-sea coral dredged by the ‘Challenger’ and described by Moseley. { The difference that Brook intended to suggest between a czspitose and a bushy corallum is not very easy to realize, According to Murray’s new English Dictionary, czespitose means “growing in thick tufts or clumps.” But Brook places M. Forskali, in which he describes the “corallum [as] forming dense and much branched clumps,” among the bushy and not among the czespitose section; and MW. Rousseawi, in which he describes the corallum as “consisting of tufts,” is also excluded from the cxespitose section. Both Ogilvie and Worcester’s dictionaries define ceespitose as ‘ growing in tufts.” West-Indian Species of Madrepora. 27 THE Species “ wvrroara.” Hence, in the absence of corals intermediate between M. palmata and M. cervicornis, and in view of the fact that the differences in form between them are not due to growth under different conditions, it appears advisable to return to Lamarck’s arrangement of the species. That decision raises the question whether Linnzus’s name ought not to be retained. But if we follow Brook, and unite the three species, MZ. pal- mata, M. cervicornis, and M. prolifera, and take the first as the typical form—for Brook accepts it as forma A—then the name muricata is both inappropriate and inapplicable. It is inappropriate, since the name muricata was probably suggested by Linnzus from the resemblance of the branchlets of many species to the varices of Murex *. And M. palmata is not a muricated species in this sense. But the name is inapplicable, since, although Linnzus used it to cover all the ramose Madrepore that he knew, he carefully excluded the palmate variety from J/. muricata. He excluded it in three ways. In the first place, both in his own diagnosis and in his additional remarks, he describes the species as a ramose form—‘ Madrepora ramosa composita ”’ ; “rami albi’”’; ‘ corallium seepe format pulcherrime ramis suis corymbum rosaceum.” lLinneus makes no reference to palmate or alciform varieties. He also quotes from earlier authors a series of descriptive phrases in which references to the ramose condition continually recur. In the second place, Linneeus carefully excluded the palmate form by omitting reference to the figures of that coral in the list of literature on his muricata. ‘Thus Sloane figured an excelient example of the alciform variety ; Linneus accepts Sloane’s figures of the cervicornis and prolifera types, but not of the palmata}t. Seba§ also figured all three torms, the prolifera on pl. evil. fig. 6, the cervicornis on pl. exiv. fig. 1, and a typical palmata on pl. exii. Linneeus again accepted the two first, but excluded the last. In the third place, the inclusion of M. palmata in M. muricata is rendered unsatisfactory by the geographical evidence. When Linneus founded the latter species in 1754 he gave as its habitat “ Pelago Asiatico.” * Muricata, as Prof. Bell has remarked to me, means spiny, with sharp points. r ; + Sloane, ‘ Voyage... . Jamaica,’ vol. i. pl. xvii. fig. 3. { Le, he accepts Sloane, dézd. vol. i. pl. xviii. fig. 3, pl. xvii. fig. 4; but not pl. xvii. fig. 3. § Seba, ‘ Loc, Rerum Natur. Thesauri,’ vol. iii. 1758. 28 Prof. J. W. Gregory on the And M. palmata is typically, if not exclusively, West Indian, not East Indian. It is therefore undesirable to take as the type form of Linneus’s species the one Madrepora known to Linneus, which he excluded from it. It seems to me advisable to drop the name muricata altogether, on the ground that Linneus used that name for all the ramose Madrepores he knew, as well as for ramose corals which belong to other families, Thus Linneeus included in muricata the coral figured by Seba on his pl. exvi. fig. 5, which is not a Madrepera at all. He included the three corals figured by Morris * as ‘ anomalous submarine plants”; they are equally anomalous as specimens of Madrepora muricata as defined by Brook. To take one of the many corals included by Linneus in J/. muricata would be an arbitrary proceeding ; but if it is to be done the name ought to be applied to an Indo-Pacific species, both since Linneus assigned it to that area and as the best figures he quotes are those in ‘ Rumphius Herbarium Amboinense’ f. Not one of the three species J. palmata, M. cervicornis, or M. prolifera has been recorded from Amboyna. THe RANGE OF THE WEST-INDIAN Maprerorz. The argument from the geographical distribution raises the question as to the range of M. palmata and M. cervicornis. J refer to this question with reluctance, and only at the strong suggestion of Prof. Bell. According to most authorities the three forms or species of Madrepore tound in the West Indies and the western tropical Atlantic are contined to that region. According to Mr, Brook they also occur in the Pacific and Indian Oceans, ranging from Tahiti to the Red Sea. As Prof. Bell pointed out to me, the distribution of these forms as accepted by Brook is very remarkable; for all three forms are very abundant in the West Indies, and they all occur very widely but very sparsely distributed in the Western Pacific and Indian Oceans, The Indo-Pacific specimens referred by Brook to WM. muricata are eight in number. I examined some of them in 1895, but did not see any one character by which they could all be separated from the West-Indies species, though demurring to the idea that they were all members of one phylogenetic species. After a more careful examination of the specimens, the doubts then expressed are strengthened. The specimens * Morris, ‘Plantarum Hist. Oxon, Univ.’ pt. iii, 1699, sect. 15, pl. x, fiys. 3, 9, & 10. + 1750, pl. Ixxxvi. figs. 1 & 2. West-Indian Species of Madrepora. 29 in the zoological collection of the Museum appear to me insufficient to justify the attribution of an Indo-Pacific range to M. palmata, M. cervicornis, and M. prolifera. It will be advisable to consider the specimens separately in the order in which Brook catalogued them. A. palmata. 1. No. 92. 6. 8. 213. Port Darwin. Saville Kent coll. This specimen isa fragment showing no signs of the base. It is a thin flat lamellum, interrupted by lacune ; it is compara- tively level on one face, but has a series of muricate branchlets on the other face. The specimen differs from typical forms of palmata by the presence of the numerous varices, of the small lacune, and by the thinness of the lamellum, hese differences are perhaps unimportant, but the specimen is such a fragment that its evidence also is unimportant. 2. No. 93.4. 7.24. Singapore. This specimen is a fine palmate vasiform corallum; the growth is irregular, and lacune pierce the lamellae. The upper surface is covered with numerous small flat-topped branchlets, at the end of which is a deep pit. The walls are dense. What specific name should be given to this coral I do not propose to enquire. It is sufficient to point out that it differs from palmata by the presence of the numerous branchlets on the upper surface, and that some of its characters necessitate its transference to a different division of Madrepora from that to which M. palmata belongs. Brook divided Medrepora into four divisions. The first divi- sion he characterized as follows :—“Madrepore with cylindrical axial corallites, which project to a greater or less extent at the apex of each division of the corallum; wall usually very porous, margin plane, exterior more or less distinctly striateor rugose.” Now in the Singapore specimen each branchlet does not end in a projecting axial corallite ; on the contrary, the branchlets are flat-topped and the axial corallites are not exsert. The specimen must therefore be transferred from the division con- taining ELumadrepora to the division comprising the two subgenera Isopora and T'ylopora. It cannot, however, rest in either of those genera as they were defined by Brook ; for according to the characters of the corallum it would be an dsopora, and according to those of the branchlets it would be a L'ylopora. 30 Prof. J. W. Gregory on the B. prolifera. 3. No. 46. 7. 30. 8. Wreck Bay, Great Barrier Reef, N.E. Australia. This specimen is the only one in the collection which is catalogued as a Pacific form of prolifera, It is a small fragment, 2 inches long, and its evidence is insufficient. Form intermediate between prolifera and cervicornis. 4, No. 93.4.7. 43. Tahiti. (MM. regalis, Ehr.) Milne-Edwards & Haime * described M. regalis as “ trés- voisine du WM. prolifera, mais ayant les branches plus grosses.” That definition accurately describes the habit of this specimen. The thickness of the branches agrees with that of JZ. cervi- cornis. ‘The specimen differs from WM. cervicornis by having very short (1-2 millim. exsert) terminal corallites, in which the primary septa are very unequal. According to Brook the axial corallites of cervicornis have the terminal corallite 6-8 millim. exsert and the primary septa subequal. The corallites differ from those of M. prolifera by having well-developed septa, whereas, according to Brook, in that form ‘the directive septa are moderately developed, but the remaining members of the primary cycle are more or less rudimentary.” C. cervicornis. 5-7. Nos. 92.6.8. 210-212. Port Darwin. Saville Kent call. These three specimens, though differing somewhat in the relative closeness of the branches probably belong to the same species. The habit is cervicorn; but the most striking feature of the coral is that the terminal axial corallites are broad, short, and thick-walled ; the wall, in fact, is equal in thick- ness to the transverse diameter of the calice. In the youngest corallites there are 6 septa; in older corallites the septa number from 12-16; in the largest and best-preserved coral- lites (e. g. in one marked with an ink-dot on specimen 92. 6. 8. 210) there are 3 complete cycles of septa. Now, according to Brook, in the subgenus Kumadrepora the axial corallites have a “ relatively thin wall and 12 septa.” Hence the Port Darwin corals are not typical members of the same subgenus as JZ, cervicornis. * Hist. nat. Cor. vol. ii. p. 159. 9 West-Indian Species of Madrepora. al 8. No. 92. 6. 8. 214. Thursday Island. Saville Kent collection. This is the last specimen in Brook’s list, and it is that which most closely resembles M. cervicornis. It agrees with that form in (1) the radial corallites being nariform below and tubo-nariform in the distal parts, (2) in the thin walls of the terminal radial corallite, and (3) in the striate or echinu- late ornamentation of the walls of the corallites, These three characters are common to most of the arbo- rescent Madrepores; the first and third characters occur in nearly all, as, e. g., in MM. entermedia. The most important point of resemblance between this specimen and J, cervi- cornis is the length of the terminal corallite. This structure is shown, however, only on one branch of the Thursday Island specimen. There are not wanting differences between this coral anl Brook’s description of J. cervicornis. Thus he states that the primary septa are subequal, whereas in this specimen they are very unequal, while the one terminal corallite, though of the same length as in J. cervicornis, is narrower, being 3 willim. instead of 4—5 millim. in diameter. Why this specimen, with its long narrow terminal corallite, was regarded as the same species and variety as the Port Darwin specimens, with their short, broad, thick-walled, terminal corallites, is not obvious. Hence I am driven to the conclusion that the evidence of the eight Madrepores which Brook catalogued as Indo-Pacific representatives of M. palmata, cervicornis, and prolifera is insufficient to prove the occurrence of those species in the Indo-Pacific Ocean. SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS. 1. M. palmata, Lam., may be conveniently kept distinct from JM. cervicornis, since (a) the two forms live under identical conditions, their differences are not due to environment, and (0d) the evidence of the intermediate forms is inconclusive. 2. M. palmata, Lam., should not be treated as the typical form of MJ. muricata, L., from which Linneus ex- cluded it. 3. If the name JZ. muricata be retained, which seems un- desirable, it should be used for an Indo-Pacific species. 4, The evidence of the range of M. palmata, M. cervicornis, and J. prolifera into the Indo-Pacific is inadequate. 32 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. IV.—British Amphipoda.—IV. Families Stegocephalide to CHdiceride (part.). By Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LED:, F:R-S.,.ce* [Plate IIL.] Fam. VI. Stegocephalide. Genus 1. STEGOCEPHALOIDES, G. O. Sars. 81. Stegocephaloides christianiensis, Boeck. 1869. Stegocephalus ampulla, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shet- land Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 276 (nec Cancer ampulla, Phipps). 1870. iia christianiensis, Boeck, (137) p. 48. 1876. Steyocephalus christianiensis, Boeck, (188) p. 424, pl. vill. fig. 4, pl. ix. fig. 1. 1892. Stegocephaloides christianiensis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 202, pl. Ixx. fio. 2. Hab. St. Magnus Bay, Shetland, 50 fathoms, 1867 (A. M. N.); ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 18, to.the west of Galway, 183 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Loch Fyne, 40-70 fathoms (D. R.) ; S.W. of Ireland, 750 fathoms, 1888, and west coast of Ireland off the Skilligs, 52-62 fathoms, 1890 (specimens in Dublin Museum, fide A. O. W.). Distrib. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, 40-300 fathoms (A. M. N.); West Norway (G. 0. Sars): Mus. Nor. Sars states that it is found as far north as the Lofoten Islands. Bohusliin (Malm) ; Skagarak (Metnert); Belle Ile, France (Chevreus). [Genus 2. STEGOCEPHALUS, Kroyer. [ Stegocephalus inflatus, Kroyer. 1842, Stegocephalus inflatus, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr. vol. iv. p. 150; Voyage en Scandinavie &c. pl. xx. fig. 2. 1876. Stegocephalus ampulla, Boeck, (188) p. 421 (but not Cancer ampulla, Phipps). 1892. Stegocephalus inflatus, G. O. Sars, (142) pl. Lxix. Off Holsteinborg, Greenland, in 57 fathoms, ‘ Valorous’ Exped., 1875, Stat. 5. Trondhjem Fiord, 200-300 fathoms ; Hardanger Fiord, between the islands Valoddin and Hidle, 110 fathoms (in both these cases I found it among Lophohelia prolifera) ; also * See for preceding paper ‘ Annals,’ vol. v. 1900, p, 326. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda, 33 Klosterelv Fiord, Kast Finmark (A, M@. N.) ; West Norway (G. O. Sars) ; ‘ Triton,’ 1882, Faroe Channel, lat. 60° 9! N., long. 7° 16° W., in 466 fathoms; Spetsbergen (Lovén) ; mera’ Eixped., lat.) 67° 7’ N’, long. 173° 24" W. (i.e. Behring’s Strait), 24 fathoms (from Stockholm Mus.) ; ‘ Wil- lem-Barents,’ Barents Sea (Stebbing) ; U.S. Fish. Comm., Gulf of Maine, 51 fathoms (8S. Z. Smith): Mus. Nor. It will thus be seen that this is a true Arctic species with circumpolar distribution. ] Genus 3. ANDANIA, Boeck, 82. Andania abyssi, Boeck. 1870. Andania abysst, Boeck, (137) p. 49. 1876, Andania abyssi, Boeck, (138) p. 426, pl. ix. fig. 2. 1892. Andania abyssr, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 207, pl. lxxi, fig. 2, and pl. lxxii. fig. 1. Hab. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 24, south of Rockall, lat. 56° 26! N., long. 14° 28’ W., 109 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Distrib. ‘Trondhjem Fiord, 200-300 fathoms (A. MZ. N.) ; West Norway (G. O. Sars): Mus. Nor. Sars speaks of it as a true deep-water form, only occurring in greater depths from 200-400 fathoms; it has occurred from Southern Norway northwards to the Lofoten Islands. Fam. VII. Amphilochide. Genus 1. AMPHILOCHUS, Bate. 83. Amphilochus manudens, Bate. 1862. Amphilochus manudens, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 180, ¢. 1876. Amphilochus concinnus, Stebbing, ‘ Some new and little-known Amphip. Crust.,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. iv. vol. xviii. p. 443, pl. xix. figs. 1 a,b, 9. 1876. Callimerus acutidigitata, id. ibid. p. 445, pl. xx. figs. 3 a, b. 1890. Amphilochus Boeckii, Meinert, (71) p, 160. 1892. Amphilochus manudens, G, O. Sars, (142) p. 217, pl. lxxiv, Flab. Off Farland Point, Cumbrae, 20 fathoms (A. JZ, N.) : Mus. Nor. Mull (G. Brook, fide T. S.) ; Upper Loch Fyne and Granton Harbour, Firth of Clyde (7. S.); St. Andrews (M‘Intosh) ; off North Wales and Isle of Man (A, O. W.) ; ‘Torbay (Stebbing) ; Jersey (Sinel & Hornell). Distrib, Drobak, Christiania Fiord, and Trondhjem Fiord, 200 fathoms (A. M. N.) : Mus. Nor. On Norwegian and Finmarkian coasts, not rare from Christiania to Vadsé (G4. 0. Sars) ; Greenland (/ansen) ; Kattegat (Mednert) ; west coast of France (Chevreuz). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 3 34 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 84. Amphilochus tenuimanus, Boeck. 1870, Amphilochus tenuimanus, Boeck, (187) p. 51. 1876. Amphilochus tenuimanus, Boeck, (138) p. 487, pl. ix. fig. 7. 1892. Amphilochus tenuimanus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 218, pl. Ixxv. fig. 1. Hab., Cumbrae (DD. #.); Firth of Clyde (728) 5 0m Spurm Head, Yorkshire (7. S.). Distrib. Sars says that it is a deep-water form living in 100-200 fathoms, especially among deep-sea corals, and that it is found in several places and West Norway. 85. Amphilochus neapolitanus, Della Valle. (PI. III. fig. 1.) 1893. Te amie neapolitanus, Della Valle, (139) p. 595, pl. xxix figs. 16, 17. 1895. Amphilochus melanops, A. O. Walker, “ Revision Amphipoda of Liv. M. B. C. District,” Trans. Liv. Biol. Assoc. vol. ix. p. 298, pl. xviii. fig. 12, pl. xix. figs. 13-15. Hab. Off Little Ormes Head, Denbighshire, 5-7 fathoms (A. O. W.); Falmouth Harbour; Jersey, tide-marks (A. M.N.): Mus. Nor. Also Menai Strait, near Beaumaris, 5-10 fathoms (A. O. W.). Distrib. Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor. West France (Chevreuz). Having compared typical specimens of A. melanops kindly given me by Mr. Walker, and other British examples taken by myself in the localities mentioned above, with a specimen ot A. neapolitanus received from Della Valle, I am satisfied as to their identity. A. neapolitanus and A. brunneus, both described by Della Valle, are very closely allied. OF the latter I took several specimens at Naples in 1887, and thus have had the opportunity of comparing the two forms. The one point in which they are described by Della Valle as differing consists in the character of the gnathopods: those of the second pair are very broad, triangular, and the carpal process reaches to the extremity of the posterior margin of the hand; the armature of the palm and dactylus is exactly as represented by Della Valle in the allied species A. brunneus (Della Valle, pl. xxix. fig. 14), the palm being bounded by two spines and its edge excessively finely denticulated, and within the denticulations a row of small spinules. Mr. Walker’s fig. 14 gives the carpal process shorter than in any specimen I have seen; but in A. brunneus it only extends about half the length of the hand. ‘lhe very close resemblance of the species might raise a question in the mind whether they are really distinct. In favour of their distine- tion is the fact that all the specimens I took at Naples agreed Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 35 with A. drunneus and all the British examples which I have examined agree with A. neapolitanus. Of this last species Della Valle wrote that he had only seen a single specimen ; but he must have obtained others subsequently, since imme- diately after the publication of his work he kindly sent mean example. A. tenuimanus, G. O. Sars, is distinguished from the present species by the character of the gnathopods, and especially by the telson exceeding in length the peduncle of the last uropods, whereas in A. neapolitanus the telson is much shorter and scarcely equals half the length of the peduncle of the much produced last uropods. Genus 2. AMPHILOCHOIDES, G. O. Sars. 86. Amphilochoides serratipes (Norman). 1869. Probolium serratipes, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shet- land Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 273. 1892. Amphilochvides odontonyx, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 221, pl. Ixxv. fig. 2 (nec A. odontonyx, Boeck). 1895. Amphilochoides Boeckit, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 690. Hab. St. Magnus Bay, Shetland, in 50 fathoms; Isle of Cumbrae, 5 fathoms (A. JZ. N.): Mus. Nor. Blackwater- foot, Arran, N.B., 20 fathoms (D. &.); 8 miles off Flesh- wick Bay, Isle of Man, 33 fathoms (A. O. W.). Distrib. West Norway (G. O. Sars): Mus. Nor. On the Norwegian coast here and there from Christiania to the Trondhjem Fiord, in 50-100 fathoms (G@. O. Sars); Con- carneau (Chevreux). 87. Amphilochoides odontonyx, Boeck. 1870. Amphilochus odontonyx, Boeck, (137) p. 51. 1876. Amphilochus odontonyx, Boeck, (158) p. 434, pl. xi. fig. 3. 1892. Amphilochordes pusillus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 222, pl. lxxvi. fig. 1. 1895. Amphilochoides odontonyx, id. ibid. p. 690. 1896. Amphilochoides odontonyx, T. Scott, Fourteenth Annual Rep. Scotch Fish. Board, p. 159, pl. iv. figs. 4-6. Ilab. Plymouth, 8 fathoms, 1887 (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Near Bass Rock, Firth of Forth, 22-23 fathoms; St. Andrews Bay ; off Spurm Head, Yorkshire; several places in the Clyde district (7. S.). Distrib. Christiania Fiord, 20-40 fathoms, and Vadsd, E. Finmark, 30-60 fathoms (G. O. Sars); Denmark (Mevnert). OF 36 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 88. Amphilochoides intermedius, 'T. Scott. 1896. Amphilochoides intermedius, T. Scott, Fourteenth Annual Report Scotch Fish. Board, p. 159, pl. iv. figs, 1-3. Hab. Various parts of the Firth of Forth (7. S.). Genus 3. Giranopsis, G. O. Sars. 89. Gitanopsis bispinosa (Boeck). 1870. Amphilochus bispinosus, Boeck, (137) p. 51. 1876, Amphilochus bispinosus, Boeck, (188) p. 435, pl. x. fig. 1. 1892. Gitanopsis bispinosa, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 224, pl. Ixxvi. fig. 2. flab. “ Dredged off Blackwater-foot, Arran, N.B., in 20 fathoms, bottom sand and mud” (D. &.). Distrib. Lofoten Islands, Norway (G. O. Sars): Mus. Nor. South and West Norway as far north as Lofoten Islands, but nowhere in abundance, generally in 50-100 fathoms (G. O. Sars) ; Greenland (Hansen); west coast of France (Chevreuz). 90. Gitanopsis inermis, G. O. Sars. 1882. Gitanopsis inermis, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 51. 1892. Gitanopsis inermis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 224, pl. Ixxvi. fig. 2. Hab. Specimens taken by Professor G. 8. Brady * off Cullercoats, Northumberland, were identified by Mr. Stebbing as this species (Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb., Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne, vol. xiii. pt. 3, 1900, p. 442). Distrib. Professor Sars has met with this species only in a single locality, and that a very northern one—Vads6—where it was found rather sparingly in 20-50 fathoms. Genus 4. GiTana, Boeck. 91. Gitana Sarsii, Boeck. 1870. Gitana Sarst, Boeck, (137) p. 52. 1876. Gitana Sarst, Boeck, (188) p. 439, pl. xi. fig. 2. 1878. Amphilochus Sabrine, Stebbing, ‘Two new Species of Amphi- podous Crustacea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ii. p. 365, pl. xv. figs. 1 a-g. 1892. Gitana Sarsit, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 228, pl. Ixxviii. fig. 1. 1893. Gitana Sarsii, Della Valle, (159) p. 590, pl. xxix. figs. 18-32. * It may be desirable to mention that Professor Brady, who has done so much good work among the Entomostraca, does not study the Amphi- poda, and that when his name is added to a locality, if it be this present locality the specimens have been determined by Mr. Stebbing, and from all other localities they have been identified by myself. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda, 37 Hab. Off Little Orme, Denbighshire, 2-7 fathoms (A. O. W.): Mus. Nor. Tenby (Stebding); Kilchattan Bay, Firth of Clyde, 5 fathoms, muddy sand (D. &.); Inch- keith, Firth of Forth (7. S.) ; 8 miles off Fleshwick Bay, Isle of Man, 33 fathoms, and Valentia, Ireland (4. O. W.). Distrib. West Norway (G. O. Sars); Baie de Houat, France (Chevreux): Mus. Nor. Among alge in shallow water all along coasts of Norway and Finmark (G. O. Sars) ; Spetsbergen (Norw. North Atlant. Exped.); Franz-Josef Land, Jackson-Harmsworth Exped. (7. 8S.) ; Kattegat (Meinert); Naples (Della Valle). Genus 5. Cyproip1A (Haswell ?), Stebbing. =? Peltocova, Catta. It is at this time impossible to say in what genus the Cyproidia damnoniensis, Stebbing, should be located, and I think it best therefore to leave it where he placed it. As both Della Valle and myself, however, have found this species in the Mediterranean, probability is given to the assumption of Della Valle that Cyproidia is a synonym of Peltocoxa, Catta, described in 1875* from specimens taken at Marseilles, but that author’s description of the genus is so inadequate that it requires much to be assumed to employ it. Haswell, in his amended description of Cyprotdia (‘ Cat. Australian Stalk- and Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ Sydney, 1882), states that the “ antenne are subequal, superior without an appendage.” If that is really so, Stegoplax of G. O. Sars is asynonym. But Stebbing appears to have concluded that the secondary appendage, which is extremely minute, had been overlooked by Haswell, and consequently placed in Haswell’s genus his Cyproidia damnoniensis, which has such an appendage. Haswell put two species in his genus, Cyproidia lineata and C. ornata. Quite recently Mr. Stebbing +, having received specimens of the first of these species from Mr. Haswell, has instituted, apparently on very slight grounds, another genus (Paracyprovdia) for its reception, but gives us no information as to the antenne either of his new genus or of Cyproidia ornata, which he leaves as the type of Haswell’s Cyprotdia. * Peltocova Marioni, Catta, Revue des Sci. Nat. vol. iv. 1875, p. 161. + Stebbing, “ Revision of Amphipoda,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 7, vol. iv. 1899, p. 207. 38 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. Still more recently Dr. Charles Chilton * has described a species from New Zealand under the name Cyproidia otakensis, which accords in all generic characters with C’. damnoniensis, Stebbing. Two other species have been characterized under the name Cyproidia: one from New Zealand, doubtfully referred by its author to Cyprotdia, and since affirmed by him to be quite distinct ; for this Cyprotdia? crassa, Chilton t, Mr. Stebbing f has instituted a genus Tetradeion. The other, Cyproidia brevirostris of T. & A. Scott I here place in the genus Peltocova, G. O. Sars, because the upper antenne have no secondary appendage. 92. Cyproidia damnoniensis, Stebbing. 1885. Cyprotdia damnoniensis, Stebbing, “ Descr. of a new English Amphipodous Crustacean,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. p- 59, pl. ii. 1893. Peltocoxa damnoniensis, Della Valle, (139) p. 648, pl. xxx. figs. 19-382, pl. lx. figs. 9, 10. Hab, Starcross, Devon (C. W. Parker): Mus. Nor, Blackwater-foot, Arran, N.B., 20 fathoms, muddy gravel, and off Fairland Point, Cumbrae, 19 fathoms, gravel (V. &.). Distrib. Naples (Della Valle & A.M. N.): Mus. Nor. Le Croisic, France (Chevreux). Genus 6. SteGOPLAX, G. O. Sars. 93. Stegoplax brevirostris (T. & A. Scott). 1893. Cyproidia brevirostris, T. & A. Scott, “ On some new and rare Crustacea from Scotland,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. p. 244, pl. xiii. figs. 1-11. Hab. Loch Fyne (7. S.): Mus. Nor. Moray Firth, washed from Filograna implexa from a depth over 40 fathoms (7. S.), 8 miles west of Fleshwick Bay, Isle of Man, in 33 fathoms, and Valentia, Ireland (4. O. W.). * Chilton, “A New-Zealand Species of the Amphipodous Genus Cyproidia,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v. 1900, p. 242. + Trans. New Zealand Institute, vol. xv. 1882, p. 80, pl. iii. fig, 1. ¢{ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. 1899, p. 207. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 3y Fam. VIII. Stenothoide. Genus 1. STENOTHOE, Dana. 94. Stenothoe marina (Bate). 1860, Stenothoe Danai, A. Boeck, Férh. ved de Skand. Naturf. 8de Mide, p. 655. 1861. Montagua marina, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 58, 1892, Stenothoe marina, G. O Sars, (142) p. 236, pl. Ixxx, Hab. Shetland; Skye; Isle of Cumbrae;~ Cullercoats, Northumberland ; Durham coast ; Plymouth; Donegal Bay, Ireland (A. M.N.); ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 6, off S.W. Ire- land, 90 fathoms; Firth of Forth (7. 8.) : Mus. Nor. Moray Firth and off Spurm Head (7. 8.) ; St. Andrews (Ad‘Intosh) ; Loch Fyne (Murray) ; North Wales ; Isle of Man; near Bray Head, W. lveland (A. O. W.); Jersey and Sark (Kehler). 95, Stenothoe crassicornis, A. O. Walker. 1897. Stenothoe crassicornis, Walker, Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1896, p. 420. 1897. Sienothoe crassicornis, Walker, “ New Species of Edriophthalma 6 from the Irish Sea,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvi. p. 229, pl. xviii. figs. 3-3 e. Hab. “Three males taken in the bottom tow-net 6 miles W.S.W. of Calf of Man, in 23 fathoms” (A. O. W.). 96. Stenothoe monoculoides (Montagu). 1861. Montayua monoculoides, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 54. 1892, Stenothoe monoculoides, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 240, pl. lxxxii. fig. 1. Hab. Apparently to be found all round our coasts. Shet- land; Firth of Clyde ; Plymouth ; Falmouth ; Guernsey ; Jersey ; Roundstone, Ireland (A. MW. WV.) ; Cullercoats, North- umberland (J. Alder) ; Starcross, Devon (C. Parker) : Mus. Nor. Farne Islands, Northumberland (A. M. N.) ; Ardbear Bay, Ireland (Brady & Robertson) ; North Wales and Isle of Man (A. O. W.); St. Andrews (M‘Intosh) ; Firth of Forth (7. 8.) ; Loch Fyne (Murray) ; Valentia, Ireland (A. O. W.). Distrib. South and West Norway, as far north as Trond- hjem Fiord (@. 0. Sars); Denmark (Meinert) ; West France (Chevreux) ; Azores (Barrois). 97. Stenothoe setosa, sp.n. (Pl. ILI. figs. 2-4.) Coxal plates of second pereopods resembling those of S. marinain form. Superior antenne with basal joint longer 40 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. than the second; flagellum of twenty-four articulations. Lower antennz with the last joint of the peduncle one fourth shorter than the penultimate ; flagellum of twenty-one articu- lations. First gnathopods (fig. 2) having the lobe of the meros well rounded at the extremity; hand slightly longer than the wrist, widening distally ; palm defined, occupying the slightly oblique extremity. The hand of the second gnathopods (fig. 3) elongated ovate, widest in the middle, front margin evenly and regularly arcuate, fringed throughout with long sete, the length of which almost equals the breadth of the hand, wholly without spines, tubercles, or crenation, and the palm undefined ; finger broad, extending to only half the length of the hand. The last pereeopods (fig. 4) have the meral and propodal joints subequal in length, the carpal joint somewhat shorter, the nail half as long as the propodos ; the posterior lobe of the meros is well arched, but not greatly developed, extending to half the length of the carpus. Colour white, tinted with rose-colour; eye red. Hab. A single specimen taken at Plymouth, August 1889 (A. UM. N.): Mus. Nor. My dissection does not show the mandible, but from the general character of the species it would seem to belong to this genus. 4S. setosa has its nearest known ally apparently in S. Dollfust, Chevreux *. It resembles that species in the form of the first gnathopods and, judging from the drawing, in the proportionate length of the joints of the last pereeopods ; but it differs in the form of the second gnathopods and the absence of all teething of the palm of its propodos. Genus 2. Mreropa, Boeck. 98. Metopa Alderi (Bate). 1861. Montagua Alderi, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. p. 61 22 1868. Metopa norvegica, Bate & Westwood (nec Lilljeborg), (1) vol. ii. p. 500, ¢. 1876. Metopa clypeata, var., Boeck, (138) p. 451, pl. xviii. fig. 5, ¢. 1892. Metopa Alderi, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 250, pl. xxxvi. Hab. Aberdeenshire (R. Dawson): Mus, Nor. Northum- berland coast (A.M. N.) ; Firth of Forth (7. S.); Firth of Clyde and Mull of Kintyre (D. &.); North Wales (A. O.W.) ; Torbay (Stebbing). Distrib. Norway, from the south northwards to Tromsé (G. O. Sars); Spetsbergen and Sweden (Goés) ; Murman * Chevreux, “ Quatriéme Campagne de ‘1’Hirondelle,’ 1888: Hyale Grimaldi et Stenothoe Dollfusi,” Bull. de Soc. Zool. de France, 1891. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. Al coast (Stuxberg); Iceland (Sars); Denmark (Mernert) ; Holland (Hoek); Boulogne (J. Bonnier); La Manche (Chevreux). 99. Metopa norvegica (Lilljeborg). 1850. Leucothoe norvegica, Lilljeborg, “ Bidr. till Norra Rysslands och Norrige fauna &c.,” K. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. ii. p. 335, pl. xx. fig. 4. 1855. Montagua pollexiana, Bate, Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 57. 1861. Montagua pollexiana, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 64. 1887. Metopa pollexiana, H. J. Hansen, (141) p. 92, pl. iii. figs. 5, 5 a. 1892. Metopa pollexiana, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 269, pl. exv. The Metopa which Bate and Westwood figured as Leuco- thoe norvegica, Lilljeborg, was the male of MW. Alder’, and to that species Sars has referred Lilljeborg’s species; but from his reference to Bate and Westwood’s figure it would almost seem that he had not consulted Lilljeborg’s papers. That author’s Leucothoe norvegica is, it appears to me, undoubtedly the present species. The following description applies to it, and not to M. Alderi :—“ L. clypeate, Kroyer, sat affinis. Antenne superiores inferioribus longiores, flagello pedunculo longiore, articulo primo secundum superante, et articulo tertio minimo ; flagellum antenni inferi ultimo pedunculi articulo brevius vel equale; manus pedum secundi paris maxima, dilatate, apice vero acuminato, aculeoque marginis posterioris medii validissimo et ungut cequali ; epimera quarti annuli thoracici maxima, latitudine vero altitudine parum majore.” The italics are Lilljeborg’s, but for comparison with M. Alder the statement as to comparative lengths of the antenne should also be italicized. ‘The figure represents a second gnathopod with the palm projected forwards and the lateral process reaching beyond the palm (cf Sars’s figure p.’ 3), so that the finger impinges upon it; and in no other species is this the case. Hab. Shetland; near Holy Island, Northumberland; Durham coast (A. M. N.); Aberdeen (&. Dawson): Mus. Nor. St. Andrews (M‘Intosh); Firth of Forth (7. &.). There is thus no record of it as yet from the west side of our islands except St. Ives, whence Spence Bate received specimens from Mr. George Barlee. Distrib. Bejan, at entrance of ‘Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, in 80-50 fathoms (G. O. Sars) ; Tromsé (Schneider) ; Green- land (H. J. Hansen) ; Murman coast (Jarzinski, fide Sars). 100. Metopa rubrovittata, G. O. Sars. (Pl. III. fig. 5.) 21876, Probolkiwm Spence-Batei, Stebbing, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 344, pl. xix, fig. 4, 42. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 1882, Metopa rubrovittata, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 90, pl. iv. figs. 2, 2 a. 1892. Metopa rubrovittata, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 255, pl. Ixxxix, fig. 2. Hab. Cullercoats, Northumberland, Oct. 5, 1854. Fresh specimens, mounted in Dean’s medium at that date, have now their beautiful crimson markings perfectly preserved, exactly corresponding to Sars’s coloured drawing. Isle of Cumbrae ; Lerwick Bay, Shetland (A. 4. N.): Mus. Nor. Off north side of Little Cumbrae, 10-15 fathoms (D. 2.) ; North Wales (AL OAWS. Distrib. Christiansund, Norway, and Vadsé, East Finmark (G. O. Sars) ; Kattegat (Meinert) ; Holland (Hoek); West France (Chevreuz). 101. Metopa abscisa*, sp.n. (Pl. III. figs. 6-10.) 1869. Montayua clypeata, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 499 (nec Leucothoe clypeata, Kroyer). Upper antennee with two first joints of peduncle subequal, third not quite half length of second; flagellum about two and a half times as long as the peduncle, consisting of about 17 articulations. Lower antenne shorter than the upper, its flagellum shorter than the peduncle ; last joint of peduncle slightly longer than the penultimate. First gnathopods (figs. 6 and 7) with the hand a little shorter than the carpus, oblong, upper and lower margins parallel for the first two thirds of the length, from which point the hinder margin curves upwards to the base of the nail; nail short, not one third the length of the hand; hand with a few sete but no spines. Second gnathopods (figs. 8 and 9) with the hand oblong, slightly widening distally, breadth equalling from one half to three fourths of the length ; palm absolutely transverse, some- what shorter than the margin; not toothed and scarcely waved, bounded by a tooth-formed process, near to which the palmar margin is extremely minutely serrated (but the serra- tions are so minute that they are only visible under a high magnifying-power) ; finger very stout and strong. Last pereeopods (fig. 10) with the meros and carpus sub- equal in length, the hinder lobe of the meral joint small, not reaching beyond half the length of the carpus; propodos much longer than the preceding joints; nail as long as the carpus, the tip turned inwards, with a little seta at the base of the tip. Telson devoid of dorsal spines. * Abscisa, “cut off,” in reference to the truncate extremity of the hand of the second gnathopods. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 43 Hab. The specimens I have seen of this species are all from the eastern side of our island. That figured is one of those from Cullercoats, Northumberland, which Bate and Westwood recorded under the name Montagua clypeata. Other specimens in my collection are from St, Andrews (Professor M‘Intosh) and Aberdeen (Mr, R. Dawson). I have thought it best to figure a Cullercoats specimen, since it was one of these which was recorded by Bate and Westwood. My St. Andrews example is, however, more mature, and, agreeing in all other respects, differs somewhat in the form of the hand of the second gnathopod, which is somewhat longer in proportion to the breadth, nearly twice as long as the greatest width; the palm &c. is as in the Cullercoats example. This species is nearest allied to M. rubrovittata, from which it may be easily distinguished by the totally different form of the first gnathopod (fig. 5, first gnathopod of M. rubrovittata), by the absolutely transverse palm of the second gnathopods, and by differences in the last pereeopods. My friend the late Dr. D. Robertson, in the appendix to his first report (p. 91, separate copy), recorded “ Mefopa celypeata” from Cumbrae. It is probable that the Amphipod found by him was Metopa rubrovittata, since I have on two occasions, in 1854 and in 1885, taken that species at Cumbrae. Dr. Hoek has described from Holland a Metopa nearly allied to M. rubrovittata under the name Metopa Normani (Hoek, ‘‘ Crustacea Neerlandica, II.,”’ Tijdsch. der Nederl. Dierkundige Vereen. ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 21 (separate copy), pl. vil. figs. 5 and 5’); but it appears to be more closely allied to M. rubrovittata than the species which I have here described. 102. Metopa borealis, G. O. Sars. 1882. Metopa borealis, G, O. Sars, (102) p. 91, pl. iv. fig. 4 (but not fio. 4 a). 1899, ae borealis, G. O. Sars, (142) p, 254, pl. Ixxxix. fig. 1. Hab. Isle of Cumbrae, 1885 (A. M. N.); South Bay, Firth of Forth, 1888 (7. S.); Menai Strait (A. O. W.): Mus. Nor. Guernsey (A. O. W.). Iiistrib. Tromsé (J. 8. Schneider): Mus. Nor. Norway (G. O. Sars) ; Greenland (Hansen). 103. Metopa propinqua, G. O. Sars. 1892, Metopa propinqua, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 264, pl. xciii. fig. 1. Hab. The only record of this species occurriug in our fauna 44 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. is one by Mr. T. Scott, who found it off Crail in the Firth of Forth in 1892 (Twelfth Ann. Rep. Fishery Board of Scot- land, 1894, p. 263). Distrib. The only specimens known to Sars were taken by him in about 40 fathoms in company with Cressa dubia in two places in the Trondhjem Fiord. 104, Metopa pusilla, G. O. Sars. 1892. Metopa pusilla, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 256, pl. xe. fig. 1. Hab. Off Fairland Point, Isle of Cumbrae, 20-24 fathoms (A. M. N.); Menai Strait, 7-12 fathoms (A. O. W.): Mus. Nor. Rhos Bay, on north coast of Wales, just below tide- marks (A. O. W.). Distrib. South and West Norway as far north as the Trondhjem Fiord, in comparatively shallow water among Alge and Hydroids (G@. O. Sars); Franz-Josef Land, Jack- son-Harmsworth Expedition (Thomas Scott, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. 1899, p. 72). 105. Metopa tenuimana, G. O. Sars. 1892, Metopa tenuimana, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 259, pl. xci. fig. 1. Hab. A single specimen taken at Shetland in 1867 (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Distrib. West Norway (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Where Sars’s type specimens were also found. 106. Metopa Bruzelit, Goés. 1865. Montagua Bruzelii, “Crust. Ampbip. Maris Spetsberg. &c.,” Cefy. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. (p. 522, fide Sars), p. 6 separate copy, pl. xxxviil. fig. 10. 1887. Metopa Bruzelu, H. J. Hansen, (141) partim (?), p. 97, pl. iv. figs. 2 c-g (? figs. 2 a, 6). 1892. Metopa Bruzelii, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 261, pl. exii. fig. 1. 1900. Proboloides Bruzelii, Stebbing, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v. p. 15. (Nec Metopa Bruzelit, Boeck, = M. Boeckii, G. O. Sars.) Hab. Port Erin, Isle of Man, 24 fathoms (A. O. W.): Mus. Nor. Colwyn Bay and Little Orme, North Wales (A. O. W.); Firth of Forth (T. S.). Distrib. Widely distributed in West Norway and Fin- mark (G. O. Sars); Spetsbergen (Goés) ; Greenland (Hansen). Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 45 Genus 3. METOPELLA, G. O. Sars. First gnathopods not subchelate. Basos of last three pereopods not expanded behind and almost or quite linear in form, and the meros only very slightly produced behind. 107. Metopella nasuta, Boeck. 1870. Metopa nasuta, Boeck, (137) p. 65. 1876, Metopa nasuta, Boeck, (138) p. 465, pl. xviii. fig. 6. 1892. Metopa nasuta, Sars, (142) p. 276, pl. xeviii. fig. 1. Hab. Taken incompany with my late friend Dr. D. Robert- son in 1888 off Fairland Point, Isle of Cumbrae, in 20 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Deep water off May Island, in the Firth of Forth, and in the Moray Firth (7. 8.). Distrib. West Norway (G. O. Sars) : Mus. Nor. Hansen records it with doubt from Greenland. Genus 4. METOPINA, gen. nov. I institute this genus to receive three aberrant forms of Metopa, in which the first gnathopods are not subchelate, and have the hand long and very slender, and the terminal joint very minute, flattened, not nail-formed. The second gnatho- pods are very robust; the last pereeopods have the posterior projection of the meros well and often enormously developed. The type species is Metopa palmata, Sars; the others are M. clypeata, Kroyer, and M. robusta, Sars. 108. Metopina robusta, G. O. Sars. 1892. Metopa robusta, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 270, pl. xevi. fig. 1. 1894. Metopa robusta, Thomas Scott, ‘‘ Some new and rare Crustacea from Scotland,” Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol, xiii, p, 148. Hab. Firth of Forth, 1884 (Dr. J. R. Henderson): Mus. Nor. In this same locality Mr. Scott subsequently found three specimens, and first recorded the species as British. He has since also found it in the Moray. Firth. Distrib. Varanger Fiord, Kast Finmark, 125-150 fathoms, 1890 (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Sars’s specimens were from Bejan, in the outer part of the Trondhjem Fiord, and Hammerfest, West Finmark ; in both places in 30-50 fathoms among Hydroids, Tromsé (Schneider), 46 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. Genus 5. Cressa, Boeck. =Danaia, Bate (nec M.-Edw. & Haime). 109. Cressa dubia (Bate). 1861. Danaia dubia, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 68. 1870. Cressa Schiddter, Boeck, (137) p. 65. 1876. Cressa Schiédtez, Boeck, (138) p. 467, pl. xviii. fig. 8. 1876, Danaia dubia, Stebbing, “ New and little-known Amphipodous ae Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 444, pl. xix. os, 2, 2a-c. 1890. Cressa dubia, J. Bonnier, “ Les Amphipodes du Boulonnais,” Bull. Sci. de France et Belgique, vol. xxii. p. 500, pl. x. figs. 1-11. 1892. Cressa dubia, T. Scott, Tenth Ann. Rep. Fishery Board of Scotland, p. 262, pl. viil. fig. 15 (the mandible). ae gs dubia, G, O. Sars, (142) p. 278, pl. xeviii. fig. 2, & pl. exix. od. Hab. Off the Isle of Cumbrae (A. I. N.); Torquay (Stebhing): Mus. Nor. Firth of Forth; Moray Furth; off Tarbert, Loch Fyne (7. S.); off Cullercoats, Northum- berland, 20 fathoms (G. 8. Brady & fide Stebbing) ; North Wales; Isle of Man (A. O. W.) ; Isle of Mull (G. Brook). Distrib. South and West Norway as far north as the Trondhjem Fiord (G. O. Sars). Boulogne (Bonnier); 8. Croisic (Chevreux). Fam. IX. Leucothoide. Genus 1. Leucornor, Leach. 110. Leucothoe spinicarpa (Abildgaard). 17-9. Gammarus spinicarpus, Abildgaard, Zool. Dan. vol. iii. p. 66, pl. cxix. figs. 1-4. 1804. Cancer (Gammarus) articulosus, Montagu, “ Desc. several new Animals found on South Coast of Devonshire,” Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. vii. p. 70, pl. vi. fig. 6. 1862. Leucothoe articulosa, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 271. 1892. Leucothoe spinicarpa, G, O. Sars, (142) p. 283, pls. ¢. & ci. fig. 1. 1893. Leucothoe spinicarpa, Della Valle, (159) p. 652, pl. vi. fig. 4, & pl. xix. figs. 1-20. Hab. Shetland in Ascidians ; Skye; tlhe Minch; Cumbrae; Loch Fyne in Ascidians; Lulworth, Dorset; Plymouth ; Jersey ; Roundstone,;Ireland, in Ascidians (d. Mf, W.); Polperro, Cornwall (Laughrin): Mus. Nor. St. Andrews (M‘Intosh) ; Firth ot Forth (2. Scott); Anglesea; Isle of Man; Valentia, Ireland (A. O. W.). Distrib. Hardanger and ‘Trondhjem Fiords, Norway (A, M. N.); Adriatic (from Heller and Claus as L. denti- Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 47 culata, A. Costa) ; Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor. Katte- gat (Metnert); Greenland (Hansen) ; W. France (Chevreuz) ; Azores (Barrois). 111. Leucothoe Lilljeborgit, Boeck. 1855. Leucothoe articulosa, Lilljeborg, Céfvers. af K, Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 126. 1860. Leucothoe Lilljeborgvt, Boeck, Forhand. Skand. Naturf. 8de Made, p. 653. 1888. Leuccthoe furina, Chevreux, Bull. Soc. d’Etudes Scient. de Paris, 11° année, 1 semestre, p. 9 (separate copy) (nec LZ. furina, Savigny) 1889. Leucothoe imparicornis, Norman, “ Notes on British Amphipoda,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iv. p. 114, pl. x. figs. 1-4. 1892. Leucothoe incisa, D. Robertson, “ Second Contrib. Cat. Amphip. and Isop. Firth of Clyde, &c.,” Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. iii. (p. 25, separate copy). 1892. Leucothoe Lilljeborgii, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 284, pl. ci. fio, 2, 1897. Leucothoe incisa, Stebbing, “ Amphipoda from Copenhagen Museum and other Sources,” Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. vii. Pi 505; pl..x. . The Leucothoe described by Sars under the name of L. Lilljeborgit, Boeck, is certainly the same as my L. impari- cornis. My description was taken from a mounted and only partially dissected specimen, and thus the recurved process of the last segment of the metasome could not be seen. It appears to me that the characters by which Mr. Stebbing would separate L. incisa, Robertson, from this species are insufficient ; the gnathopods, especially those of the first pair, show some differences dependent upon age. This species has been named at former periods “ Leucothoe furina” by Sars, Chevreux, and myself. I am also inclined to think that Lewcothoe serratipalma, Della Valle, is the same species. The chief difference, and it is a very unimportant one, appears to be that there is a slight serration at the commencement of the palm of the second gnathopods, where the point of the finger impinges on the palm. Hab. Shetland, 1863 (A. MW. NW.) ; Banff (7. Edward) ; Ballock Bay and off Fairland Point, Isle of Cumbrae, 20 fathoms (J. #.); near the Bass Rock and in Upper Loch Fyne (7. S.) ; Mull (@. Brook, fide T. 8.) ; Pool Krin, Isle of Man, and Guernsey (A. O. W.). Distrib. Kopervig, west coast of Norway, 40-60 fathoms (G. OU. Sars) ; Kullaberg, Sweden (Liljeborg) ; West France (Chevreux) ; Naples (?) (Della Valle). 48 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. Fam. X. Cdiceride. [Genus 1. Gipiceros, Kroyer. [ Gidiceros saginatus, Kroyer. 1865. Cediceros saginatus, Goés, “ Crust. Amphip. Maris Spetsberg. &e.,” Cifvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 10 (separate copy), pl. Xxxix. fig. 18, 1876. Cediceros saginatus, Boeck, (138) p. 257, pl. xiii. fig. 3. 1892. Cdiceros saginatus, G. O. ‘Sars, (142) p. 288, pl. cii. Greenland, lat. 67° 50! N., long. 55° 17' W., 20 fathoms, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875. Vadsé, East Finmark, 1890 (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Iceland (Torell) ; Spetsbergen (Goés) ; Murman coast (Jar- zynski); Siberian Polar Sea (Stwxberg). A truly Arctic species, the most southern locality from which it has been recorded is Christiansund (V. Diiben, fide Sars).] [| Hdiceros boreaits, Boeck. 1870. Gidiceros borealis, Boeck, (137) p. 1876. CGdiceros borealis, Boeck, (138) p. 61, pl. xiv. fig. 1. 1892, Gdiceros borealis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 290, pl. cil. fig. 1 Holsteinborg Harbour, Greenland, in 7-35 fathoms, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875. Finmark (Boeck) ; Kara Sea (Stuxberg). The Gdiceros borealis of Buchholz (‘ Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt,’ 1874, vol. 11. p. 325, pl. v.) cannot be this species, nor, indeed, a member of this genus. It is perhaps Monoculodes simplex, H. J. Hansen, but the telson does not seem to agree. | [Genus 2. Parapiceros, G, O. Sars, [ Pareediceros lynceus (M. Sars). 1858. CGediceros lynceus, M. Sars, “ Oversigt over de i den Norsk- Arctiske Region forekommende Krebsdyr,” Christ. Vid.-Selsk. Forhand. p, 143. 1876. Ctdiceros lynceus, Boeck, (188) p. 259, pl. xiii, fig. 4. 1883. Ctdiceros lynceus, J.8. Schneier o Norges kyster forekommende Arter af familien Cidiceride,” Tromso Museums Aarshelter, vi. p- 14, pl. ii. fig. 12. 1892. Parediceros lynceus, G. O, Sars, (142) p. 292, pl. ciii. fig. 2 & pl. civ. fig, 1. Holsteinborg Harbour, Greenland, 7-35 fathoms, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875. Sydvaranger and Varanger Fiord, Kast Finmark ; Svolver, Lofoten Islands, 5-10 fathoms, 1890 (4. MZ. N.) ; Tromsé Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 49 (J. S. Schneider); Spetsbergen (Lovén); Gulf of Maine, N.E. America, 90 fathoms (Prof. 8S. I. Smith): Mus. Nor. Barents Sea (Hoek); Iceland (TZorel/?) ; Murman coast (Jarzynski) ; Siberian Polar Sea (Stuaberg); Franz-Josef Land, Jackson-Harmsworth Exped. (7. 8.) ; Iceland (Tore//); East Greenland (Buchholz) ; Barents Sea (Hoek) ; Murman coast, Kara Sea, and Jugor Schar (Stuxberg).| Genus 3. MONOCULODES, Stimpson. 112, Monoculodes carinatus, Bate. 1855. Westwoodia carinata, Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 58. 1859. Gidiceros affinis, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gammariden, p. 93, pl. iv. fig. 15, g junior. 1862. Monoculodes carinatus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 165. 1862. Monoculodes Stimpsoni, iid. ibid. p. 160. 1876. Monoculodes affinis, Boeck, (188) p. 265, pl. xiv. fig. 6, 2. 1883. Monoculodes carinatus, Schneider, Af Norges kyster forekom. Art. af Gidiceride, p. 19, pl. i. fig. 4. 1889. Monoculodes carinatus, Norman, ‘‘ Notes on British Amphipoda,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. p. 447, pl. xix. figs. 1-5. 1892. Monoculodes carinatus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 295, pl. ev. 1893, Cidiceros affinis, Della Valle, (189) p. 548, pl. iv. fig. 3 & pl. xxxiii. figs. 27-31. % For notes on the above synonymy see my paper in the ‘Annals.’ It is not Gdiceros affinis, Goés. Fab. Shetland; Isle of Cumbrae; off the Northumberland coast; Plymouth (A. M. N.); Moray Firth (7. Edward) ; off May Island, Firth of Forth, 35 fathoms (Sir J. Murray) : Mus. Nor. Loch Fyne (Sir J. Murray); Isle of Man, Jersey, and Valentia, Ireland (A. O. W.). Distrib. Floré, Norway (A. M. N.); Croisic, France (Chevreux) ; west coast of Sweden (Bruzelius); Kattegat (Meinert) ; Naples (A. MM. N.). 113. Monoculodes subnudus, Norman. 1889. Monoculodes subnudus, Norman, ‘‘ Notes on British Amphipoda,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. il, p. 450, pl. xvi. fig. 11, & pl. xix. figs. 6-10. 1892. Monoculodes falcatus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 802, pl. evil. fig. 2. Hab. Shetland; Sleat Sound, Isle of Skye (4. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Distrib. Kors Fiord, near Bergen ; Rédberg, in the Trond- hjem Fiord, in 150 fathoms, and Klosterelv Fiord, East Finmark (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Sars has found it at several places in West Norway. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 4 50 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 114. Monoculodes borealis, Boeck. 1865. Gdiceros affinis, Goés (nec Bruzelius), ‘Crust. Amphip. Maris Spetsb. &c.,”’ Gifv. K. Vet.-Ak. Férh. p. 11 (sep. cop.) (partim), pl. xxxix. fig. 21’ (nec 21). 1870. Monoculodes borealis, Boeck, (137) p. 88. 1876. Monoculodes borealis, Boeck, (138) p. 278, pl. xv. fig. 4. 1883. Monoculodes borealis, Schneider, J. ¢. p. 22, pl. i. fig. 3. 1892. Monoculodes borealis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 298, pl. evi. fig. 2. Hab. Dredged off Blackwater-foot, Arran, N.B., in 20 fathoms, muddy sand (D. f.). Distrib. Roédberg, in the Trondhjem Fiord, in 40-150 fathoms; Bog Fiord, EK. Finmark, 3-5 fathoms (A. M. N.) ; Tromsé (Schneider): Mus. Nor. The former is the most southern locality in which it has been found by Sars; Spetsbergen (Goés) ; Greenland (Hansen) ; Kara Sea (Stua- berg) ; Franz-Josef Land, Jackson-Harmsworth Exped. CEOS) 115. Monoculodes tuberculatus, Boeck. 1865. Gdiceros affinis, Goés (nec Bruzelius), “ Crust. Amphip. Maris Spetsb. &c.,” Cifv. K. Vet-Ak. Forh. p. 11 (sep. cop.) (partim), pl. xxxix. fig. 21 (nec 21’). 1870. Monoculodes tuberculatus, Boeck, (137) p. 87. 1876. Monoculodes tubercalatus, Boeck, (138) p. 277, pl. xv. fig. 2. 1883. Monoculodes tuberculatus, Schneider, J. ¢. p. 29, pl. i. fig. 8. 1892. Monoculodes tuberculatus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 308, pl. evii. fig. 3. Hab. A single specimen in tow-net gathering a few miles east of the Island of Arran, N.B. (7. Scott)—No doubt the tow-net here meant was a net attached near the dredge, and not at surface. Distrib. West coast of Norway ; Trondhjem Fiord; Va- ranger Fiord, East Finmark (G. O. Sars); Tromsé (Schneider) ; Spetsbergen (G'oés) ; Greenland (Hansen). 116. Monoculodes Packardi, Boeck. 1870. Monoculodes Packardi, Boeck, (137) p. 86. 1876. Monoculodes Packurdi, Boeck, (138) p. 274, pl. xiv. fig. 3. 1883. Monoculodes Packardi, Schneider, /. c. p. 27, pl. i. fig. 6. 1892. Monoculodes Packard. G. O. Sars, (142) p. 807, pl. cix. fig. 1. Hab. Loch Striven, Firth of Clyde, 40 fathoms (D. 2.) : Mus. Nor. Upper Loch Fyne (T. S.). Distrib. Varanger Fiord, E. Finmark, 125-150 fathoms (A. UM. N.); Tromsé (Schneider): Mus. Nor. On whole coast of Norway from Christiania to Vadsé in 10-100 fathoms (G. O. Sars). On a new Sea-Horse from Muscat. aL Genus 4. PerrocuLopes, G. O. Sars. 117. Perioculodes longimanus (Bate). 1869. Monoculodes longimanus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 507. 1870. Monoculodes Grubet, Boeck, (137), p. 85. 1876. Monoculodes Grubet, Boeck, (138) p. 269, pl. xvi. fig. 1. 1883. Monoculodes Grubei, Schneider, J. ¢. p. 24. 1887. Monoculodes longimanus, Chevreux, Cat. Crust. Amphip. du Sud-ouest de la Bretagne, p. 13, pl. v. figs. 1, 2. 1888. Monoculodes equimanus (Norman, MS.), Robertson, “ Contrib. Cat. Amphip. and Isop. of Firth of Clyde,” Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. ii. B 26 (separate copy), 3. 1889. Monoculodes longimanus, Norman, “ Notes on British Amphip.,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. p. 451, pl. xx. figs. 6-9. 1892. Perioculodes longimanus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 313, pl. ex. fig. 2, lexi, fie. ¥: 1893. Celiceros longimanus, Della Valle, (139) p. 547, pl. iv. fig. 9, pl. xxxill. figs. 32-36. Hab. Kames Bay, Isle of Cumbrae, 1-4 fathoms ; Oban; off Marsden, Co. Durham, 10 fathoms ; Starcross, Devon, 2-3 fathoms; Clew Bay, Co. Mayo (A. M. N.); Banff (T. Edward) ; Firth of Forth (7. 8.) : Mus. Nor. Upper Loch Fyne and off Spurm Head (T. S.); Isle of Man; North Wales ; Jersey ; Guernsey; Valentia, Ireland (A. O. W.). Distrib. Svolver, Lofoten Islands; Trondhjem Fiord, 5 fathoms (A. M. NV.) ; South Norway (G. O. Sars) ; Naples (A. M. N. & Della Valle): Mus. Nor. Kattegat (Meinert); West France (Chevreux) ; Spezia (G. O. Sars). EXPLANATION OF PLATE IIL. Fig. 1. Amphilochus neapolitanus, Della Valle. Second gnathopod. Fig. 2. Stenothoe setosa, sp.n. First gnathopod. Fig. 3. Ditto. Second gnathopod. Fig. 4. Ditto. Last peraeopod. Fig. 5. Metopa rubrovittata, G. O. Sars. First gnathopod. 5 6. Metopa abscisa, sp. n. First gnathopod. 7. Ditto. Terminal joints of first gnathopod, more magnified. Fig. 8. Ditto. Second gnathopod. 9. Ditto. Palm of second gnathopod, more magnified. 0. Ditto. Last perzeopod. V.—Description of a new Sea-Horse (Hippocampus) from Muscat. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. Hippocampus Jayakari. 11 segments on the body. All the tubercles produced into long slender spines; supraorbital spine longer than the diameter of the orbit, longer than the azygous spine in front 4% j 52 - Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes of it; two spines below the orbit ; a very long spine, flanked by a similar one on each side, in front of the coronet, which is rather elevated and terminates in five spines. Snout three times as long as the eye, half the length of the head. Dorsal with 18 rays, inserted on four segments, two of the body, two of the tail. Yellow laterally and ventrally, brown dorsally, with dark brown rings; most of the spines yellow at the tip. A single specimen, measuring 85 millim. when stretched out, was picked up at Muscat by Surgeon-Lt.-Col. A. 8. G. Jayakar, who, on kindly sending it as a present to the British Museum, pointed out to me its close affinity to H. hystrix, Kaup. The latter differs, however, in the longer snout and the shorter and more acutely pointed spines on the head, also in the coloration. Dr. Jayakar is, I regret to hear, leaving Muscat. It gives me great pleasure to connect his name with this latest discovery of his at the station where for so many years he has been collecting fishes for the British Museum, with the result of enriching ichthyology by many new species, which have been described in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoolo- gical Society ’ and in these § Annals.’ VI.—A List of the Fishes collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin in the Falkland Islands. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. With Notes by the Collector. Trachinide. 1. Eleginus maclovinus, C. & V. “ ¢ Mullet,’ as they are called, abounded in the sea, especially from the Falkland Islands. 53 on the sands near the lighthouse at Cape Pembroke. The fish from this locality were large, from 380-36 inches in length, and were mostly meshed ina trammel. The specimens brought homewere caught in asmall seine in Stanley Harbour.”’ 2. Notothenia sima, Richards. Stanley Harbour. Very common. 3. Notothenia macrocephalus, Gthr. Stanley Harbour. 4, Harpagifer bispinis, Forst. “ The little Cottus-like fish occurring so abundantly along the shores of Stanley Harbour in shallow pools during low water were subject to great variations in colour; indeed one never found two specimens marked exactly the same. The ground-colour of these fish was usually grey, with longitu- dinal streaks of darker tint. Occasionally one would find a specimen with brilliant carmine patches on the head, with bands of the same colour running along the dorsal surface posteriorly above the pectoral fins. The ventral surface was invariably of a uniform light grey. I was unable to keep any of these brilliantly coloured specimens in captivity so as to find out if these bright colours were permanent or only transitory. These variations of colour had nothing to do with local surroundings, there being no red sea-weeds in Stanley Harbour—at least, I could find none—although there were plenty in the open ocean.” Lycodide. 5. Lycodes latitans, Jen. “ Fairly common along the shore and also in the deep water in Stanley Harbour.” 6. Lycodes flavus, sp. n. Depth of body equal to length of head, 8 times in total length. Head as deep as broad, once and a half as long as broad; snout short, rounded, projecting beyond the mouth, which extends to below the posterior border of the eye; the diameter of the latter equals interocular width and is con- tained once and one third in length of snout, five and a half times in length of head; nostril tubular, near the end of the 54 On Fishes from the Falkland Islands. snout ; large pores on the snout and on both lips; a single series of moderately large conical teeth in the jaws and on the vomer; gill-opening very narrow. Body naked, com- pressed ; lateral line indistinct; the vent more than twice as distant from the end of the tail as from the ventrals. Dorsal with about 80 rays, originating just behind the occiput; anal with about 60 rays. Pectoral about two thirds length of head; ventral nearly one third length of pectoral. Dark or light saffron-colour; a dark brown stripe along each side of the head, passing through the eye, separated from the dark brown upper surface of the head by a narrower yellowish-white stripe; lower surface of head and body yellowish white. Total length 113 millim. This species differs strikingly from L. latitans, apart from the coloration, in the shorter head and the larger eye. “The specimens secured were detected in the hollow tangled roots of Macrocystis, whilst the specimens of the blackish- brown L, latitans were found under stones resting on mud.” Galaxiide. 7. Galaxias attenuatus, Jen. “ Fish known to the inhabitants as ‘smelts’ were fairly common, and occurred in shoals in the shallow water along the shore. The specimens brought home were dipped from the sea with a large hand-net while being pursued by a penguin (Hudyptes chrysolophus).” 8. Galaxias maculatus, Jen. “Freshwater fish. The Falkland Island ‘trout’ is very abundant in certain small brooks and streams in the Falkland Archipelago. The specimens sent were secured in a small brook called Wier Creek, a small stream in direct communi- cation with the higher portion of Port William. ‘* Owing to the abundance of peat and the heavy rainfall one would naturally expect these fish to be black in colour, like moorland-trout. Great was my astonishment to find these Falkland Island trout almost transparent, the principal blood- vessels being plainly visible in the living fish.” On Asopine and Tessaratomine. 53 VII.—Rhynchotal Notes.—V. Heteroptera: Asopine and Tessaratomine. By W. L. DIsTant. THE present communication calls for little comment. ‘The Asopine still require more generic revision to bring them into line with the main division of the Pentatomide, to which they belong. The cause is not difficult to see, and is an adherence to supposed authority. Stal treated the Asopinze in the first part of his ‘numeratio Hemipterorum,’ and there used subgenera for what in the later parts of his work he would distinctly have regarded as genera. This paper refers to Walker’s genera and species belonging to the above two subfamilies, as contained in vols. 1.11. of his ‘ Catalogue of Hemiptera-Heteroptera.’ ASOPINZE. Genus HETEROSCELIS. Heteroscelis bimaculata. Platynopus bimaculatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 124, n. 6 (1867). Genus MINEUS. Mineus triangularis. Strachia triangularis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 323. n. 42 (1867). Genus CERMATULUS. Cermatulus nasalis. ZBlia nasalis, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 32 (18387). Rhaphigaster pentatomoides, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 370. n. 81 (1867). Asopus binotatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 144 (1867). Walker gives Brazil as a habitat for his A. dinotatus, which is clearly an error, there being not the slightest doubt that it is a synonym of the common Australian species. Genus DorRyYCORIS. Dorycoris fuscosus. Asopus fuscosus, Germ. in Silb. Rev. p. 187 (1837). Rhaphigaster perornatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 567 (1868). 56 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genus EALDA. Ealda, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 409 (1867). Abdomen with the lateral segmental angles moderately spinous, the two penultimate angles strongly spinous, the apical angles longly spinous. I have placed the genus near Hoploawys, Dall. Ealda minaz. Ealda minax, Walk. Cat. Het, ii. p. 409, n. 1 (1867). Hab. New Caledonia. GORDONERIUS, gen. nov. Head moderately long and broad, subtruncate in front, where it is slightly notched centrally; antenne with the second joint a little longer than the third; rostrum reaching the intermediate cox, third joint a little shorter than second or fourth joints, which are subequal. Pronotum with the lateral margins very slightly sinuate, much broader at base than long, posterior angles subprominent. Scutellum nar- rowed at about centre, apex rounded. _Abdomen with a short basal spine; anterior femora spined before apex; anterior tibie very slightly dilated. In general shape and appearance allied to Dorycoris and Zicrona, from both of which it is at once distinct by the character of the spined anterior femora. Gordonerius lineatus. Oplomus lineatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 122. n. 20 (1867). Hab. Abyssinia (Brit. Mus.). Genus PLATYNOPUS. Platynopus rostratus. Cimex rostratus, Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 59, pl. xliii. fig. 3 (1782). Platynopus badius, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 126. n. 12 (1867). Var. Platynopus trijunctus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 11. Var. Platynopus optabilis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 126. n. 13. Platynopus parvus, sp. n. Allied to P. rostratus, Dru., but much smaller; colour paler, pale castaneous, luteous markings similar but paler ; Asopine and 'Tessaratominz. 57 antenne with the basal joint and the bases of the fourth and fifth joints ochraceous; second and third joints subequal in length. Other characters as in P. rostratus. Long. 9-10 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 54-6 millim. Hab. Sierra Leone (Brit. Mus.) ; Congo (Coll. Dist.). Platynopus scutellatus, sp. n. Above bright shining ochraceous. Head dark olivaceous green, with a central lineate ochraceous spot near base; an- tenne fuscous. Pronotum sparingly, coarsely, and darkly punctate ; a distinct submarginal lateral linear fascia of dark punctures, two blackish ringlets on anterior portion of disk, and the pronotal spines shining black; the space behind the pronotal angles and the posterior margin impunctate. Scu- tellum sparingly, coarsely, and darkly punctate, the basal angular areas impunctate, and a small dark spot in each basal angle. Corium sparingly, coarsely, and darkly punc- tate. Membrane cupreous. Body beneath and legs ochra- ceous ; sternum coarsely punctate, a large impunctate spot on each lateral area of pro-, meso-, and metasternum; a trans- verse fascia at junction of pro- and mesosternum, a much waved sublateral fascia, large subapical spot and anal ap- pendage to abdomen, anterior and intermediate femora (ex- cluding base and a subapical spot), outer surface and base and apex of inner surface of anterior tibie, apices of posterior femora, bases and apices of intermediate and posterior tibia, and the tarsi castaneous. Scutellum with the apex obtusely angulate. Anterior tibie strongly dilated, Abdominal basal spine long, passing the posterior coxe. Long. 13 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 8 millim. Hab. Upper Congo, Bopoto (Coll. Dist.). A species to be known by its angulated apex to scutellum and distinct coloration. Platynopus melanoleucus. Elia melanoleuca, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 33 (1837). Platynopus polygraphus, Walk, Cat. Het. i. p. 126. n. 17 (1867). Var. Platynopus melanoleucus, Dall. (nec Westw.), List Hem. i. p. 87. n. 1 (1851). The British Museum possesses specimens from Celebes and Ceram which agree with Westwood’s type from Java. All the Philippine specimens I have seen are of a varietal form in which the pronotal fascie are more strongly marked and continuous. 58 Mr. W. L. Distant on Platynopus leetus. Platynopus letus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 127. n, 19 (1867). Platynopus dotatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 128. n. 20. Platynopus semiscitus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 129. n. 21. Canthecona decorata, Voll. Faun. Ind. Neerl. iii. p. 9, pl. ii. fig. 2 (1868). Platynopus melacanthus. Pentatoma melacantha, Boisd. Voy. Astrol., Ent. p. 628, pl. ii. fig. 7 (1835). Platynopus tenellus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 127. n. 18 (1867). Platynopus splendidulus. Cimex splendidulus, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 163. n. 40 (1803). Platynopus splendidulus, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i. p. 16. n. 1 (1868), Oplomus elongatus, Dall, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1852, p. 6, pl. i. fig. 1. Dallas gave the habitat of his species as “ in Brasilia?” Specimens exactly agreeing with his description, which repre- sents the form described by Fallou as P. metallicus (Rev. d’Ent. x. p. 5, 1891), are in the British Museum from Sierra Leone and in my own collection from West Africa and the banks of the River Aruwini (Central Africa). Genus CANTHECONA. Canthecona cognata. Canthecona cognata, Dist. Ent. Month. Mag. xix. p. 157 (1882). Canthecona insularis, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 79, pl. iv. fig. 4 (1891). Genus PICROMERUS. Picromerus obtusus. Picromerus obtusus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 183. n. 6 (1867). Picromerus nigrivitta, Walk. loc. cit. n. 7. Genus Popisus. Podisus modestus. Arma modesta, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 101. n. 18 (1851). Rhaphigaster aggressor, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 359. n. 19 (1867). Podisus semialbatus. Mormidea semialba, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 553 (1868). A species allied to P. falcatus, Dist. Asopine and Tessaratomine, 59 Podisus turbidus. Arma turbida, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 140. n. 43 (1867). This species is still represented only by the unlocalized type specimen in the British Museum. It is allied to P. fuscescens, Dall. Rostrum dark castaneous, the second joint black. Podisus cynicus. Pentatoma cynica, Say, New Harm. Ind., Dec. 1831 ; Compl. Writ. i. p. 312. n. 1 (1859). Arma grandis, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 96. n. 3 (1851). Podisus cynicus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 217 (1898). Podisus grandis, Leth. & Sey. loc. cit. p. 218. Uhler (Check-list Hem. Het. N. America, 1886, p. 4) correctly sank Dallas’s species as a synonym of the above ; but as the authors of our best catalogue have kept them as distinct, it is necessary to again draw attention to their being conspecific. Genus TYLOSPILUS. Tylospilus megaspilus. Hoploxys megaspilus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 141, n. 2 (1867). Genus ANASIDA. Anasida funebris, sp. n. Pitchy black ; eyes and a spot at base of head ferruginous. Head thickly and finely punctate, with a small impunctate space before each eye; antenne with the second and third joints subequal in length, remaining joints mutilated. Pro- notum coarsely punctate and rugulose, the sublateral carinz near posterior angles very distinct and prominent. Scutellum coarsely punctate and rugulose. Corium more opaque, smooth, somewhat more sparingly punctate. Membrane shining bronzy. Long. 16 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 7 millim.; abd. 74 millim. Hab. Natal (Gueinztus: Brit. Mus.). Allied to the West-African type of the genus, A. tenebrio, Karsch, but differing by the scutellum being more elongate and distinctly and angularly narrowed at about two thirds from base; abdomen narrower, with the connexivum much les prominent, &c. 60 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genus ASOPUS. Asopus erythromelas. Strachia erythromela, Walk. Cat. Het. ii, p. 339, n. 81 (1867). Strachia pyrophila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 340. n. 88. Var. Strachia precipua, Walk. loc. cit. p. 339. n. 82. These described forms were reported by me (‘ Annals,’ May 1900, p. 434) as not to be found under the genus and subfamily in which they were described. I have since discovered them under the genus Asopus, where I find Walker subsequently mentions them (Cat. Het. i. pp. 533, 534, 1868). Genus CHCHALIA. Cchalia consocialis. Pentatoma consociale, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Entom. ii. p. 630. n. 3, pl. ii. fig. 9 (1835). ; Rhaphigaster perfectus, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 371. n, 88 (1867). Mormidea decora, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 256. n. 25 (1867). This species clearly represents an undescribed genus in Asopine; but as the type and only specimen is without antenne, it must remain for the present a generic nondescript. Abdomen unarmed; rostrum reaching the posterior coxe ; head rounded in front, the central lobe longer than the lateral lobes ; posterior pronotal angles produced into mode- rately long, slender, acute spines; scutellum somewhat long, subtriangular, its apex extending a little beyond base of membrane. T'BSSARATOMINAE. Genus PIEZOSTERNUM. Piezosternum subulatum. Cimex subulatus, Thunb. Nov. Ins. Sp. ii. p. 41, pl. i. fig. 55 (1788). Piezosternum retractum, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 467. n. 4 (1868). Salica excellens, Walk. loc, cit. p. 469. n. 1. Genus TESSARATOMA. Tessaratoma papillosa. Cimex papillosus, Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. 1. p. 96, pl. xliii. fig. 2 (1770). Tesseratoma striata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 463. n. 16 (1868). Tesseratoma furcifera, Walk. loc. cit. n. 17. Tesseratoma timorensis, Walk. (Voll. ?) loc. cit. p. 464. n. 18. Asopine and 'Tessaratomine. 61 Genus HYPENCHA. Hypencha apicalis. Tessaratoma apicalis, St.-Farg. et Serv. Enc. Méth. x. p. 591. n. 3 (1825). Tesseratoma semicuprea, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 465. n. 21 (1868). HHypencha opposita. Tesseratoma opposita, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 466. n. 22 (1868). Walker’s type specimen was unlocalized. The Museum now possesses a second specimen from Johore. Genus PYGOPLATYs. Pygoplatys cribatus. Prezosternum cribatum, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 458. n. 6 (1868). Pygoplatys trucidus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 461. n. 8. Genus HUSTHENES. Eusthenes thoracicus, sp. n. Head, pronotum, scutellum, and legs piceous; corium and body beneath very dark castaneous; apex of scutellum and eyes reddish ochraceous. Antenne black; second joint a little longer than the third, remainder mutilated. Pronotum with the lateral margins distinctly reflexed, rounded ante- riorly, and a little concavely sinuate before the posterior angles, which are subprominent ; before the rounded anterior lateral margins is a broad sublateral rugosity, which is strongly transversely striate; remainder of disk somewhat faintly striate and moderately punctate. Posterior femora in male strongly incrassated, beneath with a long robust curved spine near base, and with a series of small obtuse spines near apex. Other characters as in E. robustus, Lepell. et Serv., but differing from that and all other species of the genus by the structure of the pronotum. Long. 36 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 17 millim.; max. Jat. abd. 20 millim. Hab, N. India, Assam (Atkinson Coll., Brit. Mus.). Genus DALCANTHA, Dalcantha dilatata. | Dalcantha dilatata, Amy. & Serv. Hem. p. 171. n. 1 (1848), Dalcantha regia, Walk. Cat. Het, iii. p. 474, n. 3 (1868). 62 Mr. W. L. Distant on Stal (En. Hem. i. p. 76, 1870) treated Walker’s species as a synonym of D. Stali, Voll. Walker’s descriptions were made from specimens identified by Dallas as D. dilatata, which Stal had previously seen under that name when visiting the British Museum. Summarized Disposition of Walker’s Genera and Species. Asopine and Tessaratomine. Genera considered valid. Blachia, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 117 (1867). Cecyrina, Walk. loc. cit. p. 118. Ealda, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 409. Muscanda, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 576 (1868). Genera treated as synonymic. Bodetria, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 119 (1867), =Gen. Heteroscelis, Latr. Gilva, Walk. loc. cit. p. 141, = Gen. Coryzorhaphis, Spin. Salica, Walk. loc, cit. ili. p. 469 (1868), = Gen. Piezosternum, Amy. & [Sery. Species considered valid and described under correct Genera. Blachia ducalis, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 117. n. 1 (1867). Cazira internexa, Walk, loc. cit. p. 118. n. 4. Cecyrina platyrhinoides, Walk. loc. ct. p. 119. n. 1. Platynopus letus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 127. n. 19. purpurascens, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 5380 (1868). Canthecona concinna, Walk. loc. cit. 1, p. 181. n. 9 (1867). Glypsus truculentus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 132. n. 4. Picromerus obtusus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 183. n. 6. Macrorhaphis infuscata, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 581 (1868). spurcuta, Walk, loc. cit. Ealda minax, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 409. n. 1 (1867), Pygoplatys lancifer, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 460. n. 7 (1868). Amissus nitidus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 466, n. 2. Stphnus dilatatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 467. n. 3. Lyramorpha ramifera, Walk, loc. cit. p. 476. n. 4. Muscanda testacea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 577. Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision. Oplomus lineatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 122. n. 20 (1867), belongs to gen. Gordonerius, g. n. Platynopus bimaculatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 124. n. 6, belongs to gen. Hete- roscelis, de Cast. Arma eli Walk. loc. cit. p. 135. n. 15, belongs to gen. Podisus, Herr.- chaff. —— ampla, Walk. loc. cit. p. 138. n. 34, belongs to gen. Podisus, Herr.- Schaff. caliginosa, Walk. loc. cit, n. 35, belongs to gen. Podisus, Herr.- Schaff. Asopine and Tessaratomine. 63 Arma submarginata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 189. n. 87, belongs to gen. Podisus, Herr.-Schaff. turbida, Walk. loc. cit. p. 140. n. 43, belongs to gen. Podisus, Herr.- Schaff. Hoploxys megaspilus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 141. n. 2, belongs to gen. Tylospilus, Stal. Piezosternum firmatum, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 458. n. 5 (1868), belongs to gen. Pygoplatys, Dall. eribratum, Walk. loc. cit. n. 6, belongs to gen. Pygoplatys, Dall. ingenum, Walk. loc. cit. p. 459. n. 7, belongs to gen. Pygoplatys, Dall. Tesseratoma forticornis, Walk. loc. cit, p. 465, n. 23, belongs to gen. Pygo- platys, Dall. opposita, Walk. loc. cit. p. 466. n. 22, belongs to gen. Hypencha, Amy. & Serv. Pycanum stabile, Walk. loc. cit. p. 472. n. 12, belongs to gen. Carpona, Dohrn. Species treated as synonymic. Bodetria brenthoides, Walk, Cat. Het. i. p. 119. n. 1 (1867), = Heteroscelis Servillet, de Cast. chrysochlora, Walk. loc. cit. iii, p. 528 (1868), = Heteroscelis Servillet, de Cast. indecora, Walk. loc. cit.,= Heteroscelis Servillei, de Cast. —— scutellaris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 529, = Heteroscelis lepida, Stal. Oplomus biarcuatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 121. n. 17,= Oplomus rutilus, Dall. chrysomelas, Walk. loc. cit. n. 18,= Oplomus tripustulatus, Fabr. basalis, Walk. loc. crt. p. 122. n. 19,= Oplomus tripustulatus, Fabr. Platynopus conspersus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 128. n. 38,= Oplomus proteus, Stal. trijunctus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 125. n. 11,= Platynopus rostratus, Dru., var. badius, Walk. loc. cit. n. 12,= Platynopus rostratus, Dru. optabilis, Walk. loc. cit, p. 126, n. 13,= Platynopus rostratus, Dru., var. polygraphus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 17,= Platynopus melanoleucus, Westw. tenellus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 127. n. 18,=Platynopus melacanthus, Boisd. dotatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 128. n. 20,= Platynopus letus, Walk. semiscitus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 129. n. 21, =Platynopus letus, Walk. Picromerus nigrivitta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 133. n. 7,= Picromerus obtusus, Walk. Arma monospila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 186. n. 16,= Podisus sagitta, Fabr. colorata, Walk. loc. cit. nn. 17,= Euthyrhynchus floridanus, Linn. lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 188. n, 36, = Tynacantha cincticeps, Stal. Gilva varipes, Walk. loc. cit.1. p. 142. n. 1 (1867), = Coryzorhaphis spinole, Sign. Asopus binotatus, Walk. Joc. cit. p. 144. n. 2, = Cermatulus nasalis, Westw. Piezosternum retractum, Walk. Joc. cit. iii. p. 457 (1868),= Prezosternum subulatum, Thunb. eyscpiaty trucidus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 461. n. 8,= Pygoplutys cribatus, alk. Tesseratoma striata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 463, n. 16,= Tessaratoma papillosa, Dru. — furcifera, Walk. loc. cit. n, 17,= Tessaratoma paptllosa, Dru. 64 Mr. H. Druce on some Tesseratoma timorensis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 464. n. 18,= Tessaratoma papillosa, Dru. clara, Walk. loc. cit. n. 19,= Tessaratoma papillosa, Dru. senucuprea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 465. n. 21,= Hypencha apicalis, Lep. & Serv. Salica excellens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 469. n. 1,=Piexosternum subulatum, Thunb. Pycanum rubidum, Walk. loc. cit. p. 471. n. 11,=Pycanum pretiosum, Stal. ea laos Walk. Joc. cit. p. 472. n. 18,=Carpona angulata, tal. pallipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 473. n. 17,= Mattiphus oblongus, Dall. Daleantha regia, Walk, loc. cit. p. 474. n. 3,= Dalcantha dilatata, Amy. & Serv. To be treated as non-existent. Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum. Arma velata, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 5382 (1868). Species incorrectly placed in the Asopine. Genus CARBULA (Pentatomine). Carbula humerigera. Pentatoma humerigera, Uhler, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1860, p. 223. n. 4. Arma japonica, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 583 (1868). Genus Tyoma (Pentatomine). Tyoma cryptorhyncha. Cimex cryptorhynchus, Germ. in Silberm. Rey. y. p. 169 (1837). Arma nanula, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 139. n. 38 (1867). VIII.—Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from Tropical South America. By Herpert Druce, F.L.S. &e. Fam. Syntomide. Dycladia lydia, sp. n. Female.—Head, palpi, antennz, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; collar and base of the abdomen chrome-yellow; the anal segments of the abdomen dark blue ; a fine yellow line on each side of the abdomen extending from the base almost to the anus. Primaries black, crossed beyond the middle from new Species of [Heterocera. é 65 the costal to the outer margin bya curved semiliyaline yellow band: secondaries black, with a fine hyaline line from the base to the middle of the outer margin. Expanse | inch. Hab. South Brazil, Porto Real (Mus. Druce). Hucereon giganteum, sp. n. Male.—HUead, palpi, and antenne black, collar bright carmine ; tegule and thorax black, streaked with yellowish brown ; a large yellow spot at the base of thorax; abdomen black, banded with bright carmine, the anal segments bright carmine above, black on the underside; the legs black. Primaries brownish black, with a brownish-white spot at. the end of the cell; a band very similar in colour be- yond the cell; a submarginal pale brownish line extending from the apex to the anal angle; the veins all pale yellowish brown: secondaries white, broadly bordered with black, the veins black. Hxpanse 24 inches. Hab. Colombia (Mus. Druce). Eucereon testaceum, sp. n. Male.—Wead, palpi, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs grey; antenne black. Primaries semihyaline white beyond the cell, the apex, outer and inner margin clouded with grey: secondaries semihyaline white.—The femule almost identical with the male, excepting that the base of the thorax is clothed with white hairs. Exxpanse, ¢ 14, 2 12 inch. Hab. Venezuela (Mus. Druce). Eucereon (?) fanum, sp. n. Male,-—Head, palpi, antenne, tegule, and thorax black, the head and base of the tegulez spotted with white ; abdomen bluish black, with a row of white spots on each side; legs black above, white on the underside; the underside of the thorax yellow. Primaries black, with a large greyish patch round the end of the cell, the costal and inner margin slightly streaked with grey: secondaries black, the central part of the wing from the base to the end of the cell semi- hyaline white, the veins black. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Venezuela (Mus. Druce). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 5 66 On some new Species of Heterocera. Fam. Arctiidae. Automolis melea, sp. u. Male.—Front of head blue; palpi black above, chrome- yellow on the underside; antenne black; collar and tegule chrome-yellow ; thorax and basal half of the abdomen black, with a large yellow spot on each side close to the base; the anal segments of the abdomen spotted with metallic blue ; the underside black, banded with chrome-yellow; legs black. Primaries black, the costal margin from the base to the end of the cell edged with chrome-yellow ; a wide chrome-yellow band extends from the base of the wing to the outer margin, which it does not quite reach; the fringe black: secondaries black, the costal margin from the base to the apex chrome- yellow ; the fringe black.—Female very similar to the male, but larger and without the chrome-yellow spots near the base of the abdomen. Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 2 inches. Hab. Venezuela (Mus. Druce). Automolis Pratti, sp. n. Male.—Head, palpi, and antenne black, head spotted with metallic blue in front; tegule yellow, edged with black on the outer side; thorax black, metallic blue at the base, with a yellow spot on each side; abdomen black, the anal segments spotted with metallic blue; legs black. Primaries dark yellow, the costal margin, apex, outer and inner margin edged with black: secondaries black, the costal margin from the base to the apex broadly yellow. Expanse 1° inch. Hab. Colombia (Mus. Druce). Amaia theon, sp. n. Male.—Head and collar yellow; antenne brown; palpi brown, white on the underside; tegule brown, edged with yellow; thorax yellow; abdomen dark brown above, white on the underside, the anal segment pale yellow. Primaries semi- hyaline pale yellow, spotted and banded with brown, very similar to those of Amawxia pardalis, Walker, but with more yellow at the base of the wing: secondaries semihyaline white, shaded with pale brown at the anal angle and round the outer margin. Expanse 1,°5 inch. Hab. Venezuela (Mus. Druce). Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sterra Leone. 67 Idalus pythia, sp. n. Male.—Head, collar, and tegule pale greyish fawn-colout ; antenne fawn-colour, the tips white; abdomen yellow, the underside white, the anal segment pale greyish fawun-colout ; legs white. Primaries semihyaline yellowish white, the basal half of the wing pale greyish fawn-colour, with several yellowish-brown spots along the inner margin ; a large, round, pale greyish fawn-coloured spot with an indistinct darker brown centre close to the apex: secondaries semihyaline yellowish white, dark yellow alony the inner margin. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Bolivia, Songo (Mus. Druce). Opharus amata, sp. n. Female.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; abdomen banded with yellow. Primaries olive-brown, palest at the base and along the costal margin, the veins black; a rather large indistinct blackish spot at the end of the cell: secondaries semihyaline brownish black, the fringe dark brown. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Venezuela (Mus. Druce). IX.—Report on the Neuroptera Odonata collected by Mr. E. E. Austen at Sterra Leone during August and September 1899, By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.8., F.E.S. [Plate II.] Durine Mr. Austen’s visit to Sierra Leone, as a member of Major Ross’s expedition to inquire into the connexion between mosquitos and malaria, he collected a considerable number of dragonflies; but as he captured long series whenever he was able, the number of distinct species obtained amounted only toeighteen. However, I am able to describe seven new species in the present paper, two of which I have made the types of new genera. Ishould also mention that specimens of most of these have been in the Museum for some time, but have not previously been described. In place of quoting full synonymy in the present paper, I generally confine myself to quoting references to ae original * 68 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. author of a species and to my ‘Catalogue of Neuroptera Odonata.’ The only other Neuropt specimens of Myrmeleon tri 1899, and one or two sma era in the collection were four stis, Walker, taken on Sept. 5, ll species of Ephemeride and Termitide not at present determinable. The following species were obtained by Mr. Austen = Libellulide. LIBELLULINZ. Pantala, Hag. flavescens, Fabr. Rhyothemis, Hag. notata, Fabr. Palpopleura, Ramb. Lucia, Drury. Portia, Drury. Trithemis, Brauer. Kalula, Kirb. (sp. n.). serva, Kirb. (sp. n.). Helothemis, Karsch. dorsalis, Ramb. Beblecia, Kirb. (g. 0.). adolescens, Kirb. (sp. N.). Crocothemis, Brauer. erythrea, Brullé. Thermorthemis, Kirb. Austeni, Kirb. (sp. n.). leonina, Karsch. Apeleutherus, Kirb. (g. n.). Strachant, Kirb. (sp. n.). Orthetrum, Newm. chrysostigma, Burm. Julia, Kirb. (sp. n.). CorDULIIN”. Macromia, Ramb. Selysi, Kirb. (sp. n.). JEschnide. /ESCHNINA. Anacieschna, De Selys. triangulifera, McLachl, Agrionide. AGRIONINE:, Sapho, De Selys. ciliata, Fabr. Libellago, De Selys. dispar, Beauv. Pantala flavescens. Libellula flavescens, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 285 (1798). Pantala flavescens, Kirb, Cat. Neur, Odon. p. 1. n. 1 (1890). 9 specimens, Aug. 25, Sept. 18, 21, 27 (1899). Rhyothemis notata. Libellula notata, Fabr. Spee. Ins. i. p. 390. n. 12 (1781). Rhyothemis notata, Kirb. Cat. Neur, Odon. p. 6, n, 21 (1890). 3 specimens, Aug. 26, Sept. 2 (1899). Palpopleura Lucia. Libellula Lucia, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. xlv. fig. 1 (1778). Palpopleura Lucia, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 9. n. 1 (1890), 35 specimens, Aug. 21 to Sept. 22 (1899). One of the commonest and most widely distributed African dragonflies. Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. 69 Palpopleura Portia. Libellula Portia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent, ii. pl. xlvii. fig. 3 (1778). Palpopleura Portia, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 9. n. 4 (1890). 9D specimens, Aug. 26 to Sept. 21 (1899). Although long known and widely distributed, this species does not seem to be nearly so abundant as P. Lucia, Drury. Trithemis Kalula, sp.n. (PI. II. figs. 2, 2 a.) Long. corp. 82-34 millim. ; exp. al. 53-55 millim.; long. pter. 2 millim. Male.—Rufo-testaceous, with hyaline wings. Very similar to T. arteriosa, Burm., from which it differs as follows :— The segments of the abdomen are distinctly shorter and broader, and instead of a row of lateral black spots succeeded by a continuous band, there is a row of lateral black spots enlarging and expanding behind, which are more or less expanded on the last three segments, sometimes so much as to cover most of these segments, except a reddish spot on each side in front. The middle appendages of the same segment consist of a pair of long slender recurved hooks. The neura- tion is brown, reddish only sometimes in the costal and _post- costal areas. The yellow shade at the base of the hind wings is darker than in 7’, arteriosa and the cells in it are usually centred with pale brown. In adult specimens the vertex is violet, and the thorax and abdomen are slightly pruinose, but more of a reddish plum-colour than blue. An immature male (and pre- sumably the female) has a broad brown median band on the thorax, and a narrower one on each side, the latter connected below with a longitudinal black band on the pleura, which emits three oblique brown bands downward, the hindermost connected with a black space, filled up with two pale spots in front and a large transverse one behind on the metapectus. At the base of the abdomen there are also three brown stripes above the level of the lateral markings already described. In the more mature specimens these markings are more or less obscured. Legs black. Pterostigma brown, more or less centred with yellow. 4 specimens, Aug. 26, Sept. 13, 21 (1899). Trithemis serva, sp.n. (Woodeut, fig. 1.) Long. corp. 34 millim.; exp. al. 57 millim.; long. pter. 23 millim. Male.—Dull black, more or less varied with testaceous in immature specimens, especially on the face; in the most 70 =Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. mature specimens the vertex is violet and the thorax pruinose blue. The sides of the mentum are sometimes yellow. Wings hyaline, with black nervures; fore wings with 11-13 antenodal and 7-10 postnodal ecross-nervures ; pterostigma dark brown, traversed by a narrow yellow line. Triangle traversed, followed by three rows of cells, increasing; sub- triangular space consisting of 3 cells: hind wings with 7-8 shin Have Bali: aL Wine se a seg g5 Shi Trithemis serva. antenodal and 9-11 postnodal cross-nervures ; membranule white, stained with blackish; a small yellow cloud beyond, sometimes obsolete, with its outer border straight, and above the lower basal cell, only visible at the extreme base. Ap- pendages of the second segment very prominent, the two hindermost converging like a pair of pineers. Described from six specimens, two of them taken by Mr. Austen on Sept. 5 and 21 (1899). Allied to the Kast-Indian 7. fest/va, Ramb., but easily distinguished by the different shape of the markings at the base of the hind wings and the form of the appendages of the second segment of the abdomen. It must also be allied to 1’. dichroa, Karsch, which seems to be a still darker coloured species in the male. Helothemis dorsalis. Libellula dorsalis, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 89 (1842). Trithemis dorsalis, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon, p. 19. n. 16 (1890), Helothemis dorsalis, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, xxxili. p. 878 (1890). 10 specimens, Aug. 19, 26, Sept. 8, 9, 138, 19, 20, 21 (1899). I am not satisfied that this genus is sufficiently distinct from Trithemis. Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. 71 BEBLECIA, gen. nov. Eyes connected by a short space; frontal tubercle rounded above, and slightly concave in front; abdomen with segments 2 and 3 carinated. Wings with only one nervure in the lower basal cell and no supratriangular nervures: fore wings with 12-13 antenodal cross-nervures, the last not continuous, and 10-11 postnodals; pterostigma long and thick, nodal sector slightly waved beyond the middle, and with a double row of cells between it and the subnodal sector for the last third or fourth of their length; arculus rising between the first and second antenodal cross-neryures; sectors of the arculus stalked; triangle traversed by 1 or 2 nervures and followed by a row of 4 cells, then by 2 or 3 more or less irregularly, before rising again to 4 increasing, or by seven rows of 3 only; subtriangular space consisting of 3 or 4 cells: hind wings with 10 antenodal and 11 postnodal cross- nervures ; triangle traversed by a nervure or (rarely) free ; sectors of the arculus widely separated, the upper one rising considerably above the lower angle of the triangle, where the lower sector rises ; base of triangle nearly corresponding with the arculus. Claws dentated beyond the middle. Appendages of the second segment in the male rather large; upper terminal appendages rather long and slender, fully as long as the ninth segment ; lower appendage nearly as long as the upper ones, truncated at the extremity. This genus appears to be nearly allied to Trdthemis, but in typical Trithemis the sectors of the arculus are scarcely separated in the hind wings and the triangle of the hind wings is never divided. It is to be regretted that Mr. Austen obtained only three specimens of this interesting species, all in bad condition. Beblecia adolescens, sp. n. (Woodcut, fig. 2.) Exp. al. 60 millim.; long. pter. 5 millim. Lighter or darker ochraceous; pleura, pectus, and face paler; vertex darker, sometimes slightly greenish; antenne, ocelli, spines on the legs, and central and part of the lateral caring on the abdomen black; a pale brown shoulder-stripe and a similar stripe cn each side of the upper part of the abdomen: wings hyaline, with black neuration; costal nervure and pterostigma yellow, the latter between black nervures ; membranule of hind wings whitish, beyond it the wing is very slightly stained with yellow. 72 My. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. Described from three specimens (2 ¢,1 ¢), all more or less damaged and perhaps not quite mature, captured on Sept. 2, 9, and 13 (1899). Beblecia adolescens. Crocothemis erythraa. Libelluda erythrea, Brullé, Expéd. de la Morée, iii. (1) p. 102, pl. xxxii, fic. 4 (1832). Crocothemis erythrea, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 21. n, 1 (1890). 19 specimens, Aug. 25 to Sept. 22 (1899). Specimens from West Africa are rather smaller and slenderer than typical ones from South Kurope. Thermorthemis Austent, sp.n. (Pl. IL. figs. 1, 1 @.) Long. corp. 54-56 millim.; exp. al. 94-98 millim.; long. ter. 4 millim. Male.—Rufo-testaceous, thorax with a slight brown line on each shoulder and the borders of the patagia black ; abdomen in the male pulverulent blue. Legs black in the adult male, except at the base of the femora; otherwise rufo-testaceous, with black tarsi; spines strongly developed. Wings hyaline, with black nervures, very slightly tinged with yellowish brown at the base; pterostigma yellow, between black ner- vures; tips very slightly browned. Fore wings with 20-23 antenodal (the Jast continuous) and 13-14 postnodal cross- nervures; triangle divided by two nervures; two supra- triangular nervures ; triangle followed by four rows of cells, increasing subtriangular space consisting of 5-8 cells : hind wings with 13-15 antenodal and 13-16 postnodal cross- nervures; triangle traversed and with the base generally Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. 73 placed a little nearer the base of the wings than the arculus ; one supratriangular nervure; sectors of the arculus slightly separated, the lower onecoinciding with the baseof the triangle. Abdomen with strong black median and lateral serrated carine ; terminal appendages of male as long as the ninth segment, the lower appendage broad, half as long as the others. Female.—Uniform rufo-testaceous, mouth-parts inclining to yellowish, dark shoulder-stripe slightly indicated, carina of abdomen black, eighth segment perfoliate. This species agrees with YZ. madagascariensis, Ramb., in general neuration, the bifid frontal tubercle, the Orthetrum- like frontal depression, &c., but differs in the fewer and stronger spines on the hind tibiee. Described from five male specimens, one taken by Mr. Austen at Sierra Leone on Sept. 21, 1899, and the others from West Africa, without special locality. The single female is from Sierra Leone (Morgan). I append the description of an allied species from Angola* :— Female.—Dark brown; head testaceous; under surface and terminal segments inclining to ferruginous ; eighth segment perfoliate, with the edges black. Wings yellowish hyaline, with black nervures: fore wings with 19 antenodal and 12 postnodal cross-nervures; neuration otherwise asin 7. Austen’, One specimen from Angola, collected by Mr. and Mrs, Monteiro. Thermorthemis leonina. Orthetrum leoninum, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 59 (1891). Two specimens (¢ ¢ ) from Sierra Leone, the male taken by Mr. Austen on Sept. 2, 1899, and the female taken by Dr. W. G. Clements. The insect is a true T’hermorthemis, except that the body is more slender, and the hind tibie have fewer and stronger spines than in 7’. madagascariensis; but it shares the latter character with 7. Austenz. In the male the triangle of the fore wings is followed by four rows of cells increasing, and in the female by five, shrinking to four and then again increasing. APELEUTHERUS, gen. noy. Male.—Frontal tubercle strongly bifid; front large and broad, projecting beneath it to about half the width of the eye, almost quadrangular, with a conspicuous median depres- sion. Kyes connected for a short space. Legs rather long, * Thermorthemis Monteirot, sp. n. 74 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. spines scarcely more than sete on the femora, numerous and rather short and strong on the tibie, but with a few long slender ones at their base. Abdomen distinctly shorter than the hind wings, not inflated at base; second and third segments transversely carinated; appendages of second segment prominent, consisting of a small lobe, and an ap- pendage in front directed obliquely backward; upper anal appendages rather longer than the ninth segment, slender, hardly longer than the broad lower appendage. Wings with only one cross-nervure in the lower basal cell and no supra- {riangular nervures; nodal sector slightly waved; arculus rising between antenodals 1 and 2, its sectors with a long stalk. Fore wings with 13-14 antenodal cross-nervures, the last not continuous, and 8—9 postnodal cross-nervures ; triangle crossed by 2 nervures (rarely 1) and followed by one or two rows of 4 cells (rarely 3) and then several rows of 3, in- creasing; subtriangular space consisting of 3 cells (occasionally 2 or 4 on one side). Hind wings with 8-10 antenodal and 9-11 postnodal cross-nervures; triangle traversed by one nervure, its base lying rather nearer the base of the wings than the arculus; sectors of the triangle subcontiguous ; triangle (above the sectors) followed by one row of 3 (rarely 2) cells, and then by several rows of 2, increasing. Female.—Eighth segment not expanded; vulvar scale distinct, about one third as long as the ninth segment. Allied to Thermorthemis, Hadrothemis, &c. The presence of the vulvar scale in the female allies it to Crocothemis. Apeleutherus Strachani, sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 4, 4 a.) Long. corp. 38-40 millim. ; exp. al. 71-73 millim.; long. pter. 4 millim. Head blackish, face more or less testaceous, especially the labrum and mentum. Thorax brown or blackish; a large oval spot on each shoulder, a longitudinal stripe on each side of the central carina in front, a transverse one behind, in front of the patagia, the inside of the patagia, 3 spots on the upper part of the pleura and others below, and some slighter marks on the interalary spaces pale yellow, or more rarely dull reddish; abdomen greyish brown above (rarely red in the male), but usually reddish below. In the female the base and sides are marked with irregular pale markings and with large pale irregularly-shaped spots, more or less distinct above, on each side of most of the segments, near the base. In the male these markings are usually obsolete. Legs testaceous, more or less blackish above, and with black spines. Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sterra Leone. 75 Wings hyaline, with black nervures; pterostigma rather long and broad, blackish, rather paler in the middle and towards its lower edge. Membranule of hind wings whitish in the middle and bordered with brown: adjacent part of wing slightly stained with yellow in the reddest males; otherwise this is wholly wanting. Anal appendages yellowish or reddish. Described from sixteen specimens (seven males and nine females) collected by Dr. Strachan at Lagos. Only one of the males has the abdomen red and the pale abdominal markings obliterated, but the markings of the thorax are of the usual pale yellowish colour seen in the other specimens. Mr. Austen collected two males at Sierra Leone on Aug. 24 and Sept. 4; in both of these the abdomen is red, but in one the pale abdominal spots are indistinctly visible. In both the spots on the thorax are dull red, which is not the case in any of Dr. Strachan’s specimens. ‘There is also an unusually well-marked female, with only one cross-nervure in the triangles of the fore wings, from Abyssinia, which appears to belong to the present species. Among other interesting species obtained by Dr. Strachan at Lagos is a male belonging to the genus Dicranopyga, Karsch, which is allied to the Hast-African D. mundula, Karsch. I believe that Dr. Karsch is correct in referring my Aithrimanta rezia from Madagascar to Dicranopyga, although the triangle of the fore wings is traversed by a triangle on the right side in the unique type. Dr. Strachan also obtained a single damaged specimen of a new species of Nympheutria, Karsch, which I deter describing for the present. Orthetrum chrysostigma. Libellula chrysostigma, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 857, n. 58 (1839). Libellula barbara, De Selys, Lucas, Expl. Alg. iii. p. 117, pl. 1. figs. 2, 2a, b (1849). Orthetrum chrysostigma et barbarum, Kirb, Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 36, nn. 3, 4 (1890). 45 specimens, August and September (1899). The most adult specimens are pulverulent blue in both sexes, and the least mature are of a light red; but there is no median thoracic band, as in VU. Julia, and the cross-nervures in the lower costal space are nearly always yellow, instead of black like those in the upper space. Orthetrum Julia, sp.n. (Pl. IL. fig. 3.) Long. corp. 89-48 millim.; exp. al. 60-74 millim. ; long. pter. 3-4 millim, 76 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. Male.—Head with the vertex, the strongly bifid frontal tubercle, the occipital triangle, extremity of labrum, and a broad central band on the labrum black ; hinder orbits yellow, with one or two brown transverse spots; frontal shield greenish, strongly punctured ; the rest of the face (except fo the black markings already described) yellowish. Prothorax yellow, with a brown transverse band, narrowed in the middle. Mesonotum yellow, with brown and blackish markings; the front transversely black, with a transverse yellow mark in the middle ; a median dark central band, with two yellow lines near the centre and a dark shoulder-stripe, not reaching the hinder lappets, which are yellow, enclosed by black carine. Interalary spaces black, spotted with yellow in the middle, and with a yellow spot at the base of each wing. On the yellow pleura, below the shoulder-stripe, are five more black or brown bands on or between the sutures, the first double above, The metapectus is enclosed by almost a square of black earine, the hindermost detached, and slightly curved. Legs black; femora more or less testaceous. Abdomen black or pruinose blue, with all the carine black, the first three segments with yellow markings, separated by the carinze and by dark hind borders, and a lateral stripe; the three following segments with a broad subbifid spot on each side in the middle, the rest black. On the under surface these pale lateral markings are more extended. Anal appendages yellow, upper ones slender, as long as the ninth segment, the extreme tips black; lower appendage truncated at the extremity, nearly as long as the upper ones, and with a black carina beneath on each side. Appendages of the second segment large. Wings hyaline, with black nervures; fore wings with 13-15 antenodal and 11-12 postnodal cross-nervures. Ptero- stigma black, with a yellow transverse central line. Mem- branule blackish, with a white spot at the base: hind wings smoky yellow at the extreme base, the sectors of the arculus subcontiguous at the base. Female similar, with the lines on the pleura darker and broader. Abdomen with the testaceous spot on the under surface of the seventh segment expanded to the sides far enough to be visible above; eighth segment pertoliate. Anal appendages yellow, longer than the tenth segment, which isalso yellow. Wings clouded hyaline, with black nervures ; 14-17 antenodal and 11 postnodal cross-nervures. Abdomen similar in both sexes, much inflated at base, slightly constricted behind the third segment; the rest of the segments rather broad; the fourth about three times as long as broad, widening at the extremity ; the rest subparallel, Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. 77 but successively shorter. Costal nervure black, with a barely perceptible trace of an intersecting yellow line at the base. In the most adult males, which I was at first inclined to regard as a distinct species, the body is almost entirely pruinose blue, through which a row of long tawny spots may sometimes be seen extending as far as the eighth segment of the abdomen. There is usually a black mark in the middle of the labrum. ‘I'he appendages of the second seement are apparently better defined, and the upper anal appendages are black, though the lower appendage generally remains tawny. The abdomen is apparently less inflated at the base, less constricted behind the third segment, and somewhat more slender. Yet I find it impossible to venture to separate these specimens specifically. The species is described from four specimens from Sierra Leone, two of which were collected by Mr. Austen on Aug. 26 and Sept. 11 (1899). Of the adult form nine males were collected by Mr. Austen between Aug. 26 and Sept. 15. There are also specimens of both forms in the Museum from Accra and Lagos. This is a species of great interest. The semiadult form, which I have taken as typical, closely resembles O. Sabina, Drury, except in the shorter and broader abdomen. In fact, O. Julia stands in almost the same relation to O. Sabina in the Old World as that occupied by Mesothemis attala, De Selys, to M. verbenata, Hagen, in the New. I have not seen the true O. Sabina from Africa, though De Selys indicates a var. africana from the Camaroons (Ann. Soc. Hnt. Belg. xxxi. p- 22, 1887). The insect is also very near O. trinacria, De Selys, and is, I imagine, regarded by some authors as this species, or as O. brachiale, Beauv. But I have not been able to determine O. brachiale and O. africanum, Beauv., satisfactorily. According to Prof. Calvert, who has examined the types, the former should have the base of the wings entirely unclouded, and A. annulatum is described as having the thorax uniform brown. As regards O. trinacria, it is a long-bodied insect much resembling O. Sabina. Macromia Selysi, sp. n. Long. corp. 67 millim.; exp. al. 88 millim.; long. pter. 24 millim. Male.—Head: frontal tubercle bifid and, as well as the frontal lobes below, with strong green and violet reflections ; face lighter or darker ferruginous brown, with orange mottlings. 78 = =Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Sierra Leone. Thorax and pleura shining metallic green; thorax and base of abdomen clothed with grey hairs. Pleural sutures and interalary spaces with slight pale markings; abdomen black, with narrow pale belts in the middle of the second, third, and fourth segments, and near the front of the second and sixth segments, the last the broadest. Wings rather long, narrow, and pointed, clear hyaline, with black nervures. Fore wings with 15-16 antenodal and 9 postnodal cross-nervures; the nodal and subnodal nervures nearly straight and parallel for most of their length; triangles small, free, followed by a cell divided by a curved line running from the triangle, and then by several single or irregularly divided cells, followed by several rows of two, increasing. Only 3 supratriangular nervures; dcross-nervures in the lower basal cell. Pterostigma deep black ; membranule dark brown, intersected by a pale line. Hind wings with 11 antenodal and 11-12 cross-nervures ; 2 supratriangular ner- vures and cross-nervures, 4 in the lower basal cell; no lower triangle ; upper triangle free, followed by a triangular cell, then by 3 single oblong ones, and then by two rows of cells, increasing. Membranule black, with a white speck at the base and tip; anal triangle divided low down, the lower part forming a long narrow isosceles triangle (in J. Sophia, De Selys, it is almost equilateral), and the nervure bounding the anal angle is more distinctly marked with red. Anal ap- pendages nearly as in M. Sophia. One male taken by Mr. Austen on Sept. 16 (1899). This species is closely allied to M. Sophia, De Selys, but differs in the clear hyaline wings and many little details of neuration, especially by the commencing single row of post- triangular cells on all the wings. Anacieschna triangulifera. Anacieschna triangulifera, McLachlan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 407 (1896). Sept. 9 (1899). A single damaged specimen, which I refer to this Hast- African species (Delagoa Bay and Natal) with some un- certainty. Sapho ciliata. Agrion ciliata, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. i. p. 528. n. 3 (1781). Sapho ciliata, Kirb, Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 100. n. 1 (1890). 34 specimens, Freetown, Sierra Leone, Sept. (1899). A very interesting series. ‘The immature specimens of Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. To both sexes are of a clear iridescent hyaline, darkening to yellowish hyaline in the female, and in the male passing on through shades of brown to the deep purple, strongly suffused on the hind wings with coppery red, which characterizes the adult male. Fabricius’s type was an adult female. Libellago dispar. Agrion dispar, Beauv. Ins. Afr, Amér. p. 85, Neur. pl. vii. fig. 2 (1805 ?). Libellago dispar, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 112. n. 1 (1890). Two specimens, Sept. 13 and 21 (1899). EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. Fy. 1. Thermorthemis Austeni, 9 , p. 72. Fig. 1a. Ditto, 3, appendages of second segment. Fg. 2. Trithemis Kalula, 3, p. 69. Fig. 2a. Ditto, 3, appendages of second segment. Fig. 3. Orthetrum Julia, 3, p. 75. Fig. 4. Apeleutherus Strachani, 2, p. 74. Fig. 4a. Ditto, 3, appendages of second segment. X.—WNotes on the Forficulariaa—V. Descriptions of new Species and a new Genus. By Matcoim Borr, F.Z.S., ¥.E.S. [Plate IV. figs. 3, 5, 7.] Anechura ahrimanes, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 5.) Statura majore; colore nigro, rubro-variegato ; elytra et ale per- fecte explicate ; abdomen medio paullo dilatatum, ovale ; forcipis brachia elongata, gracilia, subsinuata, intus fortiter bidentata. ¢. © ignota. Long. corporis...... 12-145 mm. ORC UBIE ers 2.9 « 9 = Head deep red; eyes black; sutures indistinct; antenne dark red (seven segments remain). Pronotum black, broader than the head ; anterior margin straight, posterior margin rounded; the sides parallel. Elytra broad, finely punctulated, deep red, shaded with black towards the apex and the margins. Wings prominent, black, with a large yellow spot near the base. 80 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. Feet deep red, the knees and tibie darker or black ; tarsi darker. Abdomen deep dark red, somewhat dilated in the middle, narrowed towards the extremity ; lateral tubercles black, very distinct; the whole abdomen is finely punctulated; last segment transverse, hinder margin straight, a faint median depression, a reddish blunt elevation over the insertion of the forceps, and a small tubercle on the outside angles ; penulti- mate ventral segment ample, rounded. Pygidium strongly depressed, triangular; two small pale obtuse lobes are visible below the apex of the pygidium, projecting beyond the border of the produced penultimate segment, visible from below. Forceps & with the branches slender, long, remote at the base and tricarinate there, slightly diverging at first, then subsinuate until the apices meet and cross; there is at the end of the first and second third of the total length a strong trian- gular depressed tooth: the forceps are red at the base, darker towards the apex; the inner margin of the basal third is finely crenulated. Patria. North India, Sikkim, 2 ¢. Type in my collection. This is a very handsome and distinct species. It appears to be most closely allied to A. Hugeli, Dohrn, from Luzon, but is coloured very differently. STRONGYLOPSALIS *, gen. nov. Corpus convexum : antenn segmentis 1° et 3° longis, ceteris brevi- oribus, 4° et sequentibus conicis: pronotum quadratum: elytra perfecte explicata; ale nulle: abdomen medio modice dilatatum, apicem versus ¢ minus, 9 maxime attenuatum; segmentis 2° et 3° dorsalibus tuberculis pliciformibus distinctis instructis: tar- sorum segmentum secundum simplex, cylindricum: forcipis brachia ¢ basi remota, gracilia, basi recta, deinde valde incurva, asymmetrica ; 9? contigua, recta, apice decussata. This genus stands nearest to Carcinophora, Scudd., from which it may be distinguished by the slender forceps, quite remote at the base, and not stout and subcontinuous as in that genus. It has the appearance of certain species of Chelidura, Latr., but is easily separated by the simple second tarsal segment. From Anzsolabis, Fieb., it may be distin- guished by the fully developed elytra and the presence of tubercles on the second and third abdominal segments. * grpoyyvros, circle; Wadis, forceps. Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 81 Strongylopsalis inca, sp. n. Statura minore; colore fusco ; antennw ?-segmentate (segmenta 11 restant), segmento primo et tertio elongatis, secundo brevi, quarto et sequentibus brevibus, conicis; pronotum quadratum, quam caput tam latum, pallido-marginatum ; elytra perfecte explicata, marginata, postice oblique truncata, metanotum liberantia; ale nulle ; pedes fusco-testacei: abdomen convexum, medio modice dilatatum, apicem versus, ¢ modice, 9 maxime attenuatum; segmentum ultimum dorsale g magnum, medio sulcatum, utrinque tuberculatum, margine postico rectum; 2 parvum, medio sul- catum, vix tuberculatum: pygidium ¢ quadratum, apice trunca- tum: forcipis brachia, ¢ basi valde remota, gracilia, inermia, basi ipso recta, dimidia parte apicali valde incurva, mucronibus haud attingentibus, brachio dextro intus, magis, brachio sinistro extus, minus incurvis; 2 recta, contigua, apice decussata, CIF - Long. corporis.... 85-9°5 mm. & mae ee TORCIDIS vis 2 Fe Lie 2 Head reddish brown, the eyes small and black ; the mouth- parts somewhat paler. The antenne are darkish testaceous ; eleven segments remain, these are all small and conical, except the first and third, which are long, and the second, which is very short and cylindrical. Pronotum square, as broad as the head, testaceous, the margins lateral, slightly raised, and paler in colour. Elytra tully developed, testaceous, the lateral margins slightly turned up and paler in colour; hinder margin obliquely truncated. Wings absent. Feet dark testaceous. Abdomen dark blackish brown, the centre of the segments reddish; broadest in the middle, strongly attenuated at the apex in the ?, less soin the ¢; tubercles of the second and third segment present, but not very distinct. Last segment g transverse, with a central longitudinal furrow and a tubercle on each side thereof, the hinder border straight ; in the ¢ the furrow is noticeable, but the tubercles scarcely so. Forceps: in the g the branches are remote at the base, slender, thicker at the basal part than in the apical part, reddish in colour, straight at first, then strongly arched in- wards, the right branch being most strongly bowed and arched within the left; in the ? the branches are subcontiguous, straight, the apices crossing. Patria. Peru, 2 6,1 2, 2 nymphs. Type in my collection. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 6 82 Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. This is a very curious species. At first glance it might be mistaken for Chelidura, but the simple second tarsal segment at once shows that it belongs to a different group of genera. It might be provisionally ranged in Caretnophora, but, owing to the very different form of the forceps, I have preferred to erect a new and very distinct genus. Forficula orientalis, sp.n. (PL. IV. fig. 7.) Statura majore. JF. auriculurie, atque FP. luride vicina, a quibus differt forma forcipis. @ ignota. 3 forcipis brachia basi valde deplanata et dilatata, hac parte mar- gine interno crenulato, tota inermia; dehine valde divergentia, attenuata ad duas tertias partes longitudinis; tune subito re- curva, valde attenuata, apice fere attingentia. Long.corporis cous teweko 15 mm. Sap POTGL DURE Fh. kicpete sis eye A pits A, ss NAYAK inne aes 4:5 Head reddish; antenna testaceous, 12-segmentate, the third segment small and round, the others elongate. Pronotum dark brown, the lateral margins clear testaceous. Elytra and wings fully developed, of the same form and colour as in F, auricularia. Feet pale testaceous. Abdomen dark reddish, the lateral tubercles very distinct ; the segments finely granulated. The last segment is square, the posterior angles rectangular and depressed ; the hinder border is straight, slightly tuberculated and broken; in the middle of the segment there are three faint depressions, arranged in a line horigontally ; the abdomen is broadest about seg- ments 5-6, and then slightly narrower towards the last segment. ‘The penultimate ventral segment nearly covers the ultimate segment and is rounded. No pygidium visible. Forceps: the branches are very strongly dilated in the basal third, where the sides are at first parallel ; from the end of the dilated part the branches diverge and are narrowed ; in the apical third they are strongly arched inwards and attenuated, the apices almost meeting; the space thus en- closed between the branches is a transverse oval; the branches are entirely unarmed, except that the inner margin of the basal third, the dilated part, is faintly crenulated. The colour of the forceps is black, except the centre of the dilated part, which is testaceous. Patria. Constantinople (ex coll. Seeldrayers), 1 g and 1 nymph. Type in my collection. Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 83 This species, for which I am indebted to my friend M. Seel- drayers, of Brussels, in size and appearance resembles Ff. auricularia and F. decipiens. The unarmed and much more strongly dilated forceps distinguish it from F. aurteularia ; the presence of wings and the very strongly bowed forceps distinguish it from £. dectpiens, to which perhaps it stands nearest ; its larger size and strongly bowed forceps separate it from £. lurvda. ‘The general appearance of the forceps recalls that of 2. circinata, Fin., but they are more strongly arched and the insect is larger. Apterygida Mackinderi, sp. n. (Pl. LV. figs. 3, 3 a.) Statura majore ; elongata; oculis parvis, nigris ; (antenne desunt) ; pronotum capite paullo angustius, antice rectum, postice rotun- datum ; elytra et ale perfecte explicatie, illa latiora, apice trun- cata; he parum prominentes: pedes breves, femoribus in- crassatis ; tarsorum segmento secundo lobato: abdomen deplana- tum, apicem versus paullo dilatatum ; segmentis 2° et 3° utrinque tuberculo distincto instructis, primo parvo, secundo maximo; segmentum ultimum dorsale magnum, quadratum, utrinque supra insertionem forcipis tuberculatum ; segmentum penultimum ven- trale maximum, segmentum ultimum totum obtegens, angulis ipsis posticis exceptis, margine postico rotundato, medio late sed haud profunde emarginato. Forcipis crura elongata, gracilia, basi valde remota, et triquetra, basi ipso paullo divergentia, tum sensim appropinquantia, apice decussata, margine interno basi dente parva obtuso, denteque valido medio armata, margine interno usque ad dentem medianum crenulato ; pygidium magnum, breve, latissimum, inerme, margine postico recto. Colore fusco-testaceo, fusco-variegato. og. @Q ignota. Long; COLPOLIS. sens 5,0 145 mm, fOrapines 4... ae Uy GG abe Colour generally dark brown, varied with darker; legs aler. 2 Head darker anteriorly than posteriorly ; the eyes small and dark. (Inthe type, only the first segment of the left an- tenne is left; this is long, cylindrical, and testaceous.) Pronotum reddish testaceous, slightly narrower than the head, the front border straight, the hinder border rounded, Elytra well developed, dark reddish testaceous, broader than the elytra at the shoulders, smooth, truncated at the apex. Wings of the same colour as the elytra, smooth, not pro- jecting far beyond the elytra. ~ 84 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. Feet light testaceous, short, the femora rather strongly compressed. Abdomen depressed, slightly dilated posteriorly. The segments, except the last, are all finely granulated, each segment being also slightly broader than the previous one ; the tubercle on the second segment is very distinct, black, the tubercle on the third segment is considerably larger and black ; these two segments are much darker than the re- mainder, and the part round the tubercles also is black; the last dorsal segment is very large, square, light testaceous, smooth and shining; at each angle on the posterior margin above the insertion of the forceps is a large round tubercle, slightly furrowed in the middle, giving the appearance of a double tubercle. The underside of the abdomen is much paler than the dorsal side and is entirely granulated. The penultimate segment is very large, only leaving the ultimate segment visible at the extreme posterior corners. The poste- rior margin of the last dorsal segment has an impression in the middle. Forceps: these are very long and slender, almost as long as the body. At the base they slightly diverge at first, then gradually point inwards, to meet and cross at the apex. At the base they are triquetric and armed with a small conical tooth on the inner margin, just at the pygidium; there is a second, much stouter tooth halfway down on the inner margin ; the part between these teeth is finely crenulated. The colour of the forceps is clear testaceous, on the underside they are flattened. Pygidium short, rectangular, very broad, not toothed or emarginate, the hinder border straight and simple ; the angles are sharp; in the middle on the upperside it is slightly bi-impressed. Patria. British East Africa, Nairobi, 5500 feet; Kikuyu Country, July 1899 (HZ. J. Mackinder & CO. B. Hausburg). Type in Mus. Hope, Oxford. In the form of the forceps, lengthening of the body, and largeness of the abdominal tubercles this species recalls certain species of Foreipula; but the lobed second tarsal segment definitely shows that it cannot be related to that genus. I have great pleasure in dedicating it to Mr. H. S. Mackinder, the eminent geographer, who discovered it during the recent expedition to Mount Kenia. For the drawings of this species I am indebted to my friend Mr. EH. H. J. Schuster, F.Z.S. Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. 85 Opisthocosmia oannes, sp. n. Statura majore; colore nigro, elytris alisque rufescentibus ; antennz 13-segmentate, rufescentes ; pronotum capite angustius, nigrum, pallide marginatum, rotundatum ; pedes nigri, tarsis pallidioribus : abdomen nigrum, medio subdilatatum; segmentum ultimum dorsale angustius, quadratum, margine postico subbituberculatum, angulis acutis: forcipis brachia ¢ basi remota, rotundata, recta, gracilia, apicem versus incurva, mucronibus decussatis, ante medium dente magno obtuso supra sursum spectanti armata, paullo ante apicem margine interno dente parvo acuto armata ; pygidium haud prominulum. 6. Tongs COrporis’ "i... vss «ss 14 mm. pe GRCADIS yr ct 3's ops cs Gh Head black; antenne 13-segmentate, the first segment black, the remainder reddish. Pronotum slightly narrower than the head, the anterior border straight, the hinder border rounded, all angles rounded ; black in the middle, the sides pale. Llytra smooth, considerably broader than the pronotum at the shoulders, black, shaded with dark red. Wings prominent, black, with a red spot in the middle. Feet black, the tibie towards the apex and the tarsi paler, Abdomen black, very slightly dilated about the middle, the lateral tubercles very distinct, the sides of segments 5-6 slightly produced backwards; last dorsal segment narrower, square, reddish, the hinder border straight, with two faint obtuse tubercles above the insertion of the forceps. Pygidium not apparent. Forceps 8 with the branches remote at the base, straight, black, cylindrical, incurved at the apex and strongly de- cussating there; armed near the base above with a strong blunt conical tooth, pointing upwards, and a smaller acute tooth on the inner margin near the apex. Patria. Assam (Linden, 1894, ex coll. Seeldrayers). ‘Type in my collection. For this fine novelty I am indebted to my friend M. Seel- drayers. It is not closely allied to any known species, but approaches rather to an as yet undescribed species brought from Siam by Mr. Annandale; it differs, however, very markedly in colour. Ancistrogaster inopinata, sp. i. Statura parva; colore nigro, abdomine zeneo-nitenti, pedibus testa- ceis; antenne 13-segmentate, fusce, apice pallescentes; pro- 86 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. notum capite paullo angustius, nigrum ; elytra punctulata, nigro- castanea, nitentia, apice truncata; ale parum prominentes, nigre, apice macula parvula pallide ornate: abdomen medio dilatatum, nigro-rufescens, tuberculis lateralibus distinctis, segmentis 4 ultimis Jateribus paullo retrorsum productis ¢ ; segmentum ultimum dorsale apice angustatum, margine postico recto, sub- tuberculato, Q distincte tuberculato: pedes testacei, tibiis necnon infuscatis: forcipis brachia g basi subcontigua, plus minus dilatata et deplanata, medio divergentia, tunc incurva, apice attin- gentibus, prope basin supra dente magno trigonali sursum spec- tanti armata, margine interno in parte media crenulata; ¢ recta, contigua, inermia, apice decussata. of Q. mm. 62°5 ‘ane 29 2 Long, corporis... .. 5 ath AONCINIS Ne xeye pe 2°75 a Head black; autenne 13-segmentate, fuscous, paler at the apex. Fronotum slightly narrower than the head, black, indis- tinctly marginate with reddish ; anterior border straight, with the angles rounded ; posterior border rounded. Evytra short, very finely punctulated, shining, very dark reddish castaneous, truncate at the apex. Wings not very prominent, of the same colour as the elytra, with a very small indistinct pale spot on the inner margin at the apex of the suture. Feet testaceous, pubescent, the tibiee and tarsi somewhat darker. Abdomen dilated in the middle, dark castaneous, shining, with a slightly metallic reddish sheen, the sides darker ; lateral tubercles very distinct ; in the ¢ the sides of segments €-9 are slightly produced backwards, but this is not very distinct; last dorsal segment attenuated, the hinder margin nearly straight, broken with indistinct obtuse tubercles. Pygidium not apparent. Forceps: 3 with the branches subcontiguous at the base and somewhat depressed and dilated there, then diverging, and attenuate and incurved towards the apex, where the points meet ; near the base there is a very strong triangular sharp tooth pointing straight upwards; the middle third, where the dilated part is fading out, is crenulated on the inner margin; @? with the branches straight, simple, un- aimed, the apices crossing ; colour dark reddish black, Patria.’ Costa Rica, 3 9 (Linden, 1894, ex coll. Seel- drayers). Type in my collection. Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 87 For this interesting species I am also indebted to my friend M. E. Seeldrayers, of Brussels. It is a distinct species, coming next, perhaps, to A. varie- gatus, Dohrn. It has the appearance of an Opisthocosmia. Ancistrigaster intermedia, sp. 0. Castanea ; antenne fusco-rubrescentes, segmentis elongatis, 2° parvo, duobus ultimis pallidis ; pronotum antice rectum, postice rotunda- tum ; elytra perfecte explicata, latiora, levia ; ale perfecte expli- cate, valde prominentes: abdomen medio dilatatum, segmentis 2° et 3° valde tuberculatis, segmentis 4° et 5° obsolete, vix, vel haud tuberculatis; segmentum ultimum dorsale ¢ quadratum, rectangulum, inerme, supra insertionem forcipis subtuberculatum ; © angustum, attenuatum, declive, inerme: pedes graciles: for- cipis brachia ¢ basi distantia, intus basi ipso dente conico armata, dehine paullo divergentia, medio unidentata, apicem versus valde incurya, mucronibus decussatis; @ simplicia, recta, gracilia, inermia, apice mucronata. ¢ Q. 3. an oie, CORPOLIS: 6) ” Fig. 4.—Analysis of the type of Vletavicrinus Hauer, outlines copied from Waagen and Jahn, nat. size. Shading as in fig. 1. The portions of arms that surmount the anals are intended as repe- titions of the arm-branches drawn also in the adjoining rays ; the object doubtless was to show the relations of the pinnules, but the chief result is to prove the inaccuracy of the diagram. but whether monocyclic or dicyclic is uncertain, since the base is almost entirely hidden by the stem. Hach ray con- tains 2 fixed primibrachs, and the fixed secundibrachs in each half-ray are said to be 7 or 8 (a number which each of the five figures chooses its own way of contradicting), the last of these being axillary. ‘The left posterior interradius, as cleaned from matrix by the authors, exhibits a proximal interbrachial resting on the shoulders of the radials, and supporting two parallel rows of interbrachials, which gradually become smaller and more irregular and pass into the tegmen. Fifteen plates in all are exposed in this interradius. ‘The posterior interradius shows over 30 plates, which seem to have passed up into an anal tube. ‘The proximal anal rests on the base, and is followed by a single plate which supports two parallel rows of irregular plates, 5 in each row, followed by smaller plates. Rather large intersecundibrachs are visible in the right and left posterior rays, arranged as in the diagram, and succeeded by smaller and less regular plates, The arms, 110 Mr. F. A. Bather on the which are free from the secundaxil, may branch at least twice more, 7. e. up to quintibrachs, and are composed of low uniserial brachials bearing closely set pinnules. Unfortu- nately the authors attach so little importance to the mode of arm-branching that they have passed over without comment the very different appearances drawn by Mr. Swoboda in two identical views of the single specimen. One gathers only that the branching was not a regular dichotomy. It is also regrettable that the relation of the pinnules to the brachials is to be learned from neither description nor figures, the latter being discrepant in this important point also. We are told that immediately after each bifurcation the fine pinnules form’ a solid pavement, but we are not told whether any of these apparently united pinnules form part of the cup-wall; nor, what is far more important, is it stated if more than one pinnule is borne by each brachial. Whenever the whole base is not exposed as in a diagram, Messrs. Waagen and Jahn seem to think that they are absolved trom any attempt to relegate the specimen to its place in the system.. Had they likewise refrained from weighting such a specimen with a new generic name, their avoidance of responsibility would have been more readily excused. When, however, they go so far, we may demand to have such details as it is obvious could be learned from the specimen, without being forced “ to wait for more abundant material.” The facts vouchsafed to us do, all the same, permit some inference. ‘he families of Di- cyclica Camerata, as at present known, afford no place for Vletavicrinus. Its reference to Monocyclica Camerata is more than consistent with the small amount of base that is visible. If placed in this Order, the relations of its proximal anal prevent admission to the Melocrinoidea, while the number of secundibrachs, if ‘nothing else, keeps it out of Actinocrinoidea. The disposition of the anals, though not that typical of the Batocrinoidea, is not absolutely discordant therewith, and it is in that Suborder that it seems to find its nearest allies. If the brachials do bear more than one pinnule apiece, if, in other words, they are compound structures, one would place the genus near Carpocrinus. In any case it might provisionally be placed in the Carpocrinide. Our conclusion, then, is similar to that reached in the case of Bohemicocrinus, from the same horizon and locality ; and we now remember that the anals of that genus have an arrange- ment almost identical with that of the present specimen. Comparison of the descriptions reveals many minor resem- blances, so many, indeed, that one is impelled to ask why Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. LiL Vietavicrinus is not the same as Bohemicocrinus, even if V. Haueri be not a synonym of B, pulvereus itself. The last of the alleged new genera from the black lime- stone, e 1-2, is based on an ill-preserved cup from Dvorce, and is now called Zenkericrinus melocrinoides. It is the Xenocrinus mentioned by name only on p. 416 of Dr. Jahn’s “ Beitriige zur Stratigraphie und Tektonik der mittelbéhm- ischen Silurformation” *. ‘he authors refer it to the Melo- crinide, to which family, even in its latest and most restricted sense, it certainly belongs. ‘hey say that “it is nearest to Melocrinus, from which, however, it differs in many essential features.” This opinion also is well founded ; but the authors seem unaware that the genus Mardacrinus, Hall, is distin- guished from Melocrinus by those same features. There is nothing to prevent the relegation of the preseat specimen to Marvacrinus. Fig. 5,—Caleidocrinus multiramus. Proximal portions of stem and crown, seen from alleged right posterior radius; the supple- mentary plates of the alleged posterior interradius are in two vertical rows, those of the other are in a single row. This is fig, 28. @ of Waagen and Jahn, and is said to be “ grossi”; but not a single measurement is given throughout the account of this genus. The block has been kindly lent by Dr. Anton Fritsch, on behalf of the Barrande Committee. In the second fauna the only representative of the Crinoidea is a new genus, Calecdocrinus, based on impressions in the “schistes de grauwacke,’ a4, of Haj Hill, near Zahoran. * Jahrb. d. k. k. geol. Reichsanst, Wien, xlii. pp. 897-462, Feb. 1893 (not 1892), 112 Mr. F. A. Bather on the Several specimens were distributed by Barrande under the manuscript name, Kchinoencrinites multiramus. 'The present authors place it in or near the Taxocrinide of Angelin, which is as much as to say that it belongs to the Flexibilia Impinnata. It is of interest as being older than any Flexible genus hitherto known, and the interest is enhanced when we see how its structure accords with its age in the eyes of the evolutionist (Fig. 5). The Flexibilia Impinnata of the Silurian rocks fall into four main groups, which may pro- visionally be regarded as families and named Ichthyocrinide, Taxocrinide, Calpiocrinide, and Sagenocrinide. The two latter are clearly more specialized than the two former and have a larger proportion of representatives in later rocks. Both Ichthyocrinide and Taxocrinidee have isotomous arms, which may abut, and in some Ichthyocrinide even interlock, by their sides. Taxocrinide have a few interbrachials, of which the proximal is the largest; their anals form a well- defined vertical series resting on the posterior basal. The Ichthyocrinide have no interbrachials, and their simplest genus, Ichthyocrinus, has no anals. Now Caleddocrinus resembles Ichthyocrinus in the absence of anals from the radial circlet and in the isotomy of its arms, which are, as in that genus, sometimes inrolled at their distal ends; but it re- sembles the Taxocrinide in the presence of interbrachials with occasional intersecundibrachs, which, however, are all very small and irregular. The authors believe themselves able to distinguish an anal interradius by the presence of 3 vertical rows of interbrachials instead of 2. But since these interbrachials lay in a flexible integument, a greater or less expansion of the arms would of itself expose more or fewer interbrachials. However this may be, we have in Caleidocrinus a genus that approaches the common ancestor of Ichthyocrinus and Tagxocrinus, although an important point of divergence, and one by no means primitive, lies in the minuteness of the basals. All the specimens except one are assigned to C. multiramus, which has two primibrachs. The remaining specimen, having 38 primibrachs, is made another species, C. Barrandet. The authors’ argument is not without force, but ‘‘ the possibility that more abundant material of the two species may disclose yet other distinctive characters” seems to me far from the probability. We return to the consideration of those members of the third fauna which are referred either with doubt or certainty to genera previously known. ‘The first is called Calpioerinus? bohemicus, or sometimes Calpiocrinus ??? bohemicus (Fig. 6). The latter mode of expression is preferable, for, as the authors Lower Palcozote Crinotds of Bohemia. 113 fully recognize, their own interpretation of the fragment does not agree with Angelin’s diagnosis of his genus. ‘Their interpretation is that the fragment represents the lower portion of a cup, consisting of 3 basals, 5 radials, each followed by about two thirds of a broken primibrach, and 5 large inter- radials, all but one reaching from the basals to the same level a b Cc Fig. 6.—The so-called Calpiocrinus? ? ? bohemicus, after Waagen and Jahn, pl. lix. figs. 7,8,9; x 4diam. a, “ calice incomplet, vu d’en bas,” but from above if regarded asa root. 6, from the side, in what W. & J. consider the normal position, but upside down if it be a root. ec, “vu d’en haut,” but showing the surface of attachment to the sea-floor if a root. as the broken top of the first primibrachs. It is admitted that all the plates are extremely irregular. This point, however, need not be laboured, for a glance at Mr. Swoboda’s drawing of the alleged upper surface (pl. lix. fig. 9; our Fig. 6) is enough to suggest—nay, to force upon one—a very different interpretation. The published figures having failed us so constantly, it may seem the height of rashness to take their evidence in opposition to the opinion of two eminent naturalists who have devoted so many years to the study of these fossils. But no human being could have drawn that figure 9 without having either before him or in his mind’s eye the root of some stalked Echinoderm. Here is faithfully represented the flat surface of adhesion to the sea-floor, with grooves, like those of JLichenocrinus and other genera, radiating from the central cavity. Within that cavity are shown what the authors themselves describe as “ écailles nombreuses, imbriquées, ornées de cétes fines longitudinales, et traversées par un grand nombre de petits canaux radiaires.” This is no description of the thecal cavity of any fossil crinoid, but is perfectly intelligible in the light of certain roots well known to geologists in North America. As for an appearance of pentamerous symmetry in the outer plating, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 8 114 Mr. F. A. Bather on the that also is so far from unusual that it has recently led an American paleontologist to make the remark (extraordinarily exaggerated no doubt) that “ the root of crinoids appears to be the counterpart of the calyx in type of symmetry.” Should this interpretation commend itself to Dr. Jahn, he will be able to discuss it in that future volume which is to deal with Loboliths and other crinoid roots. An imperfect crown from the white limestone, £2, near Koneprus was labelled by Barrande “ Lecanocrinus bohemi- cus,” but Messrs. Waagen and Jahn incline to place it in Ichthyocrinus, to which it certainly presents a closer resem- blance. To the long-known genus Scyphocrinus are devoted no less than sixty-three pages and nearly twenty-two plates, not to mention those on which are described and figured the nume- rous fragments probably belonging to it. ‘The more one appreciates the thoroughness of this piece of work, the more one regrets that its wonderful array of detail is unprovided with a summary in the form of diagnoses of the genus and its species. There is a key to the latter, but it has proved incomplete and inapplicable in practice. For the generic diagnosis the reader is referred to the description by Zenker (1883), which, he is told, “forme une diagnose générique fort exacte.’ Even had Zenker given a diagnosis, it would have been framed in accord with the knowledge of his time, and would have required revision after the discovery of hundreds of genera unknown to him, some of them closely allied to Scyphocrinus. Merely to learn that the present authors refer Scyphocrinus to the Melocrinide (which they nowhere define) one has to hunt back from p. 73 to p. 11. But such is the vast plan to which they will be faithful at all costs ! The Melocrinide belong to that division of Monocyclica Camerata which has the radials in contact all round. ‘They are distinguished by having 4 basals; in each half-ray 2-5, occasionally more, fixed secundibrachs, which support 2 or 4 main rami, giving off pinnules or pinnulate ramuli; nume- rous and usually definite interbrachials, intersecundibrachs, and anals; a tegmen of numerous, small, and irregular plates ; a stem circular in section. The known genera are Scyphocrinus, Mariacrinus, Melocrinus, and Ctenocrinus ; and of these the oldest and, in some respects, least specialized is Scyphocrinus. Scyphocrinus may be diagnosed as a Melocrinid with a large number of interbracliials, anals, and intersecundibrachs, varying both in number and arrangement within a single Lower Paleozoic Crinotds of Bohemia. 115 species or even a single individual; with the anal area distinguished only, and that slightly, by its greater width and greater number of plates; with arms bifurcating fairly regularly from 3 to 5 times (possibly more), and composed of simple brachials, which in the free portions are pinnulate and either uniserial (especially in the proximal region) or alterna- ting (especially in the distal region), but not biserial in any authentic specimen; with both the primibrachs, all the secundibrachs, which are numerous, and the more proximal tertibrachs loosely joined to those of adjacent rays by a pave- ment or network of plates. A very careful study of a large number of specimens belonging to this variable genus has led the authors to separate them, according to the ornament of the cup-plates and especially the interbrachial network, into the following species and varieties, which form a closely connected series : Scyphocrinus subornatus; S, excavatus, var. Zenonis, var. Schlotheimt, var. typica, var. Schroetert; S. decoratus. Except S. excavatus, all these names are new ; the name S. subornatus is indeed ascribed to Barrande, but apparently only on manu- script evidence. One misses the familiar S. elegans, Zenker ; but this yields to the name Pentacrinites excavatus, which Schlotheim in 1820 applied to pl. iv. fig. 2 of J. S. Schroe- ter’s ‘ Vollstiindige HKinleitung &c.,’ 1778, in which work the honour of original discovery is ascribed to F. Zeno, Professor at Prague University. The case is, however, no clearer than usual with these old names. It is admitted that the details given by Schroeter and Schlotheim do not indi- cate definitely any one even of the species, much less one of the varieties, distinguished by the present authors. ‘he name excavatus has by no previous writer been resuscitated or applied to Scyphocrinus. One would therefore be inclined to let it rest and to adopt S. elegans, Zenker, did not Messrs. Waagen and Jahn assert their inability to find in either figures or description of Zenker the characters absolutely necessary for any decision as to which of their species may claim the name eleyans. Since, moreover, not one of the numerous writers on this genus has attempted to give pre- cision to the specific name, the way seems clear for the present authors to exercise their free choice. ‘Therefore they make the loosely defined elegans a synonym of the loosely defined excavatus, and adopt the older term for their largest species. ‘The chief objection to this proceeding is that one can after all determine the species to which Zenker applied the name S. elegans. In the very words of the volume before us: “l’espéce de Zenker différe notablement ge 116 Mr. F. A. Bather on the des Crinoides du Silurien de la Bohéme, désignés par Barrande sous le nom de Scyph. subornatus, et par nous, sous le noms de Scyph. decoratus et Scyph. excavatus, var. Zenonis. Cependant la description de Scyphoer, elegans Zenker con- vient parfaitement 4 la plupart des spécimens que nous rangeons dans trois variétés nouvelles: Scyph. excavatus var. typ., var. Schlotheimi, et var. Schréteri; il y a méme une concordance remarquable entre les spécimens et les figures données par Zenker.” Briefly then: Scyphocrinus eacavatus Waagen and Jahn, non Schlotheim, is identical, even in its var. typtca, with S. elegans, Zenker. It seems a pity that our authors did not draw the obvious conclusion, and so preserve a name in universal use. Had they chosen, “ par respect pour la mémoire de” Schlotheim, to give the name excavatus to their new species S. decoratus, none could have said them nay. However, for the sake of concord, let us accept the action which the authors themselves have seen fit to base on their profound research. To the features of great morphological interest presented by Scyphocrinus we can here do little more than allude. It has been supposed that the peculiar network or pavement which unites the proximal portions of the arms is formed of modified ramuli; but to this conception the authors do not refer. The resemblance to fixed ramuli or pinnules, such as are known in other genera (e.g. Uintacrinus), is more obvious in the figures of S. ewcavatus varr. typ. et Schroe- teri than in those of the other varieties and species, some of which represent only a solid and continuous pavement. ‘There is no geological evidence to show which is the more primitive type, since, as the authors are careful to point out, all the varieties are contemporaneous and associated. We must turn to anatomical and comparative evidence. The arms of Scyphocrinus are simpler than those of other Melo- crinide, and have not the ramuli of Mardacrinus and Melo- crinus. Therefore the structures in question are not so likely to be modified ramuli as modified pinnules. Two statements made by the authors suggest possible arguments. They say (p. 72) “les brachiales de premier ordre [distal secundibrachs] sont en forme de croissant ou de fer 4 cheval. L’échancrure .... correspond au sillon ambulacral du trone des bras, lequel sillon passe dans la voute du calice.” If branches were given off from this ventral groove to the lines of plates forming the interbrachial network, this would con- firm the view that the latter were fixed pinnules. But specimens examined by me, notably a fine one apparentl referable to Scyphocrinus excavatus var. Schlotheimi (Brit. Lower Paleozoic Crinotds of Bohemia. 117 Mus. 15417), show that the supposed ventral groove cuts into the actual brachials either not at all or only to the smallest extent, but that the markedly crescentic appearance is formed by the incurving of the adjoining interbrachials or fixed pinnules (Fig. 7). This helps to explain the otherwise Fig. 7.—Scyphocrinus excavatus, var. Schlotheimi, from British Museum specimen 15417, xX 3 diam. Drawn by Gilbert C. Chubb. «. Tertibrachs (IIT Br) seen from the inner side of the ray, showing their relations to the supposed fixed pinnulars (pn) that occupy the intersecundibrach area. The subhexagonal outlines of the latter plates are much clearer in such a diagram, where only the sutures are accurately represented; in a shaded drawing the linear arrangement of the plates would stand out more clearly. The latter effect is suggested here by thickening the lines between the rows. ». The distal surface of the same set of tertibrachs, showing how the ventral groove (v.g.) is formed by the supposed fixed pinnulars (pn). Some of these, being broken, do not show the striated sutural surface. unintelligible, and doubtless incorrect, fig. 25 on p. 90, pur- porting to show some arms of Scyphocrinus decoratus. The other statement alluded to is that the components of the net- work are joined to the arms and to one another by articular surfaces. ‘This expression, if used in its strict morphological sense, would indicate, not merely that the structures were of brachial origin, but that they had not long become incor- porated in the cup. Unfortunately for the argument, the union, at least in the specimens at my disposal, is by loose suture, with a crenelated edge and probably a striated joint- surface, just like that between the primary elements of the cup. On the other hand, since this is also the mode of union between the fixed brachials, the pinnular origin of the net- work remains undisproved. The above-quoted statement, 118 Mr. F. A. Bather on the that the ventral groove passes into the vault (i.e. tegmen), implies that the distal secundibrachs are still above the level of the tegmen. If this were so, the plates uniting them could not be ordinary interbrachials, and their pinnular origin would be as good as proved. But, since our authors profess themselves unacquainted with so much as a fragment of a teemen referable to Scyphocrinus, their rather inexplicable remark may be dismissed as a vague and inaccurate gene- rality. The tegmen, if discovered, would certainly throw light on the question, since, if it could be proved to pass into the covering plates of the arms and pinnules, and if no rigid line could be drawn between free pinnules and those which were partially or wholly united, then the arrangement would resemble that of Uintacrinus. But if the network were found to pass gradually into the strictly interambulacral area of the tegmen, then its plates would have to be regarded as more or less modified interbrachials. Had this problem been present to the minds of Messrs. Waagen and Jahn, they could probably have solved it from their abundant material. With the help of Mr. Gilbert C. Chubb in pre- paring the specimen of S. excavatus above alluded to, I have been able to see that the tertibrachs and proximal quarti- brachs (beyond which the arms are broken away) are all fixed by small plates arranged in definite rows; that the brachials in question are wedge-shaped and alternating, just as the free brachials of any pinnuliferous arm; and that the thickened end of each brachial corresponds with a single one of the rows of plates just mentioned. In other words, the relation of the rows to the fixed tertibrachs and quartibrachs is precisely the same as that of pinnules to free brachials. It is not so easy to trace this relation in the case of the distal secundibrachs, partly because the plates are here folded and less regular; partly because the secundibrachs are not low and wedge-shaped, but are more than twice the height of the tertibrachs, and are possibly compound ossicles. In this particular specimen there appear to be 138 secundibrachs: the lower four are flat cup-plates; the fifth and sixth are irregular in shape, and the line of the ramus is hard to trace; from the seventh onward they assume the form of free brachials. It seems probable that the plates uniting the lower secundibrachs are true interbrachials, and that their simu- lation of ramuli or pinnules is due to their axial folding. The true resemblance to pinnules increases in the more distal region, although in this specimen, as in many others, the plates there form a flat pavement. Iam convinced that the gradual passage of these lines of plates into free pinnules Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. 119 ‘could be traced in specimens that have the arms better preserved. It is curious that, in describing some undetermined tegmina which may possibly belong to Scyphocrinus, the authors should twice observe that they are unable to see “ l’ouverture buccale sur le fragment,” especially as they most definitely refer these specimens to the Camerata of Wachsmuth and Springer or the equivalent Hypascocrina of Neumayr, which are characterized by the total absence of a mouth- opening. Possibly these remarkable sentences are due to the translator. Of all the specimens of Scyphoerinus only four retain any of the stem, and in the most perfect of these it consists of but 7 columnals. Nevertheless there is reason to believe that the stem often attained a length of many metres. Various roots are associated with the remains of Scyphocrinus, but the authors do not feel justified in referring any one of these to the genus. Some of these roots sprang from the curious hollow and chambered spheroids known as Loboliths. But if these cautious paleontologists ever intend to hint that those bodies may be a part of Scyphocrinus, they have reserved their remarks for a future volume on roots. Realizing the futility of discussing, on the evidence of professedly incorrect figures, those remains which the authors themselves decline to determine, we may summarize in a table (p. 120) what this analysis has brought out concerning the Paleozoic crinoid fauna of Bohemia. It is probable that all the species are new, but they should -be compared afresh with known species of the genera to which they are here referred. The genera, however, are not so strange as they seemed at first. Bohemicocrinus and Caleido- crinus may be accepted without hesitation ; Beyrichocrinus and Laubeocrinus are open to slight question. But if half of the genera are new, even that is a large proportion ; and since the authors believe that all records of Scyphocrinus outside Bohemia are insufficiently supported, five out of the eight genera may possibly be peculiar to that province. The authors have nowhere ventured to arrange their genera in systematic order. The attempt here made, if near the truth, is rather startling. ‘The extraordinarily large proportion of Monocyclica and the truly remarkable absence of Inadunata afford much food for reflection. But considering the rarity of crinoid-bearing beds in Bohemia, perhaps one should not lay great stress on negative evidence. Some of the doubtful remains are of rather Inadunate appearance. ‘The absence of Monocyclic Adunata is less noteworthy, since this order did ta. of Bohemi ds o 'c Crinoi Z01C On the Lower Paleo 120 ey 9 g ds Z[10QT BIGUIS Q “QUON ee Ss eideun mae ( uyeq1e0 qsowye) sneuwoohy2yoy sods (3 te ARS SS +2 oy u ‘snuetoopiajn9 “310 NN sortase SLR **( 2 yeuloUGge) *S "u ‘snweva0aqny'T eee ‘ds Il CeCe ee d“3 "Tl ‘snurwooyorilag ‘ds (Za) T (‘waranjazy ‘uds) 3°53 Usnusooanmayog rrredg yp ottts (snewaoyoung ‘uds) snwuwuoongy dat pee ha 3 (snurniayuag “UXks) snus yy near iee ‘ds ¢ retested ee se seen ee sen ssoydhay ‘atl NT ‘aUON 8+ eIOT ae VIVURUNVO * epruLoodyy yoy "* 88-9 7e0UT “UR ‘VIVNNIAN] ‘VITIGIXA TA "Vi LIVNOGVNI POLTIAOIC ** 89-1 T99UL “TUB T VACIONTUNONILOY KPIULIOYIeLIag ‘* eeprunoodared "* + @eprunooney ‘VACIONINOOLV, "** RpPIULDOO]eTT ‘VACIONIMOO TAT “WLIVUaN VO “" VIVNOGV "WV oOVNOGVNI ‘VOLITIOAJONOW Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 121 uot originate till Silurian times and was nowhere represented in large numbers. Flexibilia, too, have not hitherto been known earlier than the Wenlock Age, so that their rarity in the lower beds and the appearance of an Jchthyocrinus in f 2 are just what one might expect. The importance of Caletdo- erinus has already been dwelt on. The Monocyclica Came- rata, which form the dominant assemblage, present no genus at all puzzling except Laubeocrinus. The others belong to widely spread families, and even the new genera among them are not so distinct as to indicate any great isolation of their life-province. Indeed, the vertical distribution of the Crinoids within the Bohemian basin, and such a curious detail as the fact that all the stem-fragments attacked by parasites (Myzo- stomidee, the authors say) come from the one band f2, seem to show that the nature of the genera found was dependent rather on their selection by a local and temporary environ- ment than on any wider conditions governing the migration of faunas or the evolution of orders. Since the foregoing pages were written the senior author has passed beyond reach of criticism. I have not, for that reason, thought it necessary to modify any of my remarks, since they were never intended to depreciate the labours of those to whom we are indebted for this exhaustive account of the Lower Paleozoic Crinoids of Bohemia. It is clear that the conditions imposed on them rendered their task one of peculiar difficulty; but the volume they have produced is none the less worthy of its place in the magnificent work of Barrande. Natural History Museum, London, 8.W. XIIL.—Astiatic Torrrrerp2. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Watsineuam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. (Continued from vol. v. p. 490.] Carposina, H.-S. 912 (3). Carposina niponensis, sp. n. Antenne (3) biciliate (3); dirty brownish white. Palp?t whitish, the median joint shaded externally with fuscous, the terminal broadly annulate with fuscous at its base. Head 122 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae, and thorax dirty brownish white. ore wings dirty brownish white ; with a short triangular basal patch, much widened on: the costa, pale brownish fuscous, with a darker fuscous spot of raised scales near the lower extremity of its outer edge ; four or five ill-defined pale brownish fuscous shade-spots along the costa, of which one only is before the middle, from this a diffused shade of scattered fuscous scaling slopes out- ward to the lower angle of the cell, where there is a small raised spot, thence a similar diffused shade, much raised at the upper angle of the cell, is continued to the two outer costal spots; a broken shade-line is indicated around the apex and termen; cilia brownish grey. Hap. al.16 mm. Hind wings ‘grey; cilia brownish grey. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs whitish, with hind tarsal shade-rings. Type, 3 (70601) Mus. WlIsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Unique. The colouring of this species is very obscure and ill-defined, and although it is obviously distinct I should scarcely have thought it worthy of description had it not been desirable to indicate this interesting geographical extension of the genus. PROPEDESIS, gen. nov. (pomndnois=a springing forward.) Type Propedesis eacisa, Wlsm. Antenne (2?) simple. Labial palpi projecting nearly twice the length of the head beyond it; terminal joint short, median joint somewhat triangular owing to upstanding scales above at the middle and depressed scales below at its apex. Head densely clothed above. Thorax smooth. Fore wings narrow, elongate ; costa slightly arched near the base, straight beyond; termen very oblique, sinuate. Newratzon, 12 veins ; 2 from very near angle of cell; 3 and 4 closely approximate at angle of cell; 7 to termen; 8 and 9 stalked, 8 to a little above termen. Hind wings with the costa straight, apex produced, termen sinuate, flexus rounded, median vein with long loose hairsabove. Neuwration, 6 veins; 3 and 4 stalked. Abdomen smooth. Legs with slight projecting scales at hinder extremity of tibia. The genus is closely allied to Carposina, H.-8., from which it is distinguishable only by the stalking of veins 8 and 9 of the fore wings and the somewhat more produced apex of the hind wings. The male will probably have biciliate antenne and short palpi. Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 123 912 (4). Propedests eacisa, sp. n. Antenne dirty white, annulate with fuscous towards the base. Palpi white, black beneath and at the base. Head and thorax white. Fore wings with the termen very oblique, strongly sinuate beneath the produced apex; white, dusted with greyish fuscous, the markings dark greyish fuscous; a triangular basal patch, wider on the costa than on the dorsum, is followed by a costal spot before the middle, succeeded by three smaller ones beyond the middle; an oblique patch at the outer end of the cell is parallel to the outer edge of the basal patch, it reaches down to the fold and upward nearly to the costal spot, and is accompanied by tufts of raised scales, as is also the outer edge of the basal patch itself; there is a series of spots along the termen, with a parallel shade-line faintly indicated before them; cilia brownish cinereous. Ezp.al.20 mm. Hind wings with strongly produced apex, the termen more deeply excised than in the fore wings; brownish grey ; cilia brownish cinereous. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs dirty whitish. ' Type, 2 (70602) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Unique. 912 (5). Propedesis japonica, sp. n. Antenne dirty white, very faintly annulate. Palp? whitish, shaded externally with greyish fuscous. Head and thorae whitish, tinged with greenish grey. ore wings greenish white, sparsely dusted with olive-grey, with a trian- gular patch of pale olivaceous grey at the base, wider on the costa than on the dorsum, its outer edge consisting of raised scales; a slight olive-grey shade-spot on the costa before the middle, followed by three others beyond it; an oblique fuscous streak at the end of the cell, consisting of raised scales, and preceded by other tufts of raised scales (white dusted with fuscous), one at the upper edge of the cell, one resting on the middle of the fold, another preceding it below the fold; the termen shows a faint indication of greyish marginal spots preceded by a parallel greyish shade; cilia pale cinereous. Exp. al.20 mm. Hind wings pale rosy grey ; cilia greyish cinereous. Abdomen cinereous. Legs whitish. Type, 2 (70603) Mus. Wlsm. Hab, JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Unique. This species differs from e#cisa in the different outline of the wing as well as in the markings; both in the fore and hind wings the apex is less produced and less acute, the termen being only very slightly sinuate. 124 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. RuyYAcioniA, Hb. Type Zortrix buoliana, Schiff. (Stph. 1834). 915. Rhyactonta duplana, Hb. Retinia duplana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 246. No. 915 (1871) *; Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 27. No. 158 (1882) °. Hab. Europe}. JAPAn (Pryer, 1886)—Howpo—Yoko- hama (Manley, 1888). Unirep States—Oregon *. 919. Rhyacionia turionana, Hb. Retinia turionana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 246, No, 919 (1871)*; Fem, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 27. No. 157 (1882) ?. Hab. Evrorr’. Japan (Pryer, 1886). UNITED STATES —Nevada’. 921. Rhyacionia buoliana, Schiff. Retinia buoliana, Steger. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 246, No, 921 (1871) 1. Hab. Europe’. SrpertA'. CoreaA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). 923 (1). Rhyacionia retiferana, Wk. Retinia *margarotana, Hein. Schm. Deutsch. Tortr. 95-6. No. 168 (1863). Retinia retiferana, Wk. Zts, Ent. Bresl. (n. s.) VII. 73 (1879). Retinta *margarotana, Brt. Ent. Mo. Mag. XXVI. 49 (1890); Hdgn, Ent. XXIII. 119 (1890). Retina retiferana, Brt. Ent. Mo. Mag. XXIX. 113-4 (1893); Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. LXIII, 200. No. 923 bis (1894). Hab. Evrore. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). EXARTEMA, Clem. 924 (1). Exartema castaneanum, sp. n. Antenne brownish grey. Lalpi whitish ochreous, with two fuscous spots on their outer sides. Head and thorax brownish grey, the tegule and patagia paler. Fore wings rich chestnut, with shining leaden grey markings narrowly outlined with pale ochreous and some brownish fuscous shades; a basal patch extending to one-third is mottled with brownish fuscous, leaden grey, and chestnut, its outer edge straight, but with a slight outward angle below the costa, and bounded by a leaden grey band narrowly outlined with pale ochreous; a leaden grey patch at the tornus sends two branches inwards from its upper extremity, the upper one Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 125 moderately straight, the lower one angulated downward at its middle, all narrowly outlined with ochreous ; there are five pairs of outwardly oblique pale ochreous costal streaks beyond the middle, alternating with brownish fuscous, the first pair emitting a sinuate leaden grey line which reaches the termen above the middle; cilia brownish ochreous, with a fuscous spot at the apex and another on the middle of the termen. Eap. al. 15-17 mm. Hind wings greyish brown; cilia pale ochreous, a dark dividing line running through them near their base. Abdomen greyish brown. Legs ochreous, shaded and banded with greyish brown. Type, & (60792, Kiusiu) ; ¢ (60793) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. CorrEA—Gensan, VII.-IX. 1887 (Ito). JAPANn— Krusrv (Leech, 1890). Five specimens. Allied to the American Hvartema ferrugineanum, Riley, but the only specimen I have of this differs decidedly in the position of the first geminated. costal streak beyond the middle, the leaden line extending to the termen being much shorter and coming from the second instead of from the first pair, 924 (2). Hwartema velutinum, sp. n. Antenne fuscous. Palpi dirty whitish ochreous. Head and thorax fuscous. ore wings dark brownish fuscous, bright reddish ferruginous towards the apex and below the middle of the termen, with a pale brownish olivaceous ochreous patch on the middle of the dorsum, mottled on the basal patch and on the rather oblique median band with steel- blue; with seven pairs of pale whitish ochreous costal streaklets, of which two only are before the middle, the first pair beyond the middle giving out a sinuous steel-blue line to above the middle of the termen; a steel-blue patch at the tornus sends inward two branches from its upper extremity, forming the blue mottling on the dark band; cilia ochreous, tessellated with fuscous, a fuscous line along their base. Eep. al. 15 mm. Hind wings rather deeply emarginate below the lobe in @; greyish brown; cilia pale cinereous, a dark shade-line near their base. Abdomen greyish brown. Legs greyish, banded with pale cinereous. Type, & (60459, Mupin); ¢ (60796) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. W. Cuina—Mupin, 21 V., 28 V. 1890 (Leech). CoreA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech), VII.-IX. 1887 (Ito). JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Krusrv (Leech, 1890)—Satsuma, V 1886 (Leech). Hight specimens, 126 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. 924 (3). Exartema transversanum, Chr. Penthina transversana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 75-7. No, 108 (1881) ': sep. 163-5 (1882) '. Hab. AMur—Pompejefka, VII.’ ; Wladiwostok', 15 VIL., 3-4 VIII. 1877 (Christoph). CoreA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). CHiInA — Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet (Pratt, 1886). JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Yxsso—Hakodate, VIII. 1886 (Leech) ; Howpo—Tsuruga, VII. 1886 (Leech). 924 (4). Hxartema japonicum, sp. n. Antenne cinereous. falpi whitish cinereous. Head cine- reous. Thorax mixed whitish cinereous and olive-brown. Fore wings shining whitish cinereous, with olive-brown streaks and blotches; the first series bounding a much reticu- lated basal patch, wider on the dorsum than on the costa, and containing an admixture of steel- grey scales ; the second series forming a moderately straight transverse fascia in the middle of the wing, wider on the dorsum than on the costa and bulging outwards in the middle in two large irregular ex- crescences, broken up with dark fuscous and shining steel- erey scaling ; an olive-brown spot before the tornus is more or less connected by a pale olivaceous shade with an elongate oblique olivaceous patch above it, which again is connected with some oblique streaks of the same colour from the costa, alternating with creamy white geminated streaks, each divided by steel-grey lines which run together to the middle of the termen ; the apex is olive-brown ; cilia pale whitish ochreous, with an olive-brown line along their base; the whole of the paler portions of the wing are rendered more or less lustrous by the admixture of steel-grey scaling. Hp. al. 20 mm. Hind wings dark brown; cilia shining whitish cinereous, with a dark line through them near their base. Abdomen greyish brown, anal tuft cinereous. Legs cinereous. Type, & (70537); ¢ (60392) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Howpo—Tsuruga, VII. 1886 (Leech). Four specimens. 924 (5). Hxartema Pryeranum, sp. n. Antenne brownish cinereous. Palpi pale brownish cine- reous, with some fuscous scales. Head and thorax brownish fuscous, mixed with brownish cinereous. ore wings brownish cinereous, much shaded across the middle and on the basal patch, and sprinkled toward the apex with brownish fuscous; a reduplicated narrow leaden grey band at one- Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 127 third, narrowly outlined with brownish cinereous, ends in two pairs of brownish cinereous costal streaklets, and from a little beyond the middle a similar band tends obliquely outward from costa to tornus, sometimes broken about its middle, where it sends a branch obliquely inward to the dorsum ; the shape of this band seems to be somewhat variable, but at its upper-extremity is a pair of costal streaklets, and these are succeeded by three other pairs before the apex, which tend to converge upon a sinuate leaden grey line running toward the middle of the termen ; cilia pale brownish cinereous, shaded along their base and on their outer half with fuscous. up. al. 19 mm. Hind wings dark greyish brown; cilia pale brownish cinereous, with a shade-line near their base. Adbdo- men greyish brown. Legs pale cinereous, with slightly spotted tarsi. Type, 3 (70542); ¢ (70546) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Jaran (Pryer,1886)—//onpo —Oiwake ( Pryer, 1885). Four specimens. 924 (6). Hxartema fasciatanum, Clem. Exartema fasciatana, Clem. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. XII. 357 (1860) ’. Servaphila decisana, Wky. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XX VIL. 340-1 (1863) ?. Evartema fasciatana, Why. Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M. XXX. 994 (1864) *. Sericoris fasciatana, Clem. Pr. Ent. Soc. Phil. V. 134 (1865) *. Zv- artema albofasciatum, Z. Verh. ZB. Ges. Wien, XXV. (1875) Abh. 272-3 (1875) °. Exartema fasciatana, Z. Verh. ZB. Ges. Wien, XXV (1875) Abh. 273 (1875) °. Eccopsis fasciatana, Fern, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X, 80. No. 177 (1882)7; Mfft. Can. Ent. XIX. 88 (1887) °. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886) — owpo— Yokohama (Manley, 1888). CaNaDA—Ontario®, UNITED Stares**— Maine’, Massachusetts *, New York", Pennsylvania’, Maryland (Mus. de Joannis), Ohio’, North Carolina (Morrison), IUlinois’. 924 (7). Hwxartema semicremanum, Chir. }Penthinea semicremana, Chr. Bull. Soc, Imp. Nat. Mose. LVL. 77-8. No. 109 (1881) !: sep, 165-6 (1882) *. Penthina semicremana, Rag. Ann. Soe. Ent, Fr, LXIII. 203, No, 949 dcs (1894) *. Hab. AMUR—Pompejefka, VII.', 13 VIL. 1876 (Christoph). JAPAN— Yzsso (Pryer, 1882). OLETHREUTES. 924 (8). Olethreutes arcuella, L. Penthina arcuella, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 249, No. 980 (1871); Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 250 (1879) *. Eucosma arcuella, Meyr. HB. Br. Lp. 465 (1895) ’. Hab, Europe’, Astatic TURKEY — Auvpavenpix14ar— a 128 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. Brussa, VI2 Srperta*. CorEA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). JAPAN *—Iowpo—Oiwake, VI. 1885, VI-VII. 1887 (Pryer). The specimens of this species from Corea and Japan differ from our English form in their larger size and paler colouring on the underside, but precisely correspond in their markings. The males all have a small hanging appendage near the base of the limbus in the hind wings, a character hitherto confined to the genera Evrartema, Clem., and Cymolomia, Ld. The discovery of this character in Japanese specimens caused me to re-examine carefully a series of British specimens of arcuella, which has been placed by different Kuropean authors in Penthina, Ty., and Sericoris, Tr. It was at once apparent that all the males in the series possessed a very small rudi- mentary appendage, scarcely noticeable unless special atten- tion had been called to it. The stronger development of this character in Japanese specimens is scarcely sufficient to justify their description as a distinct species, especially as I find German specimens of intermediate size and decidedly paler on the underside than our British examples. Meyrick, whose attention had been called to the existence of the lobe, wrote (HB. Br. Lp. 465) that this was so rudi- mentary that it appeared insufficient for generic separation. In this I am unable to agree with him, for it is certainly a structural character, corresponding with that which was relied upon by Clemens when describing the genus Hvartema. The question is one of degree, but it may fairly be argued that the possession of a structural character rather than the mere degree of its development is the true test of generic yank ; and Meyrick has recognized this principle very forcibly in including Péycholoma, Stph., and Lozotenia, Stph., in the genus Cacecia, Hb., the only cause of separation by the older authors having apparently been the inferior development of the costal fold. If Meyrick is justified in placing arcuella in the same genus as many other species which possess no limbal fold or lobe, it follows that the Japanese form (specially inseparable, as I think, from arcwella) would fall into a different genus through the slightly greater development of the limbal lobe, unless he is prepared to include with it Hxartema, Eccopsis, &e. Clemens, in describing Hwartema, clearly refers to the hind margin being deeply and sharply excised opposite to the median nervules. He described five species: the first two only, viz. nitidana and permundana, possess this character ; the other three species, versicolorana, inornatana, and fascia- tana, have the dorsum evenly rounded beyond the flexus, Lord Walsingham on As/atic Tortricide. 129 although there is an excavation on the limbus as well as the tubular lobe at the base. In the outline of the wing these three species agree with Cymolomia, Ld., rather than with Olethreutes, which possesses the lobe without any excavation of the limbus, but the American species differ from Cymo- fomia in the tubular structure of the lobe. Thus we have in this group four published genera, which can be distinguished by structural differences :-— 1. Eccorsis, Z.—Limbus rolled at base, without lobe, with strongly angular limbal excavation and deep dorsal excavation beyond the flexus. 2. ExarTEMA, Clem.—With partially free tubular lobe from base of limbus, moderately excised limbal margin, and excised dorsum beyond the flexus. 3. CymotomiA, Ld.—Limbus rolled at the base, without free lobe ; limbus excised, dorsum not noticeably excised. 4, OLETHREUTES, Hb.—Limbus rolled, with slightly deve- loped lobe ; limbus and dorsum not excised. 924 (9). Olethreutes notata, sp. n. Antenne cinereous, basal joint yellow-ochreous. Pa/pi pale whitish ochreous, shaded externally with fuscous. Head yellow-ochreous, shaded with fuscous. Zhorazx bright yellow- ochreous, mottled with fuscous. Fore wings bright yellow- ochreous, reticulated on the basal half and deeply suffused on the outer half with blackish fuscous, and with numerous spots and short cross-bars of bright shining steel-blue; the spots for the most part being evenly distributed over the basal half, and with three bars and some spots on the outer half, one below the termen at the commencement of the apical third, one above the tornus, and one within and below the apex, the two outer moderately straight, the inner slightly oblique, except where the deep outer shade touches the costa immediately beyond the middle; the edges of the wing are uniformly bright yellow-ochreous, mottled and spotted with dark fuscous; cilia greyish fuscous, with a broad pale whitish ochreous interruption below the apex, a black line along their base. Hap. al. 19-20 mm. Hind wings dark brown; cilia pale whitish ochreous, a dark line running through them near their base. Abdomen brownish. Legs grey. Type, 3d (70014); 2 (70016) Mus. Wlsm., Hab, JAPAN—Yesso (Pryer, 1882). Six specimens. This species has a very rudimentary excrescence near the base of the limbus of the hind wings, scarcely more than a thickening of the cuticle on the margin itself, in this respect Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 9 130 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. agreeing with the European form of arcuella rather than with Eccopsis, in which this character is much more strongly developed. PHZCADOPHORA, gen. nov. (patxads = a woolly shoe; gopeiv = to carry.) Type, o 3, Phecadophora fimbriata, W\sm. Antenne (6) slightly ciliate. Palpt (¢) short, projecting only the length of the head beyond it; terminal joint very short, almost concealed in the strong tuft above and below the median joint: ¢ longer than the ¢, more porrect, ter- minal joint more apparent and slightly depressed. Head with a strong erect crest. Jhoraxv with a slightly erect tuft posteriorly. Fore wings narrow, elongate, costa gently arched, ¢ without a costal fold; apex acute or abruptly angulated; termen straight or slightly impressed, not convex ; tornus rounded, dorsum straight. Newration, 12 veins, all separate ; 2 from middle third of cell; 7 to termen; 10 not nearer to 11 than 9. Hind wings much broader than the fore wings, more or less trapezoidal, apex rounded, termen slightly indented below it; ¢ with a strong pencil of hairs near the limbus on the upperside anda fringe of long hairs on the underside between the branches of vein 1. Neuration, 8 veins; 3 and 4 connate; 5 bent over to near origin of 4; 6 and 7 separate but parallel and closely approximate at their kase. Legs, hind tibiz and tarsi strongly clothed above with long tufts of woolly scales. This genus differs from Phecasiophora, Grt., in its nar- rower fore wings and in the hind tarsal joints as well as the tibiae being clothed with thick hair-tufts, as well as in the more strongly developed fringes of hairs above and below the hind wings near the limbus. 924 (10). Phecadophora fimbriata, sp. n. Antenne and palpi tawny cinereous. Head and thorax dark tawny vinous red; tegule pale cinereous, shaded with reddish grey, with a strong raised tuft of vinous red scales on the thorax posteriorly. Fore wings whitish stone-colour, thickly and slenderly streaked throughout with rosy pink and olive-brown ; costa with oblique striz throughout its length, a pair before the apex turning downwards and meet- ing the end of the oblique streak which precedes them; at the end of the cell are a few blackish scales, and along the dorsum a conspicuous dark band of tawny brownish, bluish fuscous on the extreme margin, with a blackish brown line Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 131 running along its middle and bent obliquely upwards at two- thirds from the base, where it is bounded on each side by a narrow margin of the pale ground-colour of the wing, running to a point at the lower angle of the cell, the upper edge of this dorsal band is somewhat waved, a slight bulge occurring before the middle of the wing, its upper edge carrying a reduplication of the blackish brown central line; about the tornus the dorsal band is continued after a slight interruption, and here also it contains some blackish brown lines; an elongate olive-brown shade lies below the outer half of the discal cell, with some lines of the pale ground-colour running through it; above the tornus is a small shining whitish ocelloid spot, tinged with rosy pink scales immediately above the angle; cilia beautifully mottled with olive-brown, silvery whitish, greyish fuscous, and rosy pink, the greyish fuscous being at their tips on the middle of the termen, also at the extreme apex and at the tornus, the rosy pink coming above and below the middle and also on the outer half of the cilia; the reddish brown is situated on the basal half of the cilia on the upper half of the margin, and the silvery whitish is immediately below it in a small spot also en the basal half of the cilia. zp. al. 20mm. Hind wings dark brewn, on the upper surface of vein 2 is a distinct fringe of brownish gvey hairs; cilia shining whitish, with a dark line running through them near their base. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs greyish white, clouded with greyish fuscous. Type, 3 (70257, Japan) ; 2 (70249) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886)—Krusiw (Leech, 1890). As- saAmM—Margherita (Doherty, 1889). E. Peau—Kuarew Hizrs —Thandsung, 4000 ft. (Doherty, 1890). ‘Twenty-four specimens. This description is taken from a male in beautiful condition, which exhibits some differences from others in the series. | find that in one variety (40124) the longitudinal streaks are more distinctly carried through the wing and there is more olive-brown alternating with longitudinal lines of fuscous, the rich rosy tint being chiefly confined to the space below the costa, especially in a long streak beneath the outer half; the black scales at the end of the cell are almost obsolete, and the cilia, although they exhibit somewhat the same pattern, are not so rich in colouring. It is evidently a variable species. 924 (11). Phecadophora (?) acutana, sp. n. Antenne pale stone-grey, faintly spotted above. Palpi long, porrect, extending twice the length of the head beyond Ox* 132 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. it, thickly clothed to the base of the exposed terminal joint, above and beneath; light stone-grey. Head light stone- grey. Zhorax pale stone-grey; tegule with two brownish spots. Fore wings elongate, apex slightly produced, termen slightly concave, scarcely oblique, angulated at the extre- mity of vein 3, thence very oblique to the dorsum, which is straight; stone-white, streaked throughout with pale olive- brown; a series of short oblique streaklets along the costa, olive-brown mixcd with biownish fuscous scales; an olive- brown spot at the apex is followed by a greyish fuscous spot at the base of the cilia immediately below it ; a small patch of greyish fuscous at the base of the dorsum, followed by some scattered specks of the same colour, especially along the lower half of the wing to the tornus, and a small streak of brownish fuscous scales at the angle of the termen on vein 3 ; cilia shining stove-white, inclining to olivaceous about the tornus. Lap. al. 21mm. Hind wings brownish fuscous, costa whitish; cilia greyish fuscous, a dark line running through them near their base. Aldomen greyish fuscous. Legs stone-white, yellowish white on their underside; hind tarsal joints somewhat densely clothed, but not so thickly as in the male of the allied species fimbriata. Type, 2 (60191) Mus. Wlsmn. Hab. Japan — Kivsrv — Satsuma, V. 1886 (Leech). Unique. I should have regarded this as a variety of jimbriata had it nct been for its much longer palpi and the absence of the dark dorsal band. The male is at present unknown, but the generic determination is almost certainly correct. 924 (12). Pheecadophora (?) divisa, sp. n. Antenne, palpi, and head cinereous. Thorax mixed greyish cinereous and dark reddish fuscous. Fore wings with the dorsal half pale cinereous, slightly mottled with greyish fuscous, the costal half dark reddish fuscous; the colour on the costal half extends to the fold at the base, is slightly indented before the middle, and diminishes obliquely from about the lower angle of the cell to the apex; along the extreme costa is a series of very small greyish cinereous geminated dots, with a slight tawny gloss, connected with the three pairs which precede the pair nearest to the apex; on the pale half of the wing is an oblique dash from the dorsum before the tornus, pale chestnut-brown, containing five or six short blackish tuscous transverse dashes; at its upper end this streak is connected with a brownish fuscous Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 133 spot, about the middle of the termen, which sends a dark shade through the whitish ochreous cilia; below this spot the space within the tornus inclines to whitish grey, and above it the triangular space between the dark costal shade and the upper half of the termen is white, a narrow dark line running around the termen at the base of the cilia; on the underside the geminated streaks are distinctly visible on the outer half of the costa. Hxp. al. 22mm. Hind wings dark greyish fuscous; cilia tipped with greyish. Abdomen dark greyish fuscous. Legs cinereous, clouded with fuscous on the hind tibiz and tarsi. Type, 2 (40228) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. AssAM—Nae@a Hirrs—Gologhat (Doherty, 1890). Unique. The termen of the fore wings in this species differs from that of acutana in not being more distinctly impressed below the apex than in the typical species. The ¢ is unknown, but it will probably be found to be congeneric with fimbriata. 924 (13). Phecadophora (?) ochracea, sp. n. Antenne cinereous. Palpi whitish ochreous, the fringes at the end of the median joint and the terminal joint purplish fuscous. Head fuscous. Thorax cinereous. Fore wings with the termen slightly impressed beneath the apex; pale ochreous on the dorsal half, dark tawny red on the costal half, a dark purplish fuscous shade overspreads the basal and lower portions of the costal half, and on the costa is a series of pale ochreous geininated streaks terminating (espe- cially those towards the apex) in very oblique pale steel-grey lines; the pale ochreous dorsal colouring extends to the costa at the extreme base and separates the costal shade from the told for about one-fourth the wing-length; it also encroaches upon it by a small angular excrescence at about one-third, from a little beyond the middle ot the wing it extends obliquely across the fold in a straight line to the extreme apex; a slight brownish ochreous shade passes upwards trom the tornus direct, not obliquely, and contains three or four dark fuscous dots, this shade extends to the upper half of the termen; there is also a shade of a similar colour below the middle of the fold, with a small patch of fuscous scales at the extreme base of the dorsum; cilia pale ochreous, shaded with brownish ochreous at their middle, and with greyish fuscous for a small space above the middle of the termen; under- side with the costal spots showing distinctly throughout. Exp. al. 20 mm, Hind wings dark brownish fuscous ; cilia 134 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. greyish. Abdomen dark greyish fuscous ; anal tuft ochreous. Legs whitish ochreous, shaded with greyish ochreous, hind tarsal joints spotted. Type, 2? (60421) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. CorrEA—Gensan, VII.-IX. 1887 (Ito). Unique. Dupua, Wkr. Dupva, Wkr. Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. XXX. 1000 (1864). Dudua hesperialis, Wkv. Dudua hesperialis, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins, B. M. XXX. 1000 (1864) }. Antenne dark brownish fuscous. Palpi short, porrect, teiminal joint almost concealed; bluish grey. Head very dark brownish fuscous. Thorax with an erect crest poste- riorly ; very dark brownish fuscous; tegule spotted with steel-blue. Fore wings dark brownish fuscous, freely spotted with shining steel-blue ; before the middle of the costa are three pairs of steel-blue streaks, touched with whitish at their upper ends; on the extreme costa beyond the middle are four pairs of oblique geminated whitish streaklets, with a single one, not oblique, before the apex; of these the first pair, and the third pair (counting from the middle of the wing), send out oblique lines of steel-blue towards the termen ; a steel-blue band from the tornus, running upwards for more than half the breadth of the wing, is preceded and followed by some patches of cinereous scales, which also extend up- wards along the termen; the remainder of the lower half of the wing, with the exception of a space above the middle of the fold, is freely sprinkled with steel-blue spots; these are more thickly grouped beyond the middle than before it, except perhaps at the extreme base ; cilia shining steel-blue, tipped with fuscous, at the apex dark fuscous, ap. al. 19 mm. Hind wings greyish brown; cilia pale cinereous, a dark shade running through them near their base. Abdo- men greyish brown. Legs pale cinereous; posterior tarsal joints shaded and banded with greyish fuscous. Type, & (Saunders Coll.), Mus. Br.—acquired 1894. Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886)—Kivsrv—Satsuma, V. 1886 (Leech). Cutna—Chang Yang, 4000-6000 tt. (Pratt, 1886). BorRNEO— Sarawak |. The above description, taken from a female from Satsuma (60012), was made betore the rediscovery of the missing types ‘(in Mr. Saunders’s Collection.” I have only females and therefore cannot determine whether the genus Dudua is Lord Walsingham on Asvatic Tortricidae. 130 distinct. I noted that the type, which is unset, had broadly fringed hind tibiz, and Mr. Durrant, who drew the neuration, thought that the flexus of the hind wings was probably some- what bulged as in Phecadophora. At present it cannot be determined whether Dudua should be referred to Phecasio- phora, Grt., or to Phaecadophora, Wism., or whether it is distinct from both. PHACASIOPHORA, Grt. 924 (14). Phecasiophora Fernaldana, sp. n. Antenne reddish fuscous. Palpt reddish brown at the sides, paler towards the apex. Head reddish brown. Thorax rosy fawn, mottled with umber-brown. Fore wings rosy fawn, with a short basal patch and three irregular fasciaform markings all confined to the costal side of the fold; these markings are all broken up and jagged at the edges and consist of greyish fuscous and olive-brown, margined and re- ticulated with dark umber-brown ; the short basal patch is narrow on the costa, dilated and angulated on the upper edge of the cell, its lower margin not reaching the fold and ill- defined; the first fasciaform band is, at one-third the wing- length, broken into two patches, the first adjacent to the costa, irregularly quadrate, the other beneath it, adjacent to the fold, somewhat reniform; the second fascia, beginning scarcely beyond the costa, is wider and more conspicuous than the other two, and sends out three excrescences on its outer side and two slight projections on its inner side, the pale ground-colour between the outer excrescences gives the appearance of a spot (or reduplicated spot) about the upper angle of the cell; the third fascia does not reach the costa, but is curved from near its outer fourth, first outwards towards the apex, then downwards in the direction of the tornus, sending out two projections on its outer side towards the termen; between this fascia and the apex of the wing is a slight grey shade, followed by a slender dark umber-brown line and a small triangular apical spot; the extreme costa is narrowly pale fawn-colour, with numerous short striae, some oblique, some almost straight; the rosy fawn portions of the wing between the tasciz, as well as the dorsal fourth of the wing-width, are clouded and reticulated with grey and greyish fuscous and with a small proportion of umber-brown; cilia pale fawn, with a narrow brownish line near their base and three or four greyish spots running through them at the apex and on the termen, Hap, al. 22-24 mm. Hind wings 136 Lord Walsingham on Aszatic Tortricide. brownish fuscous, inclining to whitish on the costa and limbus; cilia pale cinereous, a dark line near their base. Abdomen greyish fuscous, anal tuft cinereous fawn. Legs: ¢ with the posterior pair densely and widely tufted above with long white hair-seales ; posterior tarsal joints lightly spotted with greyish fuscons above. Type, 3 (70279, Japan); 2 (70275) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. CorFA—Gensan, VII.-IX. 1887 (Jio). Japan (Pryer, 1886). Sixteen specimens. ‘This species is larger than the American confizana, Wkr., . which it greatly resembles, although the actual form of the markings is somewhat different, the pattern appearing fairly constant through a considerable series of specimens. 924 (15). Phacasiophora Pryert, sp. n. Antenne pale brownish fawn. Pa/pi whitish fawn, touched with brownish externally. Head brownish fawn. Thorax evenly mottled with whitish fawn and brown. Fore wings whitish fawn, divided into innumerable streaks and reticu- lations by brown spots, lines, and patches; a basal pateh oceupying about one-third of the wing is but faintly indi- cated by three brownish spots in a fasciaform series, each margined with umber-brown, and is much reticulated through- out; from the middle of the costa is a large brown bloteh shaded with umber-brown, and another below it, not crossing the fold, and partly connected with the first, at its upper edge this patch is also clouded with dark umber-brown and sends out two exerescences on its outer side, these are out- lined by whitish fawn streaks enclosing shining bluish grey scales and forming an elongate whitish fawn spot between the excrescences, extended outwards and downwards; beyond them is a curved patch of fawn-brown, through whieh run six or more transverse lines of dark umber-brown; this patch is narrowly connected with the termen about its middle, and on its upperside is bounded by a long eurved whitish fawn line, reaching from the dark costal pateh to the middle of the termen, having some shining grey scales along its upper edge; above it are five pairs of pale costal geminations, separated by brown spaces, the apex itself is brown, a pale waved line running from the last costal gemination nearly to the middle of the termen; there is also a rather incon- spicuous brown patch on the dorsum before the tornus ; cilia reddish fawn, a reddish brown shade running throughout’ them near their base, and some greyish spots about the apex and termen. ap.al. 20mm. Hind wings dark greyish On Giant Squirrels from the Amazonian Region. 137 brown; cilia whitish cinereous, with a greyish brown line near their base. Abdomen greyish brown, anal tuft inclining to ochreous. Legs: 3, posterior pair, densely and widely tufted above with long whitish cinereous hatr-scales ; pos- terior tarsal joints faintly spotted with pale brownish, Type, & (40270) ; 2 (70269) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Horvo—Foochau, IV. 1886 (Leech). Nine specimens. X1V.—On Giant Squirrels from the Amazonian Region. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. TuE British Museum has received during the last two or three years a number of Giant Squirrels belonging to the Sciurus Langsdorfi group from several different localities in South America. On determining these one proves to need description, while additional localities may be recorded for others. During the progress of this work Dr. Kiikenthal, of Bres- lau, has been good enough to render me valuable assistance by the loan of the original type of S, tricolor, Péppig, from Maynas, Peru, without which it would have been impossible to determine to what form that name should be applied. Scturus igniventris, Wagn. Nericagua and Munduapo, Upper Orinoco (G. K. Cherrie) ; Bogota (G@. D. Child). ‘The type locality of this species is Marabitanas, on the Upper Rio Negro, not far from the latter river’s junction with the Upper Orinoco. The further extension of the species westwards to Bogota follows the line of the Rio Meta, which falls into the Orinoco in the same district that Mr. Cherrie collected in. South-eastwards the species ranges along the Rio Negro to its mouth. Sciurus tricolor, Péppig. Mouth of Rio Coca, Upper Rio Negro. Collected and presented by Mr. W. Goodfellow. The type locality of Péppig’s species was Maynas, in the angle between the Lower Huallaga and the Marajion; but as Mr. Goodfellow obtained two species on the Coca to the northwards, and a third had been found by Signor Balzan to the southwards, I was in great difficulty as to which was the real S. tricolor. Happily Dr. Kiikenthal’s kindness has 1388 On Giant Squirrels from the Amazonian Region. enabled me to fix S. tricolor as one of the two species found by Mr. Goodfellow on the Coca. Its differences from its ally are enumerated below. The type is an old female, and though it was said by Prof. Gravenhorst * to have only 6 mamme, careful search shows that it has 8, the usual number in this group. The skull of S. tricolor is less bowed than in the other species and has an unusually long narrow muzzle. The melanoid S. fumigatus, Gray, from the ‘ Upper Amazon,” may possibly be referable to S. trécolor, but its determination must always remain somewhat doubtful. The same author’s S. brunneoniger is also a member of the present group, but is not like any properly localized specimen that I have seen. Sciurus cocalis, sp. n. Not dissimilar at first sight to S. tricolor, found in the same place, and it is only after the examination of three skins of one form and seven of the other that I have satisfied myself of their essential difference. General colour above grizzled yellowish anteriorly, becoming chestnut-rufous posteriorly. Crown finely grizzled rufous, not blackish. Backs of ears rich rufous, a prominent spot behind their posterior bases bright fulvous. Under surface clear buffy or orange- buffy, becoming more rufous on the throat and inner sides of the limbs; line of demarcation on sides sharply defined and in most specimens with a distinct black line running along the lower edge of the upper colour, and an indication of a rufous line along the pale colour just below it. Fore limbs bright orange-rufous on their outer surfaces from the elbows down- wards. Hind limbs chestnut-rufous externally as far down as the ankles, then the feet are again orange-rufous like the fore limbs. ‘Tail long, bushy, black for its basal 3 inches, then broadly washed with bright orange-rufous, and so far like that of S. tricolor, but below the black which succeeds the rufous on the hairs there is a broad band of yellowish or orange, which may either extend downwards to the bases of the hairs or be succeeded again by another dull ring. Skull shorter, more bowed, and with a more normal-shaped muzzle than in S. tricolor. Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in skin) :— Head and body 315 millim.; tail 283, with terminal hairs 345; hind foot (wet), s. u. 63, c. u. 663 ear (wet) 32. * Tschudi, Faun. Peruana, Mami. p. 157 (1845), I ( Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 139 Skull: basilar length (of a second specimen) 47°5; nasals (of type) 18:3* x85; interorbital breadth 20°5; inter- temporal breadth 19-2; diastema17°8; length of upper molar series 10-4. Hab. Mouth of Coca River, Upper Rio Napo. Type. Male. B.M. no. 0. 6. 3.4. Collected in June 1899 and presented by Mr. Walter Goodfellow. It is probable that just as S. tricolor ranges northwards from Maynas to the Coca River, so S. cocalis will be found to range up that river westwards and northwards, and that the two species only overlap just at this point. As the two species are found together it may be well to emphasize their differences by repeating that S. cocalis, as represented by seven specimens, differs from 8. tricolor (1) by its grizzled instead of blackish crown, (2) by the light patches behind the ears, (3) by its bright orange instead of chestnut fore limbs and hind feet, (4) its black-lined sides, (5) its basally ringed caudal hairs, and (6) its shorter muzzled skull. Sciurus pyrrhonotus, Wagn. Yungas and Missiones, on the Upper Mamoré, Bolivia (LZ. Balzan, in Museo Civico, Genoa). The type locality of S. pyrrhonotus is Borba, near the mouth of the Madeira, so that its occurrence on the Mamoré, on the far upper waters of that stream, affords another instance of the manner in which the ranges of these squirrels follow the lines of the great Amazonian rivers. XV.— Plankton Studies.—I1. On Pleodorina illincisensis, a new Species from the Plankton of the Illinois River. By C. A. Koroip, Ph.D.T [Plates V. & VL] THE genus Plevdorina was discovered in 1893 by Shaw (1894) at Palo Alto, California, and in May of the following year the species Pleodorina californica, upon which the genus was founded, was detected by Mottier (1894) in water from a shallow stagnant pool near Bloomington, Indiana. During * Diagonally. + From the ‘ Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural His- tory,’ vol. v. pp. 273-298. From a separate impression communicated by the Author. 110 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. the same summer the form also occurred in the Illinois River and its adjacent waters (Clinton, 1894), and it has been found in the plankton of these situations in succeeding years from June to September. ‘The distribution of the species in this continent is thus quite extended, and it is not at all im- probable that continued investigation of freshwater plankton will demonstrate that this genus has a cosmopolitan dis- tribution similar to that of some other genera of the family Volvocinez to which it belongs. On June 16, 1898, a form which may be referred to the genus Pleodurina was found in the Illinois River in water entering the stream in large part from Cook’s Slough and Quiver Lake. Owing to high water (10 feet above low-water mark) prevailing at the time, a considerable portion of the habitat of the form in question consisted of submerged terri- tory, with shallow warm water abounding in growing aquatic and semi-aquatic vegetation. This Pleodorina could not be found in Quiver Lake collec- tions made on the 7th of June, but on the 16th it was present in the river in small numbers, increasing until the 20th, when a maximum was reached. From this time the numbers decreased until the 27th, when, following a rise in the river, the species seemingly disappeared entirely from the plankton. It was also found sparingly in Thompson’s Lake during this period, a large area of slightly submerged territory being at this time tributary to the lake. Associated with this species in great abundance was Hudo- rina elegans in all stages of asexual reproduction, and Pando- rina morum was also present in smaller numbers and in like condition. Volvox, Huglena, Phacus, Lepocinelis, Trachelo- monas, Dinobryon, Synura, Mallomonas, Uroglena, Melosira, and Lragillaria occurred in varying frequency, but only a single specimen of Pleodorina californica was found in collec- tions containing the species described in this paper. The animal plankton was represented in the main by rotifers, Poly- arthra being most abundant, while Syncheta, Euchlanis, Pterodina, Brachionus, and Anurea were also present. Diffiugia, Codonella, Bosmina, Cyclops, and nauplii complete the list of the more common associates of this P/leodorina in the plankton. Pleodorina illinoisensis, sp. n. The species here described consists of an ellipsoidal cceno- bium or colony of 82, rarely 16 and still more rarely 64, Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 141 biflagellate cells. The shape is quite constant, occurring in the youngest colony and continuing throughout the asexual cycle until the daughter colonies abandon the gelatinous matrix of the maternal organism. Among the large number examined only a few specimens were seen which approached a spherical form. Measurements of twelve seemingly full- grown colonies from material freshly killed in 2 per cent. formalin showed a range of 101 to 137 yw in long diameter and an average of 113 w. ‘The transverse diameter ranged from 84 to 102 w, and averaged 94 w. Individuals in which the gonidia have begun to divide show a considerable swelling of the hyaline gelatinous envelope. One specimen containing 2- and 4-cell stages measured 178x155 pw, and when the young colonies are ready to escape the parent may measure as much as 200X175 pw. At the time of escape the young colonies measure 46X38 yw. The measurements of the colonies approach very closely those given by Biitschli (1880- 1889, p. 840) for Hudorina, viz. 100-150 yw; and the colonies of this genus found in association with the form here described exhibit dimensions almost, if not quite, identical with those above recorded for the Pleodorina. The colony (PI. V. fig. 1) contains, as a rule, 32 cells, arranged, as Henfrey (1856) first noted for Hudorina, in five circles, two of which are polar and contain four cells each, while eight cells are found in each of the remaining three circles, one of which is equatorial, and the other two lie be- tween the latter and the polar circles. The cells resemble those of Hudorina in that they are situated in the periphery of the hyaline gelatinous matrix and are not closely crowded together, the degree of separation depending upon the age of the colony, and varying considerably in different cases. Their inner ends do not approach the centre of the colony, as is the case in Pandorina. No trace of any protoplasmic connexion between the cells of a colony could be detected in the living organisms, nor in material killed in formalin or in chromo- acetic acid and afterwards stained in fuchsin, hematoxylin, or Bismark brown. Specimens treated by Zograt’s method (1 per cent. osmic acid followed by 4 per cent. crude pyro- ligneous acid), or by 1 per cent. osmic acid followed by picro- carmine, showed no connexion between the cells. The colony is surrounded by a common gelatinous sheath (sh.) increasing in thickness (3°5 to 12 w) with the age of the organism. ‘lhis membrane or sheath is of equal thickness in all regions, and consists of two parts—an outer, thin, denser, more highly refractive layer (0./.), and an inner homogeneous 142 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. one (7./.), which shows no traces of the concentric structure found in Pandorina. It is within this latter layer that the increase in thickness takes place in the older colonies. It is limited centrally by a thinner and less highly refractive layer (m.m.), which encloses the common matrix (m.) in which the cells of the colony lie. Frequently among the older organisms there occur upon the posterior end of the colonies blunt pseudopodia-like protuberances (Pl. V. fig. 4) of the sheath, of irregular form and of no constant number. ‘Their position and the fact that they are often, though not always, found in old colonies from which some of the daughter colonies have already apparently escaped, suggest that they may mark the place of exit of the young individuals from the parent. Similar protuberances were observed upon Hudorina and Pandorina, under similar conditions, in the collections in which the Pleodorina under discussion was found. Wills (1880) found that the daughter colonies of Volvox globator escaped through a rift in the posterior hemisphere of the parent, and Klein (1889) observed the same phenomenon in Volvox aureus. The escape of the daughter colonies in Pleodorina has not been observed by me. . The sheath stains deeply in an aqueous solution of methylen blue, more deeply, in fact, than the enclosed matrix, the outer layer taking the deeper stain. It also-shrinks to about one fourth its former thickness. ‘This shrinkage, together with that of the central matrix, causes the sheath to wrinkle along lines which bound hexagonal areas from whose centres the cells now project, thus giving the appearance of a division of the surface of the colony into regular polygons. The sheath shows no trace of the layer of radial rod-like structures found by Klebs (1886) in Pandorina, but iodine or methylen blue demonstrates a finely granular condition like that described for Hudorina. 'The sheath is traversed by the pairs of flagella which arise from the outer ends of each of the cells. The matrix (m.) is a gelatinous substance of some con- sistency, filling the colony inside of the inner membrane, In the living colonies, in those which were killed in the various reagents mentioned above and afterwards stained, and in disintegrating material, no traces of any divisions can be detected in this substance that are not due to wrinkling caused by shrinkage. Methylen blue or iodine causes the matrix to show a faintly reticulated or vacuolated appearance due to different densities of staining. ‘That the substance of the matrix has considerable consistency, even in the swollen con- dition found in the maternal colonies, is shown by the fact that the flagella of the young forms, before rotation begins, \ Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 143 can be seen to penetrate the matrix of the parent very slowly. Their ends are often blunted, or even knob-like, and their lateral motion is very limited. The movement of the young colonies through the matrix is a very slow and gradual one, showing the gelatinous consistency of the substance in which they are imprisoned. The striking feature in the structure of this species, as in the case of P. californica (Shaw, 1894), is the presence of two distinct types of cells in the colony (Pl. V. fig. 1), the vegetative (v.c.) and the gonidial (g.c.) cells. The presence of these two types of cells at once places this new species in the genus Pleodorina rather than in Hudorina, which it other- wise closely resembles. The vegetative cells (v.c.) are four in number and consti- tute the anterior polar circle, being always directed forward in locomotion, as in the other species of the genus. Their number remains the same in the smaller colonies of sixteen cells and in the larger ones of sixty-four. ‘The diameter of these cells ranges trom 9-5 to 16°8 w, twelve cells averaging 12°25 w. The size of these cells varies even in the matured colonies, measurements at this stage ranging from 9°6 to 15°6 w. At birth the cells of the young colonies vary in diameter from 3°5 to 5 w indifferent parents. In the daughter colonies, while still in the maternal matrix, no distinction in size between the vegetative and gonidial cells can be detected, nor can this distinction be made in the younger free-swimming colonies, it being thus impossible at this stage to distinguish the young P.zldnotsensis from the similar stages of Eudorina elegans with which they were associated. When the young colonies have attained dimensions of 46 x 38 wu the vegetative cells measure 4 w and the gonidia 4°8 uw. A like similarity between the two kinds of cells in the young colonies exists, according to Shaw (1894), in P. californica. In structure the vegetative cells (Pl. V. fig. 2) are in most particulars similar to the gonidia, described below. They sometimes appear to be a trifle lighter green in colour—a difference which may be due to their smaller size. The principal differences lie in the smaller number of pyrenoids and the larger size, both absolute and relative, of the stigma or eye-spot. As to the fate of the vegetative cells, the evidence at hand is insufficient and conflicting. In three colonies in which the daughters were moving about in the maternal matrix, some having already escaped, the vegetative cells showed very evident signs of degeneration, the contents being shrunken and irregular. In the larger number of instances of this stage 144 Dr. GC. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. under observation the cells appeared normal, showing no trace of degeneration or division. In one instance only have I found a specimen in which the vegetative cells had divided beyond question. This was a colony in which the gonidia had completed their division but had not escaped. Three of the vegetative cells were in the two-cell stage and one was undivided. In two instances matured colonies have been found in which four smaller daughter colonies (of eight and sixteen cells respectively) were present at one pole. The gonidial cells (Pl. V. fig. 3) constitute the remainder of the colony. They usually number 28, rarely 12 or 60, and occupy the parts behind the anterior polar circle of vege- tative cells. These cells in most instances can be easily distinguished by their larger size. In form they are spherical, though some specimens in preserved material are slightly flattened on their inner ends. In diameter they range in seemingly full-grown colonies from 15 to 25 w, averaging in twelve specimens 19'2 w. Their dimensions just before their division, that is, in colonies in which division has begun, also show the extreme range quoted above, the smaller diameter having been found in a sixteen-cell colony. As a rule the gonidia are all of the same size, but occasionally specimens have been found in which one er more dwarf cells occur among them. ‘These are irregular in their distribution and can be distinguished at once from the vegetative cells by their position. Similar dwarf cells were found in both Pan- dorina and Eudorina. In matured colonies gonidial cells are frequently found which fail to divide. The gonidia are of a light green colour, a trifle darker than the vegetative,¢ells. Their colour in general is similar to that in Hudorina, and is somewhat lighter than that in Volvow and Pandorina, with which they are associated. A distinct cell-membrane (¢.m.) is found about each of the cells. In the living condition and in the material preserved in formalin it forms a highly refractive hyaline layer, about 1 » in thickness, outside of the green contents of the cell. It stains very faintly in hematoxylin and assumes a deep brown tint with long-continued action of iodine and sulphuric acid. In the case of diseased colonies hereafter mentioned the cell- membranes persist, often retaining their original form and shape, after the entire disappearance of the contents. ‘he greater part of the cell-contents consists of what seems to be one large chromatophore (Pl. V. fig. 2, chr.), which occupies all of the cell except the centrally placed nucleus with its enveloping protoplasm, and a slender column (p.c.) passing from this region to the anterior end of the cell. In Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 145 many cells a faintly marked notch or furrow (/u., fig. 1) is to be detected on one side of the chromatophore at the anterior end of the cell. ‘This seems to mark the line of contact of the sides of the chromatophore which has surrounded the nucleus. In the 2- and 4-cell stages of the gonidial cells the nucleus and the protoplasmic mass are plainly seen to occupy one side of the cell (Pl. VI. figs. 7, 8), but in the cells of the young colony it again occupies a central position. The chromatophore is uniformly of a bright chloro- phyll-green, and shows a finely granular structure under high magnification. In the youngest colonies each cell contains but a single spherical pyrenoid (pr.), which occupies a lateral position in the chromatophore, in the inner hemisphere of the cell. Inthe older colonies the number of pyrenoids increases, as many as twelve having been found. ‘They are scattered irregularly through the chromatophore, and may occur in any art of it. A similar increase of pyrenoids is reported by Shaw (1894) for P. californica, In the vegetative cells the number of pyrenoids is often but 2-4, and is, as a rule, less than that of the gonidial cells. In a very few instances as many as eight have been found, and in one ‘old colony the vegetative cells seemed to be packed full of pyrenoids. In the young colonies the pyrenoids have a diameter of about 1p, and in the older colonies of 2°5 w, The nucleus (n.) lies in about the centre of the cell in the midst of a mass of protoplasm enclosed by the chromatophore. In mature gonidial cells before division it has a diameter of 7-8 w, and contains a sub-central nucleolus (ne/.) whose diameter is 3m. ‘The nucleolus stains deeply with picro- carmine, and is by this means easily distinguished from the pyrenoids, which it resembles in appearance and size. The nuclear membrane is detected with difficulty. It encloses a faintly stained nuclear reticulum (7.). In the younger cells the nucleus is much smaller (4-5 ~), the nucleolus is rela- tively larger, and the reticulum is not evident. In the living cell the nucleolus alone can be seen in the midst of the greyish protoplasmic mass at the centre of the cell. The rotoplasm is continued from this central region peripherally, in the axis of the cell as a slender column (p.c.), to the anterior end, where it includes the stigma and bases of the two flagella. A protoplasmic mantle enclosing the chromato- phore was not demonstrated. The stigma or eye-spot (s.) lies at the anterior end of the cell, near its axis, and is often so placed that an equilateral triangle may be drawn with it and the bases of the two flagella as apices. It is of a bright reddish-brown colour, though in Ann. & Mag. N. List, Ser, 7.’ Vol. vi. 10 146 Dr. G. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. some of the posterior cells the colour is often very faint, giving the stigma the appearance of a slightly tinged oil-globule. It is of an elongated hemispherical shape when seen from the side, and has a circular outline when seen from above. Its upper end often projects slightly so as to elevate the cell- membrane. The application of killing agents and alcohol soon removes its colour, and even in formalin this fades out in the course of a few days, leaving merely a colourless, highly refractive structure. ‘The larger stigmata have a diameter of 2°5 w and a depth of 2°8 w, and are to be found in the cells in the anterior part of the colony, especially in the four vege- tative cells of the anterior polar circle. Posteriorly the stig- mata are less prominent, and are often not to be found at all as brightly coloured spots but merely as pale globules whose position alone affords a clue to their real character. This specialization of the stigmata in the anterior end of the colony occurs also in Hudorina, Pandorina, and Volvoz, and Shaw (1894) states that in P. californica the stigmata, which are present in the posterior part of the young colonies (in gonidial cells), become less conspicuous and disappear as the colony enlarges and the differentiation of the cells pro- ceeds. ‘This prominence of the stigmata in the anterior end, together with the facts that this end is always directed fore- most in locomotion and that the species showing this differ- entiation are positively phototactic in the vegetative condition when the differentiation is prominent, all point toward the participation of the stigmata in the function of light percep- tion. An interesting phenomenon occurs at the time of the division of the gonidia, for the stigma of the mother cell persists and is passed on through the five successive cell- divisions to the outer end of one of the cells of the daughter colony, situated in the margin of the cup which arises from the plate of cells and closes to form the ellipsoidal daughter colony. Inasmuch as this cup always closes from the inside out, that is, with the opening directed outward, it is evident that the stigma must traverse the distance between the outer end of the mother cell and its inner end, which corresponds to the outer ends of the cells of the daughter colony. New stigmata arise in the cells of the daughter colony, but being at first very small are thus quickly distinguishable from the persisting stigma. ‘I'he ultimate fate of this persisting stigma has not been traced. . No contractile vacuole was observed in the living cells, and careful search with a Zeiss j4-inch oil-immersion lens for this structure in preserved and stained material has led to no positive identification of a vacuole, ‘The bleached stigma Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 147 and what seem to be the enlarged bases of the flagella are the only areas discernible in the anterior end of the cell which at all resemble a contractile vacuole. Shaw (189+) finds in picronigrosin material a single vacuole in the anterior end of the young cells of P. californica. The flagella ({) are two in number for each cell, and unite with the cell at the anterior end adjacent to the stigma. The two flagella have the same proportions, and in adult colonies they measure 40 in length. In the young colonies they are relatively longer. They are visible on the young colonies shortly after the cup closes, and persist upon the maternal colony during the early divisions of the gonidia. The locomotion of the colonies of Pleodorina illinotsensis is of the type prevailing among other spherical or ellip- soidal genera of the Volvocinee; viz., rotation about the principal or long axis of the colony, either from right over to left or the reverse, frequently with one direction predominating, progression being usually along the line of the axis, the same end of the colony always leading. In P. illinoisensis the vegetative pole always leads in loco- motion in horizontal, oblique, and vertical movements, and is therefore the anterior pole of the colony. Under normal conditions, when under observation, this species ts rarely quiet during the period of growth. While still within the matrix of the mother colony the ceaseless rotation with its frequent rever- sals begins. Colonies in the life cell, while favourable con- ditions prevail, can be seen in active movement, jostling one another and their neighbours in their seemingly aimless wan- derings. When an object is met which does not yield to their persistent rotation, their movements may slacken for a time to be resumed shortly in some line of less resistance. The rotation of this species is prevailingly from right over to left, as the following tables show, which indicate the number and direction of the reversals of rotation in ten individuals in one minute. Pirection: ..< es 6. < i AO Gee ele S| 9» | 10: |\Tatal, Right over to left...) 2 2 1 2 1 ON |e /4: Bgl Oe Left over toright..| 2 Bee eee aren reek ieee eine EEG A few days later a second set of observations was made with the following result -— 10* 148 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. Direction ........ 1 | 2) Billa a | Gy A Sao 10 ‘Total. Right over toleft ..|) 3-4 | 5+ | 3+ Left over to right... 2— 5+) 2+ In the majority of instances where the direction of rotation was observed it was from right over to left, the ratios being 22 to 16, and 35 to 80. These tables give some idea of the frequency of change in direction and its variation in different individuals, but do not show the duration of the directions of rotations. This is indicated in a general way in the second table by the plus and minus signs, which show the direction in which the rotation was of longer and shorter duration. Tn conclusion it may be said that both directions of rotation occur, though that from right over to left is more frequently met with, or, in other words, is of longer duration. With regard to locomotion in P. californica, Shaw (1894) says that “the movement of the plant in the water was fol- lowed in the case of a few individuals bearing well-developed gonidia. In swimming through the water the vegetative pole is directed forward and the plant revolves to the right (in observed cases) on the axis connecting the vegetative and reproductive poles. The path is parallel to this axis in up- ward vertical as well as in horizontal movement.” The polarity of this genus thus expressed physiologically in the movements of the colony is accompanied by a corresponding structural differentiation of the cells composing the organism, In Gonium, according to Fresenius (1856), the motion of the colony resembles that of a wheel, progression taking place in the line of the axis of rotation. According to Biitschli (1883-1887, p. 858), locomotion is accomplished by the rotation of the plate-like colony around its shorter axis, the direction of rotation being to the right in some individuals and to the left in others. Pfeffer (1884), on the other hand, describes the rotation during the forward movement as alter- nately from the right and the left. Migula (1890) calls attention to the wavering, often backward, and irregular movements of this genus, and also notes its rotation about an axis through the middle of the colony. ‘This rotation is either to the right or to the left, no predominance being men- tioned. Polarity is thus marked in the activity of the Gontwm colony, though not expressly marked in its structure except as it appertains to the individual cells. Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 149 In Stephanosphera the polarity in structure is but slightly marked in the colony, being indicated in some colonies by the asymmetrical position of the cells, but there is a physio- logical differentiation in that one pole of the colony leads in locomotion. In this genus also, according to Cohn (1852), ‘the rotation is in either of the two directions and is subject to frequent change. No predominant direction was noted by him. In Pandorina the only structural expression of polarity is found in the greater development of the stigmata in the cells in the anterior end of the colony. In other particulars the poles are not differentiated. Braun (1851) maintains that in this genus the rotation is constantly around the long axis of the colony in the direction of the hands of a clock, when the motion is toward the observer. Niigeli (fide Biitschli, 1883— 1887, p. 858), on the other hand, observed rotation in both directions. My own observations upon Pandorina morum show beyond question that the direction of rotation is not constant, as the following table demonstrates :— Piraction) *.-0....<% Pelee en Sees We Ge tar eo hon h kO! Metal, Right over to left ..)6+ |12-+) 54+ |1—|24+ |8+ |74)14/|1+/84| 41 Left over to right . .| 6— |12—| 4+ | 24+ )2+)4+/64+)2—|1-|38+)]| 42 We The table gives the direction and number of changes in direction in rotation of ten colonies, each observed for one minute. ‘The plus and minus signs indicate the estimated predominance in duration, According to the table the in- stances of direction observed are approximately equal for the two directions, though that from right over to left showed the greater duration, The younger and smaller colonies showed much the greatest activity and exhibited more frequent changes in direction than the older colonies. In all observed cases the same end continues to lead in locomotion, physiological polarity being thus fully developed in this genus. In the case of Hudorina the structural polarity of the vegetative colonies is no more marked than it isin Pandorina, though according to Carter (1858) there is in the moncecious sexual colony a differentiation, in that the four cells at one pole divide to form spermatozoa, while the remaining twenty- eight become egg-cells. It should be noted in this connection that no such colonies were observed by Goroschankin (1875) in the sexual generation, The literature at hand presents no 150 Dr. G. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. precise statement as to locomotion in this genus. As ob- served by me, it closely resembles that described above for Pleodorina illinoisensis ; viz., rotation around the long axis of the colony, the same pole constantly leading in progression. The direction of rotation is frequently reversed, though it was predominantly from right over to left in the cases observed. A functional polarity thus exists in this genus. In Volvow, according to Klein (1890), there is a polar differ- entiation as regards the stigmata that is even more marked than it is in the genera previously mentioned. He finds that the cells of the pole directed forward in locomotion each possess a stigma which is especially large and intensely coloured; that the colour fades out and the stigmata become smaller and paler as the equator is approached; and that beyond this they are usually represented merely by a colour- less oil-drop, which in some cases may even disappear. ‘The posterior hemisphere is also marked by the development there of the gonidia, as was first shown by Cohn (1856), and occasionally ellipsoidal colonies are found whose long axis connects the anterior and posterior poles. Locomotion in Volvoz is accomplished, as elsewhere in the family, by the rotation of the colony about its principal axis. Wills (1880) observed the predominance of the rotation to the right and its occasional brief reversal. Klein (1889) states that this preference is found in V. globator, but that it is not shown by V. aureus. In this latter species the changes are frequent and are often separated by a brief pause. Backward motion is rarely seen and lasts but a short time. In the case of Volvow the axis of rotation is slightly oblique, the centre of the colony remaining in the line of progress, but the axis of rotation being inclined from above the line at the anterior pole to below it at the posterior one. We thus find that Pleodorina dllinoisensis, which exhibits both a structural and physiological polarity, shares with most, if not all, of the genera of the family to which it belongs the physiological differentiation which is expressed in locomotion, and also, in observed cases, exemplifies the extreme form of a predominance of rotation in one direction. We also find that the structural differentiation shown in the decadence of its posterior stigma obtains in varying degrees in the other spherical and ellipsoidal genera of the family— least in Pandorina, most in Volvoew. ‘The genus Pleodorina agrees with Volvox in having astructural polarity based upon the division of the colony into vegetative and gonidial regions, but the differentiation is simpler. Of the two species of Pleo- dorina, the one here described exhibits the simplest possible Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 151 differentiation of the colony consistent with the symmetry of the organism; viz., the differentiation of the anterior polar circle of four cells as vegetative members of the colony. Of the two species of the genus it thus stands nearer Hudo- rina, while its sister species, P. californica, approaches more closely to Volvow both in the number of cells and in the extent of the differentiation. The discovery of this additional species of the genus Pleo- durina thus supports the opinion expressed by Shaw (1894), who founded the genus, that it was intermediate between Eudorina and Volvow but nearer the former. Judging merely from the asexual stage, P. illénoisensis affords additional evi- dence of the close relationship of Pleodorina and Hudorina. Throughout the preparation of this paper the writer has had constantly in mind the possibility that the form here described is merely a stage in the life cycle of Eudorina. A number of facts lend support to this hypothesis: (1) the occurrence of Pleodorina illinoisensis with Hudorina elegans ; (2) their marked similarity, aside from the four vegetative cells, in structure and measurements; (8) the impossibility of separating the youngest free-swimming colonies of the two forms; (4) a considerable variation in the size of the vegetative cells in Pleodorina, grading toward the condition in Hudorina; (5) some evidence that in certain cases at least the vegetative cells may divide, one case of a 2-cell stage having been seen in the hundreds, if not thousands, of specimens examined, and one instance noted in which a maternal colony containing thirty-two daughter colonies had at one pole four colonies which were slightly smaller than the remaining twenty-eight; and (6) the occurrence of pleomorphism in the family Volvocinex, Klein (1889 and 1890) citing no less than twenty-four “ combinations ”’ in the case of Volvow aureus. It may then be that the form here described as Pleodorina illinoisensis is only a ‘ Pleodorina stage” of Hudorina. The abrupt disappearance of this supposed new species from the plankton prevented the carrying out of breeding experiments designed to test its validity, and it seems that the matter must remain undecided for the present. In the absence of satisfactory proof that the form here described is but a phase of the life cycle of Hudorina it has seemed best to the writer to make the above suggestion and to take the only course open in publication, namely, the description of the form as a new species, inviting the criticism of subsequent investiga- tion. The dilemma here presented is by no means an isolated one in plankton work, nor is it new to the family Volvocinea : 152 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. witness the long confusion which existed over the two species of Volvoxv, aureus and globator, which has been at last cleared up by the excellent work of Klein (1889, 1889 a, and 1890) and Overton (1889). Another instance is often presented when Pandorina and Eudorina both occur in the same collections and the plankton statistician must decide to which genus each specimen observed must be referred. ‘Typical specimens of each can be found, but all individuals do not conform to the type, or they may present conditions in which the conformation is obscured by some phase of the life cycle. The asexual reproduction of Pleodorina illinotsensis (P1. VI.) resembles that of other species of the genus in that it is accomplished by the repeated division of the gonidial cells, resulting in the formation of daughter colonies in the maternal matrix. ‘These escape later from the parent organ- ism, and by growth attain the adult condition with the differ- entiation of the four vegetative cells. Five successive cell divisions, pervading all the cells of the parent organism except the vegetative cells, are necessary for the completion of the process, and result in the 2-, 4-, 8-, 16-, and 32-cell stages of the forming colonies. The first two of these divi- sions result in the formation of a quadrangular plate of cells —a form which is retained through the two succeeding divisions, which produce the 8- and 16-cell stages. The cupping of this plate, which results in the formation of an ellipsoidal colony, is apparent as early as the 4-cell stage (Pl. VI. fig. 9) and continues through the later stages (figs. 11, 13), so that by the time the 16-cell plate is formed it has almost the curvature of a saucer. With the formation of thirty-two cells the closure of the cup proceeds and is soon completed. The orifice of the cup is directed outward in all cases, and thus the ends of the cells of the daughter colony which are formed from the outer end of the maternal gonidial cell come to lie in the inner side of the cup, and are the inner ends of the cells of the daughter colony. In the matured colonies the young usually lie with their long axes parallel to the surface of the parent. I have not, however, been able to identify the point of closure of this cup with this region or positively with any other. ‘Lhe sequence and position of cleavage planes which produce the quadrangular plate of the 16-cell stage is, in the main, similar to that described by Goroschankin (1875) and Braun (1875) for Hudorina and Volvoz. Beyond this stage there is some doubt as to the agreement. A full discussion of the subject is beyond the scope of the present paper, for which the Dr. GC. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 153 following brief description must suffice. The first cleavage plane (I) divides the gonidial cell into two hemispheres along the axis of the cell, and the daughter nuclei, with the sur- rounding protoplasm, are placed close together in the centre of the opposing faces of the new cells (Pl. VI. fig. 7). The second plane (II) is at right angles (figs. 8, 9) to the first and aiso passes through the regions representing the axis of the ancestral cell. In this instance also the nuclei are gathered near the centre of the young colony, which exhibits to an appreciable extent the curving indicative of the later formation of the cup. The 8-cell stage results from the divisions of each of the quadrants of the 4-cell stage by a plane (III) which is parallel to one of the previous planes and perpendicular to the other, meeting the latter at a point about midway between the centre and the circumference. By a subsequent adjustment of the cells the four more centrally placed ones come to form a sort of Greek cross whose angles are filled by the other four (Pl. VI. figs. 10,11). The 16- cell stage is formed by four additional planes, each of which divides one of the cross-cells and its corner neighbour. The location of these planes may be described in the same terms as the last, excepting that they meet the radial planes, I and II, at about one fourth the distance from the circumference toward the centre. The cupping of the plate soon advances to such an extent that it consists of a square of four centrally placed cells, upon each of the four sides of which there over- hangs a row of three cells, of three grades of elevation (PI. VI. figs. 12, 13). ‘The succeeding division and the completion of the cup (PI. VI. fig. 14) result in the young colony’s assuming the ancestral form. Throughout these divisions the number of pyrenoids in the daughter cells grows steadily less. But one can be found in each cell in the 32-cell stage, while in the 16-cell stage two are readily recognizable in each cell. In the earlier stages and before division the number often varies, and the pyrenoids are frequently so crowded that enumeration is difficult, if not impossible. It seems not im- probable that these structures also must undergo some division during the process of cell-multiplication. During the pro- cesses of division the nuclei continue to occupy a position near the inner ends of the cells (in the new colony), and it is only after the divisions have been completed that they come to occupy their usual positions at the centre of the cells— perhaps as a result of the growth of the chromatophore. No stage of sexual reproduction has been positively identi- fied for this species. A peculiar condition of the colonies of this species, also 154 Dr. GC. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. occurring in Pandorina and Eudorina, deserves passing notice. It occurred with considerable frequency in all three genera, and resulted in each case in the destruction of the entire colony affected. The early stages of the disease, if it be such, are indicated by the homogeneous condition of the cells and the fading out of the colour, together with a flat- tening of the cell-contents into a disk- or lozenge-shaped mass (Pl. V. fig. 4). In the subsequent stages this mass assumes a yellow and then a brownish colour, takes on an irregular shape (Pl. V. fig. 5), and disintegrates, leaving the empty cell-walls occupying the matrix. In spite of the suggestion in the above description there was never any trace of the formation of spermatozoa in the colonies presenting these phenomena, neither was there any indication of encyst- ment. There was no indication of either a fungous or an algal parasite, and it seems not improbable that the occur- rence of these diseased forms may have been due to some unfavourable local condition in the water tributary to the habitat of the genera affected. The following brief synopsis of the prominent characters of this genus and its two species will serve as a convenient diagnosis for their determination :— PLEODORINA, Shaw. Colony consists of a spherical or elliptical coenobium of greenish biflagellate cells of two types, vegetative and gonidial, in the anterior and posterior parts of the colony respectively, which lie in the periphery of a hyaline gelatinous matrix and are surrounded by a common hyaline envelope. Cells each with one reddish stigma, which is more prominent in the anterior part of the colony. No connecting filaments between the cells. Non-sexual reproduction by gonidia, which are formed by increase in size of a part of the cells of the colony. Daughters escape from parent as small colonies of biflagellate cells, which at this stage are all similar, Sexual reproduction not known. Pleodorina californica, Shaw. Number of cells in colony 64 or 128. Maximum diameter of colony 175-340 . Vegetative cells constituting approxi- mately one half the colony. Gonidial cells 2-3 times diameter of vegetative cells. Known habitat: ponds, ditches, and streams in California, Indiana, and Illinois, Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. 155 Pleodorina illinoisensis, sp. 0. Number of cells in colony usually 32, rarely 16 or 65. Dimensions of colony range from 46x 38 & to 200 x 175 pw. Vegetative cells always 4in number. Gonidial cells approxi- mately 1, 1—2 times diameter of vegetative cells. Known habitat : submerged lands along the Illinois River. Types deposited in collections of Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History and United States National Museum. Illinois Biological Station, July 25, 1898. Bibliography. Braty, A. (1851.)—‘ Betrachtungen iiber die Erscheinung der Ver- jiingung in der Natur, insbesondere in der Lebens- und Bildungs- geschichte der Pflanze.’ xvi+864 pp., 38 Taf. Leipzig. ——. (1875.)—“ Ueber einige Volvocineen,” Ber. d. Gesellsch. natur- forsch. Freunde zu Berlin, 1875, pp. 9-18. Birscuut, O. (1880-89,)—* Protozoa,” Bronn’s Klassen und Ord- nungen des Thierreichs, Bd.i. Th. iii. 2035 pp., 79 Taf. Leipzig und Heidelberg. Carter, H. J. (1858.)— On Fecundation in Eudorina elegans and Cryptoglena,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. 11. pp. 287-2538, 1. vill. Corin G.P. (1894.)— Pleodorina in Illinois,” Botan. Gazette, vol. xix. p. 585. Conn, F. (1852.)—‘‘ Ueber eine neue Gattung aus der Familie der Volvocineen,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. iv. pp. 77-116, Taf. vi. ——. (1856.)—“ Observations sur les Volvocinées,” Ann. d. Sci. Nat., Botan. iv. sér. t. v. pp. 323-332; also, with some changes, in 34 Jahresber. d Schles. Gesellsch. f, vaterl. Cultur f. 1856, pp. 39, 40, 77-83. Fresenius, G. (1856.)—“ Ueber die Algengattungen Pandorina, Gonium, und Raphidium,” Abhandl. der Senckenberg, naturforsch. Gesellsch. Bd. ii. pp. 187-200, Taf. viii. GoROSCHANKIN, J. (1875,)—‘ Genesis im Typus der palmellenartigen Algen. Versuch einer vergleichenden Morphologie der Familie der Volvocinea’’ (German title of Russian article), Mittheil. der kais. Gesellsch. naturforsch. Freunde in Moskau, Bd. xvi. 40 pp., 2 Taf. Henrrey, A. (1856.)—“Notes on some Freshwater Confervoid Algve new to Britain,” Trans. Micr. Soc. London, n, s., vol. iv. pp. 49-54, pl. iv. Kurss, G. (1886.)—“ Ueber die Organisation der Gallerte bei einigen Algen und Flagellaten,” Untersuch. :a. d. botan. Inst. zu Tiibingen, Ba. ii. pp. 853-418, Taf. iii., iv. Kuxrtn, L. (1889.)—‘‘ Morphologische und biologische Studien tuber die Gattung Volvox,’ Pringsheim’s Jahrb. f. wiss. Botan. Bd. xx, . 183-211, Taf. x.—xii. ——. (1889 a.)—“ Neue Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Gattung Volvox,”’ Ber. d. deutsch. botan. Gesellsch., Jahrg. 1889, Bd. vii. pp. 42-53, Taf. ii. —. (1890.)—‘ Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber Morphologie und Biologie der Fortpflanzung bei der Gattung Volvox,” Ber. d. naturf. Gesellsch. zu Freiburg i. B., Bd. v. pp. 29-120, Taf. ii.-vi. 156 Dr. GC. A. Kofoid on Pleodorina illinoisensis. Mieuta, W. (1890.)—“ Beitrige zur Kenntniss des Goniwm pec- torale,” Botan. Centralbl. Bd. xliv. pp. 72-76, 103-107, 143-146, Taf. ii. Mortrer, D. M. (1894.)—“‘ Pleodorina in Indiana,” Botan. Gazette, vol. xix. p. 383. Overton, E, (1889.)—“ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Gattung Volvox,” Botan. Centralbl. Bd. xxxix. pp. 65-72, 118-118, 145-150, 177- 182, 209-214, 241-246, 273-279, Taf. i.-ii. PFEFFER, W. (1884.) — “ Locomotorische Richtungsbewegungen durch chemische Reize,” Untersuch. a. d. botan. Inst. zu Tiibingen, Bd. i. pp. 363-482. Suaw, W. R. (1894.)—“ Pleodorina, a new Genus of the Volvocineze,” Botan. Gazette, vol. xix. pp. 279-283, pl. xxvii. Wits, A. W. (1880.)—*On the Structure and Life-History of Volvox globator,’ Midland Naturalist, vol. iii. pp. 209-214, 233- 237, pls. vil., vill. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES *. Abbreviations. A, Anterior pole. nel, Nucleolus. chr. Chromatophore. o.l. Outer layer of sheath. cm. Getlnent rane: P. Posterior pole. f. Flagellum. p.c. Protoplasmic column. Ju. Furrow. pr. Pyrenoid. g.c. Gonidial cell. r. Reticulum. 2.1, Inner layer of sheath. s. Stigma. m. Matrix. sh, Sheath. mm. Matrix membrane. v.c. Vegetative cell, n. Nucleus. I, I, II. Cleavage planes. PLATE V. . Pleodorina illinoisensis, lateral view of colony. X 500. . Lateral view of vegetative cell. x 1500. . Lateral view of gonidial cell. x 1500. Lateral view of matured colony, showing posterior lobes. X 185. . Diseased cell, early stage. XX 1250. . Diseased cell, later stage. x 1250. S > Or CO BD PLATE VI.+ 7. Pleodorina illinoisensis, top view of 2-cell stage. Fig. 8. Top view of 4-cell stage. Fig. 9. Lateral view of 4-cell stage. Fig. 10. Top view of 8-cell stage. Fig. 11. Lateral view of 8-cell stage. Fig. 12. Top view of 16-cell stage. Fig. 13. Lateral view of 16-cell stage. Fig. 14. Top view of 32-cell stage. * Figures drawn by C. A. Kofoid and inked by Miss L. M. Hart. + Figs. 7-14 magnified 1000 diameters, Bibliographical Notice. 157 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalene in the British Museum. Volume II. Catalogue of the Arctiade (Noline, Lithosianse) in the Collection of the British Museum. By Sir Grores F. Hampson, Bart. 8vo. Pp.xx,589. Plates xvili-xxxv. London: printed by order of the Trustees, 1900, Tue first Catalogue of Moths (Lepidoptera Heterocera as they used to be called, or Lepidoptera Phaleenz as some recent authors prefer to call them) was published in thirty-five small volumes, without plates, between 1854 and 1866, and was edited by the late Francis Walker. Notwithstanding the numerous.errors which have fairly or unfairly been charged against this work, its publication lent an enormous impetus to the study, for it enumerated upwards of 20,000 species, most of which, except in a portion of the Micro-Lepidoptera, were described, with full synonymy in the case of known species. But Walker’s Catalogue is now quite out of date, and the earlier volumes are entirely out of print, and therefore the Trustees of the British Museum have projected a new Catalogue covering the same ground, but profusely illustrated with plates and figures (rendered all the more necessary by the stringency of the official regulations, which do not admit of specimeus once registered ever being lent out of the building), and have entrusted the commencement of the work to Sir George F, Hampson. We say the commencement, for though Sir George is not an old man, and his energy and rapidity of work are well known, it will take two or three men’s official lifetimes at least to complete the work on the same plan, unless several men are employed to work at different families at the same time. The two volumes which have already appeared (in 1898 and 1900) include descriptions of 2377 species, and yet the ground which they cover only corresponds to a comparatively small portion of the first two volumes of Walker’s Catalogue, with the corre- sponding supplements. This will be enough to show the enormous increase in our knowledge of the subject within the last fifty years. Sir George is working undcr very favourable circumstances, for the entomological section of the reference library at South Ken- sington is to all intents and purposes practically complete ; and the collection of Moths has been so largely increased lately, that it is now, beyond dispute, one of the very best in the world, if not incon- testably the best. Moreover, in the earlier famities he has the advantage of the assistance of Mr. Kirby’s approximately complete Catalogue of Sphinges and Bombyces, published in 1892, and for later years the ‘ Zoological Record’ &c.; so that the chances of anything important being overlocked are reduced to a minimum. Sir George Hampson’s methods of work are so similar in all his publications that those who have seen one volume of his work on the ‘ Moths of India’ or one volume of the present series, may form a fair judgment of the whole. All the species are briefly described (the bulk of the book forbids very lengthy descriptions, which are, moreover, less necessary in the case of recognizably figured species), 158 Miscellaneous. and the numerous tables of genera and species will be very useful. We are glad tosee, too, that transformations are described in the case of the comparatively few species in which they are known. We may mention that the excellent (and, in the present volume, crowded) coloured plates are by Mr. Horace Knight. MISCELLANEOUS. On the *‘ Ankiindung eines systematischen Werkes von den Schmetter- lingen der Wienergegend’ of Schiffermiiller and Denis, By Lovts B. Prout, F.E.S. Tur well-known ‘Systematisches Verzeichniss der Schmetterlinge der Wienergegend’ by the above-named authors is invariably cited by modern writers as dating from 1776, and I am not aware that that date has ever been challenged. I have, however, for some years past, been acquainted with a copy of the same work under a different title, bearing date 1775, and have been somewhat puzzled by it; but as my studies have not hitherto necessitated a critical investigation of the work, I have not until quite recently taken up the question seriously. In doing so, however, I find sufficient evidence to be worthy of publication, and by the advice of Mr. John Hartley Durrant, with whom I have been in corre- spondence on the subject, I have prepared the following notes. In the library of the British Museum (Bloomsbury) is the copy which first arrested my attention, coming from the library of Sir Joseph Banks, and quite accurately catalogued by Dryander in ‘ Bibl. Banks.’ i. p. 254. The title reads “ Ankitindung | eines | systematischen Werkes | von den Schmetterlingen | der Wiener- gegend | herausgegeben | von einigen Lehrern | am k. k. Theresi- anum. | Wien, | verlegts Augustin Bernardi Buchhiindler. 1775.” Another copy, identical with this, was acquired by Smith in 1784 from Linné’s library, and is, of course, preserved by the Linnean Society ; this latter is of considerable interest, as it is still in the original boards, while that at Bloomsbury has been re-bound, and lettered on the back “ Ankiindigung eines Werkes von den Schmet- terlingen der Wienergegend. Wien. 1775.” With the exception of the titlepage and the frontispiece, this early issue is identical with the well-known ‘ Systematisches Verzeichniss’ of 1776, so that, as Mr. Sherborn says (i Uitt., 13th Feb. 1900), * there was only one printing of the body of the work—the same broken letters occur in every copy.” Mr. Sherborn further writes :—‘ Note that the 1775 T.P. isa ‘ woodblock,’ not type set, and the 1776 T.P. is engraved on copper.’ The frontispiece and plates are coloured, but the former is arranged as in the wncoloured 1776 copies. A third issue (1776 also) has coloured plates, but the frontispiece is somewhat differently designed. I have seen no copy of the ‘ Ankiindung’ excepting the two above mentioned, but the following bibliographical references deal with it. Mr. Durrant called my attention to the fact that Hiselt, ‘ Ges, Syst. Lit. Ins.’ 203 (1836), and Percheron, ii, 89-40 (1837), both Miscellaneous. 159 cite ed. 1775—the latter, however, under the title ‘ Systematisches Verzeichniss’ &c. This latter, perhaps, accounts for Hagen’s slip (i. 167), where, under Denis, he gives nearly the 1776 title, with the 1775 date. Engelmann (505) falls into just the opposite error, citing the 1775 title with date 1776. Hagen (ii. 122), under Schiffermiiller, gives “i. Ankiindigung .... 1775,” but only at second hand, as he had not seen it. Percheron (J. c.) quotes among the reviews of the work ‘“ Jena gel. Zeit. 1775, p. 825.” As there is no copy of the ‘Jenaische Zeitungen von Gelehrten Sachen’ in this country, 1 wrote to Dr. O. Taschenberg, in Halle, who very obligingly sent for a copy from Jena and wrote me out the review verbatim. It appeared in “ rxxxxviiI Stiick. Freytags den 8 December 1775,” pp. 825-826, and described the work as ‘ Ankiindigung .... 1775. 322 S. in er. 4, nebst 8 Kupfertafeln,” quite accurately, except that I suppose 8 to be a typographical error for “3,”’—an error, however, which has been followed by Schréter and by ‘“ L'Esprit des Journaux.” The reviewer says, ‘‘ Dieses hier angekiindigte fiirtrefliche Werk haben wir vorziiglich den Herren Professoren Schifermiiller [sic] und Denis zu danken,” and goes on to discuss appreciatively the authors’ plan. ‘The title ‘« Ankiindung” was of course indicative of the fact (well-known to lepidopterists) that even this great catalogue of 322 pp. was only intended as the precursor of a much greater work which never appeared. But the title in question has given rise to much confusion, and it is highly probable, as Dr. Taschenberg suggests, that it was changed in 1776 to ‘‘ Systematisches Verzeich- niss” &c. because its scope had bcen misunderstood. It is quite obvious, as Mr. Durrant points out, that there cannot ‘“ have been such a demand for this work in 1775 as to necessitate a second edition in 1776” (in litt., 9 Feb. 1900); moreover, Mr. Sherborn has shown from internal evidence that there is only one printing in question. Mr, Durrant inclines to regard the 1775 copies as ‘advertisement advance-copies with a temporary title.” Other contemporary references to the ‘“‘ Ankiindung” may be briefly noted as follows—I give nothing which I have not personally verified :— Schroter, ‘“‘Abhandlungen iiber verschiedene Gegenstiinde der Naturgeschichte,” erster Theil, 1776, ‘‘ Vorrede” (dedication is dated 28 Feb. 1776): ‘* Mein Manuscript war bereits in den Hiinden meines Herrn Verlegers, als mir noch eine Arbeit zu Gesichte kam die ich nicht tibergehen kan.” He then gives the title ‘* Ankiindig- ung” &c., 1775, and remarks that the book might appear to many too detailed for a mere *‘ Ankiindigung,” &c., &c. ‘ L’Esprit des Journaux’ for April 1776, p. 400, gives “* Ankundig- ung [ste] einer systematischen werks von der sehmerligen” [sic!}, &c., 1775, very probably merely after the account in the ‘Jena. Zeit.’ Schulze, in ‘ Neue Mannigfaltigkeiten,’ iv. pp. 26 (bis—recte 28) et seq. (Berlin, 1st June, 1776), reviews the ‘* Ankiindigung.... 1775” very fully. Berlinische Sammlungen,’ ix. p, 219 (recte 308), 1777, refers to 160 Miscellaneous. both issues, apparently assuming that of 1775 to be a true An- kindigung. Cobres, ‘Delicize Cobresiane,’ p. 387 (178%), gives “ Syst. Verzeichniss .... 1776,” but adds, ‘ Anfiinglich kam es unter dem Titel Ankiindigung eines systematischen Verzeichnisses [sic]... . heraus.” Prange, ‘ Verz. Schrift. Naturgesch.’ p. 207, copies Cobres. The earliest review which I have seen of the issue entitled ‘Systematisches Verzeichniss’ &c., is Erxleben’s, in his ‘ Physikal- ische Bibliothek,’ iv. Stiick 2, pp. 190-207 (1777); but others soon folluw. In Denis’s own work cn ‘ Die Merkwiirdigkeiten der k. k. garellischen 6ffentl, Bibliothek am Theresiano’ (Wien, Bernardi, 1780), of which the preface is dated 3rd Nov., 1778, we find (pp. 16-32) a chronclogical list of works in the library which appeared from 1747 to 1778. Under 1775 there is no mention of the ‘ Anktindung, but under 1776 the Syst. Verz. is duly regis- tered, with the comment ‘‘ durch des ersten [7. ¢. Schiffermiiller’s | Beforderung zum Directorate des so genannten nordischen Colle- giums in Linz ist die Fortsetzung dieses Werkes wenigstens auf einige Jahre gehemmet worden.” Mr. Durrant calls my attention toa possible further complication. Engelmann, 514, and Hagen, 11. 122, quote the 1776 edition as “Wien (Beck)”; but all the copies which I have seen or which are noticed in the early writers were published by Bernardi; and Dr. Taschenberg explains to me that the fact that Engelmann places ** Beck” in brackets indicates that that name will not be found on the titlepage, but that ‘‘ das ist entweder der Commissions verlag oder der Eigentiimer der Firma Bernardi” (in ltt., 8 Mar., 1900). I have at present quite an open mind as to whether the date 1775 should be accepted for this work or not; but in the meanwhile I venture to make a practical suggestion that for “ priority ” rank it should be placed after the other 1775 literature (Fabricius, Syst. Ent.; Naturforscher vi., vii., &c.), but before that of 1776 (Sulzer, Abgek. Geschichte; Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prodr.; Naturforscher viii. &e.). I also gladly follow Mr. Sherborn’s suggestion (in litt.), and recommend that henceforth it be cited as ‘ Schmett. Wien,’ as this does not cause any confusion in the title. 246 Richmond Road, N.E., 16th March, 1900. Abundance of the Greater Sul-Smelt (Argentina silus, Ascan.) on the Market of Boston, Lincolnshire. By G. A. Boutenenr, F.R.S. The Natural History Museum has received, through the kindness of Mr. W. H. Shrubsole, F.G.S., specimens of this rare fish, measur- ing up to 14 inches, which had been sent to him by Mr. F. Kime, with the information that great numbers had been brought on the 25th June to Boston and sold in every direction. The only record of the capture in English waters of this deep-sea fish well known from the coast of Norway is of a quantity taken on the 15th June, 1898, off the south coast of Ireland (cf. Holt, Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoe. v. 1898, p. 341). Mr. Kime writes to me that these fish, which excited great curiosity on the market, were caught in deep water somewhere about the coast of Norway. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, (SEVENTH SERIES. ] ~~ No. 32. AUGUST 1900. XVI.—Notes on Diptera from South Africa (Tabanide and Asilidz). by Miss Gerrrupe Ricarpo. THE Diptera treated of in this paper are those collected by Mr. Distant, chiefly from the Transvaal, but a few come trom Angola and Nyasaland. The new species will be figured later in his work on the insect fauna of the Transvaal. The other families represented in his collection will be described on a future occasion. Tabanida. P4ANGONINE. Cadicera nigrescens, 3, sp. n. One female from Zomba, British Central Africa (Rendua/i). This species, rather resembling C. rubra-marginata, Macq., differs from it in the following particulars :—T'he antennz are imperfect in this specimen. ‘The red colouring on the abdo- men is not so widespread, there is xo central dorsal red stripe on the first three segments, the red at the sides is less marked and does not begin till the third segmenr, on the ventral side it extends as a band on the last segment. There is a greyish band on the forehead behind the antenne, extending to the sides, plainly visible when viewed from behind. The palpi Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. ll 162 Miss G. Ricardo on are not quite so thick. The wings are rather darker and the insect is smaller. Length 15 millim. Type (female), Zomba, British Central Africa (Rendall). PanGontia, Rond. Pangonia biclausa, 2, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 19 (1860). One male from Pretoria (W. Z. D.). This agrees with the description of the female given by Loew ; it is one of the species with the fourth posterior cell closed (see Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 109, and remarks on P. Br evis, Loew, which will es apply to this species). Pangonia chrysopila, Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 194 (1884) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 137 (1854). One female from Pretoria (Rendall). Probably belongs to this species. Macquart’s description ts very meagre; if correct, it belongs to Pangonia, Rondani, the eyes being bare. Pangonia angulatu, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 91. 5 (1805); Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 97 (1828) ; Macq., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vi. p. 429, tab. xv. fig. 4 (1837) ; Loew, Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 20 (1860). Panyonia obesa, Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 185 (1854) ; Schiner, Reise der Nov ara, p. 99 (1866). One female from Stellenbosch, 1888. Corizoneura varicolor, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i, p. 98 (1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 134 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 137 (1854) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 17 (1860). Gne temale from Pretoria (W. L. D.); two males and two females trom Namaqualand (Cochrane); two males from Barberton (Rendall); one female from Kowie, Jan. 1895 (F. Pym) ; one male from Pretoria (W. L. D.), Oct. 1895. The female from Kowie has the first posterior cell closed and pedunculated, similar to a female in the British Museum collection ; there is no doubt these belong to the above species, which evidently must be added to those other species of Pan- gonine which vary in this particular in different individuals. The males have the prolongations on the fore tarsi (see Diptera from South Africa. 163 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 110); one male is very dark in colouring, and all the males have the thorax darker than in the females. Corizoneura suavis, 2, Loew, Dipt. Siidatrik. p. 17 (1860). One female from Pretoria (W. LZ. D.). Corizoneura lateralis, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 9L. 4 (1805) ; Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 101 (1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 1384 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 1385 (1854) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidatrik. p. 17 (1860). One male from Cape Town. The stripes on the thorax are not distinct, nor is the white spot on the wing, but the eyes not quite meeting agree with Loew’s description. Rhinomyza denticornis, Wiedem , Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. ILL (1828); Walker, List Dipt. 1. p. 192 (1848); Loew, Dipt. Siidatrik. p. 21 (1850). Stlvius denticornis, Wiedem., J. c. Dichelacera binotata, Macq., Dipt. Exet. i. p. 113. One female from Barberton (Rexdull) ; two females from Pretoria, one male trom Rustenburg (IW. L. /). Chrysops stigmaticalis, Loew, Dipt. Sidafrik. p. 29, tab. 1. fig. 18 (1860). ‘Three females, all from Pretoria. 1d ABANINZ. Tabanus biguttatus, Wiedem., Auss. zweill. Ins. u. p. 623 (1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 231 (1854); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 37 (1860); Karsch, Berlin. ent. Zeit. xxxi. p. 370 (1887). Tabanus cilipes, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 120 (1838); Walker, 7. ¢. p. 286. Tabanus cerberus, Walker, /. c. pt. i. p. 48 (1848). Tabanus tripunctifer, Walker, Zool. viii. Appendix 95 (1850). Tabanus noctis, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 42 (1850). One female from Graham’s ‘Town, June 1893 (Rev. Wal- lace) ; one temale trom Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; one female from Namaqualand (Cochrane). i 164 Miss G. Ricardo on Tabanus sagittarius, Macq., 1. c. p. 123; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 228 (1850). Tabanus socius, Walker, l. c. pt. i. p. 160. Tabanus serratus, Loew, 1. c. p. 39, tab. i. fig. 21. Nine females from Pretoria (W. ZL. D.); eight females from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall); one female from Uganda (Ansorge). Tabanus latipes, Macq., 1. c. i. p. 119; Loew, 7. c. p. 36; Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, Zool. v. 2 (1862). Tabanus latipes, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 236, pt. v. Suppl. J, p. 828 (1854). Fabanus fenestratus, Walker, Zoologist, viii. Appendix 67 (1850) ; List Dipt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 219 (1854), Tabanus africanus, Gray. One female from Zomba, British Central Africa; three females from Angola (Montero). Tabanus nyase, 2, sp. n. One female (type) from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Ren- dall). Belongs to division B A638 of Loew. Eyes naked. No appendix. Fore tibie not thickened. Wings clear. Brown. Face and palpi greyish, the latter with short black jubescence on the upperside. Forehead yellowish grey, with a shining reddish oblong spot above antenne, a stripe ot the same colour about half as long again proceeding from it towards the veitex. Antenne with the first joint on its upper half thickly covered with black hairs, the second reddish, the third on first annulation greyish. Thorax with giey tomentum and five grey stripes. Abdomen with trian- gular greyish spots on segments 2-5 forming an irregular stripe; on the side of each segment a greyish oblong spot, not reaching ile anterior margin; the posterior margins of seg- ments aie narrowly grey; the extreme lateral margins of fifth and sixth segments are fulvous ; the dorsum of abdomen covered with short black pubescence. The ventral part of abdomen is reddish, with an indistinct black stripe in the centie. legs with Jorg grey and some black hairs on anterior femoraand tibiae; the posterior tibie have shorter pubescence, chiefly black. Wings hyaline, the fore border and base hrownish yellow, veins brown. Halteres brown, with yellowish club. Length 153 millim. ; width of head 5 millim. Diptera from South Africa. 165 Tabanus nigrohirtus, ?, sp. n. One female in British Museum Ooll., labelled ‘‘ Bonny, July 1872, 73. 66”; two females in Mr. Distant’s Coll. labelled “ Bonny, July 1872.” Belongs to division BAb2 of Loew. Eyes naked. No appendix. Fore tibiz not thickened. Wings shaded. Reddish brown. Face red, with white pubescence ; palpi yellow, with black pubescence. Beard white. Forehead greyish, with a long red-brown stripe in the centre. Antenne red, the apex of the joints black; pubescence on the first two joints black, on the third ereyish. Thorax with three in- distinct black stripes, the middle one divided by a narrow median line; covered with hoary tomentum and short black pubescence, with longer black hairs on the sides; breast red, with grey pubescence and tomentum. Scutellum red, with some hoary tomentum. Abdomen dark red, with a narrow dorsal greyish line extending from the first to the fifth seg- ment; the whole surface of the abdomen is covered with short black pubescence, which is usually thickest on the fourth and following segments; on the extreme lateral margins there are some white hairs; in one specim3n the median line is indistinct: the underside of abdomen ts lighter red, with less black pubescence and some white hairs; the posterior margins of the segments are lighter in colour and only the extreme apex dark. Legs reddish yellow, the coxe with grey pubescznce; the anterior femora, the apical half of the tibize, and all the tarsi are blackish, and sometimes the posterior femora; the hairs on the outer edge of the femora are white, and there is some white pubescence on the tibiz, elsewhere it is black. Wings grey, on fore border yellowish, veins brown; no appendix on fork of third longitudinal vein. Length 16 millim.; width of head 3 millim. Type (female), Bonny, July 1872, 73. 65, in British Mu- seum Coll. Aitylotus nigromaculatus, 2, sp. n. Thirteen females; five from Pretoria, the rest from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland. Resembles Tabanus bipunctatus, Wulp (‘ Notes Leyden Museum,’ vii. p. 72, 1885), from West and South Africa, in having two black spots on the forehead ; but the eyes have a band which Wulp expressly mentions as non-existent in his species, and the abdomen does not agree with his description. I theretore venture to make it a new species. 166 Miss G. Ricardo on Dark grey. Face and palpi whitish, with white hairs ; some black pubescence on the upperside of the latter, more marked in some of the series than in the type. Beard scanty and whitish. On the forehead are two distinct black shining spots, the upper one near the antenne lheart-shaped; with a longitudinal groove, the other oval. ‘The pubescence on the eyes is very slight, hardly perceptible ; there is a cross- band extending to opposite the cordiform spot. The antenne are light yellow, the first joint greyish, with some black hairs ; the apex of the third joint is more orange in colour, Thorax with greyish or light yellow short pubescence. Abdomen with a distinct central grey stripe extending from the first to the sixth segment; this is not so distinct in those from Nyasaland ; on each side is another stripe more yellow in colour, not extending beyond the fifth segment. The ventral side has no stripes, clothed with short light yellowish pubes- cence. Legs reddish yellow, the coxe with light grey pubes- cence, the anterior tibiae at their apex and the tarsi dark fuscous; on the posterior legs only the last four joints of the tarsi are darker. Wings hyaline, the fore nerves yellow; a short appendix on the fork of the third vein, not always present. Length 124 millim.; width of head 4 millim. Type (female), Pretoria (W. L. D.). Asilida. Laparus albicinetus, 2 , sp. n. One female from Barberton (P. Rendall). This species will belong to Loew’s division A } (see Dipt. Siidafrik.). Fore tibize having an end spur and four to six bristles on the anterior margin of the mouth. Black. Face brown, shining, with testaceous tomentum at the sides, bordering the eyes, and round the mouth. The four large bristles near the mouth are black, with a few black hairs below. Antenne red, the first joint and the base of the second blackish, a large bristle on the latter. Forehead black, with some greyish-red tomentum; a short central longitudinal furrow extends from the antenne to the ocelli- eerous tubercle. The bristles and hairs on the hind part of head are black. Proboscis and palpi black, the latter with black hairs. The thorax is black, with a whitish band on each side extending the whole length, and three faint white stripes on the dorsum, only noticeable on the anterior border. Scutellum Diptera from South Africa. 167 bordered with grey. ‘The breast-sides shining black, with very faint reddish-grey tomentum. Abdomen blue-black, shining. Halteres brown. Legs dark red, the coxe and last joints of tarsi, the fore femora, and the base of the posterior femora black; there are no bristles on the fore femora; all the bristles and pubescence on the legs black. Wings light brown, lighter at the apex, the opening of the fourth posterior cell is a little narrowed. Length 14 millim. Type (female), Barberton (P. Rendall). Microstylum dispar, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 78 (1860). Four males from Rustenburg, two males from Pretoria. Microstylum nigribarbatum, Bigot, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) vil. p. 408 (1878). One male from Pretoria probably belongs to this species, though the third joint of antenne is reddish, not black, and the hind tibia have white hairs on the underside, extending nearly halfway, of which no mention is made by Bizot. Microstylum acutirostre, Loew, Ber. d. Akad. d. Wissench. zu Berlin, p. 658 (1852) ; Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 79 (1860) ; Peters’s Reise, p. 7, tab. 1. figs. 5, 6 (1862). One male from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland. The third joint of palpi is red on its apical half, not wholly black; the last segment of abdomen has an orange-yellow border; the double black stripe on the thorax is not wider anteriorly, nor reddish ; and the wings are not so dark as in Loew’s description. Microstylum rufinevrum, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. v. p. 49 (1850). One female from Barberton (Rendall). The pubescence on the first joint of tarsi is orange-red instead of white; the wings are hardly brown as in Mac- quart’s description, but greyish. Macquart’s type came from Gaboon, Microstylum spurinus, Walker, List Dipt. pt. ii. p. 308 (1849). Dasypogon spurinus, Walker, J. ¢. One female from Pretoria. 168 Miss G. Ricardo on This differs from the type in having stiff black bristles on the thorax, instead of long white hairs, otherwise it seems identical with Walker’s type. Microstylum glabrum, 2, sp. n. One female from Pretoria (W.L.D.); one female from Zoutpansberg (Kessner). This species closely agrees with Loew’s description of M. gulosum, g, but is probably a distinct species; it differs in the following particulars from M. gulosum :— The abdomen is dull black on the first four segments, shining black on the last four; there is no pubescence on the dorsum of abdomen, and only some on the first segment of the underside. Legs black; the pubescence on the femora and the posterior tibie white, on the anterior tibize black. The first posterior cell of the wings is not narrowed at the apex; the 4 spines at the apex of the tibie are very stout. Length 26 millim. Type (female), Pretoria (W. L. D.). Microstylum elegans, § & 2, sp. n. Three males and two females from Pienaars River (W. L. D.); two females from Pretoria (W. Z. D.). Belongs to division Ba of Loew.—Moustache confined to the lower part of the face, thick, with no stout bristles inter- mixed. ; Black. Face with yellowish-white tomentum ; the mous- tache composed of long white hairs ; palpi black, covered with long white hairs; beard white; antenne black, with black hairs on the first two joints. Forehead with two whitish spots reaching from the eyes towards the centre, the remaining portion black; at the sides are long white hairs reaching to the antenng; on the posterior half they are black; on the hind part of head and on the collar white. Thorax brown, witha broad grey stripe on each side, clothed with long white hairs and bristles, which extend to the posterior part of the thorax; seutellum grey, with long white pubescence ; breast-sides brown, with white tomentum and a few white hairs. Abdomen black, with very distinct grey-white bands on the posterior border of each segment, narrowest on the last one, extending up the side of each segment; they are bor- dered by a slight fulvous edge, more noticeable when viewed from behind; the whitish pulescence on the abdomen is short and spare, except at the sides of the first two segments, where Diptera from South Africa, 169 it is long; the underside of abdomen is grey, with some scattered white hairs. Legs black; the coxe grey, with long white hairs; the femora and tibie with short white pubescence; all the bristles on legs are white, with the ex- ception of some on the last four tarsal joints. Halteres brown. Wings clear, grey shading on the fore border as far as the second longitudinal vein, extending into the submarginal cells, where it gradually ends in a point; it also fills the centre of the first and fourth posterior cells, and there is a small irre- gular patch of it in the basal half of the second posterior cell; veins yellow ; the first posterior cell is nearly closed in some specimens, in others hardly narrowed. Length 27 millim. Type (female), Pienaars River (W. LZ. D ). The female is very similar, but the last three segments of the abdomen are wholly black, though on the side of the sixth the grey stripe is present ; the abdomen is more shining and less pubescent. The pubescence on the legs is a little slighter. The first posterior cell of the wings varies as above. Length 30 millim. Type (female), Pienaars River (W. LZ. D.). ‘These fine flies were found flying near the ground, on bare open veldt. One female was caught attacking a grass- hopper. Microstylum nigrescens, § & 3, sp.n. Two males and two females from Angola, in British Museum Coll., 76.55 and 73.663; one male and two females from Angola (Monteiro), in Mr. Distant’s Coll. Belongs to division B 6 of Loew.—Moustache confined to the lower part of the face, thin, with very stout bristles inter- mixed. 3. Black. Face brown, with yellowish or whitish tomen- tum; the moustache consists of four large black bristles, intermixed with a very few black hairs; palpi black, the tips reddish, clothed with black hairs. Beard black. An- tenne black, the first and second joints more or less red with black hairs and bristles. Forehead with an oblong shining black spot on the vertex, continued as a narrow black line to the anteune, sides greyish with black hairs and bristles, ‘he hind part of head grey, with black hairs. ‘The collar covered with greyish tomentum, ieddish on the posterior half in the centre. ‘Lhorax black ; the shoulders, sides, and posterior halt reddish, with greyish tomentum, forming one ceitral bruad stripe divided in the middle, and one on each 170 Miss G. Ricardo on side, not attaining the fore border; all the bristles and the short hairs on the dorsum are black. Scutellum red, with grey tomentum. Abdomen dull black, some dull reddish colour on the second, third, and fourth segments, becoming more or less distinct bands on the posterior margins; some very short black pubescence on the sides; genital organ red, with black pubescence. Halteres red. Legs bright red, with black pubescence and bristles; the coxe are brown, with greyish tomentum. Wings light brown, veins yellowish red, Length 20 millim. Type (male), Angola, 73. 66 in British Museum Coll. ?. The greyish stripes on the thorax are not so distinct. The last three segments of abdomen are shining black, the extreme edge of the last one reddish. Wings in the type are brownish, but one female has almost clear wings; the veins are yellowish red in all, those on the fore border deepest in colour. Length 26 millim. Type (female), Angola 73. 66 in British Museum Coll. Scylaticus rufescens, 3, Sp. Nn. One female from Barberton (P. Rendall). Allied to S. costalis, Wiedem., but distinguished from it by the orange-red moustache, wholly red antenne, and the presence of grey spots on the second segment of the abdomen. Black. Face with white tomentum. The moustache, which extends nearly halfway up the face, consists of bright orange-red hairs. Palpi and proboscis black, with reddish pubescence. Beard reddish. Antenne red, the first two joints with red hairs. The forehead black with reddish hairs. The hind part of head bordered with orange-red hairs. Collar and thorax black, the latter with the shoulders and posterior margin red, covered with yellowish pubescence. Scutellum red, with some long reddish bristles. Abdomen with the first segment black, the anterior border of the second black, with an oblong grey spot on each side, the space between and behind the spots is red, and the posterior border of the segment consists of a light yellow continuous band; the third, fourth, and fifth segments are orange-red, bordered with a zigzag black band, and on their lateral margins the light yellow band appears; the sixth and seventh are almost wholly orange-red; the pubescence on the abdomen consists of sparse light reddish hairs, longer and lighter in colour at the sides: on the underside the Diptera from South Africa. 171 yellow bands are continuous on the second, third, and fourth segments. Legs red; the coxe black with grey tomentum, the hairs and bristles on the legs are whitish yellow. Halteres red. Wings hyaline, on the fore border brown, reaching to the discal cell, but not extending to the base of the wing; the fourth posterior cell is slightly narrowed at the opening. Length 133 millin. Type (female), Barberton (P. Rendall). Damalis speciosa, 3, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 108 (1860). One female from Barberton (P. Rendall). Is apparently the female of this species. The third joint of the antenne, which was wanting in Loew’s type, 1s black, with the long bristle black, and white towards the tip. ‘The pubescence on the dorsum of the abdomen is sparse, so that the ground-colour is seen, dark reddish with transverse black bands. Lamyra gulo, Loew, Bemerk. iiber Fam. Asiliden, p. 19 (Berlin, 1853) ; id. Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 113 (1860). One male from Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka); one male from Waterberg District (Wi/de); two males from Angola (Monteiro). Vhe above specimens have three white bands on the abdomen, the first segment having a rather narrower one than the other two, leaving the anterior border free, but almost reaching the posterior border; it is not visible on the underside. In ‘ Bemerk. ittber Fam. Asiliden,’ Loew men- tions the three bands, but in his ‘ Dipt. Siidafrik.’ he only mentions two bands. ‘he third joint of the antenne is somewhat grey. In every other particular these specimens agree with the description. They vary from 20-32 millim. in length. ‘The two from Angola are both injured and have lost the third joint of antenne. Laphria aureoptilosa, 8, sp. n. One male from Durban (W. Z. D.). Blue-black, shining. Face covered with yellowish to- mentum, the lower part is occupied by a large black tubercle ; below the antennez are black bristles and hairs, with a few long golden-yellow hairs, which extend down each side of the face. The moustache is composed of black bristles and some light yellowish ones on the lower half. Beard yel- lowish. Palpi small, black. Antenne black, the first two 172 Miss G. Ricardo on joints with thick black pubescence. Forehead black, with black bristles and hairs. Thorax covered with short dense yellow hairs. Breast-sides have some grey tomentum and black pubescence. Scutellum and abdomen have similar pubescence to that of the thorax; genital organ black, shining, with black pubescence. Underside of abdomen black, with yellow hairs. Legs black; the anterior and middle coxe covered with grey tomentum; the pubescence on the legs consists of long light yellowish hairs, except on the apex of tibia and first joint of tarsi, which are clothed under- neath with dense fulvous pubescence, and the last four joints of all the tarsi, which have black pubescence; hind tibize much thickened, red at the extreme base, no bristles on the underside. Halteres yellow. Wings dark brown, clear on the basal half, veins dark brown. Length 13 millim, Type (male), Durban (W. Z. D.). Heplistomera nolilis, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 120 (1:60). ‘Two males and two females from Fort Johnston, Nyasa- land (P. Rendall); one male from Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka). Lawenecera zonata, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 123 (1860). One female trom Pretoria (W. L. D.). Laxenccera albicinta, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 122 (1860). One female from Pretoria (W. L. D.). Dasythrix brachyptera, Loew, Bemerk. tiber. Fam. Asiliden, p. 21 (Berlin, 1853) ; id. Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 126 (1860). D. brachyptera, 3, Loew, and DP, stenura, 3, Loew (Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 125), are probably the male and female of one species, as Loew himself suggests, and Gerstaécker, in Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrik., concurs; if thisis the case, brachyptera having priority must be adopted. One male from Pretoria (W. LZ. D.); two females from Pretoria (W. L. D.). These three specimens from the same place seem to con- firm the above supposition, being very similar in general appearance, Promachus fulvipes, Macq., Dipt. Exot. 1. (2) p. 98 (1888) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 182 (1860), Oue male from Pretoria (W. L. D.). Diptera from South Afric c. 173 Promachus albicinctus, 6 & 2, sp. n. One male and three females from Pretoria (W. L. D.). Allied to fu/vipes, but easily distinguished from it by the wholly black antenna. g and 2. Grey. Face brown, covered with dense yellow tomentum. The moustache consists of yellow bristles, from which there extends up each side of the face a row of long yellow hairs reaching to the antenne, and ending with a few black bristles and hairs. Palpi black, with long yellow hairs. Beard white. Forehead with black bristles and hairs on the anterior half, the posterior with yellow ones. Antenne black, the first two joints with yellow pubescence. Hind part of the head in the centre with yellow bristles, at the sides yellow and black intermixed, with long white hairs. Thorax brown, with the central stripe rather lighter; the shoulders, sides, and anterior half covered with dense reddish- brown tomentum, which borders the side-stripes and runs between their several divisions as a narrow line; the pubes- cence is black on the dorsum, with a fringe of longer white hairs on the fore border, some scattered ones on the sides and on the posterior part. Scutellum brown, with grey tomentum, black bristles, and white hairs. Breast-sides brown, with reddish-brown tomentum and sparsely scattered black and white hairs; the tuft over the halteres is red. Abdomen grey, with transverse black bands, which take up more than the anterior half of each segment, not reaching the side border, with rounded corners; the pubescence whitish yellow, thicker on the first three segments; the underside grey, with white pubescence; the genital organ shining black. Legs chestnut-red; the coxz black, with grey tomentum and long white hairs; the anterior and middle femora with a black stripe on the upperside; knees black ; the pubescence on the legs is white, and all bristles black. Wings clear, yellowish at the extreme base; veins brown, those on the fore border red. Length 20 millim. Types (male), Pretoria (W. LZ. D.); (female), Pretoria (WES D:) Promachus bicolor, 3 , sp. n. One female from Pretoria (W. L. D.). Black. Face red on the lower half, with yellowish to- mentum, above black. Moustache extending halfway up the face consists of yellow bristles below -nd black bristles 174 Miss G. Ricardo on . above, from it extends on each side of the face to the antenne a line of short yellow and black bristles. Palpi black, with white hairs. Forehead black, with black hairs on the ante- rior half, a few white hairs on the vertex. Antenne black ; the pubescence on the first two joints is black above, white below. Beard white. Hind part of head clothed with black bristles. ‘Thorax black, the shoulders and posterior curners bright red; some fulvous tomentum on the shoulders and sides of thorax ; pubescence black, white hairs on the sides and posterior part. Scutellum black, with black bristles and white hairs. Breast-sides black, with stripes of grey tomentum and some sparse white hairs, those over the hal- teres fulvous. Abdomen iron-grey, with black bands on the segments nearly reaching to the posterior border, not at- taining the sides, with rounded corners; the pubescence on the bands is black, with a fringe of longer white hairs on the posterior borders of each segment, and some grey tomentum on the sides of abdomen; viewed from above the abdomen appears black, with narrow bands of white hairs; the under- side is black, with white pubescence. Legs red; coxe, knees, apex of tibia, and tarsi black; a faint indication of a black stripe on the underside of the anterior and middle femora; pubescence on the legs white, longest on the anterior coxa ; all bristles black. Wings clear; veins brown, those on the fore border and at base red. Halteres red. Length 22 millim. Type (female), Pretoria (W. LZ. D.). Alcimus rub/ginosus, Gerst., Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrik. p. 387 (1873), tab. xvi. fig. 5. Two females from Zomba, British Central Africa (P. Rendall); two females from Uganda (Ansurge) ; two males from Zomba, British Central Africa (P. Rendall). Gersticker described the female. In the above specimens the thorax varies from dark red-brown with black stripes to fawn-colour with the central stripes a little darker and only the side-stripes black; the former and Gersticker’s type have probably become denuded of tomentum, leaving the ground- colour (reddish brown) prominent. ‘The only other differences between these females and the description of the type are the following :—The pubescence on the anterior part of the scutellum is white; the last segment of the abdomen is black, shining. The fere femora have black bristles on the under- side, with a few white ones intermixed and have no fringe of long white hairs; there are white bristles on the tarsi of Diptera from South Africa. 175 the two anterior pairs of legs, besides tho-e at the tip of the tibie. In the two male specimens there are no bristles on the fore femora, but a few long yellowish hairs, there are some black bristles on the side of abdomen, the male organ is blackish with short white pubescence, and the anal appendage bright red. | Alcimus longurio, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 137 (1860). Two females trom Durban (W. LZ. D.) are evidently the female of the above. Loew described the male only. ‘They differ from his description thus :— ; The thorax in one of the specimens has the median black stripes very narrow, posteriorly merged in one broad black stripe; in the other it is divided by only a narrow umber- brown line. The fore tibize and the apical half of the posterior ones, and the first joint of the fore and posterior tarsi, clothed with short fulvous pubescence on the inner side; the basal half of the tarsal joints is dark red. ‘lhe moustache extends to the antenne, with a few black bristles intermixed with some long yellow hairs. The last segment of abdomen is wholly black, shining. Alcimus tristrigatus, 3, Loew, Dipt. Sitdafrik. p. 134, tab. i. fig. 51 (1860). One male from Pretoria (W. L. D.). The third joint of antenne, which was wanting in the type, is black, and the bristle the same. Two females from Pretoria (W. LZ. D.). Though these vary somewhat from the male, I feel con- vinced they are the same species, their general appearance being identical. They differ from the description of the male in the following particulars :— Antenne wholly black, the moustache continued to the antennee as a tew scattered white hairs ; cheeks black ; palpi black, with yellow hairs. The middle stripe of thorax is darker, the two narrow black lines on the side-stripes of the male here become respectively a triangular and an oblong spot; the bristles on the posterior half are black instead of yellow ; the hairs on the scutellum are all yellow. On the abdomen the dark spots become a broad band on each segment, not reaching to the posterior margin; the last sezment is wholly black, shining; the pubescence on the bands is yellowish, giving them a fulvous appearance, elsewhere whitish. Legs black, the tibia on basal half reddish; the 176 Miss G. Ricardo on pubescence white, becoming fulvous on the basal inner edge of fore tibia and of the first joint of fore tarsi and on the inner and under side of the posterior tibia and of the first joint of tarsi. Wings with grey shading at the apex, extending to the first posterior cell, and continuing in a narrow line to the base of the first submarginal cell. Alcimus cinerascens, § & 3, sp. n. Three males and four females from Fort Johnston, Nyasa- land (P. Rendall). g.—Grey. Face brown, with whitish tomentum; palpi black, with white hairs; the moustache consists of a row of black bristles above the mouth, then of long white hairs, which from halfway up the face dwindle into a few short ones reaching to the antenne. Forehead with a few black hairs at the sides. Antenne red; the third joint black, with grey tomentum, the bristle black ; the first two joints with black hairs. The hinder part of head bordered with black bristles intermixed with white ones, the hairs on sides of head and the beard white, Thorax and scutellum brown, with grey tomentum; the median’ stripe of the former blackish brown, divided on its whole length by a narrow brown stripe ; the side-stripes brown, with an ill-defined black oblong spot on the last three divisions ; the shoulders reddish ; the bristles on the posterior part of thorax are black, the pubescence on the scutellum white; the breast-sides are brown, with grey tomentum and scanty white pubescence ; the bristles near the halteres white. Abdomen reddish brown, with darker bands on the seg- ments, bordered posteriorly by narrow bands of white tomen- tum, and a stripe of white tomentum on each side; the pubescence on the dark bands is black, elsewhere white; the bristles on the sides of the first four segments are white, on the remaining ones black; the underside cinereous, with grey tomentum, Legs red, the fore coxe with grey tomentum and long white hairs; the posterior coxe partly black, with black bristles on the outer edges ; the inner side of the femora and of the anterior and middle tibize, the posterior tibia: except at the extreme base, and all the tarsi black ; the pubescence on the legs white ; the fore femora on the basal half and the fore tibia with long white hairs on the underside ; the poste- rior tibie and the first joint of the posterior tarsi clothed with dense fulvous pubescence on the underside; bristles on the legs black, with some white ones intermixed, Diptera from South Africa. 17% Wings clear, a grey shadow in the extreme apex extending to the third longitudinal vein; the veins brown. Length 18 millim. Type (male), Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall). ¢ .—The black bristles of the moustache are only at the sides of the mouth, those on the back of the head are mostly white. The last segment of the abdomen is wholly black, shining ; the bristles on the side of abdomen are wanting, those on the posterior coxe and the greater number on the legs are white. Length 22 millim. Type (female), Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall). Ommatius fuscovitiatus, g, sp. n. One male from Pretoria (W. L. D.). In general appearance this resembles O. jaculator, Walker, but is distinguished by the first two joints of the antenne being red. Brownish grey. Face clothed with silvery- white tomentum ; moustache composed of white hairs, with two black bristles on each side ; afew white hairs on the middle of the face, reaching to the antenne. Palpi black, with white hairs. Beard white. Antennee red, the last joint and the bristle black ; the hairs on the first two joints are black. Forehead grey, with yellowish tomentum, the hairs on the vertex and at the sides black. The hind part of tne head with a row of black bristles. Thorax covered with silvery-grey tomentum ; the stripes very distinct, brown; the median stripe appears widened at its anterior border and is divided in the centre by a greyish line ; the short pubescence and the bristles black. Scutellum brown, with two black bristles. Breast-sides covered with silvery-grey tomentum, slightly fulvous in the centre; the scattered hairs are white. Abdomen brown, with cinereous segmentations ; the pubes- cence white, the small bristles on the sides of the last segments black ; the genital organ shining black, the under- side brown. Legs light yellow; the coxe the same colour as the breast-sides, with white pubescence ; the knees, the apex of the first four tarsal joints, and the fifth joint black; the fore and middle femora with white hairs on the underside, the middle and posterior femora armed with short black bristles ; the short pubescence on the legs is black; the bristles on the outer edge of the anterior tarsi and on the first joint of the middle tarsi are white, elsewhere black. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 12 178 On Diptera from South Africa. Wings clear, veins brown; yellowish at the base and the whole of the first longitudinal vein. Length 103 millim. Type (male), Pretoria (W. L. D.). Lophonotus albofasciatus, 3, sp. n. Two males from Pretoria (W. ZL. D.). Belongs to division I. 2. a of Loew. The abdomen with bristles before the segmentations, the underside with bristles, the thorax with long hairs or bristles reaching to the anterior border. Brown. Face pale yellow; moustache black, reaching to the antenne, a few white hairs on the upper half. Forehead brown anteriorly, fawn-coloured posteriorly, with black bristles and a few white hairs near the antenne. Beard white. An- tenne black. Palpi black, with black hairs. Hind part of head bordered with black bristles, then white hairs. Thorax bronze-coloured, with some white tomentum on the sides, stripes indistinct ; the mane composed for two thirds of its length of short black hairs, the last third of longer white hairs, on its whole length bordered by black bristles, thicker at each end; some short white hairs are scattered on the sides and posterior border. Scutellum the same colour as the thorax, clothed with long white hairs and a double row of long black bristles. Abdomen with a black central stripe and irregular black spots, and reddish-brown tomentum on the sides ; the pubescence on the first segment consists of long white hairs in the centre and black ones at the sides; else- where the pubescence is black, except at the sides of the apical half, where are some white hairs; the bristles are black; the genital organ brown above, red below, with black and white pubescence, longer on the underside ; the underside of abdomen brown, with some greyish tomentum. Legs black, metallic, the basal halt of the tibie chestnut- brown; the bristles black, with the exception of some on the apex of the tibiz and on the first three joints of the tarsi, which are white ; the pubescence of legs white, thickest on the tibia and tarsi. Halteres brown. Wings clear ; veins brown, red on the fore border. Length 15} millim. Type (male), Pretoria (W. LZ. )).). One specimen is labelled ‘‘ Caught while attacking common Geometer, Sept. 1895.” On a Hermaphrodite Frog. 179 XVII.—WNote on a Hermaphrodite Frog. By R. C. Punnett, B.A. [Plate IX.] Last February my attention was called to an anomalous condition of the genital organs in a frog which was being dissected by a member of the practical class in this University (St. Andrews). The specimen was preserved for future examination, the results of which are now given, Right Side. The Miillerian duct was well developed and considerably convoluted. It possessed a small uterine dilatation, an opening into the body-cavity, and was slightly pigmented here and there. The ureter expanded to form a vesicula seminalis, though this was hardly so well developed as in the male frog at this period. ‘The ureter and Miillerian duct were bound together near the cloaca by some connective tissue, but possessed separate openings into the cloaca. ‘The genital gland was a well-developed testis. On the side furthest from the vena cava and about one third of the distance from the antelior end a small pigmented patch was seen, containing two white specks (Pl. 1X. fig. 1, *). Sections through the gland showed that this pigmented portion contained a single normal ovum (PI. [X. fig. 2, 0v.), whilst the rest of the gland was purely male and showed no traces of ova either normal or degenerate. Vasa efferentia were present, and some of them entered into close relation with the small pigmented ovari:n patch (PI. IX. fig. 2, ef). The fat-body was well developed. Left side. The Miillerian duct was developed as in the normal female and was slightly larger than that on the opposite side. It possessed a well-marked uterine dilatation (PI. 1X. fig. 1, wé.). The ureter showed a small vesicula seminalis and bore the same relations to the Miillerian duct as its fellow on the opposite side. The genital gland from external appearance was an unmistakable ovary, though in size it was slightly smaller than in the normal females which were dissected at the same time. At about the middle of the gland and on the side nearest the inferior vena cava was present a small yellowish patch, resembling the testis im its external appearance. Sections showed that this small patch consisted of testis tissue, containing, like the testis on the opposite side, nearly ripe 12* 180 On a Hermaphrodite Frog. spermatozoa. The patch was almost isolated from the rest of the gland, and at one spot (Pl. IX. fig. 3, ov.) contained a well- developed ovum. It was also devoid of pigment except near its attachment to the main gland. The vasa efferentia entered into functional relation with it. With the exception of this small patch the gland consisted entirely of ovarian tissue containing ova up to ‘7 millim. in diameter. Vasa efferentia passed to it as well as to the small testis portion. ‘The fat- body was well developed. Lastly, it should be mentioned that the male glandular enlargement on the fore foot was well marked on both sides. One of the chief points of interest with regard to this specimen lies in the completeness of the hermaphroditic con- dition in the ducts, associated with a sharp distinction be- tween the sexual characters of the glands. ‘This is the more remarkable, as at the time the animal was killed (the middle of February) the breeding-season was not far distant, and yet neither gland appears to show any very marked prepon- derance over the other. Though on the whole the testis seems more developed than the ovary, it is possible that the peculiar sexual manifestation of activity in this specimen would, had life continued, have been determined by chance in the shape of the sex of the first frog which happened to cross its path. A full bibliography on this subject is given by F. J. Cole in the Anat. Anzeiger, Bd. xi. (1895). Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. Fig. 1. Dissection of the generative organs, slightly enlarged. The upper portions of the kidneys are not shown. The Miillerian ducts have shrunk in the spirit and are not so thick as in the fresh state, fb. Fat-body. t. Testis. we. Inferior vena cava. ve. Vasa efferentia. k. Kidney. vs. Vesicula seminalis. o. Ovary. ut. Uterine dilatation. ovd. Oviduct. * Ovarian patch on testis. ovdo. Opening of oviduct. T Testicular patch on ovary. r. Rectum. Fig. 2. Section through the uv 11 patch on the testis. X 30, bv. Blood-vessel. pg. Pigment. do. Degenerate ovum (?). st. Seminal tubules. ov. Ovum. ve, Vasa etferentia. Fig. 3. Section through the testicular patch on the ovary. x 30, Letters as in preceding figure. On new Batiachiars wid Reptiles from Peru. 181 XVIII.—Deseriptions of 2.9 Batvachians and Reptiles col- lected by Mr. P. O. Simons in Peru. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. Nototrema peruanum. Tongue subcircular, slightly nicked and free behind. Vo- merine teeth in two short, straight, transverse series between the choane. Head moderate, broader than long; snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit; loreal region slightly concave ; canthus rostralis distinct ; interorbital space narrower, or at most not broader, than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers with a very slight rudiment of web; toes one-third webbed; disks of fingers and toes smaller than the tym- panum ; subarticular tubercles moderate; a fold along the inner edge of the tarsus. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tympanum or the eye. Upper parts covered with smooth warts of unequal size, the largest of which are parotoid-like or may be confluent into longitudinal folds; lower parts granulate. Greenish above, with insuliform black-edged dark spots, most of which correspond to the larger glandular tubercles ; limbs with dark transverse bars ; whitish beneath. Male with a subgular vocal sac. From snout to vent 43 millim. Several specimens from Carao, 7000 feet altitude. Very closely allied to NV. marsupiatum, D. & B. Distin- guished by the narrower interorbital region and the extra- ordinary development of the dorsal glands. Bufo cophotis. Crown without bony ridges; snout short, blunt; inter- orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum quite hidden, but eustachian tubes perfectly developed. Fingers and toes short, flattened, blunt, with double subarticular tubercles ; first tinger extending a little beyond second ; toes one-third webbed; two moderate, feebly prominent meta- tarsal tubercles; no tarsal fold. The tarso-metatarsal articu- lation reaches the eye. Upper parts covered with smooth tubercles of different sizes, pierced with large pores, many of which are comparable to so-called parotoid glands ; such a large gland on the middle of the upper surface of the leg or crus. Dark olive; upper parts speckled with black, lower parts marbled with greyish white. Male without vocal sacs, 182 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new with blackish nuptial asperities on the upper and inner sides of the three inner fingers. From snout to vent 55 millim. A single male specimen from Paramo, Cajamarca, 9000 feet. Several smaller specimens from Carao, 7000 feet. Nearest allied to B. vartegatus, Gthr. Distinguished by the well-developed eustachian tubes and the somewhat longer inner finger. Paludicola Simonsiz. Tongue oval, entire. Vomerine teeth none. Snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit; canthus ros- tralis distinet ; nostril a little nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; no tympanum; no eustachian tubes. Fingers and toes moderate, slightly swollen at the end; first finger not extending as far as second; toes free; subarticular tubercles moderate; two rather large, feebly prominent metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the angle of the jaws. Upper parts with porous smooth warts, some of which are confluent into longitudinal folds on the body ; throat, belly, and lower surface of thighs coarsely granulate. Olive-brown above, whitish beneath ; a dark brown canthal and temporal streak ; a blackish band in the groin, another on the inner side of the femoro-tibial articulation, and a third on the outer side of the tibio-tarsal articulation ; a few blackish spots on the sides. From snout to vent 30 millim. T'wo specimens from Paramo, Cajamarca, 9000 feet. Allied to P. marmorata, D. & B., but tympanum absent and first finger shorter than second. Stenocercus melanopygus. Pterygoid teeth. Anterior border of ear denticulated. Upper head-scales very feebly keeled, without transversely enlarged supraoculars; occipital not enlarged; temporal scales very teebly keeled. Side of neck with a very short curved antehumeral fold. Body a littledepressed. No dorsal crest or denticulation. Dorsal scales large, strongly imbri- cate, sharply keeled, sharply pointed; the keels forming continuous lines, which are slightly oblique on the posterior part of the back; lateral scales smooth or feebly keeled, passing gradually into the ventrals, which are rounded, smooth, and considerably smaller than the dorsals; 46 to 50 seales round the middle of the body. The adpressed hind Batrachians and Reptiles from Peru. 183 limb reaches the ear or not quite so far; fifth toe not ex- tending as far as second. ‘Tail nearly twice as long as head and body, tapering, scarcely compressed, scaled like the body, the scales forming rings. Dark olive-brown above, with more or less numerous small yellow spots; young with a light dorso-lateral streak ; lower parts whitish, tinged with green or blue; anal region, lower surface of thighs, and of base of tail black in the males. millim, Moral; Fen et ieap es a alehaccact er vest oaks 5ifora 187 IESG US iy OS aan & rae ne cere een eee 7 WhUsia lala gout Lavereye bdr other eeeeR a Core 12 ERGY roe pil Oe NOR OE mabey oe eee ace 50 HORE IAM oe. othehc habeas Perel. 26 La bbarel Joie caked Pee ia Ak ry caret CR eR ae 43 Rall pp a) ea IR eR cE ER Fie 98 cp ch on cova 120 A larger specimen, with reproduced tail, measures 85 millim. from snout to vent. Several specimens from Bafios, Cajamarca, 9000 feet. Stenocercus Simonsti, Blgr., described from the Andes of Ecuador, occurs in the same locality. Stenocercus chrysopygus. Pterygoid teeth. Anterior border of ear denticulated, Upper head-scales smooth or feebly keeled, some of the ‘upraoculars feebly enlarged transversely ; occipital not en- arged ; temporal scales feebly keeled. Side of neck with olds enclosing shallow pockets covered with granular scales ; antehumeral fold much stronger than in the preceding species, with a serrated edge on its lower half, asin S. cupreus, Blgr. Body depressed. No dorsal crest or denticulation. Dorsal scales rather large, strongly imbricate, sharply keeled, sharply pointed; the keels forming continuous lines, which are parallel or slightly oblique on the posterior part of the back; lateral scales passing gradually into the smaller smooth ventrals; 54 to 60 scales round the middle of the body. ‘The adpressed hind limb reaches the humeral fold or between it and the ear; fifth toe not extending as far as second. ‘Tail about twice as long as head and body, tapering, scarcely compressed, scaled like the body, the scales forming rings. Bronzy or greyish brown above, with darker or lighter spots, which may be confluent into longitudinal streaks; a more or less distinct light dorso-lateral streak constantly present; lower parts whitish, sometimes bluish 184 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new grey, the throat usually with a dark grey network; anal region and lower surface of hind limbs bright yellow in the males. millim. Totalletipth.. fect. s eee eee 238 TER e ads.) 2 sronbeakach aie canes eoikers tiers eye 20 Width tofvhieady fe ptr teeter weit are 14 OGY). 5. Soi oe AM a iene oe ee ee ee 63 Moves ss.1c/Sucies ec ek ce eee 30 Hand glimb tyre hire eco Gece. 51 PN ar, cok cicare woh et okcrae rs icaeta mend eatenee ace 155 Numerous specimens from Carao, 8000 feet, Huaras, 10,000 feet, and Recuay, 11,000 feet. Distinguished readily from the preceding species by the granular patches on the sides of the neck. Tropidurus Thomast. Upper head-scales smooth ; a series of four to seven trans- versely enlarged supraoculars ; occipital very large, broader than long, at least as broad as the supraocular region; nostril above the canthus rostralis; ear-opening with a fringe of long pointed scales; temple granulate. A strong curved antehumeral fold, nearly meeting its fellow on the throat; latter with more or less. distinet cross folds; sides of neck minutely granulate, strongly plicate. Body depressed, with a more or less distinct fold along the side, and a vertebral series of enlarged tectiform scales, torming a low crest on the nape; dorsal scales very small, juxtaposed, feebly keeled, smaller still, granular, and smooth on the sides; ventrals larger, imbricate, smooth. The hind limb reaches the ear or between it and the antehumeral fold. Tail about once and a half as long as head and body, rounded or feebly compressed, with a low serrated dorsal ridge ; caudal scales much larger than dorsals, keeled and shortly mucronate. Grey above, dotted with blackish and yellowish white, the dots having a tendency to forming transverse series; antehumeral fold black ; throat and breast black in the males. millim Dotalwonoth . -. ciisie nites e an se 6 165 cad rick. s waarmee Boeri ek 15 Waidthsofshesd? nf chy honk nee seers i153} Body: .S¥ee Ticak Wi Mob chen eer LUes 51 Fore limb tnhe hescsknnctereeeecnes St Hind dlimb 245... Feces cee ech Ree 45 Tibia gece eee ties aka Pe Ne evateroke 99 Several specimens from Eten, coast of Peru. ‘ Batrachians and Reptiles from Peru. 185 This species, named in honour of my colleague Mr. Oldfield Thomas, is allied to 7’. peruvianus, Wiegm., from which it is well distinguished by the shorter hind limbs and the stronger auricular fringe. Proctoporus ventrimaculatus. Body elongate, limbs weak. Fronto-nasal much longer than broad, much larger than the frontal; fronto-parietals forming a long suture ; interparietal narrower and a little shorter than the parietals, widening posteriorly ; three sub- equal occipitals; three supraoculars; no loreal; a series of very small infraorbitals ; temple with large irregular shields ; chin-shields, one anterior and three pairs; gular scales sub- quadrangular, in 9 transverse series between the chin-shields and the collar; 10 collar-shields. Dorsal scales elongate- quadrangular, smooth, juxtaposed; 31 series between the occiput and the base of the tail. Ventral plates quadrangular, in 10 longitudimal and 22 transverse series. ‘Two large preanal shields in the first row, four in the second. Limbs with smooth shields. Three femoral pores on each side. Tail thick, scaled like the body. Uniform brown above ; white beneath, with large black spots. millim. JEL TE aro Bit tko De DOC DICer Toes Wwiruheotheadee seta vere. «occa attic: 5 From end of snout to fore limb........ 12 From end of snout to vent............ 34 ores lime: epee has eats oh Soe aes 9 Elinidilimibier tester, 6 scree: occa losin 28 10 A single specimen from Cajamarca, 10,000 feet. Philodryas Simonsit. Hye three fifths length of snout. Rostral broader than deep, just visible from above; internasals shorter than the preefrontals ; frontal once and two thirds as long as broad, longer than its distance from the end of the snout, slightly shorter than the parietals ; loreal longer than deep ; one pra- ocular, not reaching the frontal; two postoculars ; temporals 2+3; eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye ; four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are nearly as long as the posterior. Scales smooth, with single apical pits, in 19 rows. Ventrals rounded, 182 ; anal divided; subcaudals 105. Greenish yellow above, with three olive longitudinal stripes and a dark brown vertebral 186 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new | line; the lateral stripe extending forwards to the nostril, passing through the eye; upper lip yellowish white; yellowish white beneath, speckled with olive. Total length 780 millim. ; tail 240. A single specimen from Cajamarca, 9000 feet. Closely allied to P. elegans, Tsch. Distinguished by the shorter snout and the shorter frontal shield. XIX.— Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles from the Larut Hills, Perak. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. I AM indebted to Mr. A. L. Butler, Curator of the Selangor Museum, for an opportunity of examining a number of batrachians and reptiles collected by him in the Larut Hills, among which I was pleased to find examples of several unde- scribed species. Unless otherwise stated, types of these new species are preserved both in the British Museum and in the Selangor Museum at Kuala Lumpur. Leptobrachium heteropus. Tongue large, pyriform, feebly notched behind. Vomerine teeth none. Head moderate, as long as broad; snout short, truncate at the end; canthus rostralis strong; loreal region concave; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, blunt, first and second equal; toes moderate, blunt, webbed at the base only, the web continued as a slight fringe along each side of the toes; a strong dermal ridge or keel, formed by a modification of the subarticular tubercles, runs along the lower surface of the third and fourth toes, which thus appear to be compressed; a small oval inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the centre of the eye. Skin smooth, with small tubercles on the upper eyelids. Grey above, with darker light-edged symmetrical markings, the largest occupying the middle of the back; a Jlack lumbar spot; a black canthal and temporal streak ; black spots on the sides; dark cross-bars on the limbs; lower parts grey, speckled with black ; a round wlutish spot on each side of the breast, at the base of the arm, another on the back of each thigh. From snout to vent 33 millim. Batrachians and Reptiles from Perak. 187 A single specimen was obtained in the Larut Hills at an altitude of 3500 feet. Selangor Museum. This species is closely allied to L. pelodytoides, Blgr., from which it may be distinguished by the lesser web and the extraordinary dermal ridges under the toes, a point of struc- ture which is only foreshadowed in the types of L. pelodytoides. Ixvalus larutensis. Snout rounded or obtusely pointed, as long as the diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region concave ; nostril a little nearer the end of the snout than the eye; inter- orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum mode- rately distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers free; toes half-webbed ; disks of fingers as large as the tympanum ; subarticular tubercles moderate ; a small inner metatarsal tubercle. ‘The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between the eye and the tip of the snout. Upper parts smooth or with small flat warts; throat, belly, and lower surface of thighs granulate. Grey-brown or reddish brown above, with dark brown symmetrical markings, a cross-band between the eyes being constant ; usually a )( or )-( shaped marking on the anterior part of the body ; sides of body and of thighs with white spots between a brown network; limbs with dark cross-bands; lower parts white, spotted or speckled with brown. From snout to vent 35 millim. Several specimens from the Larut Hills at 4000 to 4500 feet. Iealus vermiculatus. Head large, broader than long; snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region concave ; nostril a little nearer the end of the snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, two fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers with a rudiment of web; toes half-webbed; disks of fingers as large as the tympanum; snbarticular tubercles moderate ; a small inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between the eye and the tip of the snout. Upper parts smooth; throat, belly, and lower surface of thighs granulate. Olive-green above, closely vermiculate with black; upper surface of thighs with a series of large black blotches; sides of thighs and anal region orange- yellow ; white beneath. Male with a large gular vocal sac. From snout to vent 33 millim. Three specimens from the Larut Hills at 4000 feet. 188 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Microhyla Butleri. Habit slender. Snout rounded, as long as the orbit ; inter- orbital space broader than the upper eyelid. Fingers and toes rather slender, the tips dilated into small but well deve- loped disks; first finger much shorter than second; toes webbed at the base; subarticular tubercles small; two very small metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth. Grey on the back, pale reddish on the sides and limbs, with symmetrical dark brown markings forming bars on the limbs; some small scarlet spots on the sides; a whitish oblique streak from the eye to the base of the fore limb and a whitish spot on the end of the snout; whitish beneath, throat and breast speckled with dark brown. From snout to vent 21 millim. A single specimen from the Larut Hills at 4000 feet. Se- langor Museum. Closely allied to M. achatina. Distinguished by the shorter limbs. Microhyla annectens. Habit slender. Snout rounded, as long as the orbit ; inter- orbital space broader than the upper eyelid. Fingers and toes moderately slender, the tips dilated into rather large disks; first finger much shorter than second; toes half- webbed ; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent; a very small inner metatarsal tubercle. Hind limb remarkably long, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching far beyond the tip of the snout; tibia two thirds length of head and body. Skin smooth. Brown above, with symmetrical blackish lght- edged markings, a large one on the back being produced to between the eyes, where it expands into a transverse bar ; side, from the shoulder to the lumbar region, black, with sharply defined upper outline; an oblique whitish streak from below the eye to the base of the fore limb; a blackish spot at the knee, a dark cross-bar on the thigh, another on the femur, and a third on the tarsus; lower parts closely marbled with dark brown. From snout to vent 15 millim. Several specimens from the Larut Hills at 4000 feet. This species connects M. achatina with M. Berdmorit. Gehyra larutensis. Body and limbs moderately elongate. Head oviform ; snout a little longer than the distance between the eye and Batrachians and Reptiles from Perak. 189 the ear-opening, which is small and round; head covered with finely granular scales, which are larger on the snout ; rostral twice as broad as deep, with a short median cleft above; nostril pierced between the rostral, the first upper labial, and three nasals, the upper of which is the largest and separated from its fellow behind the rostral by several minute granules ; 9 upper and 9 lower labials ; symphysial truncate behind; a series of small chin-shields, the median pair largest, scarcely longer than the symphysial. Scales uni- formly granulate on the back, limbs, and throat, larger, flat, and imbricate on the belly. Digits free, strongly dilated, with entire lamella, the Jargest of which are angulated or chevron-shaped ; these chevron-shaped lamella number one under the hallux, three under the third toe, four under the fourth. Tail subcylindrical, covered with small imbricate scales above and beneath. Male with a long continuous series of 42 femoral and preanal pores. Grey-brown above and beneath, tail yellowish, with small darker spots on the back and a vertebral series of small blackish spots widely separated from each other; a dark line on each side of the head, passing through the eye. millim. TOCA 129d a ee ere eae re 69 1 BIGING! saci aalerc eo ates Rear ae Ee 10 Wide of beadter ss Slate. te Sate ras 6:5 MSO Uhpep de cheat te ee tiettstoee dec Fs ne ote Ue 27 HOVER ad eater. «ach koeiaron: 10 JSlnAGlAihinloy wpe eee ee Ake ee Eo ener ae 13 EWTN) SSOP g Se Wiehe ICE APOE OO EES OR EE 32 A single specimen from the Larut Hills, under a house, at 3500 feet altitude. Selangor Museum. Draco punctatus. Head moderate; snout as long as the diameter of the orbit ; nostril lateral, directed outwards ; tympanum naked, nearly as large as the eye-opening. Upper head-scales very unequal, keeled; two subtriangular, compressed, enlarged, erect scales on the posterior part of the supraciliary region ; 10 or 11 upper labials. The male’s gular appendage a little shorter than the head. Male with a very distinct nuchal crest. Dorsal scales unequal, keeled, not larger than ventrals ; a lateral series of enlarged distant scales. The fore limb stretched forwards extends a little beyond the tip of the snout; the hind limb reaches the axilla or between the latter and the elbow of the adpressed fore limb. T'ail with a dorsal 190 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new crest of distinct large, pointed, compressed scales. Dark grey above, with a paler, reddish, vertebral stripe ; back, and head above and beneath, with large black dots; wing-membranes black above, with interrupted whitish streaks, colourless beneath; throat and belly pale blue; inner side of neck- lappets and extremity of gular appendage lemon-yellow. millim DiptaltenGth oa con on ois sae ate ve one 247 TIGA Tee GG Ee oe feasts siete eek clctals 18 Wadthtotshead’, A.iastt. tims ose kis ecto e 12 WOU Pa kiry ba coms osels sakes ot mei peat 73 Moreslimb tee... Picl anchors wc usheteerme eee 37 FAs rig MAT ssa, 6 eca-5 nuoteclnwikr ipia ak Bis « 45 MAEM ee emacs chs tgs inte is ace ane RG ee 156 A single male specimen obtained in the Larut Hills by Mr. A. L. Butler at an altitude of 3000 feet. I have also examined a male from Sarawak, collected by the late Mr. A. Everett, which I had referred to D. cristatellus. Draco formosus. Head small; snout slightly longer than the diameter of the orbit; nostril directed upwards, perfectly vertical ; tympanum naked, smaller than the eye-opening; upper head-scales unequal, keeled ; a prominent tubercle at the posterior corner of the orbit; nine or ten upper labials. The male’s gular appendage as long as the head, very thin, translucid, covered with very large scales. No nuchal fold. Dorsal scales equal, very feebly keeled, not larger than ventrals; a few widely separated enlarged scales on the side of the back. The fore limb stretched forwards extends considerably beyond the tip of the snout ; the adpressed hind limb reaches the axil. Brown above (in life), head greyer, with a few dark spots ; wing-membranes olive above, edged with maroon or crimson, with five more or less regular black transverse bands, uncoloured beneath ; throat of male, under the lappets and right to the base of the gular appendage, maroon or crimson, of female dark green. millim. _millim. Total length .........+54.. 272 P Hlead) devescn coats a ees Fae ye 19 23 Wadthtotihead! eo grr acter 12 15 Ody fe: cs iscis oh oe bee apes 78 92 orem bilo. mntereitte acres 42 48 ind limb) osha s ieee sicker 53 60 Darl 40j9--crccqebhe ater auc eieiets 175 ?* * Reproduced. Batrachians and Reptiles from Perak. 191 Several specimens were obtained in the Larut Hills by Mr. A. L. Butler at elevations varying between 1500 and 3000 feet. Intermediate between D. Blanfordii, Blgr., and D. tenio- pterus, Gthr. D, Blanfordii occurs also in the Larut Hills. Lygosoma presigne. Section Hinulia. WUabit lacertiform ; the distance between the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and a half in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout short, obtusely pointed. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in a single nasal; no supranasal ; rostral forming a straight transverse suture with the frontonasal, which is broader than long; prefrontals forming a median suture; frontal very narrow behind, as long as frontoparietals and interparietal together, in contact with the three anterior supraoculars ; four supraoculars, followed by avery small fifth ; nine or ten supraciliaries, first and last largest ; frontoparietals and inter- parietal distinct, latter longer than former ; parietals forming a very short suture behind the interparietal; three pairs of nuchals ; fifth upper labial below the centre of the eye. ar- opening oval, nearly as large as the eye-opening ; no auri- cular lobules. 28 smooth scales round the middle of the body; dorsals largest, especially those of the two median series, which are more than twice as broad as long. A pair of enlarged preanals. The hind limb stretched forwards reaches the elbow of the adpressed fore limb. Digits rather long, compressed ; subdigital lamelle smooth, 20 under the fourth toe. Reddish brown above, with scattered black dots, grey on the sides, spotted with black and white; a series of large roundish black spots on each side of the neck on ante- rior part of body ; lips spotted with black; tail black above and on the sides, with irregular annuli of whitish scales; lower parts white. millim MOtAWlEHAG A TOY veut bak Rees vee aes 240 Cer eyed edene hoes. cies sialepeh hepa ahs, ear oe 25 RNa ofsheaad -y.),0%.d)sjoele cee. ss. § Tf, Core ttt ei teeta, Aono eer 05d) eR Hal gies epe 2 85 rer MUI ees 5 210) vues atses aA s.2 ard ae 0 a0 34 [EPIC aS Artie tia Lactate as-ae. 3 47 Bail, (ROpPOdWCOd) 2 iL ¥ ain chle.e vied claws 130 A single specimen from the Larut Hills at 4000 feet. Selangor Museum. 192. On new Batrachians and Reptiles from Perak. Lygosoma stellatum. Section Henulia. Habit lacertiform; the distance be- tween the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and one fourth to once and one third in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout moderate, obtusely pointed. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in a single nasal; rostral forming a straight transverse suture with the fronto- nasal, which is a little broader than long; _ prefrontals uniting or forming a short median suture (in one specimen separated by a small azygous shield); frontal as long as frontoparietals and interparietal together, in contact with the two or three anterior supraoculars; four supraoculars, followed by a very small fifth ; eight supraciliaries, first and last largest ; frontoparietals and interparietal distinct, sub- equal; parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal ; two or three pairs of nuchals; fifth upper labial below the centre of the eye. Ear-opening oval, a little smaller than the eye-opening; no auricular lobules. 24 smooth scales round the middle of the body, dorsals largest, those of the two median series more than twice as broad as long. A pair of enlarged preanals. ‘The hind limb stretched forwards reaches the wrist or the elbow of the adpressed fore limb. Digits rather long, compressed ; subdigital lamellae smooth, 22 to 25 under the fourth toe. Bronze-colour above, spotted all over with black and white, the black spots preceding the white ones and more crowded on the sides ; lips spotted with black ; the spots disposed in transverse series on the tail ; lower parts bluish or greenish white. millim. Total lente « Yiswele cit hater asetene 173 Head hel ik- eG eaictctcnh ere eer as pally Wadthiof head. tic. creer acters 10 Body ski swan woe cake tes Cee eee 63 Hore ambi: S20. SR ee 26 Find dimb’ cow. fine SRE ore ie ee 36 Pag rea oh. ceaie Sales ate een Crees 93 A specimen, badly preserved unfortunately, was brought home by Mr. 8. 8. Flower, who obtained it in the Larut Hills, at an altitude of 4400 feet, in Apri! 1898. I have since examined two younger specimens from the same hills, forming part of Mr. A. L. Butler’s collection. One was found in a rotteu tree at 3500 feet altitude, the other in a house at 4000 feet. Mr. Butler’s collection also contains an example of Lygo- soma Bampfyldii, Ki. Bartlett (Journ. Str. Br. As. Soe. On a new Lizard from Jamaica. 193 no. 28, 1895, p. 96), a species described from the Upper Rejang River, Sarawak, one of the types of which is now in the British Museum. ‘This form is remarkable in establishing a connecting-link between the sections Riopa, Gray, and Lygo- soma, Gray. It agrees with the former in the presence of supranasals, forming a suture behind the rostral, with the latter in the frontal shield being much broader than the supra- ocular region. In the Sarawak specimen the fifth upper labial is broken up into several shields, there are 38 scales round the body, and the upper parts are yellowish brown with a dark brown band across the frontal region and another across the occipital. In the Larut specimen the fifth labial is as large as the fourth and borders the eye, the scales number 40, and the dark brown of the occiput extends along the dorsal surface of the body and tail, the sides of which are reddish. Lycodon Butlert. Closely allied to Z. fasciatus, Anderson, but with a larger eye and more strongly angulate ventral and subcaudal shields. Body slightly compressed. Rostral twice as broad as deep, hardly visible from above ; internasals three fifths the length of the preefrontals ; frontal a little longer than broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals; loreal more than twice as long as deep, bordering the eye below the single preeocular; two postoculars; tem- porals 2+2; eight upper labials, third, fourth, and fifth entering the eye; five or six lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are as long as the posterior. Scales in 17 rows ; dorsals very feebly keeled. Ventrals 224- 228, strongly angulate laterally ; anal entire; subcaudals 88-92 pairs. Blackish brown above and beneath, with 43 or 45 rather irregular annuli of whitish spots or edges to the scales. Total length 540 millim. ; tail 115. ‘T'wo female specimens from the Larut Hills at altitudes of 4000 and 5000 feet. XX.— Description of a new Lizard from Jamaica. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. Diploglossus Bakeri. Lateral teeth obtusely tricuspid. Head small, not distinct from neck; snout short, with obtuse canthus; ear-opening Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 13 194 On a new Lizard from British East Africa. moderately large, smaller than the eye-opening; a large azygous prefrontal, broader than and in contact with the entire anterior border of the frontal, in contact with the loreal and separated from the rostral by two pairs of shields ; frontal once and one third as long as broad; parietal on each side separated from the frontal and supraoculars by three shields ; occipital much smaller than the interparietal ; inter- nasal in contact with the first labial; a single postnasal ; two consecutive loreals ; rostral twice as broad as the sym- physial ; the suture between the fifth and sixth upper labials falls below the centre of the eye; four chin-shields on each side, the first three in contact with the lower labials. Body elongate, cylindrical. 39 scales round the middle of the body, dorsals strongly striated. Limbs very short; the fore limb stretched forwards extends scarcely beyond the ear; the hind limb measures one third the distance between axilla and groin. ‘Tail cylindrical; only the basal scales striated. Bronzy brown above, with small black spots, which are more crowded on the sides and limbs; a black dorso-lateral line, light-edged above, widening on the neck, and extending, through the eye, to the end of the snout ; belly whitish, throat speckled with black. millim AUG TAL MOM OGM hdetate’s.ctaieca'e stem eter a sare 15] Flea eas Tis cee Ses Pde ae eis 11 IWirdithyofihieads. sm bes carsteqeie eis his fe wie sate 8 Bod V's ict at sek aki le oem enne ees 57 Fore limb......... Die et sawets Reautovton 10 Mandelimibr tence ee os Fee eke 13 Tal Bee SEAS EAS oe er eet esc 83 A single specimen, a gravid female, was sent from Jamaica by Mr. C. H. Baker to the Corporation Museum of Leicester, through the kindness of whose curator, Mr. Montagu Browne, it has been presented to the British Museum. XXI1.— Description of a new Lizard from British East Africa. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. Lygosoma clathrotis. Section Liolepisma. Body elongate, limbs short. The distance between the end of the snout aud the fore limb is contained twice in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout short, rounded. Lower eyelid with an undivided trans- parent disk. Nostril pierced in the nasal; no supranasal ; On a new Species of the Genus Alepas. 195 frontonasal broader than long, forming a broad suture with the rostral and with the frontal; prefrontals small; four supraoculars ; seven supraciliaries ; frontoparietals distinct, much larger than the interparietal, behind which the parietals form a suture; a pair of nuchals; third and fourth upper labials under the eye. Har-opening small, with six inter- locking pointed lobules within the meatus, three pointing downwards and three pointing upwards. 22 subequal smooth scales round the body. A pair of feebly enlarged preanals. Fore limb, stretched forwards, reaching the ear; hind limb half as long as the distance between axilla and groin. Digits short ; 12 smooth lamella unter the fourth toe. Tail rather thick, once and two thirds the length of head and body. Brown above, yellowish beneath ; sides dotted with black. millim. SE oar OENR: 5 a creer ac afo) ont + Stn) Smid s) ap alta 167 Header aee as mek ot eae ain ore eran eeay ete Meas ay 11 Wiidthuotneddey + 56) oncta ns roaches attra 7 BS Ye as 1s eke Beco eae. pases ait foltes AID tress F 49 (Hore linn bik pictrerd Ware Bie ete ny share estate nS 10 Drv arrays «8 fer vice vosoty ode os ickos suerte NG 16 Msi eRe eee en coe eka tojeres srtoshe te shee eres fe 1 A single specimen from the foot of Mount Kenia. Pre- sented to the British Museum by Lord Delamere. XXII.—On a new Species of the Genus Alepas (A. Lankesteri), from the Collection of the British Museum. By A. GRUVEL, Chargé de Cours 4 la Faculté des Sciences de Bordeaux. [Plate VIII.] Draevosis.—Capitulum swollen laterally, covered with a thick transparent cuticle, without plates. Orifice slightly tubular and projecting. No crests on the median dorsal line, but a slight continuous ridge extending from the orifice to the peduncle. The peduncle is nearly as long as the capitulum, without visible ornamentation, with the exception of irregular trans- verse folds. Mandibles with four teeth. Inner branch of the 5th and 6th pairs of cirri atrophied and unequal. Distribution.—West Indies, Mona Channel, 814 fathoms. Collected by Captain Cole. British Museum Collection, 13* 196 M. A. Gruvel on a new Capitulum.—The capitulum, entirely devoid of plates, is covered with a thick chitinous envelope, extremely trans- parent even after prolonged immersion in alcohol, and orna- mented with transverse folds which are especially numerous near the orifice. It is swollen towards the median and lateral regions, and then strongly retracts to form a kind of short, tubular duct in which the cirri are set. The capitulum has no dorsal crests, but simply a slight continuous ridge which follows the median dorsal line from the opening of the capitulum to the commencement of the peduncle. Seen in profile, the general form of the eapitulum is that of a semicircle, of which the anterior part, forming the base, is straight, and the posterior part regularly curved. The dimensions of the capitulum of the largest specimen are as follows:—Height 20 mm., breadth 18°50 mm., thick- ness 8°5 mm. Peduncle.—The peduncle continues the capitulum without a break. At first broad, it contracts and is almost cylin- drical towards its middle part; then it broadens again to its base to form its surface of attachment. The cuticle is the direct prolongation of that of the capitulum. This cuticle of the capitulum and peduncle presents some interesting features. It is composed of chitinous processes separated by somewhat irregular spaces. Some are wide at their base, and their summit terminates in three or four pointed branches which are recurved and divergent, forming hooks (Pl. VIII. fig. 2); others are shorter and simply conical (fig. 3). These processes have nearly the same height in the same zone, and this height varies from 4°8 uw to 24 p. Near the middle of each of these zones is a sensory bristle receiving at its base a nerve-filament which is very distinct, long, slender, and terminates in a fine point. The average length is from about 95 to 100 wu (fig. 4). In general each zone of many-pointed hooks is surrounded by a zone of conical spines, and it is usually also in the zone of hooks that the sensory bristle is placed. The opening of the capitulum is heart-shaped, presenting on the median dorsal line a circular protuberance delimitating a depression and not a true canal. Mantle.—The mantle which clothes the chitinous cuticle on the interior is composed of the usual two epithelial layers, including between them two muscular layers, the one longi- tudinal, the other oblique, crossing at various angles and together forming a kind of very elegant tessellation, these bundles being separated one trom another by a distance of about 70 ww. There is, moreover, quite a system of branching Speeies of the Genus Alepas. 197 elastic fibres, obliquely binding the epithelial surfaces one to the other. The chitinous cuticle which clothes the inner part of the mantle is thin, transparent, and interspersed with comb- shaped chitinous ornaments with a greater or less number of teeth, sometimes one only, irregularly placed and serving to retain the ovigerous sac in the intrapallial cavity. Mouth.—The labrum has on its free margin fourteen. short, strong, and blunt chitinous teeth, separated into two series of seven by a smooth space; the lateral parts are furnished with stiff and short but fine bristles. The palpi are flattened and provided with long barbed bristles over about half their length (fig. 5), The mandibles have four strong teeth on their free margin. The distance between the first and second slightly exceeds that between the points of the second and fourth (fig. 6). The median dorsal region is covered with short, stiff, but rather fine bristles ; the lateral faces of the teeth are fur- nished with strong, short, and pointed bristles, especially well developed in the vicinity of the last three teeth. The maxille have the free margin divided into two un- equal parts by a deep notch. ‘The upper part is furnished with a very strong chitinous tooth, which continues the dorsal margin, and a smaller one. The lower part is scalariform and bears three short and thick projections, between which are finer bristles, uniformly not barbed, which likewise cover the lateral parts of the maxilla (fig. 7). The labial palpi of the lower lip are broad, nearly square in shape; the anterior free margin is divided by a notch into two unequal parts, the upper part about three times as broad as the lower. ‘The upper dorsal region of the palp is covered with long fine bristles collected in a thick tuft. These bristles become shorter and stiffer on the lower parts. Finally, on the posterior part are irregular bristles, bent and few in number (fig. 8). Cirrt.—The cirri are generally very long, covered with long fine bristles, especially long towards the free extremity of the rami. The first pair is somewhat sharply separated from the others. 1st pair.—This is much the shortest. The two rami are unequal. The anterior ramus, formed of 13 rather short joints (the basal joint being almost equal to four ordinary joints), bears numerous long, fine, and barbed bristles on its posterior border; these being much fewer on the anterior border. ‘The posterior ramus is formed of 21 joints (the first being nearly equal to four ordinary joints). The hairs 198 On a new Species of the Genus Alepas. are longer than those of the anterior ramus and the terminal joints are thinner, while keeping about the same length. 2nd pair.—The rami are nearly equal to each other and about twice as long as the posterior ramus of the first pair ; that is to say they attain 12 millim. with 50 to 55 joints, the joints at the base not being very distinct. These segments are short, straight, and each bears some long anterior bristles and some shorter and finer posterior bristles only at the border of the segments. The 3rd and 4th pairs are almost exactly similar to the 2nd. The 5th par has the inner ramus atrophied. The length of this ramus does not exceed 3°5 to 4 millim. ; the number of joints is 19, long and slender towards the extremity, bearing some long fine bristles on the anterior margin and two or three very short bristles on the posterior margin, at the border of the segments. The normal ramus is similar to the preceding. Finally, the 6th pair of cirri have also the inner ramus atrophied, similar to the preceding, however, but shorter (16 joints) (fig. 10). Caudal appendages.—These are long, slender, and cylin- drical (1°5 millim. in length, with 10 joints). The basal joints are very broad compared with the superior (fig. 9). The last joint is furnished with fine bristles longer than itself ; but these diminish rapidly in length as they approach the base until they become simple spines. Filamentary appendages.—A single very short pair at the base of the first pair of cirri. Penis.—The penis, which is about 4°5 millim. in length, is neaily regularly cylindrical, terminating at its extremity in a blunt point (fig. 11). Itis covered with a thin transparent cuticle having annular parallel folds in the depressions, be- tween which are placed, quite irregularly, long fine bristles more or less bent, which form at the apex a somewhat irregular tuft. ‘This new species, to which I propose to attach the name of the Director of the British Museum, approaches in some of its characters A. cornuta, Darw., and A. japonica, Auri- villius, but it has most affinity with the first-mentioned species. Bordeaux, 7 May, 1900. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. Fig. 1. Alepas Lankesteri, sp. n. Fiy. 2. Hook-shaped processes on the cuticle of the capitulum. Fig. 3. Conical processes on ditto. On Two Spiders new to the British Fauna. 199 Fig. 4. Sensory bristles situated in the midst of the preceding structures, Fig. 5. Left palp. wg. 6. Right mandible. Fig. 7. Left maxilla. Fg. 8. Right labial palp. Fig. 9. Caudal appendages. Fg. 10. Cirrus of the 6th pair of cirri. Fig. 11. Penis (free extremity). XXIII.—Two Spiders new to the British Fauna. By Grorae H. CARPENTER, B.Sc. Lond., of the Science and Art Museum, Dublin. DurinG the past few years I have received consignments of spiders for identification from Mr. A. Randell-Jackson, of Southport, collected by him in various parts of Northern England and the Isle of Man. Many of his captures are of considerable faunistic interest, and these will be duly recorded in local lists. ‘Two species, however, are of particular im- portance, being undoubtedly additions to the British fauna, and one of them seems to be new to science. Both were obtained in the neighbourhood of Southport. Family Agelenide. Genus AGELENA, Walck. Agelena longipes, sp. n. (Figs. 1-5.) Female.—Length 12°5 millim.; length of carapace 5:5 millim. ; breadth 4 millim. ; length of legs i., il, ii, iv. re- spectively 20, 18°5, 18, 24 millim. Eyes of hind row equal to each other; centrals a diameter apart, each lateral a diameter and a half from its neigh- bouring central. Front lateral eyes of same size as hind laterals, which they almost touch, each a diameter from neighbouring front central. Front centrals larger than the other eyes, half a diameter from each other, a diameter from the hind centrals (figs. 2, 3). Epigyne forming a simple deep rounded depression, broader than long, with thickened edges; a dark horseshoe-shaped area in front of it (fig. 4). Upper spinnerets with the terminal segment flattened and pointed and fully twice as long as the proximal (fig. 5). Carapace yellowish brown, with a fine black marginal line and a broad brown band with black markings on either 200 Mr. G. H. Carpenter on Two side. Sternum reddish brown, with a black horseshoe-shaped marking, open in front, drawn out behind, and reaching to the apex. Legs remarkably long, the hindmost being nearly twice as long as the body ; reddish brown, with a few dark markings on the thighs. Abdomen dark brown above, with a central clear yellowish longitudinal band, bounded by a waved black line, and slightly expanded in front, where it encloses a lance-shaped red marking with serrate edges (fig. 1). Abdomen beneath yellowish white, with central black longitudinal band. Spin- nerets reddish brown, the terminal segment in the upper pair darker. Agelena longipes, sp. n. Fig. 1.—Female (without appendages), dorsal view, x 2. Fig. 2.— Head-region and eyes, dorsal view, X 7. Fig, 3.—Eyes, face view, X 7. Fig. 4.—Epigyne, x 7. Fig. 5.—Spinnerets from side, x 7. Locality. Lancashire (Southport). The specimen described above was taken on a bunch of flowers which had been brought indoors from a garden. It is possible therefore that the species may prove to be an introduced exotic ; but I have failed to find a description of an Agelena from any part of the world that agrees with this form. The genus Agelena has been hitherto represented in our fauna only by the well-known A. labyrinthica (Clerck) ; it is by no means impossible that A. longipes will turn out to be a truly indigenous species. A, longipes may be distinguished at a glance from A. laby- rinthica by its smaller size, brighter coloration, and relatively Spiders new to the British Fauna. 201 Jonger legs and spinnerets, as well as by the altogether diffe- rent form of the epigyne. The European species to which A. longipes comes nearest is A. agelenoides (Walck.) *, a South European spider showing a very similar abdominal pattern to that of the present species. But the female of A, agelenoides also has much shorter legs and spinnerets than A, longipes and a very differently shaped epigyne. In the last-named character A. opulenta, L. Koch +, from Japan, shows considerable likeness to A. longipes, but this species again has relatively short legs and apparently a unicolorous yellowish-brown abdomen. On the whole A. longipes seems most nearly related to the North American A. nevia, Walck. {, which has the legs rela- tively longer than in the European Agelene. But though the general structure of the epigyne is similar, none of its forms as figured by Emerton agrees with that of our spider, and the American species has no lance-shaped marking on the abdomen, while the terminal segments of its upper spin- nerets are relatively short and cylindrical. I have to thank the Rev. O. P. Cambridge for kindly sending me Canadian specimens of A, nevia for comparison. Family Argiopide. Subfamily Hereonr#. Genus CNEPHALOCOTES, Simon §. Cnephalocotes silus (Camb.). (Figs. 6-15.) Eriyone sila, Camb. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 758, pl. Ixy. fig. 7. Cnephalocotes pusillus, Simon, Arachn. France, v, (1884) pp. 706-7 (nec Microneta pusilla, Menge, Preuss. Spin.). Cnephalocotes silus, Chyzer and Kulezynski, Aran, Hungar. ii. (1894) pp. 118-9, pl. iv. fig. 41, Several specimens of this interesting addition to the British spider-fauna have been taken on the coast sandhills at South- port by Mr. Randell-Jackson during the early months of this year. Full descriptions of the species are given by the authors referred to in the above synonymy. A few structural figures may assist British students of spiders to discover fresh localities for it. Aspects of the male palp somewhat * Simon, Arachn, France, ii. pp. 115-6. + Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, xxvii. (1877) pp. 757-9. { Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. vill. (1890) pp. 197-200, pl. viii. figs. l-ln. A. californica, Banks (Journ, N. Y. Ent, Soe. iv. (1896) pp. 89-90), seems a nearly allied form. § E. Simon, Arachn, de France, vy, (1884) p. 699; Hist. Nat, Araignées, 2° éd. (1892) tome i. p. 650, 202 Mr. G. H. Carpenter on Two different from those drawn by former observers are given (figs. 9-12). The female, fully described by M. Simon, is, I believe, now figured for the first. time. The epigyne (fig. 15) is very characteristic, consisting of a simple semi- circular cavity, with a truncate tongue-like process within its forward region and a rounded tubercle on either side. Cnephalocotes silus (Cb.). Fig. 6.—Carapace of male, with left palp, x 20. Fig. 7.—Front end of carapace, showing eyes, x 60. Fig. 8.—Side view of male without appendages, x 20. Fig. 9.—Left palp of male from side-front, x 40. Fig. 10.—Genua and tibia of left palp from above, x 40, Fig. 11.—Left palp from side (spines removed), x 40. Fig. 12.—Left palp from below, x 40. Fig. 13.—Outline of female, x 20. Fig. 14.—Eyes of female from above, x 60. Fig. 15.—Epigyne, x 40. % The type of this species (with which Mr. Cambridge has very kindly compared one of Mr. Randell-Jackson’s speci- mens, confirming my identification) came from Nuremberg, Spiders new to the British Fauna. 203 Bavaria. M. Simon records the spider from both the north and south of France and from Corsica, while. MM. Chyzer and Kulezynski found it on the Croatian shore of the Adriatic (Fiume). It seems therefore to belong to a southern distri- butional type. This is the fourth species of Cnephalocotes which has been added to the British list within recent years. ‘The genus was represented in our fauna only by C. odscurus (Bl) * until 1888, when Mr. Cambridge described as a new species C. interjectus t from Hertfordshire; this spider, lately recorded from the Edinburgh district {, is now believed to be identical with C. lesus, L. Koch §, from Central Siberia. In 1894 two more species of Cnephalocotes—C. curtus, Simon, and C. elegans, Camb.—were added to the British list ||, the former occurring on the shores of the Firth of Forth, the latter in Inverness-shire. C. curtus has since been found on the west coasts of Scotland and Ireland {]. C. si/us makes, therefore, the fifth species of the genus known to inhabit our islands. The species of Cnephalocotes are small dark-coloured spiders with strongly chitinized skin and short blunt carapace; eyes small, those of the hinder row moderately procurved, the centrals nearer to each other than to the laterals **. The very wide sternum is produced between the hindmost haunches in a broad, blunt, rounded process. The legs are short and stout, the front tarsi being fusiform (especially in the male) and nearly as long as the metatarsi. ‘The tibia of the male palp is usually broad and truncate, with one or two short processes ; the tarsus is always large and the bulb prominent, with a free- ended, coiled, thread-like spine. The males of our British species may be tabulated thus :— I. Head-region more or less elevated, distinct impres- sions running backward from lateral eyes. 1. Tibia of palp above with an internal blunt and * Blackwall, Spid. Gt. Brit. Irel. (1864) pp. 297-8, pl. xx. fig. 212. + O. P. Cambridge, Trans. Herts. Nat. Hist. Soc. v. (1888) p. 18; Proc. Dorset Field-Club, x. (1889) pp. 121-2, pl. A. fig. 6. { O. P. Cambridge, Proc. Dorset Field-Club, xvii. (1896) p. 60. § L. Koch, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. xvi. (1878) no. 5, p- 67, pl. ii. fig. 19. See W. Kulezynski, ‘Fauna Aranearum Austriz inferioris’’ (Cracow, 1898), pp. 63-4. || O. P, Cambridge, Proc. Dorset Field-Club, xv. (1894) p. 112, fig. 4; G. H. Carpenter and W. Evans, Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Edinb. xii, (1894) pp. 572-3 ; Ann, Scot. Nat. Hist. 1894, p. 232. 4, G. H. Carpenter, Proc. R. Irish Acad. (8) v. (1898) p. 162. ** In the large and closely allied genus Lophocarenum, Menge, the eyes of the hind row are equidistant and the row greatly procurved ; also the skin in Lophocarenum is more strongly coriaceous. 204 Mr. R. Lydekker on an a central tooth-like process. Cephahe lobe Gistinet 2. cups ves piteleedeede A ieiedeee AE obscurus (Bl.). 2. Tibia of palp above with a single, short, sharp process pointing outward. Cephalic lobe GIStIRCE 2s Shae aes me rene ieee elegans (Cb.). 3. Tibia of palp above with a rather long, sinuous, sharp-pointed process. Head-region only slightly Pleveted.: 2. caw ce os epee eaaaee nse apae lesus (L. K.),= interjectus, Ch. II. Head-region not elevated ; no impressions behind lateral eyes. 1. Clypeus strongly conical. 23.00. ..5.4. ede stlus (Cb.). 2. Clypeus vertical; tibia of palp above with a very short, straight, sharp-pointed process ........ curtus (Simon). XXIV.—An undescribed Type of Rusine Deer. By R. LypDeKkKer. In my work ‘The Deer of All Lands’ a brief notice *, to- gether with a photograph, was given of three peculiar male Rusine deer at that time living in the collection of the Duke of Bedford at Woburn Abbey. They were of small size—a little larger than a hog-deer—and agreed in general character with the members of the Sambar group, although differing from all named forms by the complexity of the antlers. No name was given to these deer, on account of the possibility of their proving to be abnormalities or hybrids, or even the adult of Cervus culionensis. No definite information is available with regard to their place of origin, although it is very probable that they came from the Philippines. One of the three specimens has since died and been presented by the Duke and Duchess of Bedford to the British Museum, where its skin is now mounted. A closer examination is now practicable than was the case during life, and as the result of this I feel justified in describing the mounted specimen as the type of a new species of Rusine deer, since it appears different from any named form, and there seems little probability that its peculiar characters are due either to abnormality or to hybridism. As mounted, the specimen stands 30 inches in height at the withers. In general form, and especially in the large size of the face-glands, it agrees with the Rusine group (subgenus Rusa). From all the various races of the sambar (Cervus * Page 171, fig. 45. undescribed Type of Rusine Deer. 205 unicolor) it differs by the hairs being completely annulated with black and yellow, as it also does by the form of the antlers and their comparative slight degree of rugosity. These appendages are primarily of the three-branched Rusine type, with the inner or hinder tine of the terminal fork forming the continuation of the beam, and longer than the outer or front tine. ‘The tail, too, is thinner and less bushy than in the sambar. In all these three respects—namely, the annulated hair, the general form and slight rugosity of the antlers, and the rela- tively thin tail—the specimen agrees with the rusa (C. Aippe- laphus). It is, however, very considerably smaller than either of the three local races of the latter, from which it also differs by the complexity of the antlers. And here it may be men- tioned that at the time of its death the animal was apparently bearing its third pair of antlers, those with which it was figured in ‘ The Deer of All Lands’ having been shed and replaced ; it is therefore approximately adult. As regards their special characters, the antlers are more or less flattened throughout and display a marked tendency to palmation. This brow-tine is much flattened, with a sharp posterior edge, and on the right side is distinctly bifurcate, although only imperfectly so on the left. The outer tine of the terminal fork is likewise much flattened, sharp-edged behind, and trifureate, but the inner tine on the right side is conical and simple, although showing a tendency to branch on the left side. ‘The number of points on each antler is thus SIX. The species may be shortly defined as allied to QO. hippe- laphus, but much smaller (30 inches at the shoulder), with flattened and somewhat palmated antlers, which, when fully developed, show at least six points on each side. This species I propose to call Cervus (Rusa) tavistocki, the mounted example in the British Museum being the type. In giving this name I must take the risk of the Woburn deer being identical with one of the numerous forms from the Philip- pines which have been described by Heude as species ¥. I may take this opportunity of mentioning that specimens now at Woburn seem to indicate the identity of Cervus Luedorfi, Bolau (1880), with C. xanthopygus, Milne-Edwards (1867). When this year’s antlers are shed the point can be definitely decided. * See ‘ Deer of All Lands,’ pp. 186, 187. 206 On Two English Millipedes. XXV.—On Two English Millipedes (Lulus londinensis, Leach, and [ulus teutonicus, sp. n.). By R. I. Pocock. Icrvs tonprvensts was originally described in Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xi. p. 378 (1815), and redescribed and figured in Zool. Mise. iil. p. 33, fig. 135 (1817). The type and two other specimens are in the British Museum. Leach speaks of this species as occurring very commonly amongst moss in woods near London, but unfortunately does not say exactly where his specimens were actually collected — unfortunately, because the species has never, to my knowledge, been discovered since Leach’s time either near London or in any other locality at home or abroad. It is true that there is an allied species, common in some parts of the south of England and of Western Europe, which passes as londinensis and has been more than once described under that name by students of European Millipedes. English specimens of this species taken in the vicinity of London have been compared by Dr. Carl Verhoeff with continental examples, and pro- nounced to be specifically identical with them. A comparison, however, between examples of this species and Leach’s | original examples of londinensts shows that the former has been wrongly determined. It therefore requires a fresh name. I propose to call it Iwdus tewtonicus, and to select as the type an example taken by myself at Sevenoaks in Kent. Careful reading of Leach’s description, brief as it is, of I. londinensis shows that this species differs from J. teutonzcus in two important particulars. It is, in the first place, very much larger, and, in the second place, has the caudal process submucronate, the caudal process of J. tewtontcus being in no sense describable as mucronate. This discrepancy was detected by Verhoeff (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxvi. p. 137, 1891), who, however, passes it over as due to an error on Leach’s part. Asa matter of fact, Leach was correct. | Again, as to size. Leach states that his specimens were 21 inches (that is to say, 58 millim.) long. Meinert (Nat. Tidssk. v. p. 8, 1868), on the contrary, gives 34 millim. and Verhoeff 38 millim. as the maximum size of the species they identified as J. londinensis, neither of them paying heed to the dimensions given by Leach. In this case, however, Leach seems to have exaggerated considerably, since all of his specimens in the British Museum fall short of 2 inches long, and this is about the length of the specimen represented in the drawing in the ‘ Zoological Miscellany,’ which purports to have been taken from life. It is of course possible that On Two Species of Cyprea. 207 Leach saw larger specimens than those that he placed in his cabinet. However that may be, there is no question that the true J. londinensis, judging from the only examples of it that are known, is a much larger species than the one that has been mistaken for it on the Continent. Add to this that the tergal striae are much more numerous and close-set in I. lon dinensis than in teutonicus, and no one can doubt that the two are perfectly distinct species. It is safe, moreover, to prophesy that when fresh examples of I. londinensis come to hand for examination further differences will be found in the structure of its copulatory organs. The differences between the two may be tabulated as follows :— a. Total length from about 38 to 48 mm., width 4; tergal striz yery numerous, fine, and close-set, the intervening spaces rarely exceeding and generally less than the dia- meter of the porous area; caudal process short, subcylin- drical, blunt-pointed or obsolete (submucronate) ...... londinensis. b. Total length from about 25 to 35 mm., width 2°5; tergal striz much less numerous and further apart, the inter- vening spaces generally much exceeding the diameter of the porous area; caudal process obtusely angular, not eyem srbmucrOnAter Lh G.I, A. ae SU ieee. oe 5 teutonicus. I, teutonicus occurs in Scandinavia, Denmark, Western Germany, the north of France, and the south of England. The British Museum has specimens from Kent, Middlesex, Surrey, Hampshire, Oxford, and Warwickshire, but none from South Wales, Gloucestershire, Somerset, Devon, or Cornwall, although the Millipedes of these counties have been fairly well worked. XXVI.— Descriptions of Two Species of Cyprea, both of the Subgenus Trivia, Gray. By James Cosmo MELVILL, MEAs? Lis. For the opportunity of examining the two cowries now thought worthy of description I am under much obligation to Mr. Frederick L. Button, of Oakland, California, a most enthusiastic cypreologist who has devoted especial attention to the 7rivie. With much liberality he has from time to time forwarded me series of species, inhabitants of the Western American seas, including fusca, californica, and sanguinea, all of Gray, all three exhibiting much variation, with several 208 Mr. J. C. Melvill on doubtful forms. Recently the authorities of Stanford Uni- versity, California, organized a scientific expedition to the Galapagos Isles, and Mr. Snodgrass collected there one of the two following, a remarkable shell, on which I have obtained the opinion of Mr. Sowerby, Mr. Edgar Smith, Mr. HK. R. Sykes, and others, they all confirming my own and Mr. Button’s views that it could hardly be referred to any known species, Cyprea (Trivia) galapayensis, sp. n. _ C. (Trivia) testa ovato-rotunda, parva, nigrescenti-purpurea, lateri- bus paullum dilatatis, extremitatibus vix productis, obtusis, costis numerosis, crassis, levibus, pallide cinereis, dorsaliter apud medium superficie callosa omnino obtecta, versus extremitatem utramque callositatis, velut ocello, albo-maculata, nitidissima, basi convexiuscula ; apertura arcuato-recta ; columella haud yaricosa. Long. 8, lat. 5°75 mm. (spec. maj.). Py ia fama iat Sy », (spec. min.). Hab. Insula “ Albemarle,” e grege Galapagensi. This particularly interesting and select form, of which I have seen three specimens, as just stated, collected for the Stanford University of California by Mr. Snodgrass, differs from sanguinea, Gray, in its much smaller size, distinct coloration, being blackish purple instead of madder-brown, and more numerous ribs, these being flatter and thicker in Cyprea galapagensis. proportion. But the chief peculiarity consists in the shining. enamelled callosity over the whole centre of the dorsal region, completely obliterating the sulcus, if any exists, which I. Two Species of Cyprea. 209 doubt, and further rendered conspicuous by two white spots, one towards either extremity, at the point of junction of the ribs with the callosity, and both quite covered by it. Affinity also exists between galapagensis and pulla, Gask., and likewise subrostrata, Gray, both inhabitants also of the Galapagos group. ‘These small species are much of the same size, the latter possessing a decided sulcus, and with beaked extremities—hence its trivial name; whilst pudla is less globose, having fine ribs, with hardly any definition even of a sulcus. No trace of any dorsal callosity has, so far as I am aware, ever been found in any other 7rivéa such as exists in the species before us. Cyprea (Trivia) Buttont, sp. n. C. (Trivia) testa parva, ovato-globosa, pallide straminea, apud latera pauilum dilatata, costis ad quatuordecim, fortibus, con- tinuis, hie illic interruptis vel subdivaricatis, ad dorsum precipue latis, levibus, albis, sulco nullo, apnd extremitates paullum pro- ducta, basi subconvexa, dentibus labialibus ad octodecim. Long. 5°50, lat. 4 mm. Hab. 2? (Ff. L. Button, Esq.). A small, globular, straw-coloured Trivia, few ribbed, these being continuous, occasionally interrupted or subdivaricate, broad, especially dorsally ; there is no sulcus present; the shell is slightly produced at the extremities; labial teeth eighteen in number. Cyprea Buttoni. But few species are very comparable with this: acutidentata, Gask., may be akin, but the type is lost, and I have never seen anything but the original insufficient description ; pauc?= Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 14 210 On a new Species of Papilio. lirata, Sowb., possesses a well-defined sulcus, and the ribs seem more acute than are those of Buttont; candidula, Gask., is larger and whiter, with more frequent coste ; producta, Gask., as its name implies, is produced at its extremities, and the ribs are of a different character, very acute and thin. There is no sulcus, however, in this species. The ribs, like- wise, of pellucitdula, Gask., are far more numerous, and the substance more delicate than in our shell, which it affords me sincere pleasure to be able to dedicate to Mr. F’. L. Button, its discoverer. XX VII.—Desecription of a new Species of Papilio from Bwool, North Celebes. By H. Grosu-Smitu, F.E.S., F.Z.8., &c. Papilio Dixont. 2 .—Upperside. Anterior wings rather pale fuliginous brown, darker at the base and the costal and outer margins ; the dark areas more restricted than in the same sex of P. Kiihni, Honrath, the veins and rays in the cell and be- tween the veins also dark fuliginous brown. Posterior wings pale fuliginous brown, with the base and outer third darker ; the crimson markings on the underside showing indistinctly through the wings. Underside, Anterior wings as above. Posterior wings brownish black, with a pale crimson irregular band a little beyond the cell, extending obliquely from near the abdominal margin to the upper median nervule, much nar- rower than the crimson band in a similar position on the underside of the posterior wings of P. Kiihni; outside this band crossing the disk, between the veins, is a row of four large pale crimson lunules, of which the first and fourth are the narrowest. Expanse of wings 44 inches. In the collection of Mr. Grose-Smith. Nearest to the female of P. Kiihni, which it resembles in shape. This butterfly was captured by Mr. Frank Dixon about 80 miles inland at an elevation of 800 feet. Mr. W. F. Kirby on African Phasgonuride. 211 XX VIII.—Notes on the Collection of African Phasgonuride formed by Mr. W. L. Distant in the Transvaal &e., with Descriptions of Two new Species. By W. EF. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., &e. Tuis collection (exclusive of the families Stenopelmatide, Gryllacridz, and Hetrodide, which were discussed in the ‘Annals’ for June 1899, pp. 475-480) includes the following twenty species, belonging to various families. ‘Two species of the genus T'ylopsds are described as new. ORTHOPTERA-PHASGONURIDA. Decticide. GAMPSOCLEINE. Arytropteris, Herm. basalis, Walk. Sagide. Clonia, Stal. vittata, Thunb. Wahlbergi, Stal. Conocephalide. CoNOCEPHALIN2, Pseudorhynchus, Serv. pungens, Schaum. Conocephalus, Serv. consobrinus, Walk. tuberculatus, Rossi. XIPHIDIINZ, Aiphidium, Serv. aris, Serv. Pseudophyllide. PsEUDOPHYLLINA, Zabalius, Bol. orientalis, Karsch, Bocaget, Bol. CYMATOMERINZ. Cymatomera, Schaum. denticollis, Schaum. spulophera, Walk. Mecopodidz. Anedepoda, Karsch. latipennis, Burm. Phaneropteride. ACROMETOPINZE, Rhegmatopoda, Brunn. Brunneri, n. a. PHANEROPTERINA. Phaneroptera, Serv. nana, Charp. TYLOPSIN#, Tylopsis, Fieb. continua, Walk. marginata, Brunn, punctulata, sp. n. ruUbrescens, SP. 1. AMBLYCORYPHINE, Amblycorypha, Stal. cereris, Stal. proserpineé, Brunn. 14* 212 Mr. W. F. Kirby on African Phasgonuride. Decticide. G AMPSOCLEINZ. Arytropteris basalis. Thyrconotus basalis, Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 247. n. 6 (1869). Arvtropteris angulosa, Herman, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, xliv. p. 204 (1874). 1, Zomba (P. Rendall). Natal (B. M.); Zululand (Herman). Thorancistus, Pictet, appears to me to be a different genus. Sagide. Clonia vittata. Locusta vittata, Thunb. Nov. Ins. Spec. v. p. 102 (1789) ; Mém. Acad. Pétersb. v. p. 280 (1815). Clonia vittata, Stal, Rec. Orth. p. 119 (1874). Saga maculosa, Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 294. n. 16 (1869). 1, Pretoria (Distant). Between Olyfants River and Slang River (Thunberg). Clonia Wahlbergi. Clonia Wahlberg’, St81, Ree. Orth. 11. p. 119 (1874); Dist. Nat. in Transvaal, p. 83, cum fig. (1892). 1, Transvaal, Waterberg (W. Z. D.); 2, Zomba (P. Ren- dall) ; 2, Barberton (P. Rendall). Natal (Stal). Conocephalida. ConocEPHALIN# Pseudorhynchus pungens. Conocephalus pungens, Schaum, Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1853, p. 778; Peters, Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 126, pl. vii. tig. 12 (1862). Pseudorhynchus pungens, Redt. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xli. p. 365, pl. iii. tig. 18 (1891). 2, Fort Johnsion (P. Rendall). Zanzibar, Mozambique (Ledtenbacher). Conocephalus consobrinus. Conocephalus consobrinus, Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 315. n. 4 (1869), 9, Pretoria (W. L. D.); 1, Barberton (P. Rendall), Natal (B. M.). Mr. W. F. Kirby on African Phasgonuride. 213 Conocephalus tuberculatus. Locusta tuberenlata, Rossi, Faun. Ftv. i. p. 269 (1790). Ineusta mandibularis, Charp. Hor, Ent. p. 106 (1825). Conocephalus mandibularis, Brann, Prodr, Eur. Orth. p. 304 (1882) ; Redt, Verh. zvol.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. p. 427. n. 101 (1891). 1, Fort Johnston (P. Rendall). Comnion in South Europe and almost throughout Africa, A IPHIDIINE:, Xiphidium iris. Aiphidion iris, Serv. Ins. Orth. p. 506 (1839). Xiphidium iris, Redt, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xli. p. 515 (1891). Xiphidium punctipenne, Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 272. n, 14 (1869). Aiphidium tenue, Walk. d. c. n. 15 (1891). 1, Pretoria (W. ZL. D.); 1, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (2 Ttendali). Mauritius, Rodriguez, Madagascar, Gaboon, Zanzibar (Redt.); S. Africa (B. M.). Pseudophyllida. PsEv DOPHYLLINE. Zabalius orientalis. Mateus orientalis, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxvi. p. 85 (1890); Brunn. Mon. Pseud. p. 30 (1895). 1, Barberton (P. Rendalf). Usambara, Tanganyika (Berlin) Museum); Zanzibar (Dohrn) ; Bihe (?) (Bolivar). The descriptions of this species are very poor, Mr. Dis- tant’s specimen has broad oblique yellow lines, with slight pseudopodiform projections, and narrowly bordered on the outside with black. In fact it much resembles Z. Boerger, but the thoracic granules are less numerous, and are yellow in front, and reddish behind instead of black. Zabalius Bocaget. Mustius Bocaget, Bol. Jorn. Sci. Lisb. (2) i. p. 221 (1899), 1, Angola (Monteiro). The Natural History Museum possesses a discoloured specimen from the Congo which agrees with Bolivar’s deserip- tion in having the inside of the hind femora blood-red. Mr. Distant’s specimen is only slightly faded on the head &e., and is pale green, with the thoracic granules black, ‘The 214 Mr, W. F. Kirby on African Phasgonuride. | radial nervure of the tegmina is orange at the base, as well as the front border of the pronotum; the transverse nervures of the tegmina are broadly yellow, narrowly edged behind with black, and the inner marginal area is brownish yellow except at the base, but may be slightly discoloured. ‘The hind femora are green, with a row of reddish-brown spots on the inner side, and a double row of short stout yellow spines beneath, most numerous on the outer carina. The tips of the femora and the whole of the tibie and tarsi are reddish. In the faded Museum specimen the pale transverse Jines of the tegmina are bordered outside with pink. Until a larger series of fresh specimens is received, I should not be justified in separating Mr, Distant’s specimen as a distinct species. CYMATOMERINA. Cymatomera denticollis. Cymatomera denticollis, Schaum, Monatsh, Akad. Berl. 1853, p. 778; Peters, Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 123, pl. vii. fig. 9 (1862) ; Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxvi, p. 97 (1891); Brunn. Mon. Pseud. p. 83 (1895), : Cymatomera Schaum, Stal, ify. Vet.-Akad. Forh, xiii. p. 170 (1856). 2, Barberton (P. Rendall). Mozambique (Schaum); Delagoa Bay, Tanganyika (Karsch) ; Zambesi (Brunner) ; Natal and Nyasa (B. M.). Cymatomera spilophora. Cymatomera spilophora, Walk. Cat. Derm, Salt. iii. p. 455. n. 3 (1870). Cymatomera Brancsikt, Brunn. Mon. Pseud. p. 86, pl. iv. fig. 34 (1895). 1, Barberton, Zomba (P. Rendall). Zambesi (runner); Bangani, German East Africa (Berlin Museum) ; East Africa (type) ; Mombasa, Nyasa (B.. Mas Mecopodide. |needopoda latipennis. Mecopoda latipennis, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 686, n. 2 (1839). 1, Zomba (P. Rendall). Natal, Nyasa, Uganda, Sierra Leoue (B. M.), Mr. W. F. Kirby on African Phasgonuride. 215 Phaneropterid2. ACROMETOPINZ. Ithegmatopoda Brunneri, n. n. || Zoratosphaga leptocerca, Brunn. Mon. Phan, p, 89. n. 38, pl. i. figs. 9 a, b (1878). Rhegmatopoda leptocerca, Brunn, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, xli. p. 45 (i891). 1, Barberton (P. Rendall). This cannot be Horatosphaga leptocerca, Stal (CErv. Vet.- Akad. Férh. xxxiii. p. 59, 1876), in which the subgenital plate of the male is described as narrow. PHANEROPTERINE. Phaneroptera nana. Phaneroptera nana, Charp. Fieber, Lotos, ii. p. 49 (1853); Brunn. Mon. Phan. p. 215 (1878). ||Phaneroptera bilineolata, pt., Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 337. n. 16 (1869). Phaneroptera sparsa, Stal, difv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xiii. p. 170 (1858). Phaneroptera conspersa, Stal, Rec. Orth. ii. p. 29 (1874). Phaneroptera tetrasticta, Gerst. Arch. f. Nat. xxxv. p. 215 (1869) ; Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. (2) p. 832 (1873). 1, Pretoria (W. L. D.); 4, Barberton (P. Rendall); 12, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland, Portugal, Fernando Po, Cape, Uru, Zanzibar, Rio Janeiro (Brunner) ; Natal (B. M.). TYLOPSINe. Tylopsis continua. Phaneroptera continua, Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 837. n, 20 (1869). Phaneroptera vicaria, Walk. l. c. p. 388. n, 22 (1869). || Phaneroptera bilineolata, pt., Walk. 7. c. p. 837. n. 16 (1869). Tylopsis longipennis, Stal, Gify. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xxxili. (5) p. 58 (1876). Tylopsis vittata, Brunn. Mon. Phan. p. 229 (1878). Tylopsis inhamata, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 455 (1888). 1, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall) ; 2, Masil Nek ; i Pretoria CW. 2...) ) Damaraland (Sta/) ; Cape (Berlin Museum) ; Delagoa Bay (Karsch); Natal, Zululand (B. M.). I consider all the above names to refer to a single species. 216 Mr. W. F. Kirby on African Phasgonuride. Tylopsis marginata. Tylonsis marginata, Bruyn. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, sli. p. 113 (1891). 1, Pretoria (W. LZ. D.); 2, Barberton (P. Rendall); 1, Zomba (P. Rendall) ; Natal (Brunner). Apparently a rather scarce species, Tylopsis punctulata, sp. n. 3.—Long. corp. 18 millim., cum app. 21 millim. ; long. teom. 31 millim. ; long. al. 38 millim. @ .—Long. corp. 20 millim., cum ovip. 24 millim.; long. teem. 32 millim. ; long. al. 38 millim.; exp. tegm. 65 millim. ; exp. al. 69 millim. Brownish testaceous, probably green when living; an- tenne reddish brown; a broad brown band runs from the occiput over the pronotum and the inner margin of the teg- mina, extending over the basal area of the latter, for about one third of their length, where it narrows to a border for the rest of their length. Pronotum with a narrow yellow lateral line on each side of the brown band; the deflexed lobes are pale, a little longer than high, with both the lower angles rather ob- tusely rounded off; they are also marked with a rather large brownish blotch in the middle. ‘Tegmina with rows of sub- obsolete small brown spots between the longitudinal and oblique nervures. Abdomen not denticulated on the median line; the last two segments with black spots in the male; subgenital lamina broad, upeurved, bifid; cerci curved round it, inwards and upwards, and waved towards the tips, which are attenuated and pointed. Female with the ovipositor short, broad, rugose-punctate, suddenly upcurved, and with a short rather abrupt point at the tip. Legs (especially the hind legs) very long and slender; femora unarmed ; front and middle tibize sulcated, finely spinulose above and below ; hind tibie closely and thickly set with short black-tipped spines on both carinz above ; below there is a row of spines placed more widely apart on the inner carina only. 3, Zomba (P. Rendall). Distinguished from every other species by the dark spots on the tegmina. Tylopsis rubrescens, sp. n. Long. corp. 16 millim., cum app. 20 millim.; long. tegm. 29 millim.; long. al. 35 millim, Mr. W. F. Kirby on African Phaszgonuride. 217 Male.—Very similar to the last species, evidently green when alive, but except on the tegmina the colour in the only specimen before me has faded to yellowish. Antenna an legs red. A broad reddish-brown band runs from the occiput over the pronotum and inner margin of the tegmina, as in the last species ; on the pronotum it is darkest on the sides, the middle being marked by an obsolete pale line. ‘The deflexed lobes are pale, bordered with a pale line (probably yellow in life) above and below. ‘The lower mouth-parts are black. ‘The dark edging of the inner margin of the tegmina is broadly bordered with reddish, shading into purplish brown beyond the middle, the colonr being con- tinued on the exposed part of the wings. There are a few small dark spots between the oblique nervures, but not more than one or two in each interspace. Front tibia apparently unarmed above ; middle tibie with only a single spine visible above. Abdomen red above, with a central carina, but appa- rently not denticulated; slightly dusted with red on the sides. Cerci red, rather shorter than in 7. punctu/ata. 1, Zomba (P. Rendall). Apparently intermediate between 7. marginata, Brunner, and 7’, punctulata. A MBLYCORYPHINE. Eurycorypha cereris. Phylloptera cereris, Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xiii. p. 170 (1856). Eurycorypha cereris, Stal, Ree. Orth. ii. p. 39 (1874); Brunner, Mon. Pian. p. 273 (1878). || Phyllopterst proteifolia, Walk. (nec Burm.) Cat. Derm. Salt. ii. p. 378. n. 11 (1869). 1, Figtree Creek, Barberton (P. Rendail). Caffraria (Sta/) ; Grahamstown (Brunner) ; Natal (B. M.). Eurycorypha proserpine. Eurycorypha proserpine, Brunn. Mon. Phan. p. 274, pl. vi. fig. 83 (1878). || Orophus gramineus (?), Walk. (nec Serv.) Cat. Derm. Salt. iii. p. 434 (1870). 2, Barberton (P. Rendall). Natal (B. M.). 218 On the Genital Pouches in Thalassema neptuni. XXIX.—Noteona Variation in the Number of Genital Pouches in Thalassema neptuni, Gaertner. By F. H. Stewart, M.A., Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. WHILE dissecting a specimenof Thalassema neptun?, Gaertner, I observed that it varied from the normal in possessing five genital pouches instead of four, one being placed in the middle dorsal line, the remaining four lying, as usual, two on each side. But on examination by means of sections the pouch which appeared to be median proved to belong to the right side and to correspond to the anterior pouch on the left. Behind these on the right side came an unpaired nephridium, followed by a second normal pair. The question then arose, In what relations did the five nephridia of this specimen stand to the normal four? Was the unpaired pouch interpolated between the normal two pairs, or did it represent the second normal pair, the fourth and fifth pouches being an additional pair? It was obviously impossible to obtain any direct proof on this point; but in order to obtain some indication I measured the distances between the successive nephridiopores in the abnormal and in several normal specimens, at the same time taking the distance between the genital hooks and the first pair of nephridiopores as a standard of comparison. In the abnormal specimen the distances were as tollows:—(a) Genital hooks to first pair of pores ‘5 millim. (8) First pair to unpaired *25 millim. (c) First pair to second pair ‘7 millim. The relation of distance (a) to distance (0) is thus 2: 1, while that of (a) to (c) is 5:7. In the normal specimens the relation of the averages of the distances were :—Distance of genital hooks from first pair of pores to distance between two pairs as 2 to 3, 7. e. '5 to *75. "25 x arto 0 Abnormal. x 0 SS - —/\———~- I 5 Tf x 0 Normal (mean), x 0 5 15 (xX =genital hooks; 0=nephridiopores.) On a new Species of Buprestide. 219 This point is illustrated by the accompanying diagram. It would appear from this comparison that the unpaired genital pouch is interpolated between the two normal pairs ; and if this be granted it would have to be assumed either that a segment which does not normally bear pouches intervenes between the two which normally do, or that a partial dupli- cation of the nephridia of one segment has oceurred—a pheno- menon which we find in its complete form in the family of the Capitellidee. Mr. Punnett, Assistant Professor of Natural History in the University of St. Andrews, who kindly gave me the abnormal and the various normal specimens, informs me that they were all obtained near Plymouth in the same locality. There can thus be no doubt that this case is an actual variation, not a local variety. XXX.—Description of a new Species of Buprestide. By Cuas. O. WatTEeRHOUSE, V.P.E.S. SPECIMENS of the species described below have been in the Museum collection for many years, separated as distinct from Psiloptera quadrioculata, A fresh specimen just brought from Upper Egypt by Mr. D. A. MacAlister shows that the differences between this and P. guadritoculata are constant, and I| therefore venture to give it a name, and I propose to eall it P. MacAlister? after the donor. Psiloptera Mac Alistert, sp. n. P. quadrioculate valde affinis ; vitta obliqua thoracis, elytrorumque vitta laterali cupreo-rubris; corpore subtus tomento griseo-albo induto, utrinque maculis majoribus circularibus ornato. Long. 20-27 mill. Very similar to P. guadrtoculata, but perhaps a little less convex. ‘lhe general blackish-wneous colour is the same, but the impressions on the thorax and lateral stripe of the elytra are coppery red. ‘The front of the head is clothed with pale yellow pile. ‘he thorax is moderately closely and strongly punctured, with a slight raised median line, and four rotundate, smooth, black spots as in P. quadrioculata, but the rugose surface surrounding them is coppery red and forms a distinct oblique band from the anterior spot to the base, leaving a triangular space at the posterior angle slightly 220 Mr. W. L. Distant on Dinidorine, raised, and smoother than in P. guadrioculata. The sculp- ture of the elytra is nearly the same, but the stria are a little more strongly impressed, and, being filled (in fresh examples) with a sandy-white pile, are more conspicuous. ‘The inter- stices are broken up into irregular quadrate spaces by rugose punctures; the smooth raised parts are more convex than in PP, quadriocufata. The underside of the body is clothed (except along the median line) with whitish (or sandy coloured) pile; the first to fourth seements have each a round smooth spot on each side, and the terminal segment has an oblique smooth line. Hab. Upper Egypt, Northern Etbai (D. A. MacAlister) ; White Nile (Consul Petherick); Nubia; Suez. The specimens from Nubia and Suez have the pubescence on the underside of the body sandy coloured. XX XI.—Rhynchotal Notes—VI. Heteroptera: Dinidorine, Phyllocephaline, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. By W. L. Distant. THIS contribution completes the examination of the family Pentatomida, as contained in the British Museum, including the genera and species described by Walker in vols. 1.—i1t of his ‘Catalogue of Hemiptera-lHeteroptera’ (1867-8). Some recent acquisitions to the Museum and my own collec- tion are also described. Drx1porivz. Genus CYCLOPELTA. Cyclopelta dorsalis. Cyclopelia dorsalis, Walk. Cat. Tet. iii. p. 478. n. 5 (1868). Allied to C. funebris, Fabr., but not separable by the differential character given by Walker—‘‘ somewhat broader than C. funebris”—but by having the lateral margins of the pronotum much more oblique and less rounded than in the Fabrician species. Cyclopelta parva, sp. n. Closely allied to C. obscura, Lep. & Serv., but differing by its much smaller size and by the antenne, which are shorter and broader than in that species. Long. 10-12 millim. Phyllocephaline, Urolabidinz, and Acanthosomine. 221 Hab. China, Kiukiang (Pratt, Brit. Mus.) ; Shantung (Coll. Dist.) ; Rangoon and Pegu (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.). I have long possessed a single specimen from Shantung ; and as the British Museum now contains six other specimens from Kiukiang, I have not hesitated to separate them, as constituting a distinet species. All the general characters are those of C. obscura. ‘The connexivum is generally spotted with ochraceous and there is usually a small central basal ochraceous spot to the scutellum. ‘The antenna are shorter and the joints broader and more spatulate than in C. obscura. Cyclopelta? vilis. Cyclopelta vilis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 478. n. 6 (1868). The typical and only specimen of this species which I have seen possesses merely the first, second, and third joints of one antenna. It may probably prove to be a species of the genus Aspongopus. Genus ASPONGOPUS. Aspongopus fuscus. Asponyopus fuscus, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 26 (1887). Aspongopus margimalis, Dallas, List Hem. i. p. 350. n. 9 (1851). A spongopus cuprifer. Aspongopus cuprifer, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 25 (1837). Asponyopus sepuichralis, Stal, Hem. Afr. i. p. 214. n. 5 (1864). Aspongopus solitus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 484. n. 30 (1868). Aspongopus patruelis. Cyclopelta patruelis, Stal, CEfv. Vet.-Ak. Foérh. 1853, p. 233. n. 1. Cyclopelia dotata, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 479. n. 7 (1868), Aspongopus binotatus, sp. n. Above dark castaneous ; apical joint of antennez and two small spots at apex of scutellum luteous; base of lateral margins of corium and body beneath ochraceous ; legs dark casfaneous. Second joint of antennae minute, third much longer than fourth. Pronotum obscurely transversely rugulose ; scutellam distinctly wrinkled; corium very obscurely tomentose ; femora with their inner margins spinous. Long. 17-19 millim. ; max, abd. lat. 11-12 millim. Hab. Nyasaland (Sir H. Johnston, Brit. Mus.). By the minute second joint of the antennz this species is allied to A. patruelis, Stal. | 222 Mr. W. L. Distant on Dinidorine, Aspongopus figlinus, sp. n. Testaceous, somewhat paler beneath ; apical joint of the antenne luteous. Antenne with the second joint minute, third not quite twice the length of fourth and subequal to fifth, third and fourth joints flattened and sulcate. Head with the lateral lobes convex at their apices, between which the anterior margin is distinctly cleft ; the lateral margins sinuate. Pronotum with the lateral margins convex and slightly reflexed, its surface finely punctate and obscurely rugulose, especially near base. Scutellum transversely wrinkled and finely punctate. Corium obscurely wrinkled and finely punctate. Membrane dark ochraceous. Coxe and disk of abdomen ochraceous. Long. 17-18 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 10-11 millim. ; max. abd. lat. 12-124 millim. Hab. EK. Africa: Livingstonia (Simons, Coll. Dist.) ; Nyasaland ; Fort Johnston (P. Rendall, Coll. Dist.). Allied by structure to the group of species having the second joint of the antenne minute, viz. A. patruelis, Stal, A. cyclopeltus, Dist., and A. binotatus, Dist. Aspongopus singhalanus, sp. n. Bronzy brown ; antenne, eyes, rostrum, and legs piceous ; apical joint of antenne, base of rostrum, and the tarsi ochraceous. Antenne thick ; the second, third, and fourth joints deeply suleate; second and third joints subequal in length or third a little longer than second ; fourth and fifth joints subequal, fifth joint narrowest and cylindrical. Body above finely rugulose and punctate; abdomen above reddish. Rostrum reaching about halfway between the anterior and intermediate COX. Long. 18 millim.; exp. pronot. ang]. 10 millim. Hab. Ceylon (Green, Brit. Mus. and Coll. Kirkaldy ; Lewis, Coll. Dist.). Allied to A. brunneus, Thunb., and A. obscurus, Fabr., from both of which it differs by the thick and deeply sulcate antenne. Genus MEGYMENUM. Megymenum dentatum. Megymenum dentatum, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Ins, ii. p. 632, pl. xi. fig. 11 1835). Merion instructum, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 502, n. 14 (1868). Walker had confused JZ. dentatum, Boisd., with MZ. semé- vestitum, Voll., and then redescribed Boisduval’s species. Phyllocephaline, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. 223 PHYLLOCEPHALINA. Genus DALSIRA. Dalsira humeralis, Phyllocephala humeralis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii, p. 490. n, 22 (1868). Basicryptus? humeralis, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 242 (1893). Dalsira vicina. Phyllocephala vicina, Sign. Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 446. n. 13. Phyllocephala funesta, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 490. n. 23 (1868). Genus BASICRYPTUS. Basicryptus distinctus. Phyllocephala distincta, Sign. Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 446. Phyllocephala impressa, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 489. n. 21 (1868). Walker’s type is a small specimen of Signoret’s species. The series now before me varies in length from 17 to 22 millim. Basicryptus diversus, sp. n. Brownish ochraceous; inner lateral margins, a central anterior spot and a central transverse line to pronotum, a broad central longitudinal fascia to scutellum, inner margins, and a submarginal fascia to corium black. The divergent lateral lobes of head shorter than in preceding species; a distinct spine in front of eyes; antenne mutilated. Pro- notum moderately convex, the lateral angles subprominent, the lateral margins acutely dentate ; two transverse levigate lines on disk, posterior half rugose and punctate. Scutellum with the basal and lateral margins and margins of the central black fascia raised and levigate; centrally thickly punctate, outwardly sparsely so. Corium sparsely punctate, membrane ochraceous. Sternum, rostrum, and legs ochraceous; abdo- men beneath brownish ochraceous; stigmatal spots and a prominent spot on lateral areas of prosternum piceous. Long. 15 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 84 millim. Hab. Australia; Swan River (Coll. Dist.). Allied to B. rugicollis, Westw., and Bb. Frenchi, Bergr., but differing from both by the strongly serrate lateral margin to the pronotum, the non- or subprominent pronotal lateral angles, &c. 224 Mr. W. L. Distant on Dinidorine, Basicryptus negus, sp. n. Ochraceous, unicolorous; membrane greyish, with the nervures fuscous. Antenne pale Juteous; second, third, and fourth joints almost subequal in length, fitth longest. Head long, the lateral lobes a little divergent at apices, their margins up- wardly reflexed. Pronotum rugose, sparingly punctate, convex, without any central ridge, the lateral angles sub- acutely rounded, the anterior lateral margins strongly serrate. Scutellum rugose, scarcely so at apex, darkly and sparingly punctate. Corium sparingly punctate, the punctures in some places black and in small clusters. Body beneath and legs sparingly punctate. Long. 16-20 millim.; max. Jat. 10-12 millim. Hab, Arabia; Hadramaut (Dent Exped., Brit. Mus.) ; Abyssinia (Coll. Dist.). Apparently most nearly allied to the West-African species B. rugosus, Fabr., from which it differs by the non-ridged pronotum &e. Two Abyssinian specimens in my own collection reach the maximum in size. Genus GONOPSIS. Gonopsis, Amyot & Serv. Hem. p, 180 (1848). Bessida, Walk. Cat. Het. ili. p. 577 (1868). Lethierry and Severin in their Catalogue (t. 1. p. 226) placed this proposed genus of Walker in the Tessaratominee, misled doubtless by the erroneous description of the head— ‘rounded in front.’ Gonopsis coccinea. Macrina coccinea, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 497. n. 7 (1868). Bessida scutellaris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 578. Gonopsis angularis. Macrina angularis, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 860 (1851). Gonopsis mantis. Macrina mantis, Sial, QEfv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1853, p. 225. n. 2. Lichelurhinus indicator, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 499. n. 4 (1868), Gonopsis bantu, sp. n. Pur lish black ; head, anterior half of pronotum, a sub- Phyllocephalinz, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. 225 marginal crenulate line on each side of the scutellum (ex- tending for about two thirds its length), and lateral margin of corium (excluding apex) pale ochraceous. Body beneath reddish ochraceous, a pale oblique lateral sternal fascia on each side extending through the pro- and mesosterna, on outer side of which are two piceous spots, a submarginal elongate black spot on each side of metasternum, and two submarginal black fascize on each side of abdomen. Antenne ochraceous, the second joint considerably longer than the third, which is a little shorter than the fourth ; fifth joint mutilated. Head coarsely punctate. Pronotum rugulose, with a distinct central carination between the lateral angles, which are subacutely prominent. Scutellum strongly rugulose. Corium somewhat thickly punctate. Long. 14 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 8 millim. Hab. Brit. E. Africa, Lake Kibibi (Gregory, Brit. Mus.). - Genus DIPLORHINUS. Diplorhinus furcatus. Atelocerus? furcatus, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 20 (1837). Diplorhinus sinensis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 494, n. 2 (1868), Diplorhinus quadricornis, Stal. Diplorhinus quadricornis, Stil, En. Hem. v. p. 122 (1876). Diplorhinus furcatus, Dall. (nec Westw.) List Hem. i. p. 359, n. i (1851); Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 494. n. 1 (1868), Genus TETRODA. Tetroda histeroides. Acanthia histeroides, Faby. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 526. n, 24 (1798). Tetroda bilineata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 494, n. 11 (1868). Tetroda obtusa. Tetroda obtusa, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 357. n. 6 (1851). Gellia (?) obtusa, Stal, En. Hem. v. p. 124 (1876). Gellia obtusa, Atkins. Notes Ind, Rhynch. y. p. 106 (1888). FRISIMELICA, gen. nov. Body elongate. Head broad, lateral lobes somewhat re- curved upwardly, meeting in front of central lobe at about two thirds from base, which is moderately gibbous; antenne with the second and fifth joints subequal in length, third shortest. Pronotum convexly gibbous, the lateral margins Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 15 226 Mr. W. L. Distant on Dinidorine, moderately laminate; posterior margin not wider than the scutellum and inwardly angulated at centre; posterior angles broadly rounded, from thence slightly sinuate to posterior margin. Scutellum a little longer than half the length of abdomen, moderately deflected on each side, narrowed at about two thirds from base. Corium slightly and convexly rounded from near base; membrane with longitudinal veins extending slightly beyond apex of abdomen. Rostrum reaching anterior coxee; second joint shortest, third joint a little longer than fourth. Mesosternum gibbous and with a central longitudinal levigate carination. A genus to be placed near Gellia and Megarhynchus. Frisimelica signata. Cimex signatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 712. n. 76 (1775). Phyllocephala signata, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 355. n, 10 (1851). Hab. West Africa; Sierra Leone (Banksian Coll., Brit. Mus.) ; Gambia (Brit. Mus.). URroLABIDINZ. Genus UROLABIDA. Urolabida histrionica. Urostylis histrionica, Westw. in Hoye Cat. i. p. 46 (1887). Urolabida binotata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 415, n, 4 (1867). Genus UROCHELA. Urochela quadripunctata. Urochela quadripunctata, Dall, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1850, p, 3, pl. ii. tig. 1. Urostylis lopoides, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 414. n. 12 (1867). Urochela distincta, sp. n. Brownish ochraceous; lateral margins to pronotum and basal lateral margins of corium luteous; a spot on lateral margins of corium and a subbasal spot to lateral margins of corium piceous; two discal rounded piceous spots on each corium situate one above the other, the lower one near the apical margin; connexivum alternately luteous and black ; membrane cupreous, its apex paler; antenna piceous, the basal area of fourth and fifth joints luteous. Body beneath and legs brownish ochraceous, the spots on lateral margins of pronotum and corium as above. Phyllocephalinz, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. 227 Antenne with the first and second joints subequal in length, third shortest, fourth longer than fifth ; body above sparingly, coarsely, and darkly punctate ; lateral margins of the pronotum oblique. Long. 10-11 millim.; max. lat. 5 millim. Hab. China; Kiukiang (Brit. Mus.). Species wrongly included in the Urolabidine. Genus Norius (Pentatomine). Notius, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 155 (1851). Ebora, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 415 (1867). In his description of the proposed genus Hbora Walker describes the rostrum as “ extending a little beyond the fore coxe,” whereas the intermediate core should have _ been written. Misled by Walker’s differential comparison with the genus Urochela, Lethierry and Severin placed Hbora in the Urolabidine. Notius depressus. Notius depressus, Dall. List Hem, i. p. 155. n. 1, t. iv. fig. 1 (1851). Ebora circumdata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 416, n. 1 (1867). ACANTHOSOMIN. Genus ABULITES. Abulites sparsus. Cimex sparsus, Germ. Silb. Rev. Ent. v. p. 174. n. 111 (1837). Rhaphagaster fusco-wroratus, Walk, (nec Stal) Cat. Het. ii. p. 362. n, 48 (1867). Genus ANDRISCUS. Andriscus armatus. Rhaphigaster? armatus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 291, n, 48 (1851), Genus ACANTHOSOMA. Acanthosoma vittata. Cimex vittatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 104. n. 96 (1794); Syst. Rhyng, p. 165. n, 52 (1803). Acanthosoma vittatum, Dall. List Hem. i. p, 307, n. 13 (1851). Anubis? vittatus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém, t, i. p. 250 (1893), 15* 228 Mr, W. L. Distant on Dinidorine, Genus SASTRAGALA. Sastragala firmata. Cuspicona firmata, Walk, Cat. Het. iii. p. 569 (1868). Sastragala murreeana, sp. n. Ochraceous, coarsely black punctate ; lateral pronotal spines red, blackly punctate, long, directed forwards and upwards. Body beneath and legs ochraceous, abdomen with reddish apical spots. Antennz with the second joint much longer than the third, apical half of third piceous; remaining joints mutilated. Pronotum and corium somewhat thickly and coarsely punc- tate, the scutellum more sparingly so. Long. 14-15 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 84-10 millim. Hab. N. India, Murree (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus,, and Coll. Dist.). Sastragala heterospila, Acanthosoma heterospila, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 394. n. 15 (1867). Sastragala affnis, Atkins. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. vol. lvii. p. 344 (1889). Sastragala edessoides, sp. n. Luteous, coarsely and darkly punctate. Antenne luteous, apical half of third joint and fourth and fifth joints piceous. Second joint of antenne a little longer than the third; pronotum and scutellum somewhat sparingly punctate, the corium much more thickly so; pronotal angles long, robust, slightly ascending ; abdomen above pale sanguineous, mar- gins of connexivum ochraceous. Body beneath and legs ochraceous, small stigmatal black spots and two similar spots at posterior margin of apical segment. Long. 14-15 millim. ; exp. pronot. ang]. 93-103 millim. Hab. Sikkim (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.); Naga Hills (Doherty, Coll. Dist.). The long robust pronotal angles render this species distinct, and it has a striking structural resemblance to some species of the American genus Edessa. Sastragala elongata. Acanthosoma elongatum, Dall, List. Hem, i. p. 809. n. 17 (1851). Acanthosoma elongata, Atkins, Notes Ind. Rhynch, Het. y. p. 24 (1888), Phyllocephaline, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. 229 Sastragala Hampson, sp. n. Olivaceous, coarsely and darkly punctate; pronotal angles acute, directed outwardly ; anal appendage provided with two long red forceps; antennx olivaceous, apical half of third and the whole of fourth joint piceous; fifth joint mutilated. Third joint of antenne slightly longer than second ; head impunctate, the pronotum, scutellum, and corium about equally coarsely and sparingly punctate; body beneath and legs very pale yellowish green. Long. 13 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 9 millim. Hab. Nilgiri Hills (Sir G. F. Hampson, Coll. Dist.). Genus ANAXANDRA. Anaxandra alaticornis. Acanthosoma alaticornis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 573 (1868). Anaxandra levicornis. Acanthosoma levicorne, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 311. n, 24 (1851). Acanthosoma levicornis, Notes Ind. Rhynch. Het. vy. p. 23 (1888) ; Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 254 (1893). Anaxandra nigricornis. Acanthosoma nigricornis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 574 (1868). Anazandra nigrocornuta, Reut. Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxv. p. 77 (1881). Anaxandra bovilla, sp. n. Brownish ochraceous, thickly and coarsely punctate ; pro- notal angles largely developed, slightly recurved, and pointed posteriorly at apices, which are a little paler in hue, Antenne with the second joint longer than the third ; posterior area of the pronotum from between the lateral angles much more coarsely punctate ; scutellum very coarsely punctate, the apical margins somewhat raised and levigate, a central levigate line traversing the pronotum and scutellum ; corium more thickly and finely punctate, with a discal levi- gate spot, which in some specimens is very indistinct. Mem- brane pale brownish. Body beneath and legs brownish ochraceous. Long. 10 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 8 millim. Hab. Assam (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.); Naga Hills (Doherty, Coll. Dist.). 230 Mr. W. L. Distant on Dinidorine, Genus STICTOCARENUS. Stictocarenus placidus. Acanthosoma placida, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 397. n. 26 (1867). Stictocarenus chlorophilus. Acanthosoma chlorophila, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 398. n. 27 (1867). Stictocarenus suffusus, sp. n. Pale ochraceous ; a basal fascia to pronotum, internal and external areas (excluding bases) and apical area (broadest at apex) of corium pale sanguineous. Body beneath and legs pale greenish ochraceous ; tarsi testaceous ; abdomen with a discal, longitudinal, pale greyish linear callus on each side. Antenne brownish ochraceous ; second joint slightly longer than the third, fourth and fifth joints subequal in length and darker in hue. Pronotal angles distinctly subprominent, pronotal lateral margins moderately concavely sinuate; san- guineous fascia at base blackly punctate, remaining area (excluding that of callosities) coarsely and concolorously punctate. Scutellum coarsely punctate, but much less so at basal area. Corium thickly and coarsely punctate, the sanguineous internal area darkly punctate. Long. 9 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 44 millim. Hab. King Island, South Seas (Brit. Mus.). Apparently nearest allied to S. nigropunctatus, Reut., but differing by the absence of black punctures to the scutellum and also by the presence of the discal linear callosity to the abdomen. Genus ELASMOSTETHUS. Elasmostethus lineatus. Acanthosoma (Sastragala) lineata, Dall, Trans, Ent. Soc. v. p. 194 (1849). Sastragala lineata, Atkins. Notes Ind. Rhynch. Het. v. p. 28 (1888). Acanthosoma binotata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p, 395. n. 16 (1867). Elasmostethus truncatulus. Acanthosoma truncatula, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 896, n, 18 (1867) Elasmostethus asperus. Acanthosoma aspera, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 395, n. 17 (1867), Phyllocephalinew, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. 231 EHlasmostethus nebulosus, sp. n. Ochraceous, with coarse brown punctures; basal spot to head, two anterior marginal spots to pronotum, and marginal spots to connexivum black. Pronotum with brownish suffu- sions principally on posterior area and at lateral angles ; scutellum much suffused with dark brownish at base, disk, and at each apical margin; a small pale levigate spot in each basal angle; corium with a transverse central and a broad apical brown suffusion ; abdomen above reddish brown, with the extreme apex piceous. Antenne with the two basal joints ochraceous, the re- maining joints fuscous, second joint subequal to or slightly shorter than the third. Body beneath and legs ochraceous ; prosternum and femora darkly punctate; sternal spots near coxe, stigmatal spots, and outer marginal spots at segmental incisures black. Long. 10 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 54 millim. _ Hab. N. India, Naga Hills (Doherty, Coll. Dist.). Elasmostethus nilgirensis, sp. n. Ochraceous ; basal areas of pronotum and scutellum, claval and apical marginal areas of corium, castaneous or reddish castaneous ; pronotal angles, a basal submarginal line to corium, and apical angle of corium black ; membrane hyaline, fuscous at base and apex ; abdomen above reddish, with the apical area black ; lateral margins of the pronotum, a small spot in each basal angle of the scutellum, and a faint longi- tudinal central line traversing the pronotum and scutellum levigate pale ochraceous. Antenne brownish ochraceous, second joint distinctly longer than the third, apical joint somewhat infuscated ; pro- notum, scutellum, and corium coarsely and sparingly punc- tate, the central marginal area of corium much less punctate. Body beneath and legs pale luteous ; the odoriferous apertures and two small subapical abdominal spots black; apex of abdomen reddish. Long. 9 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 44 millim. Hab. Nilgiri Hills (Sir G. F. Hampson, Coll. Dist.) ; Uta- kamand (Brit. Mus.). Allied to the Chinese H. nubilus, Dall., but differing structurally by the much greater length of the second joint of the antenne. 232 Mr. W. L. Distant on Dinidorina, Elasmostethus Lewitst, sp. n. Ochraceous; pronotum, scutellum, and corium coarsely and darkly punctate ; scutellum with a central cordate levi- gate spot surrounded by castaneous shading, in which is a short central dark lineate spot above and beneath; extreme apices of pronotal angles, apical margins or only angles of corium, a small spot at base of membrane, and the apical abdominal segmental angle black ; abdomen above reddish, with its Jateral margins ochraceous; membrane hyaline, slightly brownish on inner and outer margins. Antenne ochraceous, second joint distinctly longer than the third, apical joint somewhat infuscated ; head transversely wrinkled ; pronotum with two transverse levigate callosities on anterior area; corium with the whole marginal area very finely and concolorously punctate. Long. 8 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 43 millim. Hab. Ceylon; Punduloya (Atkins. Coll, Brit. Mus. ; G. Lewis, Coll. Dist.); Nilgiri Hills; Utakamand (Brit. Mus.). Elasmostethus delicatulus. Acanthosoma delicatula, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 397. n. 24 (1867), Mormidea erythrospila, Walk. loc. cit. 111. p. 555 (1868), Elasmostethus lineus. Acanthosoma linea, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 308. n. 15 (1851). Elasmostethus emeritus. Cimex emeritus, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 705 (1775). In Banksian Coll. (Brit. Mus.). Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species. Dinidorinz, Phyllocephaline, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. Genera considered valid. Enada, Walk. Cat. Het. ili. p. 485 (1868) (Tessaratomine). Thalma, Walk. loc. cit. p. 503. Urusa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 504. Genera treated as synonymic. Erga, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 485 (1868),=Gen. Avona, Stal. Ucia, Walk. loc. eit. 11. p. 407 (1867), =Gen. Panetius, Stal. Ebora, Walk. loc, cit. iii, p. 415 (1868), =Gen. Notius, Dall. (Pentato- ; ; [mine. Bessida, Walk. loc. cit. p. 577, =Gen. Gonopsis, Amy. & Serv. Phyllocephalinz, Urolabidinez, and Acanthosomine. 233 Species considered valid and described wnder correct Genera. ‘Cyclopelta dorsalis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 478. n. 5 (1868), ? vilis, Walk. doc. cit. n. 6. Aspongopus circumeinctus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 433, n. 28, -—— e@neus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 484. n. 29, Enada rosea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 485. n. 1 ( Tessaratomine). Megymenum basale, Walk. loc. cit. p. 502. n. 13. Thalma biguttata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 503. n. 1. Urusa crassa, Walk. loc. cit. p, 504. n. 1. Vrolabida octomaculata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 576, Urochela discrepans, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 411. n. 4 (1867), Urostylis lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 412. n. 7. sinensis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 8. — lygoides, Walk. loc. cit. n. 9. — fumigata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 413. 1. 10. —— philoides, Walk. loc, cit. n, 11. Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision. Phyllocephala humerals, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 490, n. 22 (1868), belongs to gen. Dalsira, Amy. & Serv. —— albidicosta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 491. n. 24, belongs to gen, Basicryptus, Herr,-Schaff. subtruncata, Walk. loc. cit. n, 25, belongs to gen. Basicryptus, Herr.- Schaff. Sehtemadiops ensignis, Walk, loc. cit. p. 495. n. 2, belongs to gen. Schizops, Opin. Bie eee chiens Walk. loc. cit. p. 497. n. 7, belongs to gen. Gonopsis, Amy. & Serv. Megarhynchus diversus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 498. n. 4, belongs to gen. Go- nopsis, Amy. & Serv. Cuspicona firmata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 569, belongs to gen. Sastragala, Amy. & Serv. Acanthosoma truncatula, Walk. loc, cit. ii. p. 396. n. 18 (1867), belongs to gen. Elasmostethus, Fieb. —— subducta, Walk. loc. cit. n. 23, belongs to gen. Sastragalu, Amy. & Serv. delicatula, Walk. loc, cit. p. 397. n, 24, belongs to gen. Elasmo- stethus, Fieb. —— placida, Walk. loc. cit. n. 26, belongs to gen. Stictocarenus, Stal. — eeeenin, Walk. loc. cit. p. 898. n. 27, belongs to gen. Stictocarenus, tal. —— alaticornis, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 573 (1868), belongs to gen. Anaz- andra, Stal. oe pecorn Walk. doc. cit. p. 574, belongs to gen. Anaxandra, Stal. Spectes treated as synonymic. Cyclopelta dotata, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 479. n. 7 (1868), = Aspongopus patruelis, Stal. Aspongopus solitus, Walk. Joc. cit. p, 484. n, 30,= Aspongopus cuprifer, Westw. 234 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. Erga roseoflua, Walk. loc. cit. p. 486. n. 1,= Axona longitudinalis, Westw. (Tessaratomine). Phyllocephala impressa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 489. n. 21,= Basicryptus dis- tenctus, Sign. Funesta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 490. n. 28,= Dalsira vicina, Sign. Tetroda bilineata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 494. n. 11,= Tetroda histeroides, Fabr. Diplorhinus sinensis, Walk. loc. crt. n. 2,= Diplorhinus furcatus, Westw. Macrina seita, Walk. loc. cit. p. 496. n. 6,= Macrina juvenca, Burm. vacillans, Walk. loc, cit. p. 497. n. 8,= Gonopsis affinis, Uhler. Dichelorhinus indicator, Walk. loc. cit. p. 499. n. 4,=Gonopsis mantis, Stal. Megymenum instructum, Walk. loc. cit. p. 502. n. 14,= Megymenum dentatum, Boisd. Vera mutilata, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 408, n. 1 (1867), = Paneetius lobulatus, Stal. Urostylis lopoides, Walk, loc. cit. p. 414. n. 12,= Urochela quadrpunctata, Dall. Urolabida semicircularis, Walk. loc. cit. nu. 2,=Urolabida histrionica, Westw. ——- binotata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 415. n. 4,= Urolabida histrionica, Westw. Ebora cireumdata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 416. n. 1,= Notius depressus, Dall. (Pentatomine). Bessida scutellaris, Walk. loc, cit. iii. p. 578 (1868),= Gonopsis coccinea, Walk. Species the types of which are supposed to be in Australia. Acanthosoma immunda, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 573 (1868). National Museum, Melbourne. Ebora postica, Walk. loc. cit. ii, p.416. n.2 (1867). Nat. Mus., Melbourne. ? plana, Walk. loc. cit. n. 8. + a ——? patula, Walk. loc. cit. p. 417. n. 4. - - XXXII.—Ast1atic Torrrrerp2. By the Rt. Hon. Lorpv WatstneuaM, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. [Continued from p. 137.] ARGYROPLOCE, Hb. 925. Argyroploce profundana, F. Penthina profundana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 247. No. +625 [$925] (1871)!; Chr, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIL. 225 (1876) 2 Hab. Europe’, Transcaucasta — Lenkoran’, 24 VI. 1874 (Christoph). JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 235 927 (1). Argyroploce vicinana, Rag. Penthina vicinana, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. LXIII. (1894) 200-1. No. 927 bis (1894) ?. Hab. AMuR*. JAPAN—Yesso (Pryer, 1882). 926. Argyroploce dimidiana, C). n. syn.=Schreberiana, L. [Phalena (Tortrix)| dimidiana, Cl. Ic. Ins. I. Pl. VIII. 10 (1759). Phalena (Tortrix) Schreberiana, L. Fn. Suec. (2 edn.) 348. No. 1338 (1761). {[Phalena (Tortrix)| Screberana, Cl. Ic. Ins. LI. Register, p. (3) (1764). Penthina Schreberiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 247, No. 926 (1871). Hab. Eurorr. JAPAN—Howpo—Oiwake, VI.-VII. 1887 (Pryer). Staudinger and Wocke quote this species thus :—“ Schreberi- ana (Cl. Ic. 8. 10. Figura sine nom. typogr.) L. F.S. p. 348.” In the Berlin, Tring, and Merton copies of Clerck’s ‘ [cones,’ Pl. VIII. f. 10 has the ENGRAVED name “ dimidiana.” In the following copies “ dimidiana” has been erased, “ Screberiana”’ being substituted in MS.: Mus. Br. (NH), Herrich-Schiiffer, and Freyer (teste Zeller), Lin. Soc. Lond. (Linneus’s own copy), Oxtord Mus. (Radeliffe Library). In two copies, Mus. Br. (Banksian Library) and Mr. Godman’s, “ Schreberiana”’ occurs in MS., and in the Zool. Soc. Lond. copy the name is “ Scebertana”’ in MS. This figure is indexed as “ Screberiana, 8. 10,” in the register to the ‘ Icones,’ II. p. (3). In the ‘ Fauna Suecica’ citations from Clerck’s ‘ Icones ’ occur (e. g. gelatella, Cl. VIII. 3) ; precedence must there- fore be given to Clerck’s names, and since at least three copies are still extant with dimidiana engraved on the plate, this name must be accepted as valid. Linneus omits to cite Clerck’s figure, and Clerck probably adopted Linneus’s name when he issued his second part in 1764, but neither he nor Linneus (in 1761) had the power to change a name which had become established in 1759. 931. Argyroploce capreana, Hb. Penthina capretina, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 247. No. 931 (1871)'; Fern. Tr. Am, Ent. Soc. X. 31. No. 189 (1882) ”. Hab. Eurore*. JApan (Pryer, 1886). LABRADOR’. 236 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 931 (1). Argyroploce basipunctana, sp. n. Antenne brownish grey. Palpi white. Head and thorax brownish grey, the latter with a raised chestnut-brown tuft posteriorly. Hore wings mottled with bluish grey and dark fuscous, some obscure chestnut-brown patches interspersed across the middle, followed by a rather shining white tornal patch produced upward nearly to the costa, but not reaching the apex, which is occupied by a triangular chestnut-brown patch; there is some greyish fuscous mottling on the inner and outer sides of the white patch ; on the costa are five pairs of oblique geminated white streaks, two before and three beyond the middle, the latter followed by two single ones before the apex ; at the base is a conspicuous white spot on the cell; cilia pale cinereous, mottled with brown and fuscous, a dark brown line along the termen at their base, preceded by a narrow white streak along the upper half of the termen. Exp. al. 22 mm. Hind wings greyish brown; cilia pale cinereous, a greyish brown line running through them near their base. Abdomen and legs brownish grey. Type, 2 (701385) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Two specimens. 931 (2). Argyroploce lactetfacies, sp. n. Antenne brownish grey. Palpi short, porrect, median joint rather thickly clothed, terminal joint small and partly concealed ; white, shaded with greyish brown externally at their base. Head greyish brown above, face white. Thorax greyish brown, sprinkled with white, with a moderately deve- loped tuft posteriorly. Fore wings milky white, strongly shaded with bluish grey and greyish fuscous along the costa and dorsum to two-thirds the wing-length, the costal shade narrower at the base and widening outwards, the dorsal shade wider at the base and narrowing outwards, both sprinkled with whitish scales and with some whitish geminations on the costa; there is a slight olivaceous tint at the outer por- tion of these costal and dorsal shades passing across the pale space between them, and below the middle of the wing beyond it is a mixed blue-gr ey and greyish fuscous spot ; the apical third white, with a slight olivaceous hue, an olivaceous rey shade curving inwards and upwards from below the middle of the termen, with three olivaceous grey costal streaks above it; cilia greyish, sprinkled with white, a greyish fuscous line along their base. Hap. al. 17 mm. Hind wings Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 237 greyish brown; cilia pale whitish cinereous, with a slender greyish brown shade running through them near their base. Abdomen greyish brown. Legs whitish, hind tarsal joints faintly spotted. Type, & (60059) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Howpo—Yokohama (Man- ley, 1888). Four specimens. This species appears to be allied to corticana, Hb., but the pale ground-colour of the wing almost obliterates the central fascia below the middle; the apical markings also are some- what different and the palpi are white instead of dusky. 933 (1). Argyroploce auricristana, sp. n. Antenne subochreous, basal joint white. Palpi white. Head hoary grey above, white in front. Thorax olive ochreous mixed with white, with a conspicuous golden olive crest posteriorly, ore wings olive ochreous, shading to olive-brown, especially along the costa; apical third of the wing snow-white, the apex slightly tinged with brownish grey; the olive ochreous colour is irrorated with lustrous chalybeous scales which extend as shining silvery streaks along the inner margin of the white space and around the termen; cilia shining whitish, slightly clouded with grey. Exp. al, 19-20 mm. Hind wings greyish brown; cilia shining pale cinereous. Abdomen greyish brown. Legs shining cinereous, hind tarsal joints spotted with brownish. Type, & (701387); 2 (70138) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Kzuszv (Leech, 1890). ‘len specimens. 934 (1). Argyroploce geminata, sp. n. Antenne (3) simple; greyish. Palpi porrect, with the tuft on the underside of the median joint considerably deve- loped; whitish, shaded with greyish fuscous externally. Head whitish ochreous. Thorax with the tuft scarcely deve- loped; whitish, mixed with greyish fuscous and olivaceous, Fore wings white, much mottled, streaked, and clouded with greyish fuscous, grey, and olivaceous; an irregular curved band of mixed greyish fuscous and olivaceous within the basal third, further trom the base on the dorsum than on the costa, encloses a speckled and striated basal ‘patch, in which is a tuft of olivaceous ochreous scales on the dorsum; the 238 Lord Walsingham on Astatic Tortricide. space beyond this basal patch corresponds in colour with the extreme base, and is followed by another oblique band, greyish fuscous towards the costa, containing a few blackish scales about its middle, with an olivaceous spot near the end of the cell and a larger one below the fold, its outer edge biangulated about the middle; beyond this the apical third of the wing is white shaded with greyish, the apex and termen mottled with olivaceous in a triangular form, with three small elongate spots of black scales at its inner edge on veins 6, 7, and 8; the costa with a series of white geminated streaks throughout, more plainly visible on the outer than on the basal half of the wing and separated and divided by greyish fuscous and olivaceous spots and streaklets; cilia greyish fuscous sprinkled with white, at the tornus white, tipped with olivaceous immediately above the angle. Lup. al. 16 mm. Hind wings brownish grey ; cilia slightly paler, with a darker shade running through them near their base. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs whitish. Type, & (70084); 2 (70144) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886) —Kziusrv (Leech, 1890). Five specimens. This species greatly resembles sororculana, Zett., but differs in the more streaky appearance of the basal two-thirds of the fore wings, in the less developed thoracic tuft, and the longer clothing of the median joint of the palpi; the antenne also are somewhat stouter and the costal geminations are more numerous and more clearly defined. 937. Argyroploce variegana, Hb. Penthina variegana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 247, No. 937 (1871)'; Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 249 (1879) *. Hab. Europe’. Asiatic TURKEY—Kauparenpix1ar— Brussa, VI.-VII.’; Azozw—Smyrna’”; Hazes—Shar De- vesy (Native Coll. 1890) ; Aruznra’. 938. Argyroploce pruniana, Hb. 8. pruniana, Hb.+pruneticolana, Z. Penthina pruniana, Hb., var. pruneticolana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 248. No. 938 a (1871)"; Chr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XII, 225 (1876) *; Stgr. Hor. Soc, Ent. Ross. XV. 249 (1879) °. Hab, Kurore*. Asiatic TuRKEY—Brussa, V.*; Taurus’; Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 239 Amasia, VI.*; Goelkutschuk*; Aintab, 10 V. 1892 (Native Coll.). WN. Persta—Asterabad, V.’ 940. Argyroploce atropunctana, Zett. =§ dimidiana, Sdf. Penthina dimidiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 248. No, 940 (1871) '; Ster. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 249 (1879)?; Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. X. 31-2. No. 190 (1882) *. Hab. Evrore*. Astatic TurRKEY—Szvas—Amasia, V.— VII. Unirep States—Missouri’. The adoption of dimidiana, Cl., in lieu of Schreberiana, L., renders dimidiana, Sdf., a homonym, and the name afro- punctana, Zett., should be used for this species. 943. Argyroploce oblongana, Hw. Penthina oblongana, Steger. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 248. No. 948 (1871). Hab. Kvrorr. Asiatic TurkKeY—Hazez—Shar Devesy (Native Coll, 1893). 945. Argyroploce gentianana, Hb. Penthina gentiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 248. No, 945 (1871) '; Ster. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 249 (1879) *. Hab. Europe’. Astatic TurKEY—Kavpavenpiki4r— Brussa, VIII.’ JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). 946 (1). Argyroploce (?) catapittoma, sp. n. Antenne smoky black, paler beneath; basal joint with a white spot at its apex. Pal/pi black; the terminal joint and the apex of the median joint white. Head black; face white. Thorax black, with a white transverse band anteriorly and a white patch posteriorly. Fore wings smoky black for two- thirds their length, the outer third white, a large white patch on the dorsum at one-fourth, and some small white spots along the costa before the middle; there is a white spot at the end of the cell near the edge of the black suffusion, and for a little space beyond and below it, between the black and white portions, occurs a patch of brownish purple accompanied by a tew black scales; cilia white, with two costal, one apical, and three terminal black streaks running through them, some black scales are also scattered along the margin at their base ; 240 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. underside dark fuscous, with a slight purplish reflection (on both wings), the tessellated white cilia showing very clearly. Exp. al. 22 mm. Hind wings cupreous; cilia brownish grey. Abdomen cupreous. Legs: posterior pair coppery brownish, the tarsi blackish, with three or four white annula- tions. Type, 2 (61150) Mus. Wlsm. Hab, CHINA — Pan-tse-Fang, VI.-VII. 1892 (Leech). Unique. A very distinct species, not closely allied to any known Kuropean form. ‘The male is unknown, but it will probably be found to belong to the genus Argyroploce. 963. Argyroploce Branderiana, L. Penthina Branderiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 249, No. 968 (1871). Hab, Europe. JAPAN— Yusso (Pryer, 1882). 963 (1). Argyroploce inornata, sp. n. Antenne dull cinereous. Palpt appressed to the face, terminal joint short, concealed; pale ochreous at the sides, touched with fuscous above. Head fuscous. Thoraz crested ; greyish fuscous, slightly mottled with subochreous. Fore wings greyish fuscous, indistinctly mottled with grey, sub- ochreous and olive-brown to two-thirds the wing-length, the apical third subochreous, shaded with olive-brown ; on.the costa are five or six pairs of pale ochreous geminated streaks, separated and divided by greyish fuscous, a slender slaty grey line running from the pair nearest the middle of the costa to the termen; below this line is a series of inconspicuous narrow fuscous lines crossing the paler portion of the wing towards the termen, but interrupted below the middle by an elongate upright slaty grey patch, forming the outer edge of the ocelloid spot; cilia pale ochreous, much mottled and speckled with brownish fuscous, and with a brownish fuscous line along their base. Hap. al. 24-25 mm. Hind wings brownish fuscous ; cilia very pale ochreous, with a brownish fuscous line running through them near their base. Abdo- men brownish fuscous. Legs subochreous, hind tarsi barred with dark fuscous. Type, 2 (70161); g (70162) Mus, Wlsm. Hab, Japan (Pryer, 1886). Six specimens, Lord Walsingham on Asdtatic Tortricidae. 241 966 (1). Argyroploce major, sp, u. Antenne and palpi cinereous. Head brownish ochreous. Thorax dark fuscous, tegule brownish ochreous. Fore wings brownish ochreous, tending to olive-brown across the middle, much shaded with dark fuscous to two-thirds the wing-length and crossed by numerous irregular waved pale steel-blue bands, or chains of connected spots, beyond the base; the fuscous shading occurs for the most part along the dorsum, obliquely across the middle of the wing to near the tornus, at the base of the extreme costa and below it at a little distance from it, the apical third of the wing showing scarcely any fuscous scales; the pale shining steel-blue bands are distri- buted from the costa before the middle to the dorsum beyond it, and profusely also on the pale apical third, where they follow the outer margin of the oblique dark shade which precedes it, and are carried round the costa and termen, but a little within them; cilia light brownish ochreous along their basal half, their outer half pale ochreous. zp. al. 20 mm. Hind wings dark brownish fuscous ; cilia whitish cinereous, tinged with ochreous at the apex. Abdomen dark brownish fuscous. Legs whitish cinereous. Type, 2 (70232); g (70565) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)— Yusso (Pryer, 1882). Four specimens. In the hind wing veins 3 and 4 are normally connate, but sometimes stalked. 970. Argyroploce stibtana, Gn. Penthina stibiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 249, No. 970 (1871)? ; Stgr. Hor. Suc. Ent. Ross. XV. 250 (1879) ?. Hub. Europe’. Astatic ‘TurKey—Szvas—Ak-Dagh, 13 VIL; Harezs—Shar Devesy, 15-18 VI. 1890 (Native Coill.). 984. Argyroploce lacunana, Schiff. Penthina lacunana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 250. No. 984 (1871) '; Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 251 (1879) ?. Hab. Europe’. Asiatic ‘luRKEY — Brussa, V.-Vi? Cui1na—Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet (Pratt, 1886); Mupin, 21 V. 1890 (Leech). 989 (2). Argyroploce obovata, sp. n. Antenne brownish grey. Palpi whitish ochreous. Head rust-brown. Thorax brownish grey, mottled with rust-brown Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 16 242 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. and pale cinereous. Fore wings rather short and stumpy, with rounded costa, obtuse apex, and rather obliquely convex termen ; pale cinereous, mottled with grey, based and banded with rust-brown, shaded with grey; the basal patch ill- defined, its outer edge dilated a little inward on the fold; the median band wide, attenuated inward to the middle of the costa, beyond which are five oblique pale ochreous geminated costal streaklets, a sinuous steel-grey line from the first pair meeting a line from the apex a little above the middle of the termen ; cilia pale ochreous, a rust-brown line along their base. Hzp. al. 14mm. Hind wings brownish grey ; cilia pale cinereous, a shade-line near their base. Ad- dumen brownish grey. Legs pale cinereous. Type, & (60386) Mus. Wlsm. Hub. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Howpvo—Foochau, IV. 1886 (Leech). Four specimens. 998 (2). Argyroploce humeralis, sp. n. Antenne fuscous. Lalpi pale cinereous. Head and thorax fuscous. ore wings with a basal patch extending to one- fourth, bent outward about the middle, fuscous mottled with leaden grey ; the space beyond it is pale ochreous, a slender fuscous line running through it parallel to the outer edge of the basal patch; the outer portion of the pale space is diffused and strongly tinged with ferruginous ; along the costa a series -of fuscous spots alternate with oblique geminated pale ochreous streaks; from the third spot, about the middle, arises a fuscous shade, dilated outward and downward to the dorsum before the tornus and much mottled with leaden grey, a larger patch ot which occurs at its outer edge above the tornus; the outer portion of the wing is bright ferruginous, a slender leaden grey line running from the fifth costal spot to the termen below the apex ; cilia pale ochreous, based (and tipped along the middle of the termen) with greyish fuscous. ap. al. 17 wm. Hend wings dark greyish brown; cilia pale cincreous, with a dark line running through them near their base. Abdomen greyish brown. Legs pale cinereous, with four blackish spots on the hind tarsi. Type, & (70532) Mus. Wism, Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886). Unique. 1003 (1). Argyroploce (?) acharis, Btl. Penthina acharis, Btl. Ill. Typ. Lp. Het. B. M. III. 80, Pl. LX. 9 (1879) |. Hab. CoreEA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). JAPAN (Pryer, On Variation in the Weasel and Hedgehog. 243 1886)— Yesso—Hakodate, VILL. 1886 (Leech). Hoxpo— Yokohama’. Krusru (Leech, 1890)—Satsuma, V. 1886 (Leech). This is not a true Argyroploce, as it does not possess a thoracic tuit; it cannot be referred to Enarmonia, as at present constituted, since veins 3 and 4 of the hind wings are connate, not stalked. [To be continued. } XXXIIT.—WNote on Variation in the Weasel and Hedgehog. By G. E. H. Barrerr-HAmMILTon. I HAVE read with much interest the two notes by Dr. Kinar Loénnberg which appeared in the ‘ Annals’ for May and June 1900. In these days of much writing and little atten- tion it is pleasant to find that one’s work attracts notice, even if that notice be critical or condemnatory. It is doubly valuable to receive criticism from one who resides in Scandi- navia, a country whose climate and configuration lends itself in a very peculiar manner to the formation of local subspecies of mammals, or, in other words, to variation. Before noticing Dr. Lounberg’s remarks I may say, by way of preface, that in my studies of Kuropean mammals my main object has been, first to record, and secondly to throw light, however dimly, upon the origin of the numerous variations which occur. ‘lhe making of species or subspecies is therefore to me of quite subsidiary impurtance, and I| care not a jot whether the torms upon which I find it necessary to bestow technical names be styled species, subspecies, races, forms, or phases. On the whole I incline to the latter word; but the use of the term subspecies is now so general and, I had thought, so well understood that 1 have found it convenient. No one who works for any little time at such matters can fail to meet with numberless ditficulties or to notice the inequality between the various subspecies. That, however, is the fault of the system, or, if you like, of the animals themselves, which refuse to accommodate themselves to any scheme which man can invent, and which conse- quently excite the frequent protests of those who fail to see the troubles which must beset any system of minute inquiry. Even, however, if | were to find that I had made numerons 244 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on bad subspecies, I would vastly prefer to be on the side of those who attempt to unravel the mysteries of variation (it may bea task heavier than the cleaning of the Augean stables) rather than to cultivate the icy scepticism of the modern school of “Jumpers,” to whom the many phases of animal variation are like the ripples of the ocean to the sailor—things to be detested in proportion as their magnitude makes them trouble- some. By such a school no real progress can now or ever be made. Let us look at Dr. Lénnberg’s criticisms. Admitting that the meaning of a subspecies varies somewhat with different authors, he supposes ‘that even in a subspecies the distin- guishing characteristics (although they are of less import- ance than specific ones) must be constant to a certain degree and inherited from one generation to another; in the oppo- site case it is only an individual variety. Such independent individual varieties must not be called subspecies, in my opinion, even if they are numerous and dominate in some region.” Reading my introductory remarks, it is easy to understand where Dr. Lénnberg and I differ and where we agree. Finding that the weasels of the far north turn white in winter, while those of the south do not, 1 apply to each of these, in their extremes highly distinguishable, phases of the same animal a different trinomial name, This I find to be the best method at my disposal of calling attention to such differences. Dr, Liénnberg, on the contrary, prefers to minimize the importance of these really important colour changes by refusing to accord them the hall-mark of nomen- clatural distinction. But it is not this which puzzles and annoys Dr. Linnberg so much as the existence in Scandinavia of weasels belonging to both of these forms. Well, why not take things as they are, and admit the difficulty, with the impossibility of ever completely surmounting it? Is it altogether preposterous that, while we have the regularly white-turning Putorius nivalis typicus in North and Middle Sweden, and the always brown P. n. vulgaris in Scania (connected, as we know they are, by various intermediates), we should similarly find the P.n. typicus on a mountain-top and the P. x. vulgaris in the valley of the same parish? Is not all this due to the same laws of climatic variation, and need it deter us from further investigation to find that such variation is in the highest degree perplexing? Shall we not rather do well to Variation in the Weasel and Hedgehog. 245 accept the situation, pregnant as it is with interest, and to welcome each step in the road to its explanation ? It is, in fact, only to be expected that a mountainous country like Scandinavia, with one flank fully exposed to the damp blasts of the Atlantic, the other chilled by the near proximity of a vast continent, should present us with at least two or even more phases of each common mammal. This is certainly the case, as Dr. Lénnberg points out, with the polar hare, Lepus canescens, and | have shown that it is so also with the squirrel and also probably with the long-tailed field-mouse, Mus sylvaticus. Why, then, should Dr. Lénn- berg be at such pains to demonstrate the occurrence of the “vulgaris” form together with the “ ¢ypicus,” an incident which was not only probable but necessary for the proper appreciation of their réle as subspecies? And why should Dr. Lénnberg regard such intergradation both of colour and size as rendering the distinguishing characteristics derived from them unimportant, when in the very same paragraph he shows his thorough agreement with me that “ the variation of the weasel certainly does not lack significance, because intermediate stages occur which unite the extreme forms ”’ ? Of Dr. Lénnberg’s second paper—‘ Note on the Indi- vidual Variation of the Common Hedgehog ’’—I have less to say. I had found what I thought to be solid points of differentiation between the skulls of hedgehogs from England and Scandinavia, whereby all the examples included in a fair series contained in the British Museum of Natural History were readily distinguishable. Relying on the rule, soon learnt in working at mammals, that such differences, even if slight, are usually not meaningless, I assumed that they would be borne out by a larger series of specimens than I at that time had before me. Dr. Lénnberg finds that this is not so; and I can only say that, while I am sorry that my opinion seems to have been erroneous, I am only too glad to find here in the hedgehog another check to those who, while refusing to recognize colour differences, pin their faith with an inconsistent fidelity on what are frequently the shadowy characters of the cranium. Such characters of the cranium, as every year only scems to teach us, may be full of value or worthless just according to the individual idio- synerasy of the animal in which they occur. They are in many cases not one bit more reliable than those presented by colour, proportions, or size. In fact, in regard to some of the more important cranial characters, such as those of the 246 Bibliographical Notices. dentition of the vole *, 25 per cent. of specimens examined may be abnormal, a fact which, when still larger numbers are available, may yet prove the saving of my subdivision of the hedgehogs. In conclusion, I must thank my critic for the exceedingly temperate and forbearing way in which his remarks are couched. Criticisms thus conscientiously formed and fairly expressed cannot surely fail to advance our science. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Zoological Results based on Muterial from New Britain, New Guinea, Loyalty Islands, and elsewhere, collected during the Years 1895, 1896, and 1897, by Arthur Willey, D.Se. Lond., Hon. M.A. Cantab. Part IV. Cambridge, May 1900. ‘Tun long-delayed fourth part of Dr. Willey’s ‘ Zoological Results ’ is now before us and proves fully equal, both in interest and in the general excellence of its contents, to its predecessors. It contains ten memoirs, the majority of which are devoted to reports on the collec- tions made by Dr. Willey in various groups of the animal kingdom. Three, however, are on subjects of morphological interest. The first of these is the opening paper of the volume by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner, ‘‘On the Anatomy of a supposed new Species of Ceno- psanmic from Lifu.” Mr. Gardiner divides his subject into four heads, dealing respectively with the general anatomy of the skeleton and specific description, the general anatomy of the polyps, minute anatomy, and some conclusions relating to the body-layers in the Actinozoa. He comes to the conclusion that the whole filament of the primary and secondary, and probably also that of the tertiary, mesenteries is ectodermic in origin, and that the whole of the digestion of the animal is performed by these filaments, and draws the important deduction that the stomodeum of Actinozoa is not comparable with that of the Triploblastica, but is rather, with the mesenterial filaments, the homologue of the whole gut. The so-called endoderm is homologous with the mesoderm of Triplo- plastica, and the Actinozoan polyp ought to be regarded as a Triplo- blastic form. The second of the morphological papers is by Mr. J. J. Lister on Astrosclera Willeyana, the type of a new family of sponges. This is a very remarkable organism, with a massive calcareous skeleton of polyhedral elements united to form a rigid skeleton and excluding the soft parts, an arrangement which is only approached among living sponges in the genus Petrostoma. Among several points in which Astrosclera differs from the rest of the Porifera may be men- tioned the absence of a central atrial space, the minute size of the flagellated chambers, and the peculiar form of the flagellated cells, * As shown by Mr. G, 8S. Miller, Jun. Bibliographical Notices. 247 which appear to be without “collars” and to taper gradually into the flagellum. The skeleton of Astrosclera in many ways recalls that of the extinct Pharetrones, and Mr. Lister devotes a considerable space to the consideration of the possible relationship of the two groups, but comes to the conclusion that there is no clear affinity between them. The paper on Asérosclera is followed in the volume by a memoir by Mr. W. P. Pycraft, ‘On the Pterylography of the Megapodii,” dealing with the pterylosis of the adult, the nestling, and the embryo. In the course of some remarks on the nature of the nest- ling plumage, Mr. Pycraft advances the view that this does not, in Megapodius, consist of true neossoptiles, but of a growth of feathers intermediate between the latter and the definitive contour feathers of the adult. Similar feathers are found in the nesiling owl. There are no preplumule and the true prepennsx are shed during embryonic life. The remuining papers in the volume are respectively by Dr. D. Sharp on the Insects from New Britain, by Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the Stomatopoda and Macrura, by Mr. Walter Collinge on the Slugs, Miss Philipps on the Polyzoa, Miss Thornely on the Hydroids, Professor Hickson and Miss Hiles on the Stolonitera and Aley- onacea, and Dr. Ashworth on the Xeniidx, the whole series torming a valuable addition to our knowledge of the zoology of the regions visited by Dr. Willey. A Monograph of the Coleopterous Families Corylophide and Spheerlide. By the Rev. A. Marrurws, M.A. Edited by Parzip B, Mason, M.R.CS., F.LS., F.Z.S., &c. London: 0. E. Janson, 1899. Tais work is published in the same form as the author’s previous monograph on the Trichopterygide. It consists of 220 pages of letterpress, and is illustrated with nine plates in outline, with details of structure. One hundred and sixty-nine species are described. ‘he author concludes that the affinity of the Cory lophides is with the Silphide and Leptinide, and places the families thus :— Leptinide, Corylophide, Pheenocephalide, Silphide. The Pheenocephalide consists of a single genus, Pheenocephalus separated from the Corylophidz on account of the maxillie having two lobes, &ce. Aphanocephalus, originally described as a member of the Corylophide, is separated as a distinct family, Pseudo- corylophide, chiefly on account of the maxille having “ three lobes,” somewhat as in the Trichopterygide. The family is placed between the Corylophide and Phzenocephalide in the work, but the author would “retain it in the position now occupied by the whole family in the vicinity of the Coccinellide.” This is a most interesting point, for the Coccinellide, formerly placed at the end of the Coleoptera entirely away from the Clavicornia, are now by some eminent Coleopterists located with them. The various genera included in the Corylophide are so diverse “248 Miscellaneous. that the author divides them, and we think rightly, into five tribes. This diversity gives the study of this family great interest, as light may be thrown on some of the difficult problems connected with the classification of the Clavicornia, and may determine the proper position of the Coccinellid, which is still somewhat doubtful. Those who are acquainted with the author's work on the Trichopterygidze will not, we feel sure, be disappointed with the present volume, which shows everywhere the great care that has been taken in its preparation. The small size of these insects (apparently nearly all considerably less than two millimetres in length) has deterred many from examining them; but this work has rendered the study of the group possible even to an outsider, as the figures of details are very good. The plates are admirably executed, but we cannot help regretting that only half-figures are given: these do not satisfactorily convey to the eye the form of the insect, and there is room on the plates for complete figures. The editor and publisher are both to be congratulated on the publication of this work; they seem to have spared no pains to make it worthy of the author. We presume the wing of T'richo- pteryx on the cover, as it does not in any way indicate the contents of the book, is to be regarded as the author’s entomological coat of arms. MISCELLANEOUS. Priority or Usage. To the Editors of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ GentLeMEN,—Many who, like myself, had “the advantage of a classical education” must remember the joy, alike of master and scholar, when the “ note” said that a given word was an drat Aeyopevor. It was as water in a dry land, as the word Mesopotamia to the historical old woman. And now to think of the joy of it! dos (see Sharpe, Preface to ‘ Hand-list of Birds,’ il. p. vi) is found to bea Greek word meaning ‘“‘ weariness.”” Whether Euripides ever used this word is very doubtful ; but it seems certain that he never used it twice, and that no other known Greek author ever used it at all. It is a true dak Neyopevor, a gem of the purest water ! But see to what shifts the priority-purist who wants to apply Apus to the swift (see the preceding volume of these ‘ Annals,’ p. 480) is reduced! At first sight it is astounding ; on reflection it is seen to be appropriate; for, after all, what is the priority-purist but a searcher after dag \eyéueva—names used once and decently buried in some dusty magazine, which he drags to the light and uses to eject world-known terms. Let these purists beware lest, when the history of zoology be written, they find themselves drag Aeyopevor, and not too politely at that! Your faithful Servant, 14th July, 1900. F. Jerrruy Bec. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, [SEVENTH SERIES. ] No. 33. SEPTEMBER 1900. XXXIV.—On some Malacostracous Crustaceans from Ma- Taysia in the Collection of the Sarawak Museum. By W. F. Lancuester, M.A., King’s College, Cambridge. [Plate XII.] THE Crustaceans with which I deal in this paper were sent to me by Mr. R. Shelford, B.A., Curator of the Sarawak Museum, when I was at Singapore in the early part of 1899, and I am greatly indebted to him for giving me the oppor- tunity of identifying them. He has, further, been kind enough to let me retain all but two of the specimens, and those that may be desiderata to the Natural History Museum at South Kensington will be deposited there. It is a small collection of 38 species (27 genera), and only one of these is new ; but some, in particular the Potamons, of which there are five species, have only been recently described. This Potamon group, which seems to be especially well represented in Borneo, and which ranges there from sea-level to 6000 feet, numbers many species of more or less definiteness, and greater additions to our collections will no doubt enable us to reduce the number of these somewhat and at the same time to get a clearer idea of their mutual affinities. There is also a specimen of a Callianassa, unfortunately somewhat damaged, but almost certainly identical with OC. Martensi, Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. re 250 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some first described from Mauritius by Mr. Miers and later from Amboina by Dr. de Man, which, if my diagnosis be correct, would point to a disappearance of the eyes in this species ; for the corne, which in Mr. Miers’s younger example are of normal size, are in this one small and out of all proportion to their peduncles, which are flattened and produced, so as to overlap them on all sides. Since my return from the Straits I have been occupied in describing the Brachyura collected there by Mr. Bedford and myself: the paper dealing with these was read to the Zoolo- gical Society in June, and will appear in the ‘ Proceedings ’ of that Society later in the year. This being so, I have contented myself with giving references to that paper in cases where, in this, species are mentioned which I have already described. As regards what few measurements I have taken, I should say that, except where otherwise stated, I have measured the breadth between the bases of the last antero-lateral spines and the length between the posterior margin and a line joining the bases of the internal supraocular spines ; my reasons for this I have given in my earlier paper. It may perhaps be advisable to add that the numbers given in Roman figures with each species correspond to labels atfixed by Mr. Shelford, and are inserted for his better convenience in identifying the corresponding exaimples in his inuseum. BRACHYURA. IT. Genus ATERGATIS, de Haan. 1. Atergatis integerrimus, Lam. Cancer integerrimus, Lam. Hist. Anim. sans Vert. t. v. p. 278 (1818). Atergatis integerrimus, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 46, pl. xiv. fig. 1 (1839) ; A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. 1, p. 285 (1865). Distr. Philippines, Malaysia, Siam, Java, Tuticorin. No. cctxxul. Hab. Singapore. A female. Dim.: Length 34°5 millim., breadth (greatest) 55:5. 2. Atergatis foridus, Rumph. Cancer floridus, Rumphius, d’Amboinsche Rariteit-Kammer, p. 16, pl. viii. fig. 5 (1705). : Cancer ocyroé, Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krab. pl. liv. fig. 2 (1798). Atergatis floridus, A. M.-Edw. Nouy. Arch. Mus, t. i. p. 243 (1865). Distr. Ceylon, Malay Archipelago, Duke-of-York Island, Samoa, Clairemont. Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia. 251 No. cocx. Hab. Pulau Satang. A female. Dim.: Length 30 millim., breadth (before last tooth) 43:5. II. Genus CarPiLopEs, Dana. 3. Carpilodes socius, Lanchester. Carpilodes socius, Lanchester, P. Z. 8. Lond. (1900). INXstr. Singapore. No. coct. Hab. Singapore. A fine male specimen, quite agreeing with my original description. Colour deep red above, a lighter brown-red below ; fingers brown, with dirty-white tips. Dim.: Length 17:25 millim., breadth 29°25. ILI. Genus Actma, de Haan. 4. Acta areolata, Dana. Actea areolata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. vol. i. p. 162, pl. vill. fig. 1 (1852); A. M.-Edw. Nouy. Arch. Mus. t. i. p. 264 (1865). Distr. Port Molle, Mergui Is., Sooloo Sea. No. crxxit. //ub. Singapore. A male, in which, as with other specimens from Singapore, the internal lobule of the protogastric lobe is no broader than the mesogastric ; front only moderately prominent. Dim.: Length 9 millim., breadth 15:5, 5. Actea pulchella, var. modesta, de Man. Acteodes modestus, de Man, Arch. f. Naturgesch. Jahrg. liii, Bd. i. p. 257, pl. ix. fig. 2 (1887). Actea pulchella, Lanchester, P. Z. S. Lond. (1900). Distr. Singapore, Amboina. No. cccxcr. lab. Singapore. A female. I cannot quite convince myself of the specific distinctness of Actwodes modestus and Actwa pulchella. The genus at least cannot be sustained, based as it is practically on the one character of the greater or less emargination of the finger-tips. But it is, again, more particularly on this cha- racter that Dr. de Man has formed his species— Ks scheint mir nun, dass sich die pulchella von unserer Art gleichfalls durch die Scheerenfinger unterscheidet.” These differences are :—in A. pulchella the fingers meet along their length, are only slightly emarginate, and the dactyl slants obliquely ; in A. modestus the fingers gape a little, the tips are strongly 1 252 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some emarginate, and the dactyl curves downwards. Now this example and two males which I have already described from Singapore (¢. ¢c.) show the modestus arrangement pretty clearly, though even in this small number one may see a degree of gradation, though a slight one, to the pulchella form; while a fourth example, a female, rather smaller (already described, ¢. ¢.), shows the pulchella arrangement, not perfectly, but distinctly. There are no other noticeable differences between the two forms (sonstige Unterschiede giebt es kaum,” de Man, ¢. c.), and I do not think the slight variations in the hand-structure are as yet more than varia- tions. It is true that three distinctions are noticed, but these three are really only one variation, the curvature of the dactyl and the gape of the fingers being implied by the emargination of the finger-tips. And the amount of this emargination, even in my four examples, is not at all con- stant, the two smaller examples having sharper finger-tips in proportion. It seems to me, therefore, better to retain Dr. de Man’s specific name in a varietal sense for those forms of A. pulchella in which the spoon-shaped arrangement is well marked, while leaving it open to decision as to whether the difference is truly varietal, or only one of age, sex, or both. Dim.: Length 11 millim., breadth 16°25. IV. Genus Errtsopgs, Dana. 6. Htisodes anaglyptus, M.-Edw. Etisus anaglyptus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 411 (1835), Etisodes anaglyptus, Lanchester, P. Z. S. Lond. (1900). Distr. Philippines, Clairemont, Torres Strait. No. cott. Hab. Pulau Satang. A female. I have already (¢. c. supra) given a fuller description of this species, as a supplement to M.-Edwards’s short diagnosis. Dim.: Length 35 millim., breadth 52. V. Genus Pitumnus, Leach. 7. Pilumnus vespertilio, Fabr. Cancer vespertilio, Faby. Suppl. Entom. p. 838 (1798). Pilumnus vespertilio, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 418 (1885) ; Haswell, Catal. Austr. Crust. p. 65 (1882). Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia. 253 Distr. Seychelles, Tuticorin, Malay Archipelago, N.W. Australia, New Zealand, Samoa. No. ccctxv. Hab. Singapore. A female. Dim.: Length 11 millim., breadth 14:5. VI. Genus Errputa, Latr. 8. Eriphia levimana, var. Smithi’, McLeay. Lriphia Smith, McL. Annul, in Smith’s Zool. 8. Africa, p. 60 (1838). Eriphia levimana, v. Smithii, Miers, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 287 (1880). Distr, Natal, Kurrachee, Singapore, New Guinea, off Madagascar. No. cotvi. Hab. Natunas. A female. Pim.: Length 39°5 millim., greatest breadth 54. VII. Scytua, de Haan. 9. Scylla serrata, Forskal. Cancer olivaceus, Herbst, Naturg. d. Krab. ii. p. 157, pl. xxxviil. fig. 3 (1796). Lupea tranquebarica, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 448 (1835). Scylla serrata, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust. p. 44 (1839) ; Haswell, Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 79 (1882). Distr. Cape of Good Hope, Natal, India, Malay Archi- pelago, China, New Caledonia. No. Lxxx1x. Hab. Moratabas. A young female. Dim.: Length 48°5 millim., breadth 73. VIII. Genus Neprunus, de Haan. 10. Neptunus pelagicus, Linn. Cancer pelagicus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) p. 1042 (1766), Lupea pelagica, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 450 (1835). Neptunus pelagicus, Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 77 (1882). Distr. Muscat, Persian Gulf, India, Malay Archipelago, Port Curtis, Sydney, Shanghai, Zanzibar. No. ccctxvi. Hab. Buntal. A female. Dim.: Length 28 millim., breadth 52°5. = . 254 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some No. ccoxxx. Hab. Santubong. A male. Dim.: Length 16°25 millim., breadth 28. 1 R. Length of last lateral teeth in 9 =5 mm. 9°5 mm. ” ” ” g=45 ,, 45, IX. Genus Gontosoma, A. M.-Edw. 11. Goniosoma affine, Dana. Charybdis affinis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. vol. i. p. 286, pl. xvii. fie, 2 (1852). Gonrosoma affine, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. x. p. 384 (1861) ; de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 80, pl. v. fig. 2 (1888). Distr. India, Mergui Is., Singapore. No. ccocxxxt. Hab. Buntal. A female, in which the two median lobes of the front are broken off. I can detect no signs of teeth on the posterior margins of the penultimate joints of the natatory (last) legs. Dim.: Length 23°5 millim., breadth 37. 12. Goniosoma roseum, Jacq. et Lucas. (Pl. XII. fig. 1.) Thalamita rosea, Jacq. et Luc. t. iii. p. 5, pl. v. fig. 11 (=Hombron et Jacq. Voy. au Péle Sud, Crust. 1853). Goniosoma roseum et rostratum, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. x. pp. 378-9, pl. xxxv. fig. 2 (1861). Distr. Mouths of Ganges, Calcutta, Gulf of Martaban, New Guinea. No. 1x. Hab. Buntal. A male, in which there is a small distinct tooth on the base, posteriorly, of each first antero-lateral tooth, and a slight pubescence on the branchial regions. G'. rostratum differs only in being less orbicular, in having the two median teeth of the front more advanced, and in the possession of only two spines on the hand, and I do not think it is specifically distinct. Dim.: Length 17°5 millim., breadth 24°5. X. Genus THALAMITA, Latr. 13. Thalamita Dane, var. Stimpsonit, A. M.-Edw. Thalamita Stimpsoni, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. x. p. 862, pl. xxxv. fig. 4 (1861). Thalamita Dane, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 78, pl. iv. figs. 8, 9 (1888). Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia. 255 Distr. Torres Strait, Sandwich Islands, W. Australia, Malay Archipelago. No. cccititr. Hab. Singapore. A young female. Dim,: Length 8 millim., breadth 12°35. XI. Genus Poramon, Sav. 14. Potamon (Perithelphusa) Biittikofert, de Man. Potamon (Perithelphusa) Biittikofert, de Man, Notes from the Leyden Museum, vol. xxi. pts. i—iii. pp. 80-86, pl. vi. fig. 6 (1899). Distr. Sintang. No. coxcit. Hab. Mt. Matang, 3000 feet. A male. Dr. de Man describes the “ ischial line” on the posterior maxillipedes as being parallel to the inner margin of the ischial joint; in this example it is oblique, slanting away from it from before backwards. Dim.: Greatest length 28°5 millim., greatest breadth 35. 15. Potamon (Perithelphusa) borneense, var. hilare, de Man. Potamon borneensis, var. hilaris, de Man, Notes Leyden Mus. vol. xxi. pts. iii. p. 71, pl. v. fig. 4 (1899). Distr. Sintang. No. xcvu. Hab. Kuching: freshwater. A male. Dim.: Greatest length 18°5 millim., greatest breadth 23. 16. Potamon (Parathelphusa) tridentatum, var. incertum, Lanchester. (PI. XII. fig. 2.) Potamon (Parathelphusa) tridentatum, var. incertum, Lanchester, P. Z.S. Lond. (1900). Distr. Singapore (Botan. Gardens). No.cxxxvi. Hab. Kuching: presumably freshwater, but I have no note to that effect. A male, quite agreeing with the forms I have already described from Singapore; though in this specimen the lobulation of the extraorbital tooth is even more striking, giving it all the appearance of having four antero-lateral teeth, such that the second is truncated, while the rest are sharp. Dim.: Length (including rostrum) 30°5 millim., breadth between last teeth 37:5. 256 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some 17. Potamon (Geothelphusa) Birgeri, de Man. Potamon (Geothelphusa) Biirgeri, de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. vol. xx1. pts. i-ili. pp. 121-127, pls. xi., xii. fig. 14 (1899). Distr. Mount Liang Koeboeng. No. xcv. Hab. Kuching. A female example, quite agreeing with Dr. de Man’s description of a male, except in regard to the following points :—The left chelipede is the larger, and not the right ; the fingers, moreover, which on the right side meet all along their length, are somewhat widely separate on the left. The mesogastric groove is continued faintly on to the front, and shows a tendency to bifurcation behind; there is also a faint oblique depression between the gastric and branchial regions on each side. Dim. : Greatest length 15°5 millim., greatest breadth 21. 18. Potamon (Thelphusa) bidiense, sp. n. (Pl. EOE tie: 13.) No. ccctxxvu. Hab. With this specimen I have the following note from Mr. Shelford :—“ Caves at Bidi in pools ; the caves were absolutely dark. Body pale brown, legs white.” A male. This form is closely related to one obtained by Dr. de Man from the Dutch Expedition to Central Borneo, and named by him P. Melanippe, which is itself allied to P. Aus- tentanum, a form described by Wood-Mason from Assam. Like them, this specimen is most noticeable for the length and slenderness of its legs ; but the penultimate pair are a little more than three times as long as the carapace, and their meri are also longer than the carapace by nearly a fifth of their length. In this, too, they differ from P. Melanzppe in that the meri of the last four legs are armed with a small blunt spine anteriorly, quite close to the distal end. The external maxillipeds are precisely similar to those of P. Melanippe; the chelipedes, too, are essentially similar, except that the fingers do not quite meet along their length and their tips decussate. The shape of the male abdomen is, however, quite different: the stxth segment is indeed quite similar to that of P. Melanippe; but the -fifth, instead of being narrower at its base than at its extremity, is, if anything, ever so little broader, with its sides straight and practically parallel; as a consequence of this, the transition from the narrower terminal to the broader basal segments is much less marked than in Dr. de Man’s form. Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia. 257 Epigastric lobes very prominent; no crest parallel to the anterior margin of the front, general surface of the carapace rather thickly punctate than granular. Upper surface of meri of ambulatory legs with two granular eminences. ‘There is a minute epibranchial tooth as in P. Melanippe, behind which the sides are obliquely rugose. , In regard to the habitat from which it was taken, there is no evidence to show that this species is essentially a cave- dwelling one; though its occurrence in a dark cave is very interesting, and shows the possibility of such being the case. The eyes in this individual are normal; its colour is perhaps paler than in the Thelphuside generally (but ef. Potamon bicristatum, de Man: “ carapace lead-coloured, legs yellowish marmorate’”’), But a loss of colour of this nature is not necessarily a permanent feature, and proves very little as to the ways of the species as such. The possibility must always be borne in mind that a particular habitat, such as this, may be one temporarily acquired by certain, possibly locally limited, members of a species; should this residence become _per- manent, a local race may be formed. But in this case, at least, the evidence is very little, and not much can be deduced from it in either direction. Dim.: Greatest length 12°25 millim., greatest breadth 14; length of penultimate pair of legs 40, length of merus of penult. pair 15. XII. Genus SESARMA, Say. 19. Sesarma calypso, de Man. Sesarma (Parasesarma) calypso, de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb. Syst. Bd. ix. pp. 185-9, fig. 34 (1896). Sesarma calypso, Lanchester, P. Z. S. Lond. (1900), Distr. Atjeh, Singapore. No. xxxviul. //ab. Buntal. A female. Superior border of hand raised to a strong crest on its inner side, against which the four peclinated ridges abut. Fingers with seven or eight of the characteristic ‘“ 'Treppen- formig ” tubercles. Dim.; Greatest length 16 millim., breadth (including ex- ternal orbital angles) 20°5. 20. Sesarma quadrata, Fabr. Cancer quadratus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 841 (1798) Grapsus (Pachysoma) quadratus, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 222, pl. viii. fig. 3 (1859). Distr. Malay Archipelago, Japan. 258 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some No. Lxxx1u. Hab. Santubong. A small female. ‘Two obscure pectinated ridges, and 8-10 low tubercles on the dactyl. Dim.: Greatest length 9°25 millim., breadth (including external orbital angles) 12. XIII. Genus Ocypope, Fabr. 21. Ocypode ceratophthalma, Pallas. Cancer ceratophthalmus, Pall. Spic. Zool. ix. p. 83, pl. v. fig. 17 (1772). Ocypode ceratophthalma, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 347 (1798) ; Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 379, pl. xvii. fig. 1 (1882). Distr. Very wide; from EK. Africa to the Pacific. Nos. LXXXVI, CCCLXI., ccxc. Hab. Santubong, Buntal. A male, with styles 11°5 millim. long (breadth of carapace at epibranchial angles 36); a female, with styles :75 long (breadth of carapace 28) ; and a small male, with no ocular styles (breadth of carapace 18°5). gal o 2. millim. millim. millim. Dim.: Greatest length of carap. 32 15:5 24°5 Greatest breadth of carap. 36 18°5 28 XIV. Genus Uca, Leach (= Gelasimus, Latr.). 22. Uca annulipes, M.-Hdw. Gelasimus annulipes, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 55 (1837) ; de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 118, pl. viii. figs. 5-7 (1888), ubi syn. Distr. Zambesi, Durban, India, Malay Archipelago, Samoa, Lu-chu (China). No. xxv. Hab. Santubong. A male, left-handed. Dim.: Greatest length 7°5 millim., breadth (with external orbital angles) 13°5. XV. Genus MACROPHTHALMUS, Latr. 23. Macrophthalmus carinimanus, M.-Edw. Macrophthalmus carinimanus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 65 (1837); Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 8306 (1880) ; Haswell, Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 88 (1882). Distr. Malaysia. Malucostraccus Crustaceans from Malaysia. 259 No. ccctv1. Hab. Santubong. A male. Dim.: Greatest length of carapace 9°5 millim., breadth (across ext. orb. angles} 21. 24. Macrophthalmus depressus, Riippell. Macrophthalmus depressus, Riipp. Beschreib. 24 Art. kurzschw. Krab. p- 19, pl. iv. fig. 6 (1830). Re aes affinis, Guérin, Crust. ‘ Favorite,’ p. 172, pl. 1. fig. 2 Air op hihi depressus, Hend. Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. v. p. 889 (1893) ; de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb. Syst. Bd. viii. p. 578 (1895). Distr. Pamban, Rameswaram, Bombay, Red Sea, North Australia. No. xiv. Hab. Buntal. A male. The granulations on the carapace are very fine, distinctly visible under the lens; and there is a well-marked mesial groove on the front, extending back to the level of the external orbital angles. In a smaller female specimen Dr. de Man found no spine on the merus of the last leg; there is one present in this example, which is a little larger. Prof. Henderson (¢. ¢.) says: ‘The ambulatory legs are pubescent, with a single tooth near the anterior distal end of merus,’ —making no exception as regards the last pair. I note, in addition, in my specimen the presence of a thick hairy tuft on the anterior surface of the merus of the cheli- pedes, and another at the base, internally, of the fingers. Dim.: Greatest length of carapace 11°25 millim., breadth (across orbital angles) 14. Prof. Henderson gives the length of a male as 11 millim., and its breadth 17; Dr. de Man’s specimen is given as 8°25 millim. long and 12-2 broad. XVI. Genus CALApPPA, Fabr. 25. Calappa hepatica, Linn. Cancer hepaticus, Linn, Syst. Nat. p. 1048 (1766). Calappa tuberculata, Fabr. Ent. Suppl. p. 346 (1798) ; Herbst, Naturg. d. Krab, i. pl. xiii. fig. 78 (1796). Calappa hepatica, Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 186 (1882). Distr. Red Sea, E. Africa, Natal, India, China, Sandwich Is., Australia. No. cccxxxvil. Hab. Natunas. A male. Dim.: Length 35 millim., greatest breadth 55, 260 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some XVII. Genus Marura, Fabr. 26. Matuta victrix, Fabr. Cancer victor, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 449 (1793). Matuta victor, id. Ent. Suppl. p. 369 (1798). Matuta victrix, Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. i. p, 243, pl. xxxix. figs. 1-3 (1877). Distr. Red Sea, EK. Africa, Natal, Madras, Japan, Port Jackson, Fiji Is. No. vi. Had. Santubong. A young male. Dim.: Length 26 millim., breadth 28°5. ANOMURA. XVIII. Genus Ca@nosita, Latr. 27. Cenobita spinosus, M.-Edw., var. olivieri, Owen. Cenobita oliviert, Ow. Crust. ‘ Blossom,’ p. 84; Dana, U.S, Expl. Exp. Crust. vol. i. p. 470 (1852) ; Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 160 (1882). Cenobita spinosa, var. olivierit, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Bd. vi. p. 318, pl. xii. fig, 24 (1892). : Distr. Madras, Nicobar, Tahiti, N.W. Australia. No. cccx1x. Hab. Santubong. A male. Fore part of carapace much less tumid than in the species; outer surface of penultimate joint of the left third leg with a rounded crest in its distal half. It is possible that this variety is the young stage of the species. A speci- men in the Museum collection at 8. Kensington, labelled “CO, olivier’, Pelew I.,” should, I think, be referred to C. per- lata. Length of carapace 27°5 millim. XIX. Genus PETROLISTHES, Stimpson. 28. Petrolisthes hastatus, Stm. Petrolisthes hastatus, Stm. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 241 (1858). Porcellana inermis (Heller), de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 212 (1888). Petrolisthes hastatus, Ortmann, t. c. p. 260 (1892). Distr. Mergui, Nicobar, Noordwachte I. (Java), Japan. No. cctxiv. Hab. Pulau Satang. A female. I have compared this with Dr. de Man’s slightly smaller specimens, and find the following differences :— The antero-lateral margin in this female is grooved in its anterior third, this groove passing up and obliquely backwards Malacostracous Crusticeans from Malaysia. 261 ‘on the carapace. his groove is less conspicuous in Dr. de Man’s examples according to their smaller size. In the Sara- wak form also the tooth at the end of the posterior margin, and the three teeth on the anterior margin of the carpus of the chelipedes, are reduced in size; in fact, the foremost tooth on the anterior margin, and the one just behind it, are only just visible. These distinctions [I consider to be, with- out doubt, due to age only. Length 8°5 millim., breadth 8:25. MACRURA. XX. Genus CAuLiANassa, Leach. 29. Callianassa Martenst, Miers. (Pl. XII. figs. 4, 4 a.) Callianassa Martensi, Miers, P. Z. 8. Lond. (1884) p. 13, pl. i. fig. 1; de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. Jahrg. 53, Bd. i. p. 482, pl. xxi. fig. 1 (1887). Distr. Mauritius, Amboina. No. yxvi. Jab. Buntal. Amale. This specimen, though rather damaged—having, in particular, lost .both chelipedes—I believe to be a repre- sentative of Mr. Miers’s species. 1t exhibits certain differences on a comparison with the type specimen, but these seem to be explained by the greater size of this example, 7. e., they are differences of age. The most striking difference is in the frontal region; the rostrum is shorter than in the type, in which latter it reaches to the middle of the cornee of the eyes, while in this it barely reaches halfway to the cornee. These cornez are themselves much reduced in size in propor- tion to their peduncles, while the latter have become very acutely angulated at their antero-internal angles, now ¢n front of the cornee, so that the two peduncles form in front a short blunt tooth in the median line. From this angle to their antero-external angles the border is concave, there being another tooth, smaller than the median one, at the latter angle. ‘The whole peduncle is very flattened and the cornea appears only as a small black spot just in front of the centre of its upper surface. Besides this, the ischium and merus of the third maxillipedes form a broad opercular plate, and the dactyl is bent back on the greatly enlarged propodos, so as to make this appendage subchelate. Both these points are more prominently developed in the larger animals than in Mr. Miers’s smaller one. In other respects these two forms agree. Pim.: Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson about 81 millim. 262 Mr. W. F. Lanchester on some XXI. Genus Senex, Pfeffer (= Panulirus, Gray). 30. Senea ornatus, Fabr. Palinurus ornatus, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 400 (1798); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 171 (1882). Senex ornatus, Ortmann, ¢. c. p. 34 (1892), ubi syn. Distr. Kast Africa, Ceylon, Malay Archipelago, N. Aus- tralia, Hongkong, Japan, Samoa. No. xc. Hab. Pulau Satang. A male of this very variable species. On the antennal segment are four forwardly-directed teeth arranged in a square, the two anterior being larger; between these latter, but nearer to the left one than the right, is a small ‘ Neben- dorn.” Ina larger specimen in the Museum collection, from Natunas, there are two ‘‘Nebendornen” halfway between each of the anterior and posterior teeth. The second and third abdominal segments are marked with an interrupted transverse hirsute furrow; the specimen from Natunas is without these, but has a deep furrow on the first abdominal segment, without hairs, as in this specimen. Dim.: Base of eyes to posterior margin of carap. 37 millim. XXII. Genus Atya, Leach. 31. Atya armata, A. M.-Edw. Ee A. M.-Edw. Ann. Soc. Entom. France, ser: 4, t. iv, p. 149 4). ? yrs aes de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 186, pl. O (1889). Age ee de Man, Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. p. 357, pl. xxi. fig. 20 ( : Distr. Malay Archipelago, Samoa, New Caledonia. No. uxxx. Hab. Simanggang. A male, which is certainly identical with A. armata. Whether it is the same as de Haan’s species, as Mr. Miers seems to think (Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) v. p. 382), is rather more difficult to determine, for de Haan’s description is too brief. I have compared the mouth-parts of this specimen with de Haan’s figures (vide pl. O), but the latter are too diagrammatic for an accurate comparison; as far as I can determine, however, the two are essentially similar. Dim. : Length from orbital margin to tip of telson 50 millim.; length from orbital margin to posterior margin of carap. 15°5. XXIII. Genus ALPHEus, Fabr. 32, Alpheus gracilipes ?, Stimpson. Alpheus gracilipes, Stm. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 100 (1860) ; Sp. Bate, ‘ Challenger ’ Macrura, p. 561, pl. ci. fig. 3 (1888) ; Ortmann, op. cit. Vv. p. 488 (1891). Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia. 263 Distr. Zanzibar, S.W. Japan, Tahiti, Samoa, Bass Strait. No. coxxu. Hab. Singapore. A male. The chelipedes are lost, so that I cannot be quite certain of its identity with Stimpson’s species. Dim.: Base of rostrum to posterior margin of carap. 5°25 millim. ; base of rostrum to tip of telson 13°5. XXIV. Genus PALz&moN, Fabr. 33. Palemon carcinus, var. Lamarrei, M.-Edw. Palemon Lamarret, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t.1i. p. 397 (1837); de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 171 (1839); Ortmann, ¢. c. p. 701, pl. xlvii. fig. 2 (1891). Palemon carcinus, Hend, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. v. p. 441 (1893). Distr. India, Malay Archipelago, Ecuador, Amazon. No. xxviul. Hab. Kuching, freshwater. Dental formula 42, and there is a wide gap between teeth 8-9 above. The rostrum exceeds the scaphocerite by one fourth of its own length, while the second pair of pereiopods exceeds the scaphocerite by half the carpus and the hand. The carpus and hand are covered with minute teeth at moderately wide intervals. Dim.: Orbital margin to posterior margin of carap. 36°5 millim. ; length of second pair of legs 105, of merus 18, of carpus 25, of palm and fingers 42. XXV. Genus Penzus, Fabr. 34. Peneeus velutinus, Dana. Peneus velutinus, Dana, U.S, Expl. Exp., Crust. p. 604, pl. xl. fig. 4 (1852); Sp. Bate. Chall. Macr. p. 258, pl. xxxiii. fig. 1 (1888) ; Ortmann, ¢. c. p. 452, pl. xxxvi. fig. 6 (1891); Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. v. p. 449 (1893). Distr. Red Sea, Mauritius, Malay Archipelago, India, Japan, N. & W. Australia, Sandwich Is. No. cxxx. Hab. Singapore. A male. The tip of the telson is broken off in this speci- men, but there is no doubt that it belongs to this species; the form of the male appendage is very characteristic. Dental formula $; the peduncle of the antennules just reaches the tip of the scaphocerite. Dim.: Length from orbital margin to posterior margin of carap. 9°5 millim, 35. Penaeus indicus, M.-Edw. Peneus indicus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust, t. ii. p. 415 (1837) ; 264 On Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia. Sp. Bate, Chall. Macr. p. 248, pl. xxxiii. fig. 2 (1888) ; Hend. Trans. Linn. Soce., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. v. p. 447 (1395). Peneus merguiensis, de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 287, pl. xviii. fig. 8 (1888). Distr. India and Malay Archipelago. No. uxxy. Hab. Buntal. A female. Dental formula 8; rostrum just overreaches the scaphocerite. The first tooth is situated behind the level of the hepatic spine; antennular peduncle shorter than scaphocerite. This specimen is certainly identical with Dr. de Man’s species ; but I do not separate it from P. indicus because, on a comparison of some examples of the latter in the Museum collection with two of Dr. de Man’s specimens and my own, I find them essentially similar in all respects but two—the proximal half of the rostrum is raised into a very prominent crest and its first tooth is situate behind the hepatic spine. The first of these distinctions is certainly a very obvious one and very striking ; the second less so. It is hard to decide whether these characters are of specific importance; for myself, should a larger series demonstrate their constancy, I should still be inclined to consider P. merquiense as a variety only, though a well-marked one, of P. indicus. Dim.: Orbital margin to posterior margin of carap. 17 millim. STOMATOPODA. XXVI. Genus SqQuiLua, Fabr. 36. Squilla scorpio, Latr. Squilla scorpio, Latr. Encyel. Méth. x. p. 472 (1825); Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 18, pl. ii. fig. 7 (1880) ; Hend. Trans. Linn. Soe., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. v. p. 453 (1893). Distr. Madras, Singapore, N. Australia, Shanghai. No. vir. Hab. Buntal. A young female. Length about 24 inches. 37. Squitla raphidea, Fabr. Squilla raphidea, Faby. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 416 (1798) ; Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 27 (1880). Squilla harpax, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 222, pl. li. fig. 1 (1839). Distr. Zanzibar, Madras, Indian Ocean, Mergui Is., Singa- pore, Borneo, China, Japan. No. xu. Hab. Moratabas. A female. Length about 4? inches. On new Species of Histeride. 205 ISOPODA. XX VII. Genus NErociLA, Leach. 38. Nerocila depressa, M.-Edw. (Pl. XII. fig. 5.) Nerocila depressa, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. iii. p, 254, pl. xxxi, fig. 17 (1839); Schiddte & Meinert, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, Kréyer, Raek. iii, Bd. 13, p. 15, pl. i. figs. 10-11, Distr. Penang, Zamboango, Amoy. No. xxx. Had. Buntal. A female. The figure given by Schiddte and Meinert exaggerates, I think, the relative proportions of the telson, which appears to be too short for its breadth (vide text, p. 16, where the proportions are given as 8:7). The exterior branch of the uropods, which is long and styliform, is pigmented with black, and this pigmentation is continued up along the sides of the abdomen, though it fades away on the sides of the thorax. Dim. : Greatest length 17°5 millim., greatest breadth 11 ; breadth of telson 3°5, length of telson 4°25. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. Fig. 1. Goniosoma roseum. Antero-lateral border showing reduplicated first tooth. Fig. 2. Potamon tridentatum, var. incertum. Antero-lateral border. Fig. 3. Potamon bidiense. Fig. 4. Callianassa Martensi. Frontal region and eyes. 4a, Third maxillipede. Fig. 5. Nerocila depressa, Abdomen and telson. XXXV.—On new Species of Histeridee and Notices of others. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. {Plate X. ] TuIs is the eighteenth paper of a series on the //ister‘de published in this Magazine, and in these various memoirs I have described about 360 new species, and in other publica- tions, during the same period, I have noticed 150 more. In and between the years 1884 and 1897 Herr J. Schmidt described about 230 species, and after the year 1868, the date of the Munich Catalogue, Marseul described about 185, Mr. L. Casey 48, and other authors about 157 species. These figures represent in all 1180 species, which, with those of the Munich Catalogue, 1151, bring the present number of species recognized up to 2281. I have a new Catalogue in MS. which I hope to publish shortly after a few points of synonymy Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser, 7, Vol. vi. 18 266 Mr. G. Lewis on are settled and the lineal arrangement of the genera somewhat adjusted. The genus Probolosternus founded here is a remarkable one, and as three species of it have been recently discovered (one in Guinea and two others in the French Congo), it is highly probable that many more exist in Central Africa, and the species also vary so much in size, which increases the probability that intermediate forms exist. It is also likely, from the torm of the sterna, that the species have the same habits as those of Pachycrerus, which are known to follow the xylophagous beetles, feeding on the euphorbize and other African shrubs and trees. There are two species of the genus ister noticed here (H. Marshalli and H. augoniensis) which have the inner subhumeral striae complete, and a reference to them will show how essential it is at times to recognize the importance of the basal oblique humeral stria of the elytra. Sometimes, although rarely, the inner humeral stria is so similar to the first dorsal stria that it is impossible to distinguish the one from the other without noting their position in regard to it. List of Species. Hololepta dyak. *Phelister festivus, Lew. syntexis. *Notolister sulcicollis, Lew. *Placodes opacus, Lew. Hister monbasanus. Apobletes parallelus. zambesius. —— cavifrons. augoniensis. macilentus. *—— Marshalli, Lew. platessee. brahminius. Liopygus chalcis. frontalis. *Platylister mirabilis, Lew. *Coproxenus Marshalli, Lew. * extrarius, Lew. Stictostix parra, Mars. cathayi. Notoccelis satur. enodis. Sitalia Severini, Lev. Platysoma assamense. Homalopygus remex. disparile. Terapus muricatus. Pachycreerus chlorites. Probolosternus africanus, permundus. —— minor. *Baconia loricata, Lew. Epitoxus coryceus. Saprinus punctisternus, —— castanipes, Curtis. leesus. Teretrius Braganzz. Epiechinus Marseuli. Hololepta dyak, sp. n. Oblongo-ovalis, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte impressa, mento haud carinato; thorace lateribus sparse punctulato; elytris striis dorsalibus brevissimis, i* appendice curvata; propygidio * Species with an asterisk are not described in this paper, but are figured in the Plate. new Species of Histeride. 267 extus sparse punctato ; pygidio dense ocellato-punctato ; prosterno lato; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. L. 10 mill. (absque mandibulis). Oblong-oval, depressed, black and shining; the head smooth, impressed between the mandibles; mentum in male concave and smooth, not carinate: the thorax, lateral stria complete and similar to that of 7. Baulny?, Mars.; there is a band of fine, not conspicuous, punctures scattered along the sides ; the anterior angle has a small emargination and close to the emargination there is a deep oval, somewhat oblique, fossette : the elytra, lateral furrow widest in the middle and abbreviated a little before and behind; striee, first dorsal is one fourth of the elytral length and has a short bent appendage, second shorter, not quite half the length of the first : the pro- pygidium is sparsely punctured on the outer edges, but not at the base ; the pygidium is densely and ocellately punctate, with the posterior border narrowly smooth; the prosternal keel is broad and scarcely narrowed at or before the coxe. This insect is very similar to H. Baulnyi, Mars., but it differs from it in the thoracic auriculiform fovea being deeper, more circular in outline, aud in its position being nearer the angular emargination, the apical elytral stria is bent, not straight, and the pygidium is distinctly ocellately punctured. Hab. Borneo. Hololepta syntevis, sp. n. Oblongo-oyata, subdepressa, nigra, nitida; fronte inconspicue bi- striata; pronoto impunctato, stria laterali in angulo antico desi- nente ; elytris striis 1-2 brevibus, 3 vix conspicua; propygidio apice bifoveolato, punctis sparsis late cincto. L. 8 mill. (absque mandibulis). Oblong-oval, depressed, black and shining; the forehead smooth, with two very short, almost obsolete, transverse strie, g mentum with a short but distinct carina; the thorax is impunctate, marginal stria very fine, lateral stria well marked, especially at the anterior angles, both strie terminate behind the angle, male has no thoracic emargination or fovea; the elytra, lateral fossette reaches the base, but it is shortened before the apex, 1 dorsal stria is about a fourth of the elytral length, 2 half the length of the first, 3 is just visible as a rudiment, there is no appendage ; the propygidium is bifoveolate at the apex, with a border of scattered punctures, except between the foveee, where the surface is smooth; the pygidium is rather closely punctured, the punctures varying somewhat in size and leaving the posterior edge narrowly 16* 268 Mr. G. Lewis on smooth ; the prosternum is not very wide between the coxe, but at the base it widens out considerably and is somewhat triangular (in this character it agrees with H. striatidera, Mars.) ; the mesosternum has a short curved sulcus at each anterior angle; the anterior tibiew are 4-dentate, the two apical teeth are robust and near together. Hab. 8. Thomas I, Gulf of Guinea (Mocquerys). Apobletes parallelus, sp. n. Oblongus, planatus, parallelus, brunneus, nitidus ; fronte punctulata, stria transversa utrinque interrupta; pronoto, stria marginali antice late interrupta ; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 late inter- rupta, humerali externa completa, interna in medio separata ; prosterno lobo antico immarginato. L. 33 mill. Oblong, flat, parallel at the sides, brown and shining; the head slightly impressed anteriorly, punctulate, also the epi- stoma, striate over the eyes, transverse stria rather wide and shallow and confined to the frontal impression; the thorax, lateral stria continues round the anterior angle to a point behind the eye and it is equally strong there as at the sides, at the base on either side opposite the second dorsal stria is a shallow, somewhat transverse fovea, in lieu of a scutellar fovea there is a minute tubercle, along the thoracic border, but well away from the edge, is a longitudinal cluster of punctures; the elytra, strie, outer humeral complete, inner humeral separated in the middle, each part extending to a point transversely opposite to each other, oblique basal rather long and very fine, dorsal 1-2 complete, 3 widely interrupted in the middle, the apical edge is narrowly rugosely punctured ; the propygidium is punctured throughout, in the centre and along the posterior edge the punctures are fine, but otherwise the punctures are shallow, irregular, and imbricate, in no part are they dense; the pygidium is flat, surface more densely punctate than the propygidium, and the punctures appear ocellate under the microscope ; the prosternum, anterior lobe immarginate anteriorly, but behind the middle it is striate on either side, the surface of it and the keel is finely punctulate ; the mesosternum is very distinctly bisinuous, so that the middle of the anterior edge is slightly acuminate, on either side is a curved marginal sulcus, but there is no marginal stiia; the anterior tibie are 3—4-dentate. This species is more parallel than any other known species and its specific characters generally do not correspond with any other. Hal. Sumatra. new Species of Histeride. 269 Apobletes cavifrons. Ovalis, planatus, niger, nitidus; fronte excavata, stria transversa nulla, mandibulis distincte punctatis ; pronoto lateribus rugose punctato, stria marginali post caput interrupta; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 apicali; pygidio dense et fortiter punctato. L. 33-3? mill. Oval, flat, black and shining; the head, forehead excavated and evenly, not closely, punctured, the stria over the eyes is strong and bent, there is no transverse stria, but the suture dividing the forehead and the epistoma is straight and clear ; the labrum is punctured like the forehead and is minutely strigose at the base; the mandibles are densely and rather rugosely punctured; the thorax, marginal stria strong laterally, but fine behind the head, and it does not meet in the middle, lateral borders are rugosely and densely punctured, especially behind the anterior angles; the elytra, the outer humeral stria is wide, basal, and dimidiate, inner humeral is wanting, oblique basal fine but clear, 1-3 dorsal complete, 4 apical and very short. ‘he elytra, striz are almost similar to those of A. Schaumz, Mars., and also closely similar to those of A. tener, Mars., but in the last the third dorsal stria is inter- rupted in the middle. The propygidium is somewhat impressed and punctate on either side, with the middle and _ posterior border smooth; the pygidium is deeply punctate, punctures clear and of equal size, set close together, the posterior margin is slightly elevated; the prosternum, the anterior lobe is marginate, and in this and other respects it is similar to that in A. tener; the mesosternum also resembles that of A. tener, but the anterior border is more distinctly bisinuous ; the anterior tibize are 4—5-dentate. This is a very distinct species, but resembles the species named superficially. Hab. Patkai Mountains, Assam (Doherty). Apobletes macilentus, sp. n. Oblongo-ovatus, parallelus, depressus ; fronte sat dense punctulata ; pronoto lateribus punctulato, stria integra; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 apicali ; pygidio subconvexo, dense punctato. L, 22-3 mill. A. macilentus differs from A. nirvana, Lew., in being smaller, more depressed and more parallel laterally, the head and thoracic borders are much less distinctly punctured, the elytral strize are finer and nearer to each other, the fourth stria is short and apical and the fifth is either wholly wanting or 270 Mr. G. Lewis on represented by a very rudimentary line or one or two pune- tures. The pygidium is less convex and somewhat less coarsely punctured. Beneath the punctuation in A. macilentus is more fine, especially as it is visible on the anterior lobe of the prosternum, and the posterior lobe of the prosternum is wider than in A. nirvana. This is evidently the species referred to by Herr J. Schmidt as A. nirvana, Lew., in the Ann. Mus. Genova, ser. 2, xvii. p- 286 (1897). Hab, Si-Rambe, Sumatra (Modigliani). I possess six examples with the label of the Genoa Museum attached to them. Apobletes platesse, sp. n. Oblongus, parallelus, planatus, piceo-niger, nitidus ; fronte punctu- lata, stria transversa utrinque interrupta ; pronoto stria marginali antice interrupta; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi abbreviata ; propygidio utrinque imbricato-punctato ; pygidio parum dense et subocellato punctato. L. 23 mill. Oblong, parallel at the sides, flat, pitchy black and shining ; the head impressed anteriorly, distinctly but not densely punctulate, lateral stria strong and does not pass beyond the eye, transverse stria very feebly sinuous and on either side rather widely separated from the lateral stria; the thorax, lateral stria well marked, but fine anteriorly and ceasing behind the eyes, lateral border with a few small scattered punctures, base with a small scutellar fovea ; the elytra, outer humeral stria complete, inner wanting, oblique basal fine and relatively rather long, 1 dorsal complete but not quite so long apically as the second, 2-3 complete, 4 shortened by about one fifth at the base, all the striae are nearly parallel one to another, 5 obsolete or consisting of 2 or 3 punctures, sutural absent ; the propygidium has a lateral cluster of rather large, shallow, imbricate punctures, with a few very fine points in the centre; the pygidium is somewhat densely punctured, punctures somewhat ocellate and each one clearly separate from another; the prosternum widens out broadly before the coxee and the anterior lobe is margined at the sides only by a fine stria; the mesosternum is anteriorly bisinuous, but the marginal stria neither meets in front nor does it con- tinue along the sides; the anterior tibiee are 3—4-dentate. Hab. Nguela, Usambara. LInopygus chalcis, sp. n. Ovatus, depressus, piceo-brunneus, nitidus ; fronte punctulata, stria new Species of Histeride. 271 transversa utrinque interrupta; pronoto lateribus inconspicue punctulato, stria integra; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 api- calibus ; propygidio transversim punctato ; prosterno haud striato ; mesosterno lato, distincte marginato ; tibiis anticis 4-5-dentatis. L. 3 mill. Oval, depressed, pitchy brown and shining; the head punctulate, but not closely, slightly impressed behind the transverse stria, which is straight with the ends on either side turned backwards, and it is not connected with the lateral strie, which are bent and do not extend beyond the eye; the thorax, surface microscopically punctured, punctures more visible along the lateral borders, marginal stria strong later- ally and continued behind the head, the stria leaves the margin at the angle, cutting off a triangular space, it then passes along the margin until it passes the eye, when it again leaves the margin and behind the neck leaves a fairly wide border between it and the edge, there is no scutellar fovea. The elytra, there are no humeral striz except the oblique basal, which is very fine, dorsal stria, 1 a little abbreviated at the apex, 2 complete and turning a little away from the first at the base, 3 complete but extremely fine at the base, the interstice between it and the second is of the same width throughout, 4 apical and one third of the elytral length, 5 shorter with a wider interstice, sutural wanting. ‘The pro- pygidium has rather large shallow punctures; the pygidium rather deeply bifoveolate and smooth; the prosternum, the anterior lobe is broad, with a marginal stria, which is, however, interrupted at the suture before the keel, keel without striz ; the mesosternum is wide, very feebly sinuous anteriorly, and clearly marginate; the metasternum has a shallow median furrow ; the anterior tibie are 4—5-dentate. This species is somewhat similar to L. Gestror, Lew., but the latter is less oval, the thorax more distinctly punctured laterally, the apical margin of the elytra narrowly punctulate, the second dorsal stria widens out at the base from the first in a similar manner, and the second and third are similarly parallel to each other, but the two apical striz are shorter and the fifth is more distant from the suture. In ZL. chalcis the fovee in the pygidium are nearly round, in L. Gestrod they are transverse. Hab. Sipora, Mentawei Islands, Sereinu, 5th June, 1894 (Modigliani). ‘Two examples, and I have a third labelled “Perak” by Herr J. Schmidt. Platylister cathayt, sp. n. Oblongo-ovatus, subdepressus, niger, nitidus ; fronte impressa, stria o42 Mr. G. Lewis on fere recta; pronoto stria integra; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 valde abbreviata, 5 dimidiata, suturali brevissima vel obsoleta ; pygidio margine anguste levi haud conspicue elevato. L, 5-54 mill. Oblong-oval, rather depressed, black and shining; the head impressed anteriorly, transverse stria feebly sinuous, labrum transverse and narrow ; the thorax widest at the base, anterior angles moderately depressed, marginal stria com- plete; the elytra, strie 1-3 complete, 4 apical, short, and sometimes broken, 5 apical and dimidiate, sutural short, much abbreviated apically, and not reaching the middle of the elytron ; the propygidium punctured, the punctures vary in size and are not closely set; the pygidium, the punctures are larger, nearly equal in size, and much more closely and evenly set, the outer margin is smooth but scarcely elevated ; the prosternum, anterior lobe striate, stria arched and only marginal anteriorly; the mesosternum, anteriorly rather widely but not deeply emarginate, stria complete ; the auterior tibie rather strongly 4-dentate. Differs chiefly from P. suturalis, Lew., in its labrum being much more transverse, in its shorter and less defined sutural stria, and in the posterior margin of the pygidium being smooth and scarcely elevated. Hab. Kuatun, China. Three examples. Platylister enodis, sp. n. P. abrupti persimilis, sed differt pygidio fere impunctato et lobo prosterni marginato. L. 53 mill. This species is extremely like P. abruptus, Er., the elytral strie are exactly similar, viz. 1 and 2 complete, 3 interrupted near the middle, but the thorax is rather more transverse, the lateral outline rather less parallel, and there is a conspicuous fovea before the scutellum. The propygidium is smooth, with a shallow impression on either side near the posterior edge, in which there are a few small punctures, and the pygidium on either side near its base has a small cluster of punctures, but it is otherwise smooth and flat. In P. enodts the stria of the prosternal anterior lobe is marginal; in P. abruptus it is an independent arched stria not following the margin; in P. enodis the mesosternum has a slightly wider emargination and the marginal stria is more marked than in P. abruptus. Hab. Mailu, British New Guinea (Anthony, July 1897). new Species of Histeride. 273 Platysoma assamense, sp. n. Oblongo-ovatum, depressum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte concava, punctata, stria integra; pronoto lateribus dense punctato ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 dimidiata, 5 apicali, subhumerali externa brevi, interna punctiformis ; pygidio convexo, grosse et dense punctato, L. 33 mill. Oblong-oval, rather flat, black and shining, legs somewhat reddish; the head, forehead and epistoma concave, clearly and evenly, not densely, punctate, stria complete, transverse part nearly straight; the thorax, marginal stria complete, narrowly canaliculate at the sides, fine behind the head, and behind the neck it deviates from the edge, the disc is micro- scopically and sparsely punctured, but the lateral borders are widely and conspicuously punctate and many of the punctures are much larger than those on the head. ‘The elytra, lateral margins clearly but finely punctulate, striz, external humeral short and relatively deep and is seen just below the shoulder, the inner humeral is punctiform and evanescent at both ends, 1-3 dorsal complete, 4 dimidiate or faintly traceable beyond the middle, 5 apical and nearly one third of the elytral length, apical margin punctured and very minutely strigose. The propygidium and pygidium are punctate, punctures round and deep, closely set together on the pygidium, less regularly on the propygidium, the pygidium is convex ; the prosternum, anterior lobe is marginate and clearly punctured over the whole of its surface, ‘at the base beyond where the marginal stria terminates are some large shallow punctures, and on either side of the keel before the coxee are similar punctures ; the mesosternum anteriorly is widely sinuous, the sinuosity extending almost from angle to angle, anteriorly the mar- ginal stria is fine and close to the edge, the under surface generally is finely punctulate; the anterior tibie are 4- dentate. P. novum, Lew., and rimarium, Mars., resemble this species ; all have a convex pygidium and the thorax similarly punctured. Hab. Khasia Hills, Assam. Platysoma disparile, sp. n. Oblongo-ovale, subdepressum, piceum, nitidum ; fronte leviter impressa, stria transversa utrinque interrupta; pronoto impunc- tato; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 late interrupta; pygidio punctato; tibiis anticis obtuse dentatis. L, 3% mill. 274 Mr. G. Lewis on Oblong-oval, rather depressed, piceous, shining ; the head faintly impressed anteriorly, transverse stria not well-marked and interrupted on either side; the thorax gradually narrowed from the base to the anterior angles, marginal stria extremely fine and continued round the angle to a point behind the eye, lateral stria almost reaches the marginal behind the anterior angles, surface smooth, with a very small anti-scutellar punc- ture; the elytra, humeral stria wanting, save the oblique basal which is very fine, dorsal 1-2 complete and parallel one to another, each turning in a little at the base, 3 widely interrupted in the middle and extremely fine, only seen in certain lights, at the base ; the propygidium is transversely and irregularly punctured ; the pygidium is more regularly punc- tate, but the basal edge is narrowly smooth, the sides are a little raised; the prosternum, anterior lobe marginate, keel rather wide; the mesosternum with a well-defined marginal stria and anteriorly widely sinuous; the anterior tibia have three large blunt teeth, resembling those of Hololepta ob- tusipes, Mars., and a rudiment of a fourth at the base. There is no known species of Platysoma to which this can well be compared, but it may be placed near P. sincerum, Sch. Hab. Lombok. “ Sapit, 2000 feet, April 1896” (H. Fruh- storfer) . Pachycrerus chlorites, sp. n. Oblongo-ovatus, subconyexus, viridi-cyaneus, nitens; fronte im- pressa, stria interrupta; pronoto stria marginali integra; elytris striis 1-3 integris, ceteris nullis; pygidio punctato; prosterno bistriato ; mesosterno valde prominulo, stria marginali antice interrupta ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis. L. 54 mill. Oblong-oval, rather convex, greenish blue, shining, beneath black ; the head rather feebly impressed anteriorly, lateral stria narrowly interrupted over the eyes, oblique anteriorly and not joining in front, surface with some very small scattered irregular punctures; the thorax, marginal stria complete but fine behind the head and close to the margin, surface with a few punctures chiefly at or just behind the anterior angles; the elytra, strie, outer humeral complete and very distinct, inner basal and dimidiate, oblique basal very fine, dorsal 1-2 complete and not very deeply impressed, 3 finer and although almost complete has a tendency to be evanescent behind the middle, 4, 5, and sutural are wanting ; the propygidium is faintly impressed on either side of the posterior edge, surface distinctly but not closely punctured ; new Species of Histeride. 275 the pygidium similarly but rather more evenly punctured ; the prosternum is bistriate, strie rather fine, scarcely divergent anteriorly, but widen out a little behind, keel, anterior lobe smooth, a few fine punctures only are seen under the micro- scope ; the mesosternum is markedly prominent anteriorly and has a lateral well-defined marginal stria, but it is not con- tinued along the projection; the anterior tibiz are 5-dentate. This species should be placed close to P. eleguns, Lew., both having a very prominent mesosternum, but superficially it resembles P. chalybeus in colour and outline, being in the first character somewhat bluer and in the second somewhat more oval. It is remarkable in having only three dorsal striae. Hab. 8. Thomas I., Gulf of Guinea (Mocquerys, 1900). One example. PROBOLOSTERNUS, gen. nov. Body oval, rather convex ; head retractile, forehead without a transverse stria, labrum transverse, mandibles acute at the tips ; antenne inserted below the frontal margin, club oval, and when at rest is received into a fovea under the thoracic angle like that in the genus Pachycrerus; the thorax is transverse, arched at the sides, gradually narrowed to the anterior angle, anterior angles somewhat acute, marginal stria extremely fine and not passing behind the head, lateral stria complete close to the edge, leaving only a narrow lateral rim; the elytra, epipleure finely striate, the interstice be- tween the inner humeral and first dorsal stria is wide at the base; the propygidium is very large, hexagonal, and convex ; the pygidium is also rather large and semicircular in outline behind, but being deflected it is invisible from above; the prosternum, the keel is narrow, bistriate, and incised at the base; the mesosternum is very prominent anteriorly, and from its base is arched at its sides and is sharply pointed anteriorly where it fits into the base of the narrow prosternal keel, the marginal stria is more or less fine but entire; the tibie are all dilated, the outer edge of the anterior pair is bowed and multidentate ; the tarsi are short with two claws and the tarsal grooves are nearly straight. The curious form of the mesosternum is shown in fig. 1 (p. 277), which is drawn from an example of P. permundus. Probolosternus africanus, sp. n. Ovalis, parum conyexus, niger, nitidus, supra leviter punctulatus ; elytris striis dorsalibus 1-3 integris, 4 antice interrupta, 5 apicali, 276 Mr. G. Lewis on suturali basi abbreviata; prosterno bistriato; mesosterno stria marginali antice tenuissime impressa; tibiis anticis multiden- ticulatis. L. 7 mill. Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head rather finely and rather closely punctulate, epistoma transverse and flat, lateral stria fine and not passing behind the epistoma ; the thorax, lateral stria close to the margin and continued behind the head, surface clearly punctulate, but the punctures are rather less dense than those of the head. The elytra, surface punctulate like that of the thorax ; striz, outer humeral fine and complete, inner also complete with its outer edge at the base a little raised, 1-3 dorsal complete with the outer edges somewhat raised, especially those of the first and second strie, 4 fine and shortened before the base, 5 apical eva- nescent and punctiform, sutural fine and evanescent before the base and in the middle it bends a little away from the suture. The propygidium and pygidium are much more dis- tinctly punctured than the head; the prosternum is bistriate, strie are fine and gradually diverge posteriorly along the narrow keel; the mesosternum is acutely pointed in front fitting into the incision in the prosternum ; there is a very fine marginal stria only to be seen in front in certain lights ; the metasternum has a well-marked lateral stria and the suture is shown by a straight stria ; the tibie are all dilated, anterior pair bowed on the outer edge, along which are small, evenly set denticulations (about 16 or 17 in number) ; inter- mediate and posterior tibiz are spinose, the spines are some- what irregular and not closely set together. The size and the incomplete sutural stria will distinguish this species from the two following. Hab. W. Guinea. Probolosternus permundus, sp.n. (Pl. X. fig. 4.) Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctulata, antice leviter impressa ; elytris striis 1-4 suturalique integris, 4 cum suturali arcuatim connexa, 5 antice abbreviata; prosterno bi- striato, striis basi divergentibus; mesosterno stria marginali integra. L. 423 mill. Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head lightly impressed behind the epistoma, surface punctulate, lateral stria fine; the thorax, lateral stria continued behind the head, surface punctulate. The elytra sparsely punctulate especially in the apical region; striez, outer humeral very fine and new Species of Histeride. 277 complete, inner humeral and 1-3 dorsal strong, complete, and similar in having the outer edge somewhat elevated, the third dorsal is rather less strong than the second, 4 dorsal and the sutural are fine and almost complete, being joined anteriorly, but they are slightly shortened apically, 5 dorsal is apical, Fig. 1. iw) Probolosternus permundus, Lew. fine, and reaches just beyond the middle. ‘The propygidium and pygidium are clearly punctulate; the prosternum is bi- striate, strie divergent posteriorly ; the mesosternum is like that of the last species, except that the fine marginal stria is conspicuously complete anteriorly ; the metasternum is striate laterally and the suture is marked by a fine transverse stria ; the legs are similar to those of P. africanus. Hab. Kuilu, French Congo (Mocquerys, 1892). Probolosternus minor, sp. n. Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctulata, stria laterali perspicue angulata ; pronoto stria laterali integra; elytris striis 1-4 suturalique integris, 4 cum suturali arcuatim connexa, 5 basi abbreviata; prosterno bistriato, striis utrinque divergenti- bus ; mesosterno stria marginali antice integra, L. 3 mill. Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head punctu- late, punctures varying in size, with very minute points intermixed, lateral stria rather strong and very distinctly angulate in the middle, area behind the epistoma is very faintly impressed ; the thorax punctured like the head, except along the base, where the punctures are larger, lateral stria entire and feebly crenulate behind the neck; the elytra, the striz resemble those of P. permundus, except that the fourth and sutural are not shortened at the apex, the surface punctu- ation is only seen under the microscope and consists of extremely fine points ; the propygidium is margined laterally with a very fine stria, surface clearly not closely punctate, with very fine points intermixed ; the pygidium is curiously 278 Mr. G. Lewis on punctured, the punctures are very irregular, some crescent- shaped, some semicircular but not close together, and these again are mixed with fine points, the apex is margined by a fine stria; the prosternum is bistriate, the striz are divergent before and behind; the mesosternum is outwardly margined by a rather fine stria complete anteriorly, the suture between it and the metasternum is marked by a straight crenulate stria, the latter segment has a few imbricate punctures along its base, the punctures being most numerous at the sides ; the legs are similar to those of the last species. The small size, prosternal striae divergent at both ends, and the crenulate metasternal stria are characters which easily separate this species from the last. ‘The stria on the pygidium 1s not very easy to see. Hab. Kuilu, French Congo (Mocquerys, 1892). HPITOXUS, gen. nov. Body oval or suborbicular, convex; the head retractile, frontal stria complete; the thorax with an impression before the scutellum more or less distinctly arcuate or biareuate ; the elytra with six dorsal striz, the fourth and sutural some- times joining at the base; the propygidium is transverse, the pygidium semicircular and declined, the prosternum bistriate, and the anterior tibie multispinose. ‘The other characters agree with those of Phelister. Type Phelister circultfrons, Mars. There are five species known which should be placed in this genus: three have the sutural dorsal strize shortened, viz. Lhelister circulifrons, Mars., hilarulus, Lew., and the species described below; while P. breviusculus, Fahr., and nitidus, Lew., have the fourth and sutural dorsal striae com- plete and joined at the base. Of P. circulifrons and bre- viusculus there are excellent figures in Marsuel’s monograph. Epitoxvus coryceus, sp. n. Ovalis, parum convexus, Diger, nitidus ; fronte stria integra, antice fere recta; pronoto lateribus punctato, ante scutellum_bi- arcuatim impresso; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 brevibus, suturali paululum obliqua, dimidiata; pygidio punctulato ; pro- sterno bistriato ; mesosterno marginato. L. 43 mill. Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head, fore- head smooth, stria complete, not strong, feebly sinuous behind the mandibles, almost straight anteriorly; the thorax, mar- ginal stria complete, lateral border with a band of punctures, new Species of Histeride. 279 punctures most conspicuous behind the anterior angles, fine at the base, on the basal edge before the scutellum are two arched impressions free of punctures ; the elytra, outer humeral stria apical and scarcely dimidiate, inner wanting, oblique basal very fine and close to the first dorsal, dorsal 1-3 com- plete, 4 apical but reaching the middle and it has a short basal appendage, 5 apical very short and somewhat puncti- form, sutural apical but reaching quite to the middle and from the apex the striz diverge from the suture, its base is in- dicated by a puncture; the propygidium is distinctly punctured at the sides and minute punctures are intermixed with the larger ones, the minute punctures alone extend over the disc ; the pygidium is similarly but less conspicuously punctured, and on either side near the middle of the margin is a fovea; the prosternum is bistriate, the striz do not meet anteriorly and they diverge posteriorly from the coxe to the base; the mesosternum is bisinuous anteriorly and narrowly transverse, it posterior limit is marked by a bent not crenulate stria. Differs from circulifrons, Mars., in size, more oval outline, less convex form above, frontal stria less strong and not semicircular, and the thoracic scutellar impression is distinctly biarcuate and free of punctures. Hab. Kuilu, French Congo (Mocquerys, 1892). flister mombasanus, sp. n. Oblongo-ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte punctata, stria integra antice recta; pronoto lateribus bistriato; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 apicali dimidiata, 5 brevissima, suturali utrinque abbreviata ; propygidio pygidioque dense punctatis; mesosterno antice marginato ; tibiis antice 3-dentatis. L. 7 mill. Oblong-oval, convex, black and shining ; the head punctu- late at the base, rather densely and rugosely punctate behind the stria, stria complete and straight anteriorly, epistoma and mandibles also densely and rugosely punctured, the last are not marginate; the thorax, lateral marginal stria ex- tremely fine, external lateral ceasing behind the eye, interstice narrow, internal, feebly sinuous laterally, complete behind the head, and distinctly sinuous behind the eyes, interstice rather wide and punctulate, with some irregular strize or rugosities at and behind the anterior angle, the sides are microscopically punctulate; the elytra, strie, external humeral wanting, internal apical and dimidiate, oblique basal extends outwardly beyond the inner humeral, dorsal striz 1-3 complete and rather wide, best marked on the edge, 280 Mr, G. Lewis on interstices distinctly punctulate, 4 much less in width, apical and dimidiate, 5 represented by a short apical line or puncture, sutural shortened a little before the apex, extending just beyond the middle and slightly turning from the suture at either end; the propygidium and pygidium are wholly and coarsely punctured, but without impressions ; the prosternum, the lobe is partly punctured and has a bordering stria, which is close to the edge at the apex; the mesosternum is very feebly sinuous anteriorly and the marginal stria is complete ; the anterior tibiz are punctured and 3-dentate. This species belongs to the HH. longicollis, Mars., group. Hab. Makeré, Mombasa. Hister zambesius, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte impunctata, stria integra; pronoto lateribus bistriato ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 basi abbreviata, suturali vix abbreviata; propygidio pygidioque dense punctatis ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. L. 7-74 mill. Oval, convex, black and shining ; the head impunctate, stria strong and complete, anteriorly nearly straight, labrum trans- verse, mandibles impunctate; the thorax, marginal stria very fine, outer lateral stria terminates after passing the anterior angle, feebly sinuous in the middle, outer interstice impunctate, inner lateral straight and continued behind the head, interstice roughly punctate behind the anterior angle and there is a small cluster of punctures anteriorly just within the inner thoracic stria, the scutellar fovea is fine and linear ; the elytra, striz, outer humeral is represented by a very short median sulcus, inner humeral is complete, oblique basal inconspicuous, 1-4 dorsal complete, somewhat wide, with all the interstices more or less irregularly punctured, especially near the apices, 5 stria is straight and shortened before the base, sutural is bent and a little longer; the propygidium and pygidium are evenly and closely punctured, both are without impressions ; the sterna resemble those in the last species ; the anterior tibiz are 3-dentate. This, like the last species, also belongs to the H. longi- collis group. Hab. N. Batoka, Zambesi: December 1895. Hister angoniensis, sp. n. Suborbiculatus, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte biimpressa, punctu- lata, stria carinata antice recta ; pronoto striis 2 lateralibus new Species of Histerides. 281 validis, integris; elytris striis 1-3 et subhumerali interna similiter integris; mesosterno in medio foveolato ; tibiis anticis valde 3-dentatis. L. 52 mill. Suborbicular, convex, black and shining ; the head, surface uneven and punctulate, with two impressions behind the frontal stria, frontal stria cariniform and straight anteriorly, epistoma transversely concave, labrum robustly carinate, mandibles concave above with the rims elevated; the thorax gradually narrowed from base to anterior angles, angles depressed and somewhat acute, marginal stria fine, somewhat carinate, especially behind the anterior angles, and ceasing anteriorly behind the eyes, there are two lateral stria parallel to one another, both strong, with the interstices a little raised, the outer lateral ceases after passing the anterior angle, the inner continues as far behind the head as the marginal stria, and where the two ends overlap they enclose a narrow space in which there is a small but well-marked puncture. The elytra are wider than the thorax and have each four strong and complete strie with crenulate edges; the outer of these striz is evidently the inner humeral stria, because the short oblique basal stria is seen between it and the next stria, the four striz all widen out a little at the base, stria 4 is indicated by a short apical line only, 5 wanting, sutural faint, not reaching the base but extending to the middle. The propygidium and pygidium are rather densely punctured, but the apex of the latter is narrowly smooth; the prosternum, lobe punctured, the lateral strie meet at the apex; the mesosternum is truncate, the marginal stria complete and in the middle there is a conspicuous oval fovea; the anterior tibiz are 3-dentate, the apical tooth being very broad and prominent. This is a remarkable species, both from its general form and also for the inner subhumeral stria being similar to the first dorsal stria. Its position in the genus should be near HI. ignavus, Mars., and H. Marshalli, Lew. The latter figured here (Pl. X. fig. 8) also has an inner subhumeral stria similarly formed to the first dorsal. Hab. Zomba, Upper Shire River, Angoni, 3000 feet: 10th Dec., 1895 (Dr. P. Rendell). Hister brahminitus, sp. n. H. pteromalo simillimus, sed major, elytris striis subhumerali interna vix dimidiata, 1-2 dorsalibus integris, 3 postice abbre- viata, et mesosterno antice distincte emarginato, L, 10 mill. Ann. d Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 19 282 Mr. G. Lewis on This species very closely resembles H. pteromalus, Mars., but it is considerably larger, the external thoracic lateral stria is longer, the inner subhumeral elytral stria is rather fine but distinct, it does not quite reach the apex and ante- riorly it does not quite reach the middle, the second dorsal stria is complete, and the mesosternum anteriorly is very distinctly emarginate. It also very closely resembles H. di- visifrons, Sch., but it again differs as regards size ; it agrees with the latter in having rather a longer external thoracic stria behind the anterior angle, and in having an internal subhumeral elytral stria. In H. divis¢frons the subhumeral stria is longer and much deeper. The dorsal striz in Schmidt’s species are much stronger, and the third dorsal is widely interrupted in the middle ; in H. brahminius the third dorsal is only basal, that is, there is no appendage. The mesosternum is anteriorly sinuous in H. pteromalus, slightly emarginate in H. divisifrons, and distinctly emarginate in H. brahminius. Hab. Ceylon (Andrew Murray). Hister “nanus, Mars.,” Reitt. Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 209 (1879). E. Siberia. This species is, I have no doubt, the same as H. niponicus, Lew., 1895. Reitter’s name of nanus is a misprint for navus, Mars. Hister frontalis, sp. n. Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte biloba, stria valida antice recta; pronoto stria marginali antice interrupta, interna sinuata basi adunca; elytris striis 1 et 3 integris, 2 et 4 basi haud attingentibus, 5 apicali, suturali dimidiata; mesosterno emarginato, stria marginali integra; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. L. 54 mill. Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head is feebly divided into two lobes by a median impression, which widens out triangularly behind the stria, stria strong and straight anteriorly, surface inclosed by the stria is punctulate; the thorax, marginal stria fine and interrupted in front behind the head, outer stria very short, little irregular, and confined to the region behind the anterior angle, inner stria complete, rather strong, and sinuous laterally, and at the base it turns away from the posterior angle, the scutellar point is small and on the basal edge; the elytra, striae, outer humeral wanting, oblique basal fine and nearly reaching the middle, a line of new Species of Histeride. 283 rather obscure punctures represents the inner humeral, 1 and 3 dorsal complete, the first turning inwards at the base, 2 and 4 nearly complete, being a very little shortened at the base, 5 nearly dimidiate and apical, sutural nearly twice the length of the fourth ; the propygidium is impressed on either side, clearly but not densely punctate; the pygidium, the punctures are similar but are arranged chiefly along the base; the pro- sternum, the anterior lobe at the apex is margined with a stria, but the stria leaves the edge laterally and_ passes obliquely down the sides ; the mesosternum is rather widely emarginate and the marginal stria is complete; the meta- sternum is longitudinally sulcate in the middle; the anterior tibie are 3-dentate. Hister bifrons, Mars., agrees with this species in the form of the head, but in HZ. frontalis the thorax is not bisinuous, there is a short stria at the angle, the outer subhumeral stria is wanting, the pygidium is not so densely punctured, and the mesosternum is emarginate not straight. Hab. Khasia Hills, Assam. Stictost’x parra, Mars. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 92 (1870). As there are now four species assigned to the genus Stvcto- stig from Australia and two from North America, I have thought it desirable to give a figure of the type of the genus, S. parra, Mars. (fig. 2). All the species are highly sculp- tured, but nothing as yet has been recorded of their habits. Stictostia parra, Mars. NOTOCGLIS, gen. nov. Body oblong, gibbous in the dorsal region; head retractile and declivous, frontal stria carinate ; the thorax contracted at the base, with the disk almost wholly excavated; the elytra 19* 284 Mr. G. Lewis on costate; propygidium very large and hexagonal; prosternum narrow and bistriate; mesosternum anteriorly truncate, stria complete on the margin; the tibizw are all widely dilated. ‘This genus may be placed near to Discoscelis. In establishing a genus on a single species it is impossible to give many generic characters. Notoceelis satur, sp.n. (Pl. X. fig. 9.) Oblongus, postice gibbus, rufo-brunneus ; fronte striata, stria margi- nali carinata; pronoto disco perample excavato ; elytris 4-costatis ; propygidio longitudinaliter striato; pygidio punctulato ; tibiis valde dilatatis. L. 23 mill. Oblong, gibbous in the dorsal region, dark reddish brown, somewhat shining ; the head declivous and not visible from above, forehead transverse and flat, anterior edge sinuous before the eyes, frontal stria complete and carinate anteriorly, surface with fine, irregular, transverse stria and some obscure shallow punctures chiefly visible at the sides; the thorax, when viewed from the front a stria is seen behind the neck shaped like a widened-out V, and on either side of it are two longitudinal striz, the thorax viewed from above is seen to be rather spread out and thickened at the sides, marginal stria complete, behind the anterior angles the thorax is longitudi- nally impressed, and inside the impression is a lateral stria, the disk of the thorax is wholly and deeply excavated except in front of the scutelium, where there is a protuberance, feebly convex on its vertex and ridged and inclined anteriorly, the anterior rim of the excavation is carinate, the excavation is nearly smooth ; the scutellum is somewhat elongate, with its base narrowly transverse ; the elytra, striz, outer humeral fine and complete, dorsal are represented by four thick costa which are punctured along their ridges, the first and second cost are conspicuously sinuous, the third less so and the sutural costa is only feebly turned from the suture at either end, there is a fine stria along the sutural margin and the apices are rounded off at the suture; the propygidium is large and hexagonal, about half its surface can be seen from above, and it is conspicuously and longitudinally striated ; the pygidium is clearly punctulate, but not striate; the pro- sternum, the keel is narrow and bistriate, the striz are parallel at the sides and joined at both ends, the anterior lobe is mar- ginate and in front of the coxe are two semicircular strie stretching outwards ; the mesosternum is straight anteriorly and the marginal stria is strong and continues unbroken along new Species of Histeride. 285 the base of the metasternum, in the centre of which it is angulate, the suture of the mesosternum is invisible ; the legs, anterior tibize dilated, external edge nearly semicircular, intermediate and posterior tibie externally triangularly dilated, tarsi short with two claws. Hab. Paraguay (Dr. J. Bohls). ‘Two examples found on the 5th October, 1892, while it was running over a mound made by termites. SITALIA, gen. nov. Corpus oblongum, subparallelum, convexum, brunneum ; caput inter oculos planum, antennis funiculo brevi sensim incrassato, clava ovali haud compressa; pronotum supra convexum ; elytris cari- natis(fig.3 d); propygidium postice acuminatum ; pygidium declive; prosternum basi incisum, bistriatum ; mesosternum in medio minute productum ; tibiz late, fossa tarsali parum lata, subrecta, leviter exarata. While establishing the above genus for the reception of Paratropus Severint, Lew. (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvi. p. 142, 1892), I have availed myself of M. G. Severin’s kind Fig. 3. Sitalia Severin, Lew. loan of the blocks to reproduce the woodcuts made of the species from his original drawings. Only one example of this curious insect is known and no dissections have been made of it. Homalopygus remex, sp.n. (PI. X. fig. 10.) Oblongus, subdepressus, piceus, nitidus ; fronte abrupta, tenuissime punctulata; pronoto stria marginali basi abbreviata, laterali obliqua ; elytris striis 1 integra, 2-4 inqualiter abbreviatis, suturali geminata; pygidio punctulato; prosterno bistriato ; mesosterno antice biemarginato, stria marginali integra; tibiis valde dilatatis. L. 23 mill. 286 Mr. G. Lewis on Oblong, rather depressed, piceous, shining ; the head very finely punctulate, abruptly declivous anteriorly ; the thorax, sides impressed, especially behind the anterior angles, mar- ginal stria very fine, shortened before the base and continued round the anterior angle, behind the neck there is a fine detached stria, not quite close to the edge (this stria appears to be an appendage to the lateral stria), the lateral stria is also fine, commencing at the base a little within the angle and passes obliquely inwards for about three fourths of the thoracic Jength, on the inside of this stria is another very fine and very short stria, slightly bent ; the elytra, striee, outer humeral is shortened apically after passing the middle, inner humeral is complete, both are very fine, dorsal 1 complete, 2-4 are shortened apically, 4 is rather longer than the third, 3 longer than the second, 5 rudimentary or more usually wanting, sutural is geminate and resembles those figured for H. latipes, Bohem. (Mars. Mon. 1861, fig. 1); the pygidia are finely and evenly punctulate; the prosternum, keel bistriate, striee divergent anteriorly, less divergent at the base, anterior lobe has a fine marginal stria and a transverse stria marks the suture between the lobe and the keel; the mesosternum is biemarginate, the marginal stria is fine and complete, but it is only near the edge behind the emarginations, at the sides it joins the lateral metasternal stria; the legs are similar to those of H. latipes, Bohem. Marseul’s figure of H. latipes suggests the idea that the elytral striz are costate, whereas they are very fine, and it is evident that Marseul mistook the inner part of the sutural stria, which is geminate or double, for the fifth stria. In some of my specimens of H. remex the fifth stria is repre- sented by a rudiment midway between the sutural and fourth stria. Both species are similar to each other, especially in the form of the mesosternum and legs. Hab, Paraguay. I have eleven examples, taken by Dr. J. Bohls on the 5th Oct., 1892. ‘The beetles were running about on the mounds made by termites, some were in copul@ and were fairly numerous. Afterwards Dr. Bohls searched several hundreds of termite-mounds, but failed to find other examples either on their surfaces or in the interiors.” Notocelis satur occurred at the same time. Terapus muricatus, sp. np. (PI. X. fig. 12.) Oblongus, cinereo-niger, undique muricatus ; fronte concaya ; pro- noto antico ad angulos explanato ; elytris leviter costatis ; pygidio in medio conspicue muricato. L. 4 mill. new Species of Histeride. 287 Oblong, ashy black, body and legs densely muricate, antenne obscurely red; the head, forehead concave, concavity somewhat smooth, with a lateral stria on either side which becomes carinate anteriorly and terminates in a tubercle, the mandibles are microscopically striate ; the thorax is cut out behind the head in a semicircular form, and the anterior angles are explanate, the marginate stria is visible on the anterior edges of the angles, but it is obliterated laterally by the muricate sculpture; the elytra are costate, the first costa represents the inner humeral stria, the three next the 1-3 dorsal, the fourth is faint, the fifth and sutural are almost obliterated ; the propygidium is sculptured like the thorax and the pygidium also, except in the middle where there is a bunch of longer sharp-pointed cones and behind them two lines of small tubercles ; the prosternum, the keel is bordered laterally by two rough ridges, which widen out a little from the coxe to the base, on either side of the keel there is a scooped-out lobe-shaped space which is free of tubercles or muricate sculpture and it is bordered outwardly by a carina, the anterior lobe is rough and tuberculate, the keel has an arch-like incision extending across its base ; the mesosternum is bisinuous and bordered by a rough muricate ridge; the legs, anterior tibiz are straight on the inner edge, somewhat sinuous on the outer, which is armed with 6 or 7 irregular denticulations ; the intermediate tibia are angulate in the middle of the outer edge, to which point the tarsal grooves extend, outer edge with 11 or 12 irregular teeth, inner edge with small, evenly set, denticulations, posterior tibize also angular in the middle and denticulated, the thighs on their upper surface are conspicuously muricate. This curious species differs much from Terapus Mniszechi, Mars., but I do not think it necessary to establish another genus for it. The chief important differences are in the sculpture, in the thorax having explanateangles and not being bisinuous behind the head, in the intermediate and posterior legs being angulate in the middle, and as these angulations are ab a point where the tarsal grooves end, the tarsi are relatively longer than in Marseul’s species, where the angles are nearer to the tarsal end. In 7’. bicarinatus, Lew., the thorax is not bisinuous and the tarsal grooves are much shorter than those of 7. Mniszechi, but there is no doubt these last two species are congeneric. Hab, Paraguay (Dr. J. Bohls). One example only. Saprinus punctisternus, sp. n. Obscure yiridi-eneus, nitidus ; fronte transyersa, utrinque punctata, 288 Mr. G. Lewis on stria integra; pronoto lateribus basique punctato ; elytris striis 1-4 dorsalibus in medio postice abbreviatis, suturali basi abbreviata ; prosterno striis integris, subparallelis ; mesosterno marginato, parce et grosse punctato. L. 9 mill. Oval, convex, with a slight greenish brassy tinge; the head and epistoma transverse (like that of S. semipunctatus, F.), frontal stria well-marked and complete, vertex punctured, punctures particularly conspicuous near the eyes ; the thorax, marginal stria complete, along the sides is a broad band of rather coarse punctures, which terminate behind the eyes but continue more narrowly along the base nearly to the scutellum, there is a small antiscutellar puncture ; the elytra, dorsal strize are rather oblique and punctured and in form otherwise closely resemble those of S. splendens, Er., figured in Marseul’s monograph, fig. 22, but the second and third interstices are smooth, the basal half of each elytron is rather coarsely and closely punctured; the propygidium is chiefly punctured at the sides ; the pygidium has a fine median raised line and is closely punctured, except at the apex which is nearly smooth ; the prosternum, keel is parallel and formed like that of S. semz- punctatus, F’., lateral striee are complete and feebly widen out at the base ; the mesosternum is marginate and sparingly but coarsely punctured; the metasternum has a band of points along its base. The species belongs to the semdpunctatus-group, but the punctuation of its mesosternum resembles that of S. optabilis, Mars. In most of the large Saprini the mesosterna are smooth. ‘The type specimen of this species is the largest Saprinus I have seen. Hab. 'Tai-yuen-fu, Shansi: 5th June, 1897. Collector unknown to me. Saprinus castanipes, Curtis, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 442 (1845), ~An examination of the type specimen in the British Museum proves this species to be the same as S. fulvopterus, Mars. Curtis’s name has the priority of ten years. Two other species described by Curtis at the same time are S. Matthews? = 8S. bistgnatus, Er., 1834, and S. furcatus = S. connectens, Payk., 1811. Saprinus lesus, sp. n. Ovalis, supra seneus, nitidus ; fronte dense punctata; pronoto haud ciliato ; elytris macula humerali rufa, stria suturali apice new Species of Histeride. 289 abbreviata antice hamata; mesosterno stria marginali haud interrupta. L. 33 mill. Oval, convex, aneous above and shining, black beneath ; the head is closely not coarsely punctured and without frontal strie ; the thorax, marginal stria entire, punctured on the lateral borders, with a small impression behind the eye, much narrowed anteriorly and not ciliate at the sides. The elytra, the humeral area is red, the dorsal striz, except the sutural, are very short, or wanting (as the fifth), the sutural is shortened before the apex, otherwise it is similar to the sutural stria figured by Marseul for S. béstgnatus, Kr. (Mon. 1855, fig. 13); on either side of the sutural stria, just behind the middle, is a small fovea, the-elytral apices are moderately, not densely punctured, the epipleural stria is continued round the apex of each elytron, but it does not quite reach the suture. The pro- sternum, the striz on the keel are strong and anteriorly diverge (similarly to those of S. bistgnatus) ; the mesosternum is faintly and sparingly punctulate, the marginal stria is complete and widely sinuous, but it is not quite close on the anterior edge; the anterior tibize are 7-8-dentate. This species is easily distinguished from its congeners, S. bisignatus, Er., S. lepidus, Ky., and others, by its red shoulder and complete mesosternal stria. Hab. Ecuador. Teretrius Braganze, sp. n. Cylindricus, niger, nitidus, undique punctatus ; pronoto stria mar- ginali antice interrupta; prosterno valide bistriato, striis antice sensim divaricatis, lobo antice marginato; mesosterno antice obtuse producto et immarginato ; mesosterno metasternoque in medio canaliculatis. L. 2 mill. Cylindrical, black and shining, legs and antenne reddish, surface above rather densely and strongly punctured, many of the punctures appear under the microscope minutely ocellate; the head is rather convex; the thorax, lateral stria well-marked, but it is not continued behind the neck, on the edge before the scutellum there isa cluster of dense punctures ; the elytra, the smooth humeral space is very distinct ; the prosternum, there is a transverse marginal stria along the apical margin of the anterior lobe, but down the sides there are only a few marginal punctures, the keel and lobe have a very few but conspicuous and irregular punctures, the striz on the keel are very conspicuous and posteriorly do not quite reach the 290 On new Species of Histeride. base, from the base they are gradually divergent until they cease near the edge of the lobe, the base of the keel is impressed triangularly ; the mesosternum is strongly and obtusely pro- duced in front, the projection is immarginate, but at the sides there is an oblique stria which is not, however, joined to the metasternal lateral stria, there is a median canaliculation common to both the meso- and meta-sterna and there is no visible suture between these two segments, the punctures on the sternal plates are large, sparse, and very irregular; the anterior tibie are 6-dentate. This is a very distinct species, but in size and form it resembles 7. Walkeri, Lew. The chief distinguishing specific characters of all the Teretrdé are in the sternal plates. Ihave compared it with the type of 7’. corticalis, Woll.; the iast is smaller and of a lighter colour. Hab. 8. Thomas I., Gulf of Guinea (Mocquerys, 1900). Eptechinus Marseuli. This name is given to EL. hispidus, Mars., it being clearly evident that the species described as hispidus, Payk., in the ‘ Abeille,’ i. p. 70 (1864), cannot be the same as Paykull’s species. ‘The latter is described (Mon. p. 98) as having five frontal longitudinal carine ; the first has the frontal lateral borders raised and one median carina. In my collection there are six Asian species of this genus; Marseul apparently only knew one. « EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Fig. 1. Placodes opacus, Lew. Fig. 2. Platylister mirabilis, Lew. Fig. 3 extrarius, Lew. 1g. 4, Probolosternus permundus, sp. n. Fg. 5. Baconia loricata, Lew. Fig. 6. Phelister festivus, Lew. Fig. 7. Notolister sulcicollis, Lew. Fig. 8. Hister Marshaili, Lew. 9 Fig. 9. Notocels satur, sp. n. Fig. 10, Homalopygus remex, sp. n. Fg. 11. Coproxenus Marshalli, Lew. Fig. 12. Terapus muricatus, sp. 0. Except the new species, those figured in the Plate are described in former numbers of the Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. On Five new Species of Pangonine. 291 XXX VI.—Description of Five new Species of Pangonine from South America. By Miss GERTRUDE RICARDO. THE following species were among some Tabanide sent me by Dr. K. Kertész, of the Budapest Museum, for comparison with the Walker types in the British Museum collection. He has kindly allowed me to describe these Pangonine before returning them to him. Subfamily Paveoyrvz. Scione fuscus, 2 , sp. n. Brown. Face reddish brown, shining and bare. Proboscis more than half as long as the body. Antenne red, with a green tinge on the first two joints and apex of third; a few short black hairs on the first two joints, chiefly on the under- side. Forehead brown, with greyish-red tomentum, and a dark brown central stripe ; pubescence short and brown; the ocelli are very distinct. Palpi yellow, the second joint brownish; the two joints about equal in length, the second curved and tapering. Beard white. Eyes hairy. Thorax reddish brown, with two narrow red stripes, at the sides lighter in colour; pubescence brown, longer on the sides. Breast-sides light yellow, with white pubescence and a few brown hairs in the centre. Scutellum reddish brown. Ab- domen brown, the first two segments light yellow, with a few irregular black spots, the third yellow on its anterior margin, its posterior half and the remaining ones brown, with irregular black markings; the posterior half of the last segment is yellow; the dorsum of abdomen covered with short black hairs, at the sides a few silvery-white hairs are intermixed with the black ones, beginning from the third segment; the underside of abdomen is light yellow, with a few small, round, black spots. Legs yellow, apex of tarsal joints brown. Wings smoky brown, fore border yellow; there is a clear band across the middle of wing tinged with yellow, com- prising the basal half of the marginal and submarginal cells, three quarters of the first posterior cell, and the whole of the discoidal cell; veins brown. MHalteres yellow, somewhat brown on the head of club. Length 11 millim. Type (2) from Bolivia (Songo). 292 Miss G. Ricardo on Five new Scione claripennis, 2, sp. n. This species is allied to S. maculipennis, Schiner (Dichia maculipennis), but differs in having clear wings, cross-veins not shadowed, and no spots. Brown. Face brown, greyish on the lower part near mouth and at the sides, with brown pubescence. Antenna brown, the basal half of the third joint bright red, the first two joints with long brown hairs. Forehead fawn-coloured, with a large, almost square, dark brown spot, not reaching the sides ; a central dark line extends from it to the ocelli- gerous tubercle, which is also brown, as is the pubescence on the forehead. Palpired, the two joints about equal in length, the second curved and tapering. Beard white. Eyes hairy. Thorax with three grey stripes ; the side ones do not reach the border, but join the central stripe; at about half their length a branch stripe begins, which is extended to the shoulders ; pubescence on dorsum and sides brown, yellowish- white tufts at base of wings; breast-sides brown, with tufts of white and brown hairs. Scutellum brown, grey in the middle and on the margin, with white hairs in the centre and brown ones on the margin. Abdomen brown, with tufts of white hairs on the posterior borders of segments in centre, forming an irregular stripe; the first three segments are yellowish, with dark markings, the posterior borders of the following dark brown segments are lighter in colour; the pubescence consists of black hairs, except on the posterior border of second segment, where they are white; the sides of segments 2, 3, 4, 5 have white hairs; underside of abdomen yellow, with dark markings and bands of yellow on the posterior borders, the Jast segments almost wholly black. Legs black, knees yellow, the basal half of the anterior and middle tibie brown, coxe and femora clothed with long black hairs. Wings hyaline; at the base and on the fore border, extending also to the cross-veins of the basal cells, is a slight yellowish tinge. Length 103 millim. Type (2), Peru (Callanga). PanGontA, Latr. Erephrosis niger, 3, sp. n. Black. Antenne black, the third joint dull red, with black segmentations, first and second joints with black hairs. Palpi and face black, the latter with the second joint longer Species of Pangoninze from South America. 293 than the first, tapering to a point. Proboscis nearly as long as body. Beard brown above, grey below. ‘Thorax and scutellum dull brown, with spare black pubescence and a white tuft of hairs at the base of wings; the pleure fringed with white hairs. Abdomen black and shining; a white tuft of hairs on the lateral margins of the last two segments, the other segments bordered at the sides with black hairs. Legs black, the fore tibize and tarsi dull brown, with fulvous pubescence on the underside of the first tarsal joint; the last tarsal joint of posterior legs is reddish. Wings grey, at base and on fore border yellowish; a white oblong spot at the extreme base of the wing, another at the root of the first basal cell, and a short white line between the first and second longitudinal veins, starting from the root of the latter ; veins yellow, no appendix. Length 14 millim. ; proboscis 11 millim. Type (¢) from Surinam, 8. America. Erephrosis rufopilosis, 2, sp.n. Dark brown. Antenne and face black, the latter with a band of ashy-grey tomentum below the antenne. Palpi black, long, extending far beyond the face; the second joint nearly twice as long as the first, broad at the base, with a deep furrow on the outer side, tapering to a point, edged with black pubescence. Forehead brown, covered with rather long black pubescence. Beard black. Thorax with long brown hairs on the anterior half and on the sides ; scutellum reddish brown; a thick tuft of black hairs at base of wings. Abdo- men dark brown, the first three segments somewhat reddish ; with bright orange-red pubescence on the sides of the seg- ments, widest on the second segment, becoming a transverse fringe on the posterior margins of the fourth and fifth seg- ments, and appearing as scattered hairs on the dorsum of the posterior segments ; underside black and shining, the orange hairs appearing on the extreme lateral margins only. Legs black, the anterior coxe with greyish pubescence ; the femora and tibie fringed with long black hairs, thickest on the ante- rior ones, some fulvous pubescence on the underside of the tarsi. Wings brown, yellow on fore border and at base, with lighter centres to the cells on the posterior border and two white spots at the base of the wing, besides a white streak between the first and second longitudinal vein; an appendix on the branch of the third longitudinal vein. Length 16 millim. ; proboscis 8 millim. Type (?) from Bolivia (Songo). 294 Mr. O. Thomas on new This species resembles Hrephrosis rufo-hirta, Walker, and other Brazilian species in the shape of the abdomen and general appearance (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 175, 1900). Erephrosis rufescens, 2, Sp. n. Two females from Peru (Callanga) and Bolivia (Songo). This species should belong to Scione, Walker (Diclisa, Schiner), having the fourth posterior cell closed; but as it does not agree with the description of the genus in any other particulars and has all the appearance of a true Pangonia (Latr.), it seems best to include it for the present under Pangonia (Latr.) (see Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 104, for similar cases). Reddish brown. Antenne dull red, lighter at the apex, with black segmentations ; the first joint stout, nearly three times as long as the second, both with black hairs at the sides. Face and palpi brown, with fawn-coloured tomentum, the latter curved; the second joint longer than the first, broad, ending in a point bordered with black pubescence. Forehead reddish, fulvous at the sides bordering the eyes, with short black pubescence. Beard black, thin, with a few red hairs. Thorax brown; scutellum red: both with short fulvous pubescence. Abdomen red, shining, with irre- gular black markings and orange-red pubescence on the lateral margins, becoming thicker on the apex. . Legs red; the coxe brown, with black pubescence; the femora reddish brown, with short black pubescence ; the anterior and posterior tibie and tarsi with some reddish pubescence. Wings hyaline, tinged with yellow on the fore border; no appendix ; fourth posterior cell closed. Length 17 millim.; proboscis 7 millim. Type (2) from Peru (Callanga). XXXVII.—Descriptions of new Rodents from Western South America. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. Sciurus (Microsciurus) Stmonsi, sp. n. Size as usual in this group. General colour above grizzled olivaceous, about as in S. Alfari, though slightly darker. Under surface also very much as in that species, the hairs tipped with buffy, not ferruginous. Sides of nose yellowish. Rodents from Western South America. 295 Eyes with marked yellowish rings round them. Lars well- haired, without lighter spots: behind them, dark rusty red. Feet grizzled yellowish. Tail fairly long-haired, the hairs ringed black and reddish basally, with black subterminal and dull yellow terminal rings. Skull slightly larger than in S. A/fari; nasals decidedly shorter, their posterior edge directly transverse, some dis- tance in front of the termination of the premaxillary processes. Molars larger than in the allied species. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 138 millim.; tail 112; hind foot, s. u. 35, c. u. 38; ear 16. Skull: greatest length 38°8; basilar length 29; greatest breadth 23°5; nasals 9°4 x5; interorbital breadth 14; tip to tip of postorbital processes 20; palate length from henselion 16 ; diastema (to front of p.*) 9; length of tooth-series (ex- cluding the minute p.’) 6°3. Hab. Porvenir, near Zaparal, Province of Bolivar, Hcuador. Altitude 1500 m. Type. Female. B.M. no. 99. 9.9.12. Original number 261. Collected 16th March, 1899, by Mr. Perry O. Simons. Of the seven species and subspecies of the subgenus Micro- sciurus represented in the British Museum, S. Simons? is undoubtedly nearest to the Costa-Rican S. Alfar?, Allen, but differs by its rusty red ears, more prominent eye-rings, shorter nasals, larger molars, and widely different locality. Scturus (Microsciurus) perwanus napi, subsp. n. Quite like S. peruanus of N.W. Peru in the general oliva- ceous colour, absence of eye-rings, white patches on and behind ears, and other characters, but distinguished by the coloration of the belly, which, instead of being fairly defined yellowish rufous, is only faintly and indistinctly suffused with the same colour, the dark bases to the hairs giving the general tone to the under surface. Skull as in true S. perwanus, but the nasals apparently rather shorter and more oval. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body 157 millim.; tail (broken at tip); hind foot s. u. 84; ear 12. Skull: greatest breadth 21; nasals 9x5; interorbital breadth 13; diastema 8; length of upper tooth-series (ex- cluding p.*) 6. Hab. Mouth of Coca River, Upper Rio Napo. Type. Female, slightly immature. B.M. no. 0. 6. 3. 6. 296 Mr. O. Thomas on new Collected June 1899 and presented by Walter Goodfellow, Esq. A second specimen, labelled as from the Rio Napo, has been in the Museum since 1875. Phyllotis amicus and its subspecies. After obtaining the specimens of this species—at Eten, Reque, and Tolon—mentioned in the original descrip- tion *, Mr. Simons collected a number further inland and higher up at Uramarca, on the River Ushpe, not far from Pallasca. The three localities (for Eten and Reque may be treated as one) are all approximately at the same latitude ; but the first is on the coast, in the desert region, at an alti- tude of only 20-50 metres, the second, Tolon, about 60 miles inland at 100 metres, and the last is at about 1200 metres on the Andean chain. On comparing the three sets it proves that the coast specimens are smaller and paler in colour than the middle, typical, set from Tolon, while, on the other hand, those from Uramarca are larger, with longer tails and, especially, much larger ears. Further south, on the Shigray River, ‘Tambo (1600 metres), and at Marca (2000 metres), the same large long-eared form occurs, while at Chosica, near Lima, at 850 m., the local representative of Ph. amicus is again much like that found at Tolon. It would therefore seem that along the higher level (1200- 2000 m.) from about lat. 7° to 12° 8., the long-eared form occurs, that the intermediate typical one ranges along the middle altitudes (100-850 m.), while the Eten one may also hereafter be found to occur further southwards along the coast, perhaps to Callao. The subspecies may be briefly distinguished as follows :— Phyllotis amicus maritimus, subsp. n. Size small (head and body averaging 78°5 millim. in six specimens) ; tail short (96°6) ; ears short (22°25). Colour paler and more sandy than in the typical form, especially posteriorly ; approximating to the darker specimens of the desert species Ph. gerbillus. Dimensions of the type (measured by collector in the flesh) :— Head and body 80 millim.; tail 100; hind foot 223 ear 22:5. Skull: basilar length 17:1. * Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 355 (1900). Rodents from Western South America. 297 Hab, Kten, coast of N.W. Peru. Altitude 20 m. Type. Male. B.M. no. 0. 3.1.62. Original number 589. Collected 16th September, 1899, by Mr. P. O. Simons. Phyllotis amicus (typical). Average measurements of five specimens from the type locality, Tolon, altitude 100 m. :— Head and body 85:2 millim.; tail 100; hind foot 22°6; ear 22°6. Colour rather darker than in either of the other subspecies. Phyllotis amicus montanus, subsp. n. Size comparatively large (average of four specimens: head and body 90 millim.; hind foot 24); tail long (average 117°5) ; ears very large (average 24°75). Colour about as in the typical subspecies or slightly paler. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 93 millim.; tail 122; hind foot 24; ear 26. Skull: basilar length 19:3. Hab. Uramarca, near Pallasca, N.W. Peru. Altitude 1200 in. Type. Female. B.M. no. 0. 6. 6. 28. Original number 760. Collected 7th December, 1899, by Mr. P. O. Simons. The four Tambo and Marca specimens of PA. a. montanus have the following average measurements :— Head and body 90 millim.; tail 111; hind foot 22°75; ear 24°75. The two from Chosica, near Lima, which I refer to the typical Ph. amicus :— Head and body 85 millim.; tail 107°5; hind foot 23; ear 22°. Eligmodontia sorella, sp. n. A medium-tailed fawn-coloured species with long soft hair. Size rather less than in Mus musculus. Fur long, smooth, very soft and fine, the ordinary fur about 9 millim. long on the back and 6-7 millim. on the belly, and profusely mixed with longer hairs about 16 millim. in length. General colour sandy fawn, darker and closely lined with black on the back, clearer on the sides, where there is a well-defined fawn-coloured line edging the white of the belly. Tips of Aun, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 20 298 Mr. O. Thomas on new the longer dorsal hairs shining silvery. Under surface whitish, the hairs visibly slaty grey basally, white terminally ; line of demarcation on sides well marked. Face slightly greyer than back. ars of medium length, their visible surface when folded brownish fawn; a marked white patch behind their posterior bases. Upper surface of hands and feet uniformly pure white; proximal third of soles thinly hairy ; fifth hind toe reaching to the middle of the basal phalanx of the fourth. Tail rather shorter than head and body, uniformly closely haired, so as to hide the scales, not pencilled ; brownish fawn above, darkening nearly to black at the tips, white below and on the sides. Skull delicate and papery; nasals and premaxillary pro- cesses of equal extension behind ; interorbital region flat, its edges square but not beaded; palatal foramina long, reaching backwards to the middle of m.*; bulle small. Dimensions of the type (which is adult, but not old), measured by collector in the flesh :— Head and body 72 millim.; tail 62; hind foot 18 (ce. u. 19°5) ; ear 17. Skull: greatest length 22-7; basilar length 17:2; zygo- matic breadth 10°7 ; nasals 8°8 x 3; interorbital breadth 3:7; breadth of brain-case 11:0; interparietal 2°2 x 8°5; diastema 57; palatine foramina 5°5x2; length of upper molar series 3°5. Hab. Hight miles south of Huamachuca, N.W. Peru. Altitude 3500 m. Type. Female. B.M. no. 0. 6.6.29. Original number 741. Collected 28th November, 1899, by Mr. Perry O. Simons. This pretty little mouse has no near relationship to the E. lepida * of Central Peru, which is one of the very short- tailed species, but is most closely allied to the Argentine and Paraguayan ZH. lancha, Desm., from which it differs by its longer and softer fur, more fawny colour, longer and slen- derer feet, and other details, Oxymycterus inca, sp. Nn. Size rather large, not quite equal to the large Brazilian species, but greater than in OU. rufus of Paraguay or La Plata. Fur coarse, rather short ; hairs on back 11-12 millim. in length. General colour rufous chestnut, more grizzled into black along the centre of the face and dorsal area, more * Hesperomys bimaculatus, var. lepidus, Thos, P. Z. 8, 1884, p. 454, pl. xlii. fig. 2. Rodents from Western South America. 299 uniform reddish on the sides. Ears well haired, blackish brown. Chin prominently contrasted white ; whole re- mainder of under surface rich ochraceous rufous, not defined laterally from the red of the sides; bases of the hairs indis- tinctly plumbeous. Upper surface of hands and feet blackish brown. Tail well haired throughout, blackish brown, slightly lighter along the median line below. Skull long, the muzzle of the peculiar trumpet-shape characteristic of the large Brazilian species of the O. hispidus group. Nasals long, broadest anteriorly, reaching backwards to the level of the front edge of the anteorbital bridge ; supra- orbital edges as usual, not beaded or ridged, but there is a slight angular projection in the position of the postorbital processes, whence parietal ridges run nearly directly backwards, giving the brain-case an oblong parallel-sided appearance ; interparietal well developed ; anterior zygoma-root much slanted backwards; palatal foramina large, widely open, extending backward to the middle of m.’. Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh by the col- lector) :— Head and body 135 millim.; tail 105; hind foot, s. u. 80, c. u. 33; ear 21. Skull: greatest length 38; basilar length 30; zygomatic breadth 18; nasals 14:3 x 5; interorbital breadth 6°7; tip to tip of rudimentary postorbital processes 11*7 ; interparietal 2°6 x 6; diastema 9; palatal foramina 8 xX 3°2; length ot upper molar series 5°7. Hab. Perené, Ucayali watershed, Department of Junin, KE. Peru. Altitude 800 m. Type. Male. B.M. no. 0. 7.7.45. Original number 925. Collected 10th April, 1900, by Mr. P.O. Simons. Four specimens examined, This is the first Peruvian Owymycterus described. _ Its size and cranial characters will readily distinguish it from any known species. In the same collection, Mr. Simons secured at Galéra, the highest point of the Oroya railway, altitude 4800 m., an example of the remarkable Neotomys ebriosus, 'Thos., described in 1894 * trom a specimen collected by Mr. J. Kalinowski in the Valley of Vitoc. Mr. Simons’s skin shows that the under- side of the tail is not white but dull buffy, and that the chest is dirty brownish, a colour which runs backward a short distance along the centre of the belly. * Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 348, 20* 300 Mr. O. Thomas on new Proechimys Simonst, sp. n. Size rather smaller than in P. chryscolus, its nearest ally. Rump practically spineless; nape and sides also much less spinous than the centre of the back. Spines short, only about 15 millim in length, and narrow (0°6-0°8 millim. in breadth). General colour above very like that of P. rosa, with the same grizzled mixture of black and fulvous. Head rather darker and less fulvous. Under surface and inner sides of limbs pure sharply defined white, much more sharply defined than in the allied species. Upper surface of feet dull brown, lighter along the inner margins. Tail of about the same length as in P. rosa and chryscolus, but much less hairy, the hairs not hiding the scales; scales unusually large, the rings running about 8 to the centimetre ; its colour promi- nently bicolor, black above, white below. Skull remarkably like that of P. brevicauda, Giinth., although in external characters the species has little re- semblance to that animal. In size it is smaller than in any of the species mentioned. Nasals long, narrow, rounded behind, extending about 2°5 millim. beyond the premaxille posteriorly. Interorbital region narrow. Parietal ridges almost obsolete, a faint indication of them in the positions described in P. chryseolus, not continuous as in P. rosa. Palatal foramina broad and rounded, almost as broad as long, the ridges on the palate just behind them nearly obsolete. Palate emarginate to the back of m.”. Pterygoid processes narrow, curved, not spatulate. Molars small and rounded. Dimensions of the type (measured by Mr. Simons in the flesh) :— Head and body 210 millim.; tail 165; hind foot, s. u. 47,c. u. 49; ear 26. Skull: greatest length 53:2; basilar length 36°5; zygo- matic breadth 25°3; nasals 20 X 5:5; interorbital breadth 11-3; greatest breadth on parietal ridges 20; interparietal 75 x 12:2; diastema 10°4; palatal foramina 4°3 x 3:5; length of molar series 7-5. Hab. Perené River, Junin Province, Peru. Altitude 800 m. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 0. 7. 7. 50. Original number 942. Collected 14th April, 1900, by Mr. Perry O. Simons. “ Haten by natives. Found in deep woods. Native name ‘ Pericota.’”’ ‘This species presents the curious anomaly of being closely similar externally to P. chryseolus and rosa, while its skull is scarcely distinguishable from that of the outwardly very Rodents from Western South America. 301 different P. brevicauda, Giinth. Its most obvious diagnostic characters are its thinly haired, large-scaled tail, its sharply defined white belly, its small skull, suppressed parietal ridges, and short open palatal foramina. In his description of P. brevicauda * Dr. Giinther speaks of “an adult male in spirit and the skin of an adult female brought by Mr. E. Bartlett from Chamicuros, Huallaga River”; but, as a matter of fact, it is only the skin (received in 1869) that is labelled as from Chamicuros, and the spirit-specimen is merely recorded from the Upper Amazon, and was received by the Museum three years before, in 1866. It is therefore probable that they are from different localities, and there is unquestionably great doubt as to their specific agreement. Under these circumstances it would be advisable to treat the skin by itself, accurately labelled and with good skull, as the type, and to ignore the second specimen, which has no exact locality and whose skull is broken to pieces. Ctenomys tucumanus, sp. n. Size small, about as in C. talarwm. General colour above brownish fawn, with a faint reddish suffusion ; middle line of face blackish. Cheeks like back, a faint lighter patch below ear. Under surface pale buffy, the hairs plumbeous basally ; large white axillary and inguinal patches present, the former almost extending across the chest (but this may be due to the great age of the specimen, which is also becoming hoary on the back). Upper surface of hands well haired, whitish, of feet nearly naked, the few hairs also white. ‘Tail practically naked, a few whitish hairs forming a slight terminal crest. This nakedness of hind feet and tail is possibly due to age and wear. Skull broad and flattened, much more so than in C. mendo- cinus, and still more different to the lumpy rounded skull of C. Perrenst. Nasals evenly tapering backwards, their posterior end behind the level of the anteorbital bridge. Interorbital region flat, shorter and broader than in C. talarum, as also is the brain-case. No interparietal discernible. Malar less heavily ridged than in C. talarum. Posterior nares broad and open, the pterygoid ridges much further apart than in the allied species. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 172 millim.; tail 71; hind foot, s. u. 27, c. u. 30°55 ear 6. * PZ, S. 1876, p. 749. 302 On new Rodents from Western South America. Skull: greatest length in middle line 43°3; basilar length 38; zygomatic breadth 27:7; nasals 16 x 6-4; length of frontal suture 10-2; interorbital breadth 9°1; breadth across postorbital processes 11'1; least posterior breadth across brain-case 17; greatest posterior breadth on meatus 27°5; palate length from benselion 20°2; diastema 12; length of upper molar series (crowns) 9°5; greatest diameter of anterior tooth (p.*) 4. Hab. Tucuman. Altitude 450 m. Type. Old male. B.M. no. 0. 7. 9. 14. Original number 133. Collected 25th September, 1899, by Signor Luis Dinelli. Although geographically nearest to C. mendocinus, Phil., and C. Perrenst, Vhos., this Tuco-Tuco is probably most nearly allied to C. talarum, with which it shares the small size and flattened shape of the skull. It differs, however, from that species by its broader skull, especially the broader interorbital region, more open choane, and much paler coloration. Signor Dinelli also obtained at Tucuman an example of the rare armadillo Dasypus vellerosus, Gray, and of the Chilian opossum Marmosa elegans, Waterh., not hitherto known from Argentina. Cyclopes* didactylus ida, subsp. n. Geneial colour of the more greyish type characteristic of the typical C. didactylus from Guiana, not yellowish or golden as in the Mexican and Central-American C. d. dor- salis, Gray. Rump, legs, and tail grey, not yellow. Dorsal stripe indistinet, irregular, almost lost in the coarse marblings of the back. Under surface uniform dull yellowish or buffy, without any trace of the dark sternal line present in the other subspecies. Skull very like that of the Guianan form; edges of inter- orbital region similarly evenly diverging backwards. Dimensions of the type, in skin :— Head and body (c.) 180 millim. ; tail (c.) 198. Skull: greatest length 49; greatest breadth of brain-case 23°5; length of nasals (laterally) 13°5; interorbital breadth 9°6; length of frontal suture 23:6, of parietal suture 8°7 ; length of lower jaw 38. Hab. Oriente of Ecuador. Type from Sarayacu, Upper Pastasa River; another specimen from the Rio Napo. Type. Female. B.M. no. 80. 5. 6. 69. Collected by Mr. Clarence Buckley. Four specimens from Sarayacu examined and one from the Napo. * Gray, 1821. Cyclothurus, Gray, 1825, auctorum. On the East-African Reedbuch. 303 XXXVIII.—On the “ Tohi,” the East-African Reedbuck cur- rently known as Cervicapra bohor. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. MEssrs. ROWLAND WArD have recently put into my hands three Reedbuck skulls which, collected some twenty or thirty years ago, had become scattered into different collec- tions, but which, noticing their peculiarity, Messrs. Ward had kept in touch with and have now brought together again in order that I might examine and report upon them. They were obtained in some part of the Upper Nile, and, according to one account, at Kassala. ‘Their collector was a Herr Essler, by whom a number of other large mammals now in the British Museum were precured at the same time. Their northern locality has still more recently been con- firmed by Dr. Donaldson Smith, who obtained several specimens of the same form during his recent journey from Lake Rudolf to the Nile, in about 5° N. latitude. Now these specimens all agree among themselves, and differ from all the species recognized in the ‘ Book of Ante- lopes,’ by the peculiar graceful curvature of their horns, which, while first sloping backwards and then outwards somewhat as in C. arundinum, are distinctly (though not abruptly) recurved forwards and inwards terminally. As a result their back view is not altogether unlike the more distant figure of C. arundinum in the ‘ Book of Antelopes,’ pl. xlii., though the tips approach each other terminally much more, while their side view is similar both to those of the East-African antelope currently known, since Dr. Giinther’s paper on the subject *, as C. bohor, and also to Riippell’s figure of ‘“ Antilope redunca” +, afterwards the type of his C. bohor. The side view of the horn-curvature being therefore the same, Dr. Giinther, in the absence of Abyssinian material, not unnaturally assigned the Kast-African animal, the “ Tohi”’ of Mr. Jackson in ‘Big Game Shooting,’ to Riippell’s species; but it is now quite clear, both by locality and b some details about the type kindly sent me by Dr. Kobelt, that Messrs. Ward’s specimens are the true Bohor, being the first examples of it that have come to this country. By their aid we see that it is a peculiar northern species, most nearly allied to C. arundinum, to which it approximates in size, but is distinguished by its terminally incurved and recurved horns. * P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 604. t+ N. Wirb. Abyss. pl. vii. fig. 1 (1835). 304 On the East-African Reedbuck. A second name applicable to it is “* Cervicapra? odrob,” Heuglin*, based on an antelope observed by him on the River Setit. But if this antelope, with its widely expanded semilyrate horns, is the true C. bohor, the question arises as to what is the proper appellation for the very different Reedbuck from East Africa which has of late been known by that name. That animal, as is shown in the ‘ Book of Anutelopes’ f, is closely allied to the West- African Nagor (C. redunca, Pall.), being distinguished from it merely by its greater size, the difference there quoted being 9 inches as compared to 8 in the basal length of the skull. A renewed comparison not only confirms the alliance of the two forms, but shows that the difference is even less than we then supposed; for Messrs. Ward, who had already helped so materially in this matter, have lent me the skull of an unusually fine Nagor which had been shot by Lieut. A. A. E, Ellison, R.N., 160 miles up the River Gambia, and this skull measured no less than 8°65 inches (220 millim.) in basal length, nearly as much as in ordinary EHast-African Reed- bucks. The fur, at least of the bead, is closer and finer than that of Kast-African specimens, but is quite similar in colour, These being the facts, it would appear better to treat the Tohi as a subspecies of C. redunca, and in recognition of the help received from Messrs. Ward I would suggest the name Cervicapra redunca Wardi, subsp. n. Size rather larger than in the typical subspecies, basal length of skull 9 inches or more. Hair coarser and shaggier. Colour similar. Skull of the type (an old male) :— Basal length 234 millim. (9:2 inches) ; greatest breadth 114 (4:48) ; muzzle to orbit 138 (5°45). Horns: length round curve in front 235 (9°25), circumference at base 146 (5°75), breadth across most distant points externally 190 (7:5), tip to tip 143 (5°6). Hab. Kast Africa. Type from the Mau Plateau. Type. Male (skin and skull). B.M. no. 0. 8.15.1. Col- lected by Mr. F. J. Jackson. Presented by Mr. Rowland Ward. * Reise N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 109 (1877). + Vol. ii. p. 155, synopsis, On new Species of Hastern and Australian Moths. 305 XXXIX.—New Species of Eastern and Australian Moths. By Colonel C. Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S., &c. Family Syntomide. Eressa catoria, nov. 3. Fore wings as in LZ. confinis, Walker: hind wings all black, with one small circular hyaline spot beyond the cell, with indications of a smaller spot below it ; in many speci- mens both these small spots are indistinct. Antenne white at the tips; a large orange spot on the prothorax, orange streak on metathorax ; abdomen with a line of orange spots on vertex, on the sides, and also underneath. Expanse of wings 1 inch. Jaintia Hills. Many examples, all males. Allied to £. musa, Swinh., and L£. conjfinis, Walker. Differs from the former in having white tips to the antenne, and from the latter in the orange streak on metathorax, and from both in having the hind wings all black. Family Chalcosiide. Pidorus leno, nov. g ?. Antenne, body, and wings deep black, with an olive tinge, collar crimson ; face, body below, and the under- side of fore legs white. Fore wings with a wide oblique yellowish-white band from the costa beyond the middle to the hinder angle, touching neither: hind wings with a yellowish-white costal band extending round the apex, showing a whitish apical narrow patch: underside of both wings paler, with the basal portions greyish. Expanse of wings 1,/5 inch. Jaintia Hills. ‘Three males and one female. Superficially like a very small P. geminus, Walker, but the white costal band of the hind wings above and the different colouring below are very striking, the underside of the wings in P. geminus, Walker, being streaked and shot with blue, Isbarta curtosa, nov. 3 ¢. Antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen black, slightly metallic ; antenne white at the base, a white spot behind the head, and a white spot on each tegula; face white, body and legs also white on the underside. Wings dull black, with 306 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Species of yellowish-white spots and streaks in the interspaces, the female with the spots and streaks somewhat as in J. imitans, Butler ; the spots, however, are shorter, and the three long streaks below the cell are disjointed outwardly: the hind wing is also somewhat similarly marked, but the basal streaks fill up the whole of the interspaces, leaving no black except on the veins, and the colour is rather deep yellow. The male differs from the female in being much smaller; the wings are almost entirely black, there being little more than indications of the spots and streaks. Expanse of wings, ¢ 27, 2 2;%5 inches. Malang, Java. One pair. Family Drepanulide. Deroca hidda, nov. 3 9. Shaft of antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen white, branches of antenne dark grey. Wings semihyaline, two sinuous grey bands close together before the middle on the fore wings, three similar bands close together before the outer margin of both wings, marginal space grey, or it might be described as having three sinuous white bands before the outer margin on a grey ground; the hind wing has also indications of a band before the middle, marginal line black, veins grey and more or less prominent. Expanse of wings 179-17 inch. Jaintia Hills. T'wo males and three females. Much smaller than D. hyalina, Walker; wings better clothed, no marginal spots. Family Lymantriide. Gazalina intermizta, nov. ¢@. Head white, collar and thorax pale rufous; abdomen white, with black segmental thin bands. Wings pure white ; fore wings with two medial, oblique, thick, black transverse lines, the outer one outwardly elbowed beyond the cell; a subbasal black line; three or four short black streaks on the veins between the outer line and the margin: hind wings without markings. Underside pure white, both wings with black central, transverse, thin bands. Expanse of wings 1} inch. Jaintia Hills. Two examples. Allied to G. chrysolopha, Kollar; differs in its white Eastern and Australian Moths. 307 abdomen and in the absence of the black streak along the median vein of fore wings, and the black streaking of all the veins outside the outer transverse line. Lelia adalia, nov. 3 2. Shaft of antenne pale pink, branches dark grey ; male with the head, thorax, and fore wings dark red-brown, in the female paler and more red; a black lunule at the upper end of cell, a pale streak through the lower half of cell; the median vein and its veinlets lined with black, and a black streak opposite the lunule: abdomen and hind wings red-grey, paler and more red in the female ; without markings in both sexes. Underside paler; both wings uniformly coloured ; fore wings with all but the borders suffused with brown. Expanse of wings, ¢ 14%, 92 245 inches. Jaintia Hills. One male and six females. The male somewhat like ZL. atestacea, Hmpsn., but differently marked ; the female of L. atestacea is, however, of a uniform pale yellowish white, with internervular grey streaks, Family Epiplemide. Epiplema kohistaria, nov. &. Hind wings with slight tails at veins 4 and 7, with lesser productions on all the other veins; long stiff hairs on the basal half of costa beneath. Upperside dark greyish purple ; abdomen with a broad purple band near the base : fore wings with a purple line edged with ochreous on both sides, from costa one sixth from apex to hinder angle, the upper half curved to an angle near the outer margin at the middle, then sharply bent inwards, then again straight to the hinder angle: hind wings with a somewhat similar line, but farther away from the outer margin, marked with black on the inside and with some black streaks on the outside; there are also several black patches inside the wing somewhat in the shape of an antemedial band; both wings with black marginal lunules and ochreous cilia. Underside nearly white, suffused in places with purple. Expanse of wings | inch. Port Blair, Andamans. ‘Two examples. 308 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Species of Family Boarmiide. Subfamily Bosrurwz. Boarmia delatina, nov. 2. Of a uniform pale greyish fawn-colour: fore wings with three outwardly curved indistinct grey lines, antemedial, medial, and discal, the last two meeting rather close together on the hinder margin; all three lines marked with black spots on the costa and with some black points on the veins: hind wings with two grey similar lines, one central, the other from three fourths of costa, much curved, terminating on abdominal margin rather closer to the central line than it is on the costa. Underside greyish white, with two lines across both wings, broad marginal grey borders, with two large white spots on outer margin of both wings, apical and medial. EXxpanse of wings 1,°5 inch. Koni, Shan States (Manders). One example. Subfamily Lwwourrwz. Anaxa kaluga, nov. 9. Pale yellow; wings sparsely irrorated with pinkish atoms: fore wings with a thin pinkish band from costa, quite close to apex, to hinder margin, just beyond the middle, the space beyond being filled in with pinkish except at the hinder angle: hind wings with the thin pinkish band across its centre, but obsolete towards the costa. Underside as on upperside, but slightly paler. Expanse of wings 1,5 inch. Jaintia Hills. Four examples, all females. Closely allied to A. cesadaria, Walker,=A. sulphurea, Butler, of which I have a fine series of both sexes ; the apex of fore wings is more produced and the band is straight and very nearly touches the apex instead of curving inwards in a sinuous form one fifth before apex, as in A. cesadaria, Walker. Hypephyra etawa, nov. g. Above olive-brown, with a decided pinkish tinge: fore wings with the apical portion paler, containing three or four brown spots: hind wings with a broad marginal even band of pale pinkish ; both wings crossed by ante- and postmedial Eastern and Australian Moths. 309 zigzag pale pinkish thin bands; cilia brown, with pinkish tips. Underside uniform pale pinkish grey, without markings. Expanse of wings 17%5 inch. Jaintia Hills. One example. Allied to H. subangulata, Warren, = Stegania micans, Hmpsn. Genus PRISTOPERA, nov. Fore wing with costa nearly straight, apex minutely acute, outer margin curved and very strongly crenulate : hind wing with outer margin also strongly crenulate, the apex truncate; palpi upturned, second joint slightly hairy, third joint short. Antenne bipectinate with fascicles of cilia; the branches rather short ; tongue and frenulum present. Fore wings with fovea, cell more than half the length of the wing, disco- cellular concave ; vein 2 at three fourths, 3 close before end of cell, 4 from the end, 5 a little below centre of discocellulars, 6 from upper angle of cell, 7, 8, and 9 stalked from shortly before end of cell, 10 anastomosing with 11, which is given off from 12: hind wing with vein 3 from before end of cell, 4 from end, 6 from upper end, 7 from betore end, 8 anasto- mosing with 7 till near middle of cell. Type P. hepaticata, nov. Pristopera hepaticata, nov. 3. Of a uniform dark red-brown colour; costa of hind wings whitish. Fore wings with pale dots on the costa and crossed by two central oblique pale lines, the inner one bent inwards on the costa: hind wing with one central pale transverse line, in continuation of the outer line of the fore wing. On the underside the colour is also uniform and more red, with two black transverse central lines across both wings, obsolete on the hinder margin of fore wings, which is whitish. Expanse of wings 1,3, inch. Central China. One example. The shape of the wings is somewhat similar to Ocaelophora bastpuncta, Moore, from Sikkim. Subfamily Macarrya. Calletera schistacea, nov. ¢@. Of a uniform dark shining lilac-grey ; costa of fore wings with many ochreous specks; a brown spot at end ot 310 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Species of each cell, lines across both wings brown, dentated—first ante- medial, second discal, third submarginal, the two latter running evenly and rather close together, marginal line black ; cilia ochreous, with brown spots opposite the angles of the crenulated border. Underside pure dark grey ; costa of fore wings marked with black and ochreous ; cell-spots and cilia as above; one transverse dentated line a little beyond the middle. Expanse of wings 1,%) inch. Sarawak, Borneo. ‘I'wo examples. Family Larentiide. Cryptoloba etaina, nov. g. Dull cinereous grey: hind wings as dark as the fore wings, the latter with white specks on the costa and two transverse nearly upright brown lines, angled outwards above their centre and sinvous—the first from the costa before the middle to the hinder margin at the middle, the second from the costa at two thirds to the hinder angle—the space between the first line and the base ochreous in all three examples ; cilia ochreous, marked with grey. Expanse of wings 3% inch. Khasia Hills. ‘lhree examples. Allied to C. cinerea, Butler ; lines somewhat similar, but the wing-colour is very different and the insect is very much smaller. Family Sterrhide. Perizera maculifera, nov. ?. Uniform ochreous grey, sparsely irrorated with brown ; a large round brown spot at the end of each cell; a large brown spot midway between the cell-spot and the outer margin on the hind wings, the irrorations collected and formed into small clusters on various parts of both wings, and black marginal dots in the interspaces. Expanse of wings 1,°5 inch. Dawson, Queensland. One example. Placed provisionally in the genus Pertxera until a male is procured to determine it properly; it is, however, such a curiously marked insect it deserves a description, Eastern and Australian Moths. alt Family Quadrifide. Subfamily Pozypzsuiy2. Melioptis ankara, nov. 9. Head, thorax, and fore wings olive-grey, the latter with a large black spot touching the costa a little before the apex; a small spot in the middle below it and another near hinder angle; a grey suffused band across the wing, its outer edge touching the three spots; a grey lunule at the end of cell and two outwardly curved sinuous grey lines—ante- and postmedial—each terminating in a black spot on the costa ; marginal lunules grey: hind wings grey ; a medial brown thin band corresponding to the outer line of the fore wings ; a broad blackish marginal band ; the space between the bands white; cilia of both wings grey, with a pale basal line. Underside nearly white ; fore wing with a brown spot at end of cell; both wings with a central, outwardly curved, thin brown band and broad brown marginal borders and white cilia. Expanse of wings 1} inch. Quetta, one example ; Kandahar, one example. Family Hypenide. Subfamily Dezrorprvz. Catada charalis, nov. g. Of a uniform pale purplish-brown colour ; palpi with a white band and end of second joint and a thin white collar: fore wings with three rather prominent, upright, dark brown bands—first antemedial, second a little beyond the middle, third submarginal; the first irregularly outwardly curved, the second and third with two blunt outward angles and out- wardly edged with white ; a brown spot at the end of cell: hind wings without markings. Underside much paler; fore wings with a white streak at costa representing second band, submarginal white dots and white dots on cilia; hind wings with discal and submarginal sinuous brown bands, outwardly edged with white, and white dots on cilia; both wings with white lunules at the end of each cell. Expanse of wings 1 inch. Coomoo, Queensland. Five examples. Allied to Catada vagalis, Walker. 312 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Species of Subfamily Hrrrwrvz. Genus ABRIESA, nov. Fore wing with costa nearly straight, apex minutely pointed, outer margin acutely angled at vein 4, concave between the angle and apex, nearly straight to hinder angle, which is well angled; hind wing with the outer border crenulate ; fore wing with veins 3, 4, and 5 from lower angle of cell, 6 and 7 from upper angle, 8 and 9 anastomosing to form the areole, 10 from 9 near apex, 11 from centre of cell, 12 free; hind wing with 3 and 4 from lower angle of cell, 6 and 7 from upper angle, 8 free, straight; palpi upturned far above head, second joint well clothed, with long hair above, third joint as long as second, with short stiff hairs below and very long tufts of hairs towards extremity above ; hind tibiz with a pair of stout terminal spurs, one short, the other very long ; legs well clothed. Type A. derna, nov. Abriesa derna, nov. @. Pale pinkish fawn-colour above; palpi with brown bands, the tufts of hairs white: fore wings thickly striated with grey, collected together in places, forming several in- complete transverse bands, and having three oblique white transverse streaks towards the base; a brown straight line inwardly edged with white near the outer margin from the costa close to the apex to the hinder angle: hind wings with a brown spot at end of cell suffused with reddish grey ; a broad discal brown band and marginal black lunules on both wings. Underside nearly white; fore wings suffused with pink; hind wings striated with brown; both wings with two indistinct brownish bands, central and discal ; fore wings with a white band from near apex to hinder margin. Expanse of wings 13 inch. Dawson, Queensland. One example. Family Thyridide. Rhodoneura melilialis, nov. 3d. Costa straight, outer margin oblique, evenly curved, shape as in 2. bastialis, Walker. Pure white; antenne red, as is also the top of head, fore part of thorax, and a broad costal stripe on fore wings, the latter, however, becomes obsolescent on the apical third; both wings striated with ochreous; on the fore wings the striations are very uniform ; there is another more indistinct red stripe below the costal Eastern and Australian Moths. 313 stripe, terminating in a red spot at end of cell; on the hind wings the striations form a rather prominent and_ broad central band, and on both wings are submarginal red dots, Underside as above, but the striations are darker, more red, and more diffuse. Expanse of wings 75 inch. Dawson, Queensland. One example. Family Schenobiide. Cirrhochrista rauma, nov. 3. Antenne and palpi chestnut-brown ; a stripe on palpi above and top of head white; a large chestnut-brown spot behind the head; body and wings shining white: fore wings with a broad costal chestnut-brown stripe, which becomes thin towards the apex; a large wedge-shaped spot of the same colour attached to the costal stripe, deseending to the end of the cell, a stripe of same colour on the outer margin, and a chestnut cilia: hind wings with some chestnut-red On a small portion of the outer margin and cilia below the middle. Underside and legs pure white, without markings. Expanse of wings 14 inch. Brisbane. ‘Two examples. Allied to C. etherialis, Led. Family Pyraustide. Subfamily DicxocrocriwZ. Hedylepta vildersalis, nov. g 9. Of a uniform olive-grey, glossy and nearly semi- hyaline: fore wings with a brown dot in the cell outside the first line, a brown lunule at the end: fore wings crossed by two brown lines, the outer one crenulated, deeply bent inwards underneath the cell-lunule, then straight to hinder margin beyond the middle ; the inner line at one third, out- wardly curved: hind wings with the inner line from costal third straight to anal angle; the outer line from the costa beyond the middle straight down to vein 3; both wings with a brown marginal line and brown cilia, interlined with white. Expanse of wings 1 inch. Cherra Punji. ‘Twenty-two examples. The lines are disposed as in H. cuprealis, Moore, from tle Andamans, of which I have many examples, but the lines are crenulated and not smooth as in that species, and the colora- tion is altogether different. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. yal 314 Dr. R. Broom on a new Theriodont Reptile XL.—On a new Theriodont Reptile (Ictidosuchus primevus) from the Karoo Beds, South Africa. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc. In the lower beds of the Karoo formation near Pearston I have been fortunate in recently discovering the remains of a small Theriodont reptile of a remarkably generalized type. The remains were met with in the beds of indurated shale, and though, unfortunately, much of the skeleton has been weathered away and irretrievably lost, sufficient has been left in the rock to give a very good idea of the type. The parts discovered consist of a moderately complete lower jaw, a considerable portion of the maxilla with teeth, and a number of other portions of the skull; the almost perfect scapula, coracoid, and precoracoid ; the humerus and radius; a femur and a tibia and fibula ; two or three imperfect vertebra and ribs; and a number of other fragmentary remains. Unfor- tunately the various bones are mingled together in almost inextricable confusion—the tibia and fibula lying across the scapula and the femur right across the humerus—so that it is a matter of great difficulty to develop the one bone without injuring the other. As the form is of much interest, and the thorough examination of the remains will necessarily take considerable time, 1 have thought it advisable to give a short preliminary account of the animal. Lower jaw of Ictidosuchus primevus, nat. s1ze. The lower jaw resembles much more the Theriodont jaws from the Upper Karoo beds than any of those hitherto found from the Karoo Beds, South Africa, 315 in the Lower. In its general form and proportions the resemblance to the jaw of Tribolodon from Lady Frere (Phil. Trans, 1894, B, pl. Ixxxviii. fig. 6) is very marked. The horizontal ramus of the jaw is long and rather slender and moderately uniform in depth. The coronoid process is very well developed, long and fairly thick, and makes an angle of about 120° with the ramus. Almost the whole lower jaw appears to be formed by the dentary, the splenial being a feeble splint and the articular, which is lost, probably not large. Perhaps the most remarkable feature of the form is the simple structure of the teeth. Seven teeth still remain in the jaw, and though it is possible that one or two others are lost, those that remain show that there is no marked distinc- tion between incisors, canines, and molars, all the teeth being modifications of the simple pointed Saurian type. All the teeth are feebly ribbed, and the anterior teeth differ from the posterior only in being longer and moderately sharp, while the latter have rounded apices. The fragment of the maxilla shows the upper teeth to be very similar to those of the lower jaw. The scapular arch resembles that of Rhopalodon (Phil. Trans. 1894, B, p. 703) more closely than that of Dicynodon. The scapula, while expanded and flat above, is narrow in the middle. There is no very distinct acromion. Inferiorly the scapula is much expanded and forms a large articulation with the precoracoid. ‘The precoracoid is considerably larger than the coracoid and differs from that in Dicynodon in not entering into the glenoid cavity and in completely surrounding the precoracoid foramen. ‘I'he coracoid closely resembles that in Dicynodon. The humerus is very mammal-like and bears considerable resemblance to that of Gomphognathus (Phil. T'rans. 1895, B, p- 29), though less robust. here is a large epicondylar foramen, and the whole lower half of the bone so far as is preserved is much like that of the Phalangers. Above, there is a sharp delto-pectoral crest, somewhat less prominent than that in Gomphognathus, because less directed outwards from the bone. The femur is slightly longer than the humerus, and, like it, shows much resemblance to the mammalian types. There is a well-marked great trochanter, which forms a prominent trochanteric ridge more resembling the condition in some of the “Edentates and Marsupials than that of either of the Monotremes. On the whole, however, the affinities of the bone are mainly with the type seen in Hehidna; and if the 21* 316 © Mr. R. I. Pocock on some femur of this Monotreme were a rounded instead of a flattened bone, the general resemblances between it and that of the fossil form would be very marked. ‘The lower end of the femur especially is flattened and quite Monotreme-like. The tibia and fibula are both long simple bones, con- siderably longer than the radius. ‘The fibula is only about half the thickness of the tibia. As soon as a thorough examination has been made of the more fragmentary remains, and the more perfect elements more thoroughly cleared of matrix, an endeavour will be made to describe in detail, with figures, the various remains of this primitive type, for which I propose the name Ictidosuchus primevus, gen. et sp. n. The following are some of the principal measurements of the bones :— millim. Lower jaw : symphysis to coronoid process ........ 94+ Depth of jaw at largest tooth (canine P)............ 10 Heipht.ot largest toothy. 24 aks, < cto spew. tieoera ate 5 Antero-posterior diameter of largest tooth .......... 2:3 Imengthsonscapel a coc ny earns ws cee archery 73+ Width of upper part of-scapula, cas... 225 2 tee 19 Width in narrow middle region ..........000ee eee 9 Wiadtheat basoi.: smi zi -y absentee nats es bi geeteo rn 28 Length of humerus (72 millim.+) ........ probably 82 Width of humerus near middle ............2.0006 9 Length of femur (86 millim.+) .......... probably 90 Width of femur near middle. ..225% AcistoGaten ee stercee 8 Length of dubia: «Gh \: vores hae ote bear ete Platydorina., ( Cells not connected by protoplasmic processes, of | two sizes, smaller vegetative at anterior pole : and larger gonidial at posterior............ Pleodorina. | Cells connected by protoplasmic processes, not i markedly different in size ........... . is att) Volpe. 6 Dr. C. A. Kofoid on Platydorina. 557 Species. GONIUM. MEME Se diver need ei sa hile spare ane sociale (Duj.).t | Calls AGS ss% Sete ttey as ia snk 83 pectorale, Mill, STEPHANOSPHERA. Represented by a single species, characterized as follows :—Cells 4 or 8, ovoid or spindle-shaped, with numerous processes ..........02000005 pluvialis, Cohn.* PANDORINA. Represented by asingle species, characterized as follows :—Cells 16 or 32, crowded, each with a single chromatophore and pyrenoid........ morum, Bory. EuporINa. Represented by a single species, characterized as follows:—Cells 32, 16, or 64, similar, not crowded together; common outer membrane without marked concentric structure........ elegans, EKhrb. PLATYDORINA. Represented by a single species, characterized as follows :—Cells 16 or 32, arranged in a horse- shoe-shaped plate, those of the two faces inter- calated. Posterior end with 3 or 5tails .... caudata, Kofoid. PLEODORINA. { Cells 64 or 128; gonidial cells about two to three times the diameter of vegetative cells, which constitute about one half the total number 4 and lie in anterior hemisphere............ californica, Shaw. Cells 32, rarely 16 or 64; gonidial cells not more than twice the diameter of the vegetative { cells, which constitute the anterior quartet, . ¢//inoisensts, Kofoid. — VOLVOXx, (Cells about 10,000 (minimum 1500, maximum 22,000), angular, with stout connecting protoplasmic processes into which the chro- matophore may enter. Diameter of colony about 700 » (minimum 400, maximum J 1200) ; diameter of cell-body 3-5 ...... globator, Li. Cells 500-1000 (minimum 200, maximum 4400), rounded, with slender connecting protoplas- mic processes into which the chromatophore does not enter. Diameter of colony 170- Ke 850 4»; diameter of cell-body 5-8 yw ...... aureus, Ehrb. University of Illinois, Urbana, IIl., U.S.A., Dec. 5, 1899. Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 37 558 Prof. R. Burckhardt on the Literature cited. Carter, H. J. (1858.)— On Fecundation in Eudorina elegans and Cryptoglena,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. ii. pp. 237-253, 1. Vili. Pe (1871.)—* Note on a Freshwater Species of Ceratiwm from the Lake of Nynee (Naini) Tal in Kumaon,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vii. pp. 229, 230. Garman, H. (1890.)—“ A Preliminary Report on the Animals of the Mississippi Bottoms near Quincy, Illinois, in August 1888,” Part L., Bull. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist. vol. iii. pp. 123-184. Kororp,C. A. (1898.)—“ Plankton Studies, II. On Pleodorina illinois- ensis, a new Species from the Plankton of the Illinois River,” Bull. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist. vol. v. pp. 273-293, pls. xxxvi., xxxvii. ScuroveEr, B. (1898.)—“ Dangeardia, ein neues Chytridineen Genus auf Pandorina morum, Bory,” Ber. d. deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. Jahrg. 1898, Bd. xvi. pp. 314-321, Taf. xx. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL* Abbreviations. A, Anterior pole. P. Posterior pole. e.v. Contractile vacuole. p. Outer pellicle of protoplasm. f. Flagellum. pr. Knob-shaped mass of proto- m. Matrix, plasm, n. Nucleus. pyr. Pyrenoid. nel. Nucleolus. s.sh, Secondary sheath. p.sk, Outer or primary sheath. st. Stigma. Fig. 1. Platydorina caudata, face view of 32-cell colony, x 550. Fig. 2. Face view of 16-cell colony, x 628. lag. 3. Edge view of 32-cell colony, x 350. Fig. 4. Lateral view of one of the marginal cells, x 1400. Fig. 5, a-e. Outline of the posterior ends of several deformed colonies, x 280. LXXII.—On the Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. By Rup. BurckuHarpt, Nat. Hist. Mus., 8. Kensington. In the ‘ Zeitschrift ftir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’ vol. Ixvi. 1899, Johann, at the instigation and under the guidance of Prof. Blochmann, of Tiibingen, published a paper entitled ‘““Ueber eigenthiimliche epitheliale Gebilde (Leuchtorgane) bei Spinax niger,” in which are given the results of some researches he made in this subject. In this paper he describes some very minute organs with * Figures drawn by C. A. Kofoid and inked by Miss L. M. Hart. Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. 55) which the skin of Sp/naa niger is covered in great numbers, more particularly so on its black-coloured parts. In addition to describing their distribution upon the surface of the body and their histological structure, which in the main points corresponds with those of Phyllirhoé and the Pennatulide, he also compares them with other laminous organs. He moreover refers to a previous observation on phospho- rescence made in another Spinacide species, Jsistius bra- siliensis, by Bennett as early as 1840 during a whale voyage, in which he states expressly that, with the exception of a ring on the throat remaining dark, the whole of the ventral surface of this fish was aglow for about three hours. It struck Johann as being remarkable, when he discovered on the throat in Sp¢naz two regions extending towards the median line which were devoid of these structures. From this fact alone, and quite apart from purely structural characters, he was right in his surmise, that in all likelihood they would have to be regarded as organs of luminosity. The accuracy of his notions as regards their functions was moreover fully borne out in a note from Th. Beer, dated Jan. 31, 1899, which reached Johann in time to find a place at the end of his paper. In his note Beer says that, whilst engaged in ophthalmo- scopic observations on Spinax in a room darkened for this purpose, its phosphorescence was vivid enough to enable him to see it at a distance of from 3-4 metres. ‘¢ The whole of the ventral surface of the animal,” he continues, ‘ from the snout to the root of the tail, was glowing with a feebly shining greenish lustre, as if it were impregnated with phos- phorus or had been coated with a luminous paint, with this difference, however, that luminosity appeared and disappeared at short intervals, but invariably increased in intensity just before its disappearance.” In this wise Johann’s interpretation was indisputably confirmed. He further, too, more fully entered into thuse questions of their physiology which are so closely connected with these remarkable structures ; and he finally endeavoured to supply proof of their presence in other Selachians which he examined for this purpose, without, however, being able to do so. The genera investigated by him with the aforesaid object were :— Stegostoma, Carcharias, Scylium, Pristiurus, Muste- lus, Crossorhinus, Zygena, Chimera, Centrophorus (granu- losus), Lamargus (borealis), and Scymnus. At the time when Johann published his work I had already noticed some peculiar structures in Lemargus rostratus, a 37* 560 Prof. R. Burckhardt on the rare shark from the Mediterranean. These I had put aside for the purpose of future microscopical use, pending the completion of other anatomical rescarch; I then concerned myself with this shark. Unquestionably they were organs of luminosity, of the correctness of which opinion I became more firmly convinced, since a splendid specimen of Spinaw niger afforded me an opportunity for confirming Johann’s observations. When, in the spring of 1898, I was working at the Zoolo- gical Station in Naples, Dr. Salvatore Lobianco, with his wonted kindness, seized upon the first opportunity that pre- sented itself to procure for me half adozen living specimens of this species, which, however, arriving one evening, died the next morning. | was greatly struck at the time by the splendour of the spectral colours which these fishes exhibited, and of which, so far as I am aware, no mention anywhere in literature seems to have been made. This latter circumstance induced me therefore to prepare a coloured sketch of this phenomenon from these fishes. A later scrutiny of this sketch convinced me of the fact that I had been able to observe the phosphorescence of these organs by daylight, so strong was their luminous power *. {t is not my intention here to enter into details relating to the purely histological modifications of these organs amongst other Selachians, feeling sure that they all share more or less the type of form which Johann has ascribed to them for Spinag. A tew figures, however, which I made of Lemargus ros- tratus may well find a suitable place here—firstly, because they will prove that the organs observed by myself are really identical with those of Johann; and, secondly, they go to show, as before stated, that the organs pertain to that form whose merpholegical structure is so much affected by the scales, as is the case with many of the ‘leleostean fishes. ‘The transverse section made through the luminous organ of Lewargus rostratus (fig. 1) shows an epidermal swelling, projecting crater-like above the ordinary level of the epidermis. Beneath a few layers of epidermal cells of normal texture are some which contain a prismatic corpuscle. The actual limit * It should be stated here that with regard to its outer appearance Spinax has repeatedly been the victim of misrepresentation, f. 2. :— 1. In the figure which Rafinesque gives of it, by having three gill- openings only. 2. Its natural colours were quite unknown to all iconographers of fishes, from Bonaparte to Fries. . 3. In being represented with its abdomen turned upwards in Moreau’s drawing, without any reasons given for so doing. Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes, 561 between the epidermis and the cutis could not be established with precision on material which had been preserved in a solution of formalin, Certain it is that here, too, an incur- sion of large pigment-cells into this prominence took place by means of the strand leading to it, and which itself is enveloped Fig. Y. Microscopical section of the luminous organ of Z. rostratus. by them. This strand seems to consist of a fibrous tissue admitting a nerve of considerable size. On comparing it with the luminous organ described by Johann, it appears to me in process of atrophy, and may possibly be met with only in a state of perfect development in the fully gestated embryo, afterwards becoming resorbed. Fig. 2 shows the luminous organ in correlation with the surrounding scales. From a bulbous centre, which latter represents the swelling seen in fig. 1, extend on two sides some epithelial strands which are covered by pigment. These scales differ from the normal ones in the following points :— (1) By having a more abundant pigmentation of their pulpa, thus making the parts which these organs occupy, and which are already prominent under ordinary macroscopical observation, more conspicuous. 562 Prof. R. Burckhardt on the (2) By having their apices blunter than is the case with the normally constituted scales, in particular those rows of scales which are situated orally with respect to the luminous organs. (3) By their base not terminating in a simple rhomboidal edge, but possessing finger-shaped projections which secure for these organs a firmer hold. Fig. 2. iit ma pine ee agree ZZ A= Scale-bases and pigment of the luminous organ of Z. rostratus. In Lemargus borealis the luminous organ appears to have arrived at a stage of further reduction because its histological structure is more vestigial still than is the case with that described by Johann. Besides this, the scales which surround the luminous organs of this species differ from the normal ones in their stronger pigmentation only and in being more crowded, but not in variety of form. Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. 563 I will now proceed to the description of the topographical distribution of these photogenic organs, concerning which it should be said that it differs in every species. In the genus Spinax these organs were discernible, besides in S, niger, in S. pusillus and S. granulosus, of which latter the type is preserved in the British Museum. In puszllus they are distributed in an almost identical manner to those in S. niyer, 2. é. the whole of the black under surface is densely beset with them, whereas on the upperside they are very widely dispersed or isolated. On examining several specimens I[ was greatly im- pressed with the fact that these organs appear extremely varied in point of distinctness, variations which are clearly attributable to the amount of pigmentation consequent upon the more or less fresh condition the specimens were in at the time they were preserved. Up to the present time no phosphorescent organs were known to exist in the genus Lemargus, although L. borealis has been known for many years and is a common inhabitant of the Northern Seas. The distribution of these organs in Lamargus rostratus is as tollows:—On both sides of the head and immediately in front of the opercles are two bands which seem to agree with the posterior crura of a circlet consisting of these organs, as described by Johann to exist on the corresponding portion of the head in Spinax. The remaining bands are distri- buted in irregular swarms, resembling small stripes, which are placed transversely. Accumulations of this kind are situated on the occipital region and also on the base of the anterior dorsal fin orally. Moreover, an irregular row of these organs runs along the body, beginning at the back of the head and ending at the root of the caudal fin a short distance from and above the lateral line. Lastly, there is a short row, composed of seven of these organs, situated below the hindmost gill opening, which converges, together with the one on the other side, towards the ventral median line. Excepting these latter, 1 have not discovered any more of these structures below the lateral line. Their distribution in Lemargus borealis is similar; but whereas 125 of these structures can be counted on one side of L. rostratus, in L. borealis their number is 95 only. On comparing their distribution in the two species the following are the principal differences in borealis :— The number of occipital organs is fewer. ‘The preedorsal Prof. R. Buseck havik on the 564 ‘azis ‘you 5+ ‘azI8 ‘geu f 'sypa..og snhuvuaT "p SW ‘9nqp.igso.t snbipuvny 1 ive) iD ‘eZIs ‘YOU | "SULTLO SNOUTLUNT Jo WOT|NLUSIp ay} Furmoyg ‘zpuogury snwouojpo.dngy Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. ¢ “Bry ie 566 Prof. R. Burckhardt on the cluster is slightly removed towards the snout and more reduced than that of L. rostratus. I met with some scattered organs on the anterior dorsal fin itself and also above the foremost gill-opening, while the supralateral row does not extend beyond the posterior dorsal. With regard to these organs in Lemargus brevipennis, I was able, from a specimen in the Paris collection, to prove their presence in this species, and to state the fact that they have a general resemblance to those of Z. borealis. It is quite probable that luminous organs are functional in the majority of the Lamargide, but possibly so in the young only of the two larger species, in which they most likely have escaped observation. It is to the authentication in Jsistius brasiliensis of these organs, however, that I attach particular value. Here, as in Spinax pusillus, similar conditions obtained for the non-uniformity of these structures in the different specimens which I consulted. For instance, while they could be seen plainly enough in some of them, in others, whose state of perfection previous to their preservation was probably impaired, absolutely no traces of them were perceptible. I found their expansion in perfect accord with Bennett’s statements concerning this species, who had studied its sphere of luminosity. In place of the non-luminous portion referred to by this author a yellowish-coloured zone was even yet visible on the old spirit-specimen, having its origin above the gill-openings in a breadth of about | centim., and widening out ventrally to one of about 2 centim. The zone lying in our figure between the dotted lines contained not a single one of these organs, whilst just behind it the whole of the ventral surface is densely beset with them, though they are more widely dispersed towards the back. Someisolated organs can nevertheless also be found scattered along the back. In addition to those mentioned above, the further occur on both dorsal fins. On the top of the head they are equally as scarce as on the back of the body, reappearing, however, in somewhat greater numbers dorsally of the poste- rior angle of the eyes, below the eyes, on the spiraculum, in the angle of the mouth, on the cheeks, and also on the rostrum, In regard to number these organs stand to the scales in the ratio of about four of the former to one of the latter on the abdomen, as against one to every ten scales on the upperside. Euprotomicrus Labordii is only slightly longer than Isistius, but considerably darker in colour. Its luminous organs are more strongly pigmented and recall to mind rather those of Spinaw—though present only on the ventral side, where they are densely massed and quite equally distributed, Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. 567 without any interruption on the throat at all. There are no fewer than twelve to every scale, and in some places they accumulate behind each scale in angle-shaped groups. 4 nat. size. Bigs te Centroscyllium granulosum, Giinth. Luminous organs of Paracentroscyllium ornatum, Alcock, n. gen. Nat. size. Dorsally they scarcely reach to the lateral line, which they certainly do not cross. Centroscyllium granulosum was first described by Dr. Gtin- ther. Qn the type specimen I found the luminous organs 568 On the Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. rather evenly distributed over the entire specimen, though somewhat sparser perhaps when compared with forms pre- viously mentioned. In fig. 7 I was obliged to have recourse to a restoration in part after Centroscyllium Fabricii for the first dorsal and the caudal fin, as well as for the distribution of the photogenic organs, the skin of the specimen of C. granulosum having sustained some damage. ‘These organs are also present in C. Fabrict’, but unfortunately the specimen at my disposal was likewise defective, a circumstance which entirely hindered the study of the distribution of these structures in this species. An oceanic Spinacid, Paracentroscyllium ornatum, which has been described by Alcock, seems to be more closely allied to Spinawx than to Centroscyllium, to judge from the description of its colours by this author. Only one of the three specimens belonging to this species is in the British Museum, and on this I found the organs of luminosity present. They are relatively large in size, and are confined merely to a few places—for instance, on the muscular portions of the pectoral fins, then again on the two ventrals, and on both dorsal ones. They further occur on the inferior lobe of the caudal, consisting of a single row only, in smaller groups and more widely diffused over and below theeyes. Dorsally they make their appearance between the spiraculum and a little beyond the ventral fin, over the whole of the gill-region, and towards the anus on the ventral surface. It may here be remarked that I have searched in vain for these photogenic organs in Centrophorus granulosus, C. cal- ceus, UC. squamosus, Scymmodon ringens, Scymnus lichia, Cen- trina, Notidanus, Echinorhinus, and Chlamydoselache. In conclusion, it will be seen that organs of phosphorescence exist in eleven species of Selachians, inclusive of Jsistius brasiliensis (Bennett) and of Spinax niger (Johann). In structural characters they are very similar, and exhibit a primitive degree of development *. The distribution of luminous bodies is characteristic of the respective genera and species. All Selachians which possess them are pelagic, and they belong to the family Spinacide (Giinther) = Spinacide + Lemargide of authors. * Luminous organs of a similar form have been described in a Teleo- stean fish (The Phosphorescent Organs in the Toad-fish, Porichthys notatus, Girard,” by Ch. Wilson Green, Journ. of Morphol. vol. xv. 1899), With reference to this I may mention that I have also noticed their existence in the occipital region of the haddock. On a new Species of Bat from West Africa. 569 LXAXIIT.—Mormopterus Whitleyi—a new Species of Bat from W, Africa. By R. F. Scuarrr, Ph.D., B.Sc. THREE specimens of a bat, which I was unable to identify with hitherto published descriptions, were sent to me by Dr. J. C. Whitley from Benin City in West Africa. Before describing them I forwarded one of them to Mr, Oldfield Thomas, of the British Museum, who was good enough to confirm my opinion that it belonged to a new species. Ihave great pleasure therefore in naming the bat after its discoverer, Sc Head of Mormopterus Whitleyi, Schartf. Dr. Whitley, and herewith give a description of its most salient external features, Kars shorter than the head and approaching one another on the forehead to within 2 millim. Both the ears and their short tragus are rounded off above. The antitragus is well developed and separated posteriorly by a distinct notch. The extremity of the muzzle projects very much beyond the mandible, and the end of the nose is distinct from the upper lip. The nostrils open almost laterally. ‘The upper lip is only very indistinctly folded and covered with thick bristles and fine hairs. On the lower lip the bristles are confined to the angle of the mouth, but the hairs extend all over it. The gular sac is small. The dentition being } 43%, M@. Whitley? differs from all other species of the genus in the possession of four lower incisors instead of the usual six. The fur is dark brown above, the bases of the hairs being pale. The underside is of a light reddish-yellow colour. Nearly half the tail projects beyond the wing-membranes, which reach to the ends of the tibie. The dimensions of the type, now in the British Museum (adult g in formalin), are:—Total length 81 millim. ; head 22; body 36; tail 23; length of forearm 36, of lower leg 27. The height of the ear is 15 millim., the width 10. 570 Mr. G. 8. Miller, Jr., on a Three other species of Mormopterus are known to science, viz., M. albiventer, M. acetabulosus, and M. setiger. The first of these is confined to Madagascar, the second has a wide range from South-east Africa to Madagascar and Mauritius, while the last has been taken in German Kast Africa. M. Whitleyi differs from M. albiventer in being somewhat smaller, in having a well-defined antitragus in the ear-conch, and from all the three in having only four lower incisors instead of six. M. Whitley? differs from M. acetabulosus and M. setiyer in having the ears close together on the forehead, in the more regularly triangulate shape of the ears, and in the squareness of the tragus. Finally, 42. Whitleyi differs from M. setiger in being smaller and in having the tragus rounded off above. LXXIV.—A new Bat from Peru. By Gerrit 8. MILuer, Jr. AMONG some Peruvian bats submitted for determination by Mr. Oldfield Thomas there are three specimens whose super- ficial appearance is much like that of Pépistrellus hesperus (H. Allen), but whose structural characters show relationship with the members of the genus Rhogeéssa. The peculiarities of the ear and teeth, however, are so great that the species cannot be placed in any of the known genera of its family. TomoPEASs, gen. nov. ( Vespertilionide). Type Tomopeas ravus, sp. nov. Characters.—Similar to Rhogeéssa, H. Allen, except that there are only four incisors in the mandible and the structure of the ear is essentially like that of the small-eared species of Nyctinomus. Har-conch provided with a distinct though rudimentary keel occupying the same position as in the members of the family Molosside. Anterior border of ear terminating simply, and without trace of basal lobe or “ hem.” Tragus low and rounded, no larger than in some of the species of Nyctinomus, and barely visible in the dried skin. Nostrils distinctly short-tubular. Upper lip broad and spreading. Dental formula: 7. 5, ¢. =3) pm. sag, Ms = 28. new Bat from Peru. O71 Tomopeas ravus, sp. nov. Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), no. 689, collection of P. O. Simons, Yayan, Cajamarca, Peru (alt. 1000 metres), November 4, 1899. Characters.—Slightly larger than Rhogeéssa tumida, H. Allen (total length about 75 millim., forearm about 33) ; ear broader, its anterior margin concave below tip, its posterior Margin convex to base of antitragus; colour yellowish grey, almost exactly like that of Pipistrellus hesperus from the desert regions of the western United States, and more pallid than in any known species of Rhogeéssa; skull slender, the rostrum and brain-case depressed ; teeth much as in Rhoge- éssa tumida, but first and second upper molars with more distinct hypocone, a, Tomopeas ravus; 6. Rhogeéssa tumida. (Somewhat enlarged.) Muzzle and lips.—Muzzle produced in conformity with the broad lips, its extremity 3°5 millim. in front of incisors. Front of muzzle naked except for a sprinkling of fine short hairs at middle on upper surface. Nostrils with rim of aper- ture produced into a distinct though very short tube. The rim is slightly more produced at upper outer edge of nostril, forming there a distinct blunt point. Upper lips thin and widely spreading, the outer surface irregularly wrinkled and little swollen, the inner surface distinctly and finely trans- verse-wrinkled. Edge of lip conspicuously fringed, the hairs longest about midway between nostril and angle of mouth, but the fringe continuous across lower surface of muzzle. ‘The lower lip is unusually tumid in front, but otherwise it shows no peculiarities. Ears.—The ear is moderately long ; laid forward it extends to nostril. The anterior margin arises simply and without trace of lobe or “hem” about 1 millim. above inner canthus of eye. It is at first abruptly convex, the convexity ex- tending through lower three fourths, though less distinct above middle. At termination of main convexity the outline becomes abruptly concave. Beyond this it is straight to 572 Mr. G.S, Miller, Jr., on a narrow rounded tip. Posterior margin convex from tip to antifragus, though nearly straight through upper third. Anti- tragus small but well developed, and sharply defined from rest of ear. It is roughly rounded-triangular in outline, the anterior border faintly convex, the posterior slightly concave. The anterior border is continued forward to terminate at a distinct wart on lower lip at angle of mouth. Inner surface of conch nearly smooth, though inconspicuously sprinkled with very fine hairs. About halfway between meatus and tip of ear two or three faint cross-ridges may be detected. From anterior base of tragus there extends forward and upward a distinct keel about 3°5 millim. in length and nearly as well developed as in Nyctinomus minutus. ‘Tragus scarcely rising above level of eye. In form it is much like that of a specimen of Nyctinomus Kalinowskii, though in size it is actually, as well as relatively, somewhat larger. Anterior border faintly concave immediately above base, then strongly convex, the convexity passing directly into that of tip, and this again into that of posterior border. Posterior border expanded near base into a narrow upright plate whose surface is vertical to that of tragus. From tip of tragus spring a few hairs, the length of which is about equal to height of tragus from anterior base. Membranes.—The membranes are thin, delicate, and in no way peculiar in structure. Wing from ankle, its attachment on outer and lower side. Uropatagium ample, enclosing tail to base or middle of penultimate vertebra. Feet.—The foot is small, about one third as long as tibia. Its structure calls for no comment. Calcar about as long as tibia, its tip forming a small but distinct lobe. Keel narrow and inconspicuous. Fur.—The fur is soft and dense, its length over entire dorsal surface about 8 millim. Beneath it is shorter. It is very closely confined to body, barely extending on extreme base of membranes. ‘The uropatagium both above and below is sprinkled with fine hairs. Basal half of ear and entire face densely furred. Colour.—Dorsal surface pale wood-brown, faintly washed with ecru-drab across shoulders. Underparts dull buff, fading to whitish cream-buff posteriorly. Face, ears, and membranes blackish. Basal half of fur everywhere dull slaty grey. Skull.—The skull of Tomopeas ravus resembles in a general way that of Rhogeéssa tumida, but is less robustly formed, and the brain-case is less elevated. Zygomata very slightly flaring, much less prominent than im Rhkogeéssa tumida. new Bat from Peru. 573 Viewed from the side, the rostrum is seen to be much flat- tened as compared with that of Rhogeéssa. The flattening is visible in dorsal view also, though less conspicuous. Ant- orbital foramen separated from rim of orbit by a wide space, in the middle of which the relatively large lachrymal foramen opens directly outward. Bony palate as in Rhogeéssa tumida, except that the backward extension behind plane of molars is shorter and without median spine. Teeth.— Except in their uniformly smaller size and in the absence of the outer incisors the mandibular teeth do not differ appreciably from those of Rhogeéssa tumida. ‘The maxillary molars, on the other hand, are immediately distin- guishable by their greater development. ‘The first and second are each provided with a distinct hypocone separated from the commissure of the protocone by a deep notch. In Rhoge- éssa the hypocone is so merged with posterior commissure of protocone as to have practically lost its identity. Third molar much broader than in Rhogeéssa tumida, owing to the presence of a well-developed metacone. Measurements.—External measurements of type (skin): head and body 42 millim.*; tail 32*; tibia l0; toot 5 (42); calcar 11; forearm 33:4; thumb 4°6; second digit 27; third digit 56; fourth digit 48; fifth digit 38. External measurements of an adult female from Chosica, Peru (in alcohol) : head and body 39*; tail 34*; tibia 10; foot 56; calcar 12; forearm 32°6. Measurements of an adult female from Tolon, Peru (in alcohol) : head and body 36°4; tail 33; tibia 11; foot 5; forearm (broken) 31; ear from meatus 12; ear from crown 10°4; width of ear 11°6; height of tragus from anterior base 1°8. Cranial measurements of type: greatest length 12°6; basal length 11:4; basilar length 9; zygomatic breadth 7; Jachrymal breadth 4°8 ; least interorbital breadth 3; greatest breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata 6°6; depth of brain-case 4°4; mandible 8°6; maxillary tooth row (exclu- sive of incisors) 4°4; mandibular tooth-row (exclusive of incisors) 5. Remarks.—While Tomopeas ravus is so readily distinguish- able from other bats as to require no special comparisons, its relationships are much involved. ‘The general external struc- ture, so far as wings, membranes, feet, and tail are concerned, shows no departure from a strictly Vespertilionine type. The somewhat tubular nostrils and the broad upper lip show, on * Collector's measurement. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vi. 38 574 Dr. E. Linnberg on Reptiles and the other hand, a distinct tendency toward Molossine cha- racters; while the ear, in all the essentials of structure, is practically identical with that of some of the species of Nycti- nomus. Probably the questions suggested by this combination of peculiarities can only be answered after detailed study of the skeleton. The type specimen will be presented by Mr. ‘Thomas to the British Museum * and the spirit-specimen from Chosica to the United States National Museum. LXXV.—Reptiles and Batrachians collected in German New Guinea by the late Dr. Erik Nyman. By Dr. EINar LONNBERG. During his visit to New Guinea last year my late friend, the Swedish botanist Dr. Erik Nyman, made a collection con- taining the following reptiles and batrachians, which were sent home to Upsala. It is not very large, which can easily be understood, as Dr. Nyman laid most stress on making large botanical collections, in which he succeeded. Never- theless the zoological collection treated of in these pages is of great value, as it includes several forms new to science and also adds to the zoogeographical knowledge. All the speci- mens were collected in German New Guinea. ‘The following geographical names are found on the labels :— Stephansort. Simbang.—In a bay at the outlet of a river, a missionary station on a hill 50 metres above the sea-level. Sattelberg.—A missionary station about 800 metres above the sea. Friedrich Withelms Hafen. Most of the specimens are from Sattelberg. Some of the labels had, however, fallen off during transit. “ Sattelberg ”’ was written on all except one, on which “ Fr, Wilhelmus Hafen ” was inscribed. Consequently one of the specimens recorded in this paper, for which no exact locality is given, is from Friedrich Wilhelms Hafen, but all the others are from Sattelberg. In those instances where the locality is indi- cated it is quite certain, and quoted from an original label * (B.M. no. 0. 3. 1. 101.—O. T.] Batrachians from German New Guinea. 575 tied to the specimen. ‘The fauna of Sattelberg is particu- larly interesting, because it is to be regarded as most typical for the interior of German New Guinea, and from that place the best specimens of the collection have been obtained, REPTILIA. LACERTILIA. Gymnodactylus pelagicus, Gir. One example, Stephansort. Gymnodactylus louisiudensis, De Vis. Description.—Head large; snout longer than the orbit, the diameter of which is nearly equal to its distance from the nostril, but a little shorter than its distance from the ear- opening ; forehead concave, loreal region also concave, espe- cially anteriorly ; ear-opening roundish, about one third of the eye. Body and limbs rather elongate. Digits somewhat depressed at the base, strongly compressed distally. Head granular, with small tubercles on the temporal, occipital, and posterior part of parietal regions. Rostral subquadrangular, its height being about three fourths of its breadth, with a deep median cleft above ; a large supranasal, separated from its fellow by a small azygous shield ; nostril pierced between the rostral, the supranasal, the first upper labial, and three or four small granules ; twelve upper and ten to twelve lower labials ; symphysial triangular; two pairs of chin-shields, median largest and forming a long suture behind the sym- physial; throat granular. Upper surface of arm above the elbow covered by subimbricate scale-like granules; with this exception, body and limbs covered above with small granules intermixed with small, round, feebly keeled tubercles ; scales covering a fold extending on each side of the body, from axilla to groin, enlarged to similar tubercles. Ventral region covered by scales, larger and more imbricate towards the middle of the body, where their diameter is considerably greater than that of the dorsal tubercles. Male with a long uninterrupted series of femoral and preeanal pores, about 30 on each side, forming aright angle in the middle, but (unlike the condition in G. Lorie) this series is not preceded by any additional preeanal pores. ? Ly ri a = 4 ‘ P . a ¢ = i a * :] ' ’ ‘ ' ite as ’ ‘ ‘i ‘ ‘ if . ‘ . = pan ‘ 2s bh, : ih hier ; 1 AD oa ee Lr - al a « v AD vi cy Ani & Mag. Not. Hest. 5 .7.Vol.VI. PU. IL. Mimtern Bros. lth. A.M.N-del. 5 3 oe : me, é = a f S E tS ” Rs x a 5 S : aN | 4 a - 82 | a od Ot jaem ea] Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. VI. Pl. V. M---- ----Lk ee oll) Se \ == = pe. i i ; , | ip , Sa ita = os | : | | ; =a 7 CY s ae a i = _ a = ron) | 4 ? o> jn ervgith, SEA NOP Sts hut ee ik i yas Pat or : Fe OO) At ea CREE hy Tees 3, a one S. } AS ds, ‘ . Pica el aes % a) * ~ % q => i 7t - he \ a . . ha’ i 7 ae ie ee oe ee Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.7. Vol. VI. Pl. VII, ~ wise te W Las Ae) Ann.te Mag Nat. Hist.8.7.Vol.VIPU. VIL. Mantern Bros.imp A.G.admat del. Highley bth Gruvel . -A. ALEPAS \Abiaes ERT R.E.Mintern se. Ann. & Mag Not. Hist.S.7.VoUVI PUK. 2. ‘J 1) ai a hs Mintern Bros.mp.- Ani. & Mag. Not.fiist. S. 7 Vol. 6.PUX. f . M.Horman-Msher ad nat.lith West, Newman imp. Histeride Ma My ores diet iw q ‘ ® ' i (ay ir. Ai oh he ¥ on H “ i ¢ ha eniery + h ae i, i i +! , f i) . ' f. i 44 “ih J ' + 1 1 % \ ¢ f ae. Ann .e Mag. Nat.Hist.S.7Vel.VE.PUXT. _ EErnest Green del. Mintern Bros.imp. - B.E. Mintern Sou P.iighley del.ct kth. > Anin.& Mag.Nat. Hist. S.7.VoU.VI.PU.XIT. Mintern Bros.imp CRUSTACEA FROM SARAWAK MUSEUM. Ann.be Mog. Nat. Hist.S.7.Vol.VI.PU.XII. . eae Mintern Bros imp? PB Highley del. et ith. Ande Mag. Nat.Hist.S.7.Vol VIPUXIV. P.Highley del.et lth. Mintern Bros.imp. Ann.& Mag. Nat.Hist.5.7Vol.VI PU. XY. E Highley del.et lth. Mintern Bros .imp - i 5 eee os b iA H 7 ‘La Ann & Mag. Nat. Hest.S.7 Vol VEPL. XVI. iy | H | : 4 | | | | d } | | aie \ \ NON 2 eee ww ee, i el Priel). 0.01 madlizn 4600 C.Mereschkowsky del. Mintern Bros.imp. E R.E.Mintern sc. ol. 6. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 31. NSIT ONS is RNS TRAM TIO Sea ee RA THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. No, XXXI. JULY 1900. , CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, gun., F.L.S. BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” ee ee WITH SIX PLATES. LONDON: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION OOURT, FLEET STREET, || gold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, &Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, }| Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, |} my eertin. | | & Just Ready. Orowil a 210 pp. Cloth ob Price 4s. FIRST RECORDS OF BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS, Compiled by WILLIAM A. CLARKE, F.LS. SECOND EDITION, REVISED AND CORRECTED, WITH MUCH ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. “ Every field botanist should possess it.”—-The Naturalist. “Deserves and ought to find a welcome from all interested in British — Botany.” — prices :— i The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847, Price £10. ‘ The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. ssvpced Oh - The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. ay hi shea ‘. The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. soeihen ofl” ~-—s- The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. ay.) OL) JayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Strect. CONTENTS OF NUMBER 82.—Seventh Series. Page XVI. Notes on Diptera from South Africa (Palenihe and — c Asilide). By Miss GertrupE RIcaARDO..........00.0 00 ee cece 161 XVII. Note on a Hermaphrodite Frog. By R. C. Punnezrt, BA. (Plate ER yi cc iie de lade mane egunie sede a Aiea salle wae ne atta 179 — XVII. Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles collected by Mr. P. O. Simons in Peru. By G. A. Boutenerr, F.R.S. ..... 181 XIX. Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles from the Larut Aa Hills, Perak.,; By GA. Bovtenaer, FRB.6 2c ta oes ce ean 186 XX. Description of a new Lizard from Jamaica. By Goa. BovLenGen, Pek Fie Ces Pave a etaneete map atnasie seer ae Matas Aes 193 XXI. Description of a new Lizard from British East Africa. By — GLA BoriENncER, BeBe igs Slee ec Ae ee a ea 194 XXII. On a new Species of the Genus Alepas (A. Lankesteri), from the Collection of the British Museum. By A. Grover, Chargé de Cours & la Faculté des Sciences de Bordeaux. (Plate VIII.).... 195 XXIII. Two Spiders new to the British Fauna. By Gzorez H. Carpenter, B.Sc. Lond., of the Science and Art Museum, Dublin .. 199 « XXIV. An undescribed Type of Rusine Deer.’ By R. ‘LYDEKKER. . 204 XXV. On Two English Millipedes (Julus londinensis, : ‘Leash, face Tulus teutonicus, sp.n.). By RK. I. Pocagnss ithe a poe mes 206 XXVI. Descriptions of Two Species of Cyprea, both of the Sub- | genus Trivia, Gray. By James Cosmo Mutvitt, M.A. F.LS...... . 207 XXVII. Description of a new Species of Papilio from Bwool, North Celebes. By H. Grosn-Smrta, FLELS., F.Z8., Ge. ooo eee 210 XXVIII. Notes on the Collection of African Phasgonuride formed by Mr. W. L. Distant in the Transvaal &c., with Descriptionsof Two new Species. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., FES. j MGa os peta eipinioteea ee 211 XXIX. Note on-a Variation in the Number of theGenital Pouches __ in Thalassema neptum, Gaertner. By F, H. Srewarr, M.A., Gatty Marine Laboratory,’ St: Andrews (48050 hs Pics P cdsce spas wha ds 218 XXX. Description of a new Species of Buprestide. By Cuas. O. Warentouse,. VP BiB oye yep tle ae aden tame Coane teams onus amesugnae ae ate 219 — XXXI. Rhynchotal Notes.—VI. Heteroptera : Dinidorine, Phyllo- cephaline, Urolabidine, and Acanthosomine. By W.L. Distant .. 220 XXXII. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorn WatsineHaM, MOA TLD. BRB SS UR ee 234 XXXIII. Note on Variation im the Weasel and Hedgehog. By Gi EH, Baneerrblamiivon es eh tag ei nietane eee) ae ace 243 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Zoological Results based on Material from New Britain, New Guinea, Loyalty Islands, and elsewhere, collected during the Years 1895, 1896, and 1897, by Arthur Willey, D.Sc. Lond., Hon. M.A. Cantab. Part LY Coe eae a ee 246 A Monograph of the Coleopterous Families Corylophide and Spheeri- idee: By the Rev. A. Marranws; (MA bisa cody ae 247 a MISCELLANEOUS. ae Priority or Usage. By F. Jurrrey Brrr, M.A. &............... 248 *,® Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, . post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. 4 vo SEVENTH SERIES. No. 33. Mit Sa np a ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ano GEOLOGY. } / THE ANNALS : INCLUDING | | \ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, ~ | No XXXIII. SEPT. 1900. us ~ ihe —— ss ae ALBERT ©. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Px.D., F.B.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, gun., F.L.S. | | | ; CONDUCTED BY pede BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘AN NALS” COMBINED WITH MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” | . | WITH TWO PLATES. Illustrative of Mr. G. Lewis’s Paper on new em of Histeride, and Mr. W. F. Lanchester’s on some Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia. LONDON: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, &Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailligre, || Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, | Berlin. SRE RT TIE SEE Fa SPORT Wei FEET EEE OE Ret oa poe THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA, a Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council, i Edited by W. T. Branrorp, Sound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Price £1, MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. — FISHES.—2 Vols. By FRANCIS DAY, C.I.E., LL.D., &e. Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. — BIRDS.—Vol. I, £1: Vol. II., 15s. By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S. VOLS, III. and IV., 15s. each. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.RB.S. Sound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1. REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. oo By G. A. BOULENGER. Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts, Price £1 each, | MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr. Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates er ah numerous wovdeuts. Price £1. HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.Z8. TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, B.C. Royal 8vo, price 12s. CATALOGUE OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS _ IN THE MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. Part 3.—Aves. By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &c. Price 2s. each. ne Apprnpicrs 5 to 9 to the Second Edition of the DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF ‘THE PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS CONTAINED IN THE MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. By J. H. TARGETT. 'Tay.or and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. E.C, WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. _ The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Monthly. 2s. 6d. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d. ° The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s, _Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d. Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s. Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. lds. Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d. Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. ls. Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s. Chimmo’s (Capt.) Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. ds. Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s. Davis's (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s. Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s. Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d. English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d. Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and Surgeons. 6d. Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d. Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lds. Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. BLanrorp, F.RS, Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each. Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. I, IIL, and IV. 15s. each. Reptilia and Batrachia. Us. Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each. Hymenoptera. Vol. I. Waspsand Bees. 20s. Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8 vols. 20s. nett. Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d. Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d. Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each. Hopkins’s (E.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Cloth. 16s. Ditto. Illustrated introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s. Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. J. 20s. Vol. IT. 12s. Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 33s. 6d. Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d. Lewis's (G.) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s. 6a. London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. 6d. nett. M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s. Merington’s French Primer, 2s. 6d. English Primer, 1s. Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. 6d. Merington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 33s. 6d. Pascoe’s Classes, Orders, &c. of the Animal Kingdom. 3s. 6d. Pascoe’s List of British Vertebrate Animals. 4s. Pascoe’s Student’s List of British Coleoptera, 4s. 6d, Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 350s. Physical Proceedings and Abstracts. Monthly. 2s. 6d. Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s., Part II. 7s. 6d., Part LI. 6s. Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s, Royal College of Surgeons Calendar. be: Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate Animalsin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s, Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. wa Appendices 5, 6,7, 8, and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 23. each. Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental Surgery. 6d. ee Sharp’s (Dr. D.) Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d. Taylor's Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s. Thomson’s (Sir W.) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea. 10s, 6d. Forms for ditto. Sun,ls. Srars, ls. - Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1 to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols, 7s. 6d. Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. Gd, Wheatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. lds. Wollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 3s. 6d, CONTENTS OF NUMBER 33.—Seventh Series. t Page XXXIV. On some Malacostracous Crustaceans from Miliysia in the Collection of the Sarawak Museum. By W. F. Layo STER, M.A., King’s College, Cambridge. (Plate XII.) ................ 249) XXXY. On new Species of Hstertde and Notices of others. © By CG. Dawis) Pe 8 oi Plate Xcess petwaecie ae eee rte a aaa en Ae DOR XXXVI. Deseriptions of Fivenew Species of Pangonine from South America. "By Miss Grarrvbe RIcando) of) fo eee ee ks eels pat} XXXVIL. Descriptions of new Rodents from Western ee America. © By Orprriccy THOMAS eae We ied eee ee ee 204 XXXVIII. On the “ Tohi,” the East-African Reedbuck currently known as Cervicapra bohor. By Oupriewp Tmomas...........-.. 303 XXXIX. New Species of Eastern and Australian Moths. By Colonel C. Swinnon, M.A., F.LS., &e. 2.2.2.2. Losier crenaeeeC coll me 15, XL. On a new Theriodont Reptile (Tetniaauvlene primevus) from Me the Karoo Beds, South Africa. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Se. XLI. Some new Arachnida from Cape Colony. by R. I. Pocock, 316. XLII. Asiatic Yortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Watsinenam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. A Treatise on Zoology. Edited by E. Ray Lanxesrer, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.—Part Il]. The Echinoderma. By F. A. Bararr, M.A, assisted by J. W. Grecory, D.Sc., and E. 8. Gooprica, M.A. .. 34h A Monograph of Christmas Island. Physical Features and Geology by Cuaries W. Anprews, B.A. ; with Descriptions of the Fauna and Flora by numerous Contributers «ccs eb Seen 343 +,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be aidressed, 4a post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and dite es. Printing OBiice, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. y THE ANNALS a MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING No. XXXIV. OCT. 1900. | { CONDUCTED BY | ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., i WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S,F.GS, | | | | | | | l | i |. | | AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S. | , BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH | MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” | | | { i . WITH THREE PLATES. Illustrative of Mr. R. Kirkpatrick’s Paper on Sponges from Funafuti, pS SRS ee FSR OT to . LONDON: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION OOURT, FLEET STREET, Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére, Paris: Recahielitais and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, | f Berlin. x Now ready, Demy Evo, cloth, gilt top, 450 pages, with T Plates, 2 Mops, and other Illustrations. £1 10s. THE BIRDS OF IRELAND. By RICHARD USSHER ann ROBERT WARREN. lifty Copies have been printed on larger paper. Royal 8vo, a Price £2 10s. net. GURNEY AND JACKSON, 1 PATERNOSTER ROW. (Mr. Van Voorst’s Successors.) BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. Edited by F. D. GODMAN. SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS. ZOOLOGY. Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i.—xxxv., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi.—lx., Temporary Title- page.) Vol. III. (Pp. 1-56, pls. 1xi., lxii.) Reptilia and Batrachia. By A. Ginrurre. (Pp. 1-236, pls. i—)xviii.) Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martens. (Pp. 1-536, pls. i-xxxvil.) A aes Arachnida Araneidea. Vol. I. By O.PtckarpCamsBringr. (Pp. 1-304, ls. i.—xxxiii. aceon Araneidea. Vol.II. By F.O.Pickarp Campriner. (Pp. 1- 160, pls. ix.) ae Chilopoda. By R.I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i—iii.) Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsrLapHipm &c.). By DD. SHarp, A, Marruews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-624, pls. i—xviii.) ; Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncHopHorA). By D.SHarp. (Pp. l- 168, pls. i.—vi.) Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RayNcHOPHORA, continued). By D. SHanp and W. F. H. Buanprorp. (Pp. 1-224, pls. i—vi.) Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. 1. By F. D. Gopman and O. Saxvin. (Pp. 1-487, pls. i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-500, pls. xlviii.— XCiv. eipaeinis Heteroptera. Vol. Il. By G. C. Cuampron, (Pp. 1-836, ls. i.-xix. : rine Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. L. Distant and W. W. FowiEr. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i-vil.) ; Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I]. By W. W. Fowter. (Pp. 1-280, dls. i.—xviil. : DAAPACHOUE Homoptera. Vol. II. part 2. By T. D. A. Cockrrenr. ‘Pp. 1-88. east Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osten SackeEn. (Pp. 1-216, pls. iii.) Diptera. Vol. If. By F. M. van per Wuup._ (Pp. 1-428, pls. 1—xii.) Diptera. Vol. III. Dy 8. W. Winiisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1., ii.) Neuroptera. By A... Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.) Orthoptera. Vol. II. By L. Bruner and A. P. Morsr. (Pp. 1-16.) The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s. ARCH AOLOGY. By A. P. Maupstay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i-xcix. Vol. IL. pp. J-16, pls. i-xxiv. Vol. III. pp. 1-43, pls. i-li. Vol. 1V. pp. 1-88, pls. i—xciii.) ‘" By J.T.Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic MayaInscriptions. Pp, i-xii, _ 1-150.) London: Published for the Editors by h. H. Porrrnr, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Sq., W., and Driav & Co., Soho Sq., W. THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may he obtained at the following prices :— The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few copies only on hand, wanting some plates—price on application. The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s. The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1882 to 1850. sok, EDs The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, trom 1851 to 1875. Se 5 TAayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :— The First Series, in 20 volumes, frem 1838 to 1847. Price £10, The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. Ne Ae The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. £12. the Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Mae 33 i 8 The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, trom 1878 to 1887. ie ieee ‘JY aytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. ? ? CONTENTS OF NUMBER 34.—Seventh Series. XLII. Description of Sponges from Funafuti. By R. Kirk- — M patrick, Assistant, Natural History Museum. (Plates XIII.—XYV.) 345 XLIV. The Scorpions of the Genus Heterometrus. By R. I. Pocock XLV. Rhynchotal Notes.—VII. Heteroptera: Fam. Coreide. By IW 2 Tai EBA i See A hia ater ate ts ak Ta ne a ara ec 366 XLVI. Notes on some Insects from the Yang-tse-Kiang. By 8 =~ WB Mrepy RAS. ees i ties aie cee, aug ng oe ee vt aN etn XLVII. Descriptions of new Rodents from Western South America. By Netra THOMAS 8 icc, cl Wa ihe oar er ok aia Sa $83. XLVIII. A new Dassie from North N aaa By O prretp : CP SOMA, 20055. gig Oke Pe oe HRS Ri fos is ee ve Ra age eR RO Ge ol ee 387 | XLIX. Description of a new Species of Ornithoptera. By. H. ty Grose-Surra,’ BAL BES: Ful. Gee isa bce wie wise CRS, A 0 L. Descriptions of Brazilian Cocede. By Aporpn Humpet, S. Parla, Drag sow ey ie a Se ete ee , 389 LI. Descriptions of new Species of Japanese ‘Land-Shells. By . Ge Greater Lee alos big bikes helene sabpie'a eck ace tinder EN Pelee Oinet . 898° LII. Asiatic Yortrecide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Waxstnenam, MASS LUD Ma Siig chews eeu sts esha Cuda Ms pulgitietinte Sita a an LILI. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Ablabes from . Burma.) ‘By. G. A. ‘Bounencers PRB. ee Ui Se ee oa ee 409 LIY. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hiymisho pene By P. wrahgitd Pao aA ume Ree ONT a Sebati 2s 410 LY. On the Presence of Echis coloratus, Giinther, in Africa. By Joun Anperson, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. EG eatin 419° BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. In Bird-land with Field-glass and Camera. By Oxrver G. Pix. .. 425 The Birds of Eastern North America. Parts I., II. By Cuartes Cory. jb. A Natural History of the British Lepidoptera. A Textbook for Students and Collectors, By J. W. Turr, F.E.S. Vol. Il..... 426 *,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, aM post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Oe, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 35. ——+ + eo THE ANNALS ND | MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, ZOOLOGY, aT GEOLOGY. Sy No. XXXYV. NOY. 1900. CONDUCTED BY . Me ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D.; F.RB:S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S. BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS 7 COMBINED WITH MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” WITH TWO PLATES. Illustrative of Mr. E. E. Green’s Paper on some Coccide from Australia, and Mr. O. Mereschkowsky’s on Diatoms from Chincha Guano, LONDON: at. TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, ' |igola by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére, {| Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin. THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. Edited by W. T. Branrorp, Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Price £1. MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.RS. Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. FISHES.—2 Vols. By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &. Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. BIRDS.—Vol. I, £1: Vol. IT., 15s. By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S. VOLS. III. and IV., 1s. each. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1. REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete. By G. A. BOULENGER. Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr. Dis MEAN A TRE eR iy SHO NAS Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates and numerous woodcuts. Price £1. HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS. Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. KIRBY’S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES. DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. (A new Edition in preparation.) _ «SUPPLEMENT to the First Edition. 1877. 8s. 6d. LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. Vol. I. SPHINGES np BOMBYCES. 1892. £2 2s, nett, —— ——. Vol. Il. NOCTUZ (in preparation). NEUROPTERA ODONATA. 1890. 16s. Gurney and Jackson, 1 Paternoster Row. Demy 4to, pp. 186, with 9 Plates, price 21s. THE MARINE INVERTEBRATES AND FISHES OF ST. ANDREWS By W. C. M‘INTOSH, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.8., &. Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, F leet Street, E.C, WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Monthly. 2s. 6d. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d, The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls, Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d. Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s. Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. 15s. Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d. Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. ls. Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s. Chimmo’s (Capt.) Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. ds. ~Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s, Davis's (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s. Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s. Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d, English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d. Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and Surgeons. 6d. Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d. Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 15s. Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S, Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each. Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. II., IIL., and IV. 15s. each, Reptilia and Batrachia. 2Us. Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each. Hymenoptera. Vol.l Waspsand Bees. 20s. Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 20s. nett. Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. 6d. Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d. Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each. Hopkins’s (E.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8yo. Cloth. 16s. Ditto. MDlustrated Introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s, Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. IL. 12s. Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 3s. 6d. Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d. Lewis's (G.) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s, 6d. London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Gd. nett. M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s. Merington’s French Primer, 2s. 6d. English Primer, 1s. Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. 6d. Merington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 3s. 6d. Pascoe’s Classes, Orders, &c. of the Animal Kingdom. 3s. 6d. Pascoe’s List of British Vertebrate Animals. 4s. Pascoe’s Student’s List of British Coleoptera. 4s. 6d. Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s. Physical Proceedings and Abstracts. Monthly. 2s. 6d. Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s., Part IL. 7s. 6d., Part LI. 6s. Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s, Royal College of Surgeons Calendar. ls. Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate Animalsin Museum. Part 3. sah Sa 12s. logue of Teratological Series. 5s. cms 5):6.:7,.5; aod 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each, Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental Surgery. 6d. ig Sharp’s (Dr. D.) Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d. Taylor's Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s. Thomson's (Sir W.) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea. 10s. 6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, 1s, Srans, ls. Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1 to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d. Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d._ Wheatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. 165s. Wollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 3s. 6d. CONTENTS OF NUMBER 35.—Seventh Series. ae Pigs “ LVI. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Wasi M.A., LL.D., F.B.S. LYVII. Descriptions of some Species of Coccide eatleated by Ne Mr. James Lidgett in Victoria, Australia. By E. Ernest oe “oe ‘ile F.E.S8., Government Entomologist, Ceylon,” (Plate, Mb yal yl) eeiaaaes ae aye LVIII. Descriptions of new th of Japanese Tand-Shelle. By G RAGHEB ZR) or si ee nah: i LIX. Notes on the Neuropterous Family roi gia? By Tae WB. Karey FB BBS, ea ot wie + ere plars. nie rie we lyiaiie eit he LX. On ELquus Penricei, a Representative of the Mountain Zebra (Equus zebra, L.) discovered by Mr. W. Penrice in Angola. cs wi Qi brn Pome eS ee ki Se aN ous ee le lee a 465 LXI. New Peruvian Species of Conepatus, Phy oe and Akodon. By OMReLD PROWAB 0 Loa. eine here eee ie. area tS 466 LXII. A new Free-tailed Bat nt Central Aineciaes nae Gunert SU) GL itil SF eee CaCO am WARE Naa YOLEN Pama TURN TENA \ ( AT70 LXIII. Natural History Notes from H.M. Royal Indian Mesias Survey Ship ‘Investigator,’ Commander T. H. Heming, R.N., com- manding.—Series IIT., No. 4. Some Results of the Dredging Spat 1899-1900. By A. F. McAnpte, B.A., M.B., Capt. L.MLS., igi : Naturalist to, the Surveye jonas Boe Oaks et 471 LXIY. Diagnoses of new Fishes discovered by Mr. Ae E. s iysees YATRA 231 in Lake Tanganyika. By G. A. Bounenerr, FBS... 0... 478 LXV. Note on Diatoms from Chincha Guano. By C. somo ae KOWSE Ys. (Plate; AVE) 58 tee ae aie olone be tetah > Ube tumles Kata cane 481 LXVI. Some new African Theraphosoid Spiders in the coe i : Museum. By R. I. Pocock LXVII. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of ieee By P. CAMERON 0.06 ecu eee ee ne nee oles teen een ees B05 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Catalogue of Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera Heterocera in the _ Collection of the Oxford University Museum.—Part II. Woc- tuina, Geometrina, and Pyralidina, By Col. C. Swinnor, M.A., E.LS., F.Z.8., FES. Pterophoride and Tineine by the Right — Hon. Lord Watsinenam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., &c., High Steward — of the University of Cambridge, and. JOHN Harriey DvRRant, Fev ¥-48. Memb.'Soc; Mint. Framoes 26/3 aus PON wie .... 006 Sexual Dimorphism in the Animal Kingdom. By J. T. Cunnine- a3 Ham, M.A Colour in Nature. By Marton I. Newpiein .....022.0.. 2.000.205 ab. *,% It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Offie, BN), Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. . Vol. 6. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 36. INCLUDING ; ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. 4 No. XXXVI. DEC. 1900. \ Cage RNA ore Sy aS Dp SARS ay, ” ; x THE ANNALS /€¢0&¢ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, , CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS ” COMBINED WITH MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”’ Illustrative of Dr. C. A. Kofoid’s Paper on Platydorina. AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, suy., Fits: | WITH ONE PLATE. cs ee | | LONDON: 1 | TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, - Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin. x BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. — Edited by F. D. GODMAN. SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS. ZOOLOGY. Aves. Vol. I. By 0. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i—xxxyv,, Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. Il, (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi.-lx., Temporary Title- page.) Vol. III. (Pp. 1-56, pls. 1xi,, Ixii.) Heptilia and Batrachia. By A. Ginrnrr. (Pp. 1-236, pls, i.—lxviii.) Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By FE. von Martens. (Pp. 1-536, pis. i.-xxxvii.) Arachnida Araneidea. Vol. I. By O.Pickarp CamsBringE. (Pp. 1-304, pls. i.-xxxill.) Arachnida Araneidea. Vol.II. By F.O.Pickarp CampBringr. (Pp. l- 160, pls. i.—x.) Chilopoda. By R. J. Pocock. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i—iii.) Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PskLapuHipm K&e.), By D. Suarp, A. Marruews, and G, Lewis. (Pp. 1-624, pls. i.-xvii.) Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncHoruora). By D. Suarp. (Pp. 1- 168, pls. ivi.) ; Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RayNcHOoPHORA, continued). By D. SHarp and W. F. H. Branprorp. (Pp. 1-224, pls. ivi.) Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol.1. By F. D. GopmMan and QO. Satvin. (Vp. 1-487, pls. i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. IT. ‘Pp. 1-500, pls. xlviii—- xciv.) Rhynchota Heteroptera. Vol. I]. By G. C. Cuamprion. (Pp. 1-336, pls. i-xix.) : Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol.I. By W. L. Distant and W. W. Fowier. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i.—vil.) Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowtrr. (Pp. 1-280, pls. i—xviil.) Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. II. part 2. By T. D. A. Cockrrz.r., (Pp. 1-383.) Diptera. Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osten Sacxen. (Pp. 1-216, pls. iii.) Diptera. Vol. II. By F. M. van per Wu.p. (Pp. 1-428, pls. 1—xii.) Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Wixuiston. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1., ii.) Neuroptera. By A.E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. 1.) Orthoptera. Vol. II. By L. Bruner and A. P. Morse. (Pp. 1-16.) The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s. ARCH AOLOGY. By A. P. Maupstay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i-xcix. Vol. II. pp, 1-16, pls. i—xxiv. Vol. III. pp. 1-48, pls. ili. Vol. IV. pp. 1-88, pls. i.—xciii.) By J.T.Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp. i-xii, 1-150.) a London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W. Second edition, Vol. 1. Royal 8vo, price 12s. met. CATALOGUE OF THE: - PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY IN THE MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. By Pror. C. STEWART, LL.D., F.R.S. &e. Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C, eit oy ve Wy lee. ‘4 4 ‘ : 4 “ee THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, _ CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :— The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few copies only on hand, wanting some plates—price on application. The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s, The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1882 to 1850. Pe: 4 5 The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. jy eae TAYLOR and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :— | The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847, Price £10, The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. a A The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. » £12. The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. +a) eae The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. ol ED Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. CONTENTS OF NUMBER 36.—Seventh Series, Page LXVIII. A suggested Origin of the Segmented Worms, and the Problem of Metamerism. By H. M. Bernaxp, M.A. Cantab. ..... . 509 : LXIX. On some little-known African Silurid Fishes of the Sub- family Doradine. By G. A. Bounenerr, F.RS. ..............4. 520 LXX. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. By P. CamEeron LXXI. Plankton Studies.—III. On Platydorina, a new Genus of the Family Volvocide from the Plankton of the Illinois River. By C. A. Kororp, Ph.D. (Plate VII.) LXXII. On the Luminous Organs of Selachian Fishes. By Rup. Burcxuarpt, Nat. Hist. Mus., 8. Kensington .............. 558 LXXIIL. Mormopterus Whitleyi—a new Species of Bat from W,, Afvieas:. By BoB Somsnre, PROD, BSes ne sci). 56 ie ee 569 LX XIV. A new Bat from Peru. By Gerrit 8. Mitimr, Jr. .... 570 LXXV. Reptiles and Batrachians collected in German New Guinea by the late Dr. Erik Nyman. By Dr. Ernar L6nnsere BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICKH. The Story of Bird-life. By W. P. Pycrarr 58 eoerrer rere see e ween ens PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. Geological Society *,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addresse post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Offic Red Lion Cowt, Fleet Street, London. shat eliehot owt rte Satan tu taints tebe: nt ig ; . pints tohpws ot oer t Se eben spar! aU as ; i etnies Mette) pinelere siete iaiety i ra f ! » * t 44 foetal yb ny an bee fh) PRM sohecumturt tite pietetcte al ith ees fateh ita ae non pony tisabadl . , . eben ns : Bea Ss abt eh ene! tye 1 x al feb 4 Yury i oe a Hert! Sot — y chtiesay i lad hes re Te ht hk Witter = pieny ety + sy = hp wah aaa rime sith bebber * ib Tat Nerbesy eet) thi may oe % soit as - ae a S ai te is iy pe eerie (4 Kites ue ye Sabet obey [bore erie a ries it ye DUET SE DRAM Sinem AN “eT t a edeatt ty tyie sas ai al . Sisht Sibbtreh ubt ih My Etta Hey bith asp leet ae dreatiataaid Senet aye viii ee eines i rit Leal ariel eeey Rane @ HN etht siraetee oe oH gata ff + ; Wachanatt aes We hy i Nast PPL leads ioatestals oy Meee ty! beithpe poten bebe Dpsren. tN res pba Mal iepets ” aytatiiats iis + kal * Pat podhhieieb) vette ate ha ebpar uy pert Helter okey ey fet } Peete bot oe» 4 feo cOsbeithe Leben (oe hind A teciekoa | ehavey i behetiotiv’ ; : ait vs uy Dateien ieee ite wey inh Os Leet 058 bites tether eney pres Afr i? f nt 3 weal i f f Ha! i th His mer ee Pee oer et bahue \ ¢ ere veietieeh) ip} Sib bae: ion * ut Tee ~ ht aa it id ft fit ein Lela A i eta ‘) ‘ at) ' Abi gles a i ay amine Aine ve be j Y ett / ‘ SLoegesy ato re i alt ‘ ae +1 Sec Pete et pt tila reo) be rn ov ah phae bier ss than Abe epi wp heey eb perpbeeyen ebeny F tos ft iy ris nee yp pubpey ba hme abet iH a ae ate rails tay + inh Hoan . fer ney Prior te ihe ‘4 +4 we sive aati hve he Wan oa Ey ae mM ie Hs eet Shey eae Fie epep nt ye Nhe WAT eh HAA ‘ i ats ‘oe apeebuyy iri Nyy ab a hin \t? { wh phe hemey Deepenrnruy’ mt Soe meintiatty aut yn fata ‘ i : Ter hobweve wry eee tA bal vee ave Fe HP bbe ht i} pherpenre ee Ht ” iy ee Tsp’ vie pale i ep emr et aityottaty AN ‘ re spt eueneret Leer som pryed. ont iii Saeed bes apal to arya TT 3 9088